ker fe Pop Eie She a ™ vy Y BANE NR ad state hoot! os Py seal homen. SPS toed oni : nina 2 ores Beaab arte LARS) = Sj 2 NN E å = NOSE oy) = eee —- NAP GN Ava og = Kon å 4 Q CARRS = ji 2 rm m Oo å JP m On DE 2 CLAMS = , 9 Å = (77) == = == (2) IE SJIYUVHET LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS 53 (8V8E (TT CIBRAR! ES SMITHSONIAN IN = RE z EG & = = = rå Ka ots = 4 i= == NSR = Zz = BQ å SQ 2 5 z SQ å z AE ZN 3 : gy ZR 8 2 | = » 2 = z = = = » 2 å = > = > = > = ae = pr er a 4 77) Fe 77) Be a INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI saluvaai7_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S: Bs a = å 2 a at hee w 2 @& å eo = = = ee a A |! = 4 — på 3 = = < Pa 3 < 3 < a c a = a GY p Sy a Cc ax \ = = m 3 em re) sæ E = 3 3 AG z av = x 2 aS S3IHVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAlUVHaI) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN JIN Få å > o = @ = \ = oO = o E DI = QN a po) = = > 2 > = NS = > fa i> : E = - WY" 5 = Be = a Z D = rae 5 2 på INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S: NYINOSHLINS S3IHVYE! o z 2) : ær hå rs vm = o N = < = Sr < = < = X = Zz 4 z Powe aks 3 Zz 3 SS oO x O fe) se ae) 4 WS oD a 77) en n YX wo a) ao wa 2 ur O EN TI INN oO gen of: SN Vy Zz. = = E Se E NS 2, = Zy NN cain = > = “ = oN >" = > z (77) Zz n [77] se = 77) =i S31YVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN | G a Ww G vi å us å | 4 = 4 = = at = =a a == << =a coy | c = EÉ oe 5 & S = ai oa 5 a 5 ze 5 = 5 SN 3 ] Zz al = =f 2 4 2 ar 2 INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IHVWUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S zæ i = rn za te od rc = Oo = ö = o p Oo == Oo = fee] = o oO == o dl = N = > Ey > = > SÅ — =D — pe) realy. pe) == =o — 5 2 = 9 mi 6 = D - m 2 å z a Z g 2 aleve al LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS 53 1YVHENT LIBRARIES (SMITHSONIAN ID rE gas = GE E z co el oe z i % Ne sn == —_ - EQ > 2X 3 5 ER QL > E 3 2M å BNR å 2 3 Å 8 2 Soe aan ve E z E x = E . = . = = > = > = a) = : a ane ae 5 Je 77) Zz ao ae a INSTITUTION , NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1HVHETT LIBRARUES. SMITHSONIAN Å INSTITUTION NORD LØN NVINOSHLINS S : = Gå 7) = = å (2) ul = ul å u «5 be Ge Le u æ 4 = 3 a 3 æ TAN 2 4 x = < 4 E =a = > No - > = > | = a ag a oe wm TAS — [ov = aD 3 = E, ae k = \s E = FE, 3 å m = m på m Ss Y = m e m = wn = wn 7 [22] — w = on INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IHVHAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S å v (22) Fe n : Zz v ” = no z n å = < = Vy PR: = < = < = > x = = WY A x = 3 Ne > re 5 YG Nw? 2 NW > 2 : 2 ws 2 2 å JE SN8 2 war 8 a g NE. = PE NN EN, E 2, Sia IN > = > = DN > RS. = = > 2) tae Fal [77] På (77) ; z ” we 74 n Zz JS318vHan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS SaIUVHENT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN = wn = wn EG = wn = = & Lu = ut å wu G i D 2. x cal = a z= = Fa) æ = = a pe 3 3 = = : = å 2 DÅ Ag x S æ c ce E cc = oc Ci GE a — om” = m — m aa om.” ve 3 — Oo ER oO a Oo = [ol = [S| J = ad Z ay = a = ad = SINSTIED TON NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S JE Zz iad z ie == LER, = rm ; z Oo = Se: = Oo = 3) Er Ye Oo co 2) a8 O o i Oo R 2) : 2 SUNS CE 5 = 2 E SAN OE 3 E > Was 2 = Es = E 7 Q E 2 - > \WSQ = 2 = z E 2 E [7p) D z i Se JA = D Zz D | 2 3 HVUEIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I8VHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN I = £ & = ge EE E = GE : SS 3 NN = > 3 * : N = ; ESN > NAG 3 EN EQS å 5 EQS Z Wa 2 : 3 2&2 2 Eu Nese ie \ 3 E Zz E Se > = = 2 E å = Ba = S å * 5 c S INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVYINOSHLINS Ko Saiuvugiq LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Ses LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNZIZLSNI LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES oe NS bad Be © Be Rd a EN ANE ee ee ee ee ee es ON IC GSE re EE EET ata) OS ae Ar SJ -- = "7 ~~ | - Gå md == pe "og —: ir vw “G y ml tert y n = n = n = n = n = NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVWHEIT L o z o z PORS (2) z 77) = (22) Z =] Zz = ZN = = 4 =e =I 2 a (e) Få o Mir RS, 33 Oo x Oo EE fe) 3 2 g ZR 8 2 3 2 g: = Zz = = = Wa E 2 = 2 le > 3 E Fa 3 2B = ~ 2 a 2 a LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saiuyvudiq_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N =: = ” = (29) = å å å É G < j DE å 1 PÅ Se ; = å E = 2 “Po 3 3 $ =" S = E c 5 = “iy E 5 å 5 = S = 5 m % 5 E a =) ZA — Zz DE) 72 zy a 4 NOILNLILSNITNVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT I = Ev E LZ RS a = FS Ss S Gs = [ov] ; = = o = = 5 2 Ny 5 : 5 : : 2 Ne 5 : = > SNNÅ FE > = > = > SQ = > = 3 PSN = = = NE = g DNG E a b a WY = b = 5 = SY": E z o ~ 2 OD z Oo z reese en o LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IHVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION I = E= on Zz * [72] æ on ; = y no = 22) = = < = < = < = Si = 4 x x = 2 2 Ve i a 3 8 E 2 Na > g 2 awe 8 2 g 2 å 2 DN 3 WW = E NM E Z. E 2 E PN: VE 8 5 2 Bus ae ee ee NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3IUVHHlT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHENT | Zz oO wo =a of IE = w ” > (77) = = = øm = Ww å 2 é us E p å g Zi « = oc = pes x = æ 3 = = =< =f < GI < = i a ac = og & oc C o = o (en = 4 4 = 4 m 5 m = mo. — m == [oa] = = : — (eo) = fo) = oO v, = (S =i z —-! Zz “3 = = z ØRE = | LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IuvHØIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION rd, pe = 2 fr ö — 3 = ö = 6 ow = wo — wo ~ ow — mace) = = = = E x E = E D iS > = > 2 GJ > > Eas > 3 3 sic 7 E es) |= 0 — wa = = E = = Æ E E a = 7 DA = @ z a 2 Zz a z | NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31HVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHENT ” z a = core n z= 7) iz 22) = = NES = os NS = = = EE = a= 3 z 3 OS = ae > =| "Z I le] x SNEK = ö SR fo) aoe fo) 3 ? g 2 RE 8 E LÅ 2 g 2 2 = z = XY z å z Gå i = E 5 = > = . > = Eh: 2 z a z 7) Fe n” hae a = (77) z 77) | LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION [77] ul ; ØM WW EG WwW mr) ia) 4 å ul 4 ed OP od = = = = NARF Pe oH =, = fe etd Å — a =u — (5 EG if, — [ad = ee a E 5 E z Gif 2 : 3 a EE a = E : a “Gg + © ö le 3 Ee 5 e o EE Ee 3 a Za ay = =I = AE) z ay = =i |” NOILALILSNI” NVINOSHLINS S3IHVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IY8VHENT ö =o ö = S EE ö SE ö 2 = o = o = ‘py = og = @ 5 : 5 i 5 > E : 5 ; = ba = > = PP fi > = > = > o [32] = ihe oS = [72] 2) = Oo = ÅÅ Zz ab z å N z m | LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Z oN 22) Zit te (7) z o Å z * 2) ad NG w < = < = < = ss = < x = Zz x = = Zz Å x = 3 ; No > E E 5 NY G 2 Ng 5 ” 2 a SR) a [77] 2) YK MQ 2 nm ER o om oO Ge ye FQN fo) ta fe) fa eI AG SSN Oo ars 2 We Oo E = = NS a = = EF Wer 2 = QD Zz å 2 Se å 3 Al ul ! NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVEEN n Zz (72) = no — wow Se ” = u a ul z wi Zz WwW a WwW Zz = = [27] no = — n oc = oc a © ME! cx = a = = a =, 3 Zz fo < = < 2 a = fre C æ = cc = a C m = m = a =. m = m = = Q = fe) =e ro) = ° = G = z 4 = = z = z — 2 1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ie = Es æ [7 rå Gs z TG 2 wo Q mace) o oo NG oQ w o wos) C 2 =a 2 E = = = = = FE > Ry > : > : > Py > F å E a E 2 E = EN = Fe 3 z o z En NE Zi. a z No NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT z < = = en = ENE å = Ss 3 5 2 ESN: =SN å 3 2 2 å 2 B ANE ER 2 ff ? By å = = = E » 2 = NVN Zz Gp = Zz E z E = Bo Ae 5 Nå MG 2 : 9 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHETT STE ARIES SMATLSENAN INSTITUTION = => hage ” = => EG Z EG å å © # a DEG : å Zi 3 = 3 Ny a = a Å SG = a å = 3 < 28 = å SJØ z ; E c 5 ec S MO = = « Ug S : 5 a 5 = 5 Kø 5 ST 3 E = a Z Fj = aly os aay z EG = a ten EEE EE IN JAN nd PE ENE ARAM ARILARL ear PIP LITLØNAL RIMITIMILTICAI AIWIAIMQCLIITIIC C11vwuMAQ IN hi DE PG igh er DEN NORSKE NORDHAVS-EXPEDITION £3.06 0870. Z00L0GI FISKE pr VED ROBERT COLLETT. MED 5 PLANCHER, 3 TRÆSNIT, OG 1 KART. CHRISTIANIA. GRØNDAHL & SONS BOGTRYKK ERI. 1880. Fishes | | - Cop THE NORWEGIAN NORTH-ATLANTIC EXPEDITION | = Cy : 1876—1878., ZOOLOGY. PIS HES, ROBERT COLLETT. WITH 5 PLATES, 8 WOODCUTS, AND 1 MAP. CHRISTIANIA. PRINTED BY GRØNDAHL & SØN. 1880. følge Planen for Bearbejdelsen af det videnskabelige Ud- bytte, der erhvervedes under den norske Nordhavs-Ex- peditions 3 Togter i Aarene 1876—78, har der i forskjellige Brancher i inden- og udenlandske Tidsskrifter været leveret foreløbige Oversigter, der kortelig have refereret de væsent- ligste Resultater. enten saaledes, som disse have foreligget efter Slutningen af hvert enkelt Togt. eller som et samlet Resumé af dem alle. For de under Expeditionen erhvervede Dybvandsfiskes Vedkommende ere to saadanne foreløbige Oversigter ud- komne, begge trykte i ,. Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania Aar 1878*.1 Af disse Oversigter, der ikke vare ledsagede af Figurer, udgjør denne General-Beret- ning en udførligere. og i flere Henseender suppleret og corrigeret Bearbeidelse. Medens Udbyttet af Evertebraterne allerede under de 2 første Togter, i 1876 og 1877, viste sig at være ganske betydeligt, og frembød Former af den største Inter- esse, vare de samtidigt indsamlede Fiske forholdsvis faa- tallige. Apparater, der i de nævnte Aar anvendtes til Skrabning Dette havde væsentlig sin Grund deri, at de eller Optagelse af Bundprover, ikke vare synderlig tjenlige til disse Dyrs Erhvervelse. Især var dette Tilfældet under det første Togt; Undersøgelserne foregik desuden dette Aar næsten udelukkende paa de store Dybder i den iskolde Area mellem Norge og Island, hvor maaske idethele- taget Fiske-Faunaen er fattigere, end paa flere nordligere Localiteter, hvor Strømningsforholdene bevirke en rigeligere Adgang til Føde, skjønt Bundtemperaturen kan være lige- saa lav. Noget større blev Udbyttet Sommeren 1877, da Undersøgelserne bleve drevne paa det noget grundere Vand, dels paa Bankerne udenfor de norske Kyster, dels i Trak- terne af Jan Mayen. 1 Collett. ,,Fiske, indsamlede under den norske Nordhavs- Expeditions 2 første Togter, 1876 og 18774. (No. 4, pp. 1—24; fore- draget i Mødet den 22de Febr. 1878). Collett. ,,Fiske fra Nordhavs-Expeditionens sidste Togt Som- meren 1878. (No. 14, pp. 1—106; foredraget i Mødet d. 13de Dec. 1878). * Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. Per to the resolution for arranging and pub- lishing the fruits of the Norwegian North-Atlantic Ex- pedition, from voyages undertaken in the years 1876, 1877, and 1878, preliminary papers, connected with divers branches of scientific research, have appeared in Norse and foreign journals, giving a summary of the chief results attained, either progressively, as set forth at the termination of each separate voyage, or comprehensively, as a brief resumé of them all. The deep-sea fishes collected on the Expedition form the subject-matter of two such preliminary memoirs, both of which will be found in “Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania Aar 1878.7! These synoptical papers — which were not furnished with figures — have been subjected to a careful revision, and, with the aid of additional data, expanded into the present section of the General Report. For the invertebrate animals, the results even of the two first voyages, in 1876 and 1877, proved very considerable, yielding forms of the greatest interest, whereas the number The chief reason of this, however, lay in the fact of the dredging-apparatus then employed not having been well adapted for securing specimens of these animals. Such showed itself the case more particularly on the first voyage; the investigations, too, in 1876 were carried on almost exclusively at great depths, in the cold area between Norway and the shores of Iceland, where the marine fauna is less rich perhaps than in some loeali- ties further north, which the effect of ocean currents has secured a more abundant influx of food, though the temperature at the bottom may be equally low. In the summer of 1877 the results were somewhat greater, the Expedition extending its investigations to shallower water, partly on the banks off the Norwegian coast. and partly in the region adjoining Jan Mayen. of fishes obtained was comparatively small. 1 Collett. “Fiske, indsamlede under den norske Nordhavs- Expeditions to første Togter, 1876 og 1877.” (No.4, pp. 1—24; read at Meeting held Feb. 22nd 1878.) Collett. "Fiske fra Nordhavs-Expeditionens sidste Togt Som- meren 1878.” (No. 14, pp. 1—106; read at Meeting held Dec. 13th 1878.) ai Naar intet Hensyn tages til en Del almindelige Ar- ter, der indsamledes paa ringe Dyb under Opholdet ved de norske Kyster, udgjør Antallet af de erholdte Dybvands- fiske under disse 2 første Aar: i 1876 1 Art (1 Individ), i 1877 10 Arter (17 Individer). Uagtet sin Faatallighed have disse dog indeholdt Former af ikke ubetydelig Interesse. Dette havde ikke alene sin Grund deri, at de tildels stam- mede fra Dele af Nordhavet, der i ichthyologisk Henseende vare saagodtsom ubekjendte (saaledes Trakterne omkring Jan Mayen); men af de indsamlede Specimina fandtes Arter, der i det Hele vare kun lidet bekjendte, saaledes som Un- gerne af Lycodes esmarkii, Coll., og af den senere som ny beskrevne Lycodes frigidus; fremdeles Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. og Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.). Endelig var en enkelt, Lycodes muraena, tidligere ubeskreven. Da det ichthyologiske Udbytte saaledes under de 2 første Togter havde i det Hele været mindre, end paa- regnet. blev der under Udrustningen til det sidste Togt, 1 1878, lagt speciel Vægt paa Anskattelsen af saadanne Appa- rater, der ikke blot vare skikkede til at ophente de for- skjellige Evertebrater fra de største Dybder, men tillige kunde medbringe Dybvandstiske, som det maatte antages heller ikke her ganske manglede, naar blot. Apparaterne vare istand til at opbringe dem. Et Trawlnet af ganske betydelige Dimensioner blev derfor indrettet væsentlig til dette Brug, og ved en sindrig Mechanisme ombord paa Skibet blev Linens Spænding modereret under Skrabningen; men da et Fangeapparat af denne Construction neppe med Fordel kan benyttes, uden hvor Bunden er flad, og bestaar af Ler eller Sand, blev dets Anvendelse i det Hele skrænket til et mindre Antal Kast, hvor Bundforholdene tillode dette. Var Bunden stenet eller ujevn, blev Trawl- nettet ikke benyttet; ikke destomindre kom det flere Gange op sønderflænget eller knækket. naar det tilfældigvis vår kommen til at berøre et klippefuldt Strøg af Bunden: ved én Lejlighed tabtes den hele Trawl tilligemed et Par Tu- sinde Fayne Tougværk. ind- Denne Anvendelse af Trawlnettet paa de dertil egnede Localiteter kronedes med et uventet Held. Neppe nogen- sinde gik Trawlen ned, uden at medbringe Fiske, under- tiden blot enkelte, men oftest flere. Den Dybde, hvori den nedsendtes, var forskjellig, men gik lige ned til mellem 1300 og 1400 Favne. Aldeles det at finde Slægten Lycodes, hvoraf hidtil, som bekjendt, et kun ganske ‘indskreenket Antal Individer ere kjendte, skjønt Slegten er repræsenteret ved forholdsvis ikke faa Arter, udbredt paa de fleste undersøgte Localiteter, hvor Dybden var nogen- lunde betydelig: saaledes erholdtes alene af en enkelt Art (L. frigidus, n. sp.) ikke mindre end 15 Individer, de fleste fra en Dybde af mellem 600 og 1300 Fayne, eller derover, og næsten alene paa Steder, hvor Vandets Temperatur: gik ned til under 0°. Talt erholdtes denne Gang af Lycoder 25 Individer, tilhørende 6 Arter, hvoraf 3 vare tidligere ubeskrevne, og 1 beskreven under Beretningen om foregaaende Aars Togt. uventet var Exclusive of a few of the commoner forms taken at a trifling depth off the coast of Norway, the number of deep-sea fishes obtained on the two first voyages -was 18, comprising 11 species: in 1876, 1 species (1 individual), in 1877, 10 species (17 individuals), But this result, though comparatively meagre, afforded forms of very considerable interest, — a circumstance to be explained not only by the habitat of several among them lying in tracts of the Northern Ocean ichthyologists, certain of the species secured were likewise of rare occur- hitherto unexplored by rence, and in themselves but little known; for instance, the young of Lycodes esmarkii, Coll., and of Lycodes frigidus, since described as a new species; moreover, Careproctus rein- hardi, Kr., and Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.); finally, Lycodes murænd, å species not previously described. Thus, the ichthyological results from the two first voyages having on the whole proved less satisfactory than anticipated, great importance was attached, when fitting out the Expedition for the final voyage, in 1878, to the possibility of procuring apparatus which should be adapted not only for securing the various species of invertebrate animals there met with, but also for bringing up deep-sea fishes, which there was reason to believe would be found to oceur, were suitable apparatus employed for taking them. A trawl-net of very considerable dimensions was therefore con- structed, principally with the above object in view, an ingenious piece of mechanism regulating from the deck of the vessel the strain on the line. But fishing-apparatus of this charac- ter could not however be employed except for traversing a smooth bottom of clay or sand, and its use was accordingly confined to some few hauls in specially favourable loeal- ities. recourse was not had to the trawl-net; but notwithstanding the care thus displayed to prevent accidents, it came up several times in a damaged state, with the meshes torn or the boom broken, having chanced to strike against some rocky projection; nay, on one occasion the entire trawl was lost, together with a couple of thousand fathoms of rope. The use of the trawl-net in localities for which it is Fishes were brought up at well nigh every haul, sometimes indeed two or three only, but more frequently a larger number. The net was worked at various depths, the greatest to which it was sunk being close upon 1400 fathoms. It occasioned no little surprise to find the genus Lycodes, — of which but a very limited number of individuals are as yet known, notwithstanding this genus is represented com- paratively by Wheresoever the bottom proved rugged or uneven, adapted met with eminent and unlooked-for success. a good many species, — throughout most of the localities investigated where the depth was consider- able; thus, for instance, 15 examples were obtained of a single species (L. frigidus, n. sp.), the majority at depths ranging from 600 to upwards of 1300 fathoms, and almost exclusively in spots where the temperature of the water was below zero. * The total number of Lycodes specimens was 25, comprising 6 species, 5 of which had not previously been described, and 1 for the first time in the Report of the Denne Slegt, der endnu hører til de i Musæerne aller- sparsomst repræsenterede Former af den arctiske Fauna. synes saaledes i Virkeligheden af alle Dybvandstiske at være blandt de talrigste i Ishavets Dyb paa jevn Lerbund. og maa forekomme her i store Mængder: maaske udgjøre de her Hovednæringen for flere andre Rovfiske (Somniosus, Rajae, ete.) paa Grund af deres noget træge Væsen, hvilken sidste Egenskab det sandsynligvis væsentlig skyldtes. at de’ saa ofte erholdtes i Trawlnettet. Det samlede Udbytte under dette sidste Aars Togt udgjorde ialt 33 Arter, hvoraf 6 vare nye for Videnskaben; af de under de ? foregaaende Togter erhvervede 11 Arter gjenfandtes de 10. hvoriblandt ogsaa den ny opstillede De 6 Arter, gere ubeskrevne, ere Raja hyperborea, Liparis (Paraliparis) Lycodes muraena. der maa ansees som tidli- bathybii, Lycodes frigidus, Lyeodes pallidus. Lycodes litkeni, samt Lhodichthys regina, den sidstnævnte tillige repræsen- terende en ny Slægt. Ialt har saaledes Expeditionen bragt 7 nye Arter (og 1 ny Slægt) for Dagen, alle udprægede Dybvandstiske. Flere af de øvrige Arter vare kun ufuldstændigt kjendte eller beskrevne, hvilket saaledes var Tilfældet med flere af Lycoderne, En ‘Art, Onos reinhardi, (Kr.), havde aldrig været tildelt endog den korteste Diagnose eller Be- skrivelse, men dens Benævnelse er alene grundet paa en haandskreven Etikette, og dennes Indførelse i en Catalog. Flere vare ikke tidligere paaviste i den europæiske Fauna, men blot fundne, tildels for længere Tid tilbage. og blot i enkelte -Exemplarer, ved de grønlandske Kyster. Vil man saaledes udstrække et Lands eller en Landsdels faunistiske Omraade indtil i omkring 100 Kilometers Afstand fra Ky- sterne. kan der til Spitsbergens Fauna føjes næsten et Dusin Arter, som tidligere ikke have været omtalte fra denne Øgruppe. Det i 1878 undersøgte Areal omfattede Strækningen mellem Hammerfest og Varangerfjorden i Syd. Havet hen- imod Novaja Zemlja i Øst og Jan Mayen i Vest. samt: i Nord til Spitsbergens Nordvest-Spidse. Af de fleste Arter har jeg hos et eller flere Individer undersøgt Ventrikelens Indhold. og til Bestemmelsen af de her forefundne Dyrelevninger har jeg havt en beredvillig Hjælp af Prof. G. O. Sars, hvis Navn er den bedste Ga- ranti for Bestemmelsernes Rigtighed. Denne Undersøgelse af Mayeindholdet har desuden havt Interesse ikke blot af den Grund, at den har givet Bidrag til vor Kundskab om visse Evertebraters Udbredelse mod Nord, men ogsaa fordi derved er bleven constateret det ret mærkelige Factum. at flere af disse pelagiske Dyreformer. der væsentlig have været anseede for at have sit Tilhold i Overfladen, formaa at trænge ned til de største Dybder, hvorfra Dybvandstiskene preceding voyage. Henee this genus, which must still be regarded as one of the Arctic forms most sparingly represented in museums, would appear to be more numerous than any other of the deep-sea fishes mhabiting the depths of the Polar Sea over'a smooth clay bottom; and it occurs no doubt in very considerable quantities. There, perhaps. it constitutes the chief food of other predatory fishes (Sommi- osus, Rae), owing to its somewhat sluggish movements, a circumstance which probably to a great extent accounts for this fish having been so often captured in the trawl-net. The number of species secured on this voyage, the last undertaken by the Expedition, amounted in all to 33, 6 of which proved new to science, Of the 11 species obtained on the two preceding voyages, 10 were again met The 6 species that must be regarded as not previously known with, including the new species Lycodes muræna. are: — Raja hyperborea, Liparis bathybii, Lycodes frigidus, Lycodes pallidus, Lycodes liitkent and Rhodichthys regina, the The Ex- pedition has thus brought to light 7 mew species, (and I new genus), all of them true forms of deep-sea fishes. last-mentioned also representing a new genus. Several of the remaining species were but imperfectly known and described; this, for instance, was the case with divers of the genus Lycodcs. One species, Onos reinhardi, (Kx.), had not even been made the subject of the briefest diag- nosis or description; its designation is traceable to a manu- not preyiously been shown to occur in the European fauna, script label, copied into a catalogue. Several had but merely found, in some cases years ago and as solitary Hence, if the area inhabited by the fauna of a country or region be assumed to extend to about 100 kilometres from its shores, we may add to the fauna of Spitzbergen nearly a dozen species of examples, on the coast of Greenland. fishes not previously mentioned as occurring off that group of islands. The region investigated in 1878 comprised, southward, the tract between Hammerfest and the Varanger Fjord, eastward and westward, the expanse of ocean stretching towards Noyaja Zemlja and Jan Mayen, and northward, that extending to the north-western extremity of Spitzbergen. In most of the individuals I have examined the con- tents of the stomach. and in determining the animal remains found there, Professor G. O. Sars, whose name is a suffi- cient guarantee for accuracy, has kindly favoured me with his valuable assistance. Moreover, an examination of the stomach and its contents has proved of considerable interest. not only by contributing to our knowledge of the distribu- tion of divers invertebrate species in northern latitudes, but also from its having substantiated the very remarkable fact, that several of these pelagic forms of animal life, whose habitat was generally believed to be near the surface, possess the power of descending to the greatest depths 1* erhvervedes, og de have her vist sig at kunne opnaa en endog betydeligere Størrelse, end de, der ere kjendte fra de øvre Vandlag. Maaske bør alle disse opfattes som væ- sentligt beboende de dybere Vandlag, men naar visse gun- stige Betingelser ere tilstede, formaa de ogsaa at stige op til Overfladen. Til disse Dyreformer hører fremfor alle Amphipoden Themisto libellula, Mandt (af Hyperidernes Familie), der i store Mængder forekommer paa de fleste Steder i Ishavet; denne Art udgjorde Hovedbestanddelen af de undersøgte Arters Føde, og manglede neppe ganske hos nogen af dem, skjønt disse kunde tilhøre Arter, der beboede omkring 1000 Favnes Dyb, og paa Grund af sin Legemsbygning med Vished kunde antages ikke at være istand til at hærve sig synderligt fra Bunden. Det samme var Tilfældet med enkelte Calanider, og flere andre pelagiske Crustaceer. Nedenfor meddeles en Fortegnelse over alle de Nta- tioner, paa hvilke Dybyandstiske erholdtes, tilligemed det paa hver enkelt Station erholdte Udbytte?. 1876. Station 33. Storeggen, 174 Kilom. vestenfor Aale- sund, Norge (63° 5’ N. B., 3° 0’ Ø. L. f. Gr.), 30te Juni. 1 Scopelus miillert, (Gmel.), i Overfladen. SEE Station 124. Banken udenfor Trænen, Helgeland i Norge, 325 Kilom. V.S.V. for Bodø (6609 41’ N. B., 60 59’ Ø. L.), 19de Juni. Dybden 350 Favne (640”). Bundtemperaturen — 0,90 C. Bunden Ler. 1 Lycodes frigidus, jun. (beskreves først senere). 1 Lycodes esmarkti, Coll. 1 Lycodes muraena, n. sp. Station 164. Banken udenfor Lofoten, Norge, 117 Kilom. vestenfor Røst (68° 21’ N. B., 10° 40’ Ø. L.), 29de Juni. Dybden 457 Favne (836”). Bundtemperatu- ren — 0,79 C. Bunden graa Sandler. 1 Lycodes frigidus, jun. (beskreves først senere). Røst, Lofoten (67° 31’ N. B., 120 12’ Ø, L.), 26de Juni. 50—150 Favne (100—280”), + 5° ©. Bunden Sandbund. 1 Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.). Bundtemperaturen 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.). _ Station 183. Havet nordvest for Lofoten, 354 Kilom. fra Land (690 59’ N. B., 6° 15’ Ø. L.), 5te Juli. I Overfladen. i 4 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.), Yngel. 1 En Del almindelige Former, optagne fra ringe Dyb under Op- holdet ved de norske Kyster, ere ikke nærmere omtalte. * Mandt in which deep-sea fishes were met with, where they attain even a larger size than those taken in the upper strata of the water. All of these forms should, per- haps, be regarded as occurring chiefly at great depths, but gifted with the faculty of ascending, under certain favourable conditions, to the surface. Among such forms must be ranked above all the Amphipod Themisto libellula, (of the family which is found in enormous quantities in most parts of the Polar Sea; this animal had constituted the chief food of the species examined, and traces of its presence were probably not Hyperide) , altogether wanting in any one of the examples, though belonging even to species that occur at a depth of about 1000 fathoms, and which from their bodily structure may with certainty be assumed not to ascend far from the bottom, Such, too, was the case with the Calanids and other species. List of stations at which deep-sea fishes were taken, together with a specification of the results for each station.t 1876. Station 33. — Storeggen, 174 kilom. west of Aale- sund, Norway (lat. 65° 5’ N., long. 3° 0’ E.), 30th June. I Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.); at the surface. 1877. Station 124. The bank off Trænen. Helgeland in Norway, 325 kilom. WSW. of Bodø (lat. 66" 41’ N., long. 6° 59’ E.), 19th June: depth 350 fathoms (640”); temperature at bottom — 0.90 C.; clay bottom. 1 Lycodes frigidus, jun. (not described till later). 1 Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. å I Lycodes muræna, n. sp. Station 164. The bank off the Lofoten Islands, Norway, 117 kilom. west of Røst (lat. 68° 21’ N., long. 10° 40’ E.), 29th June; depth 457 fathoms (8386”); temperature at bottom — 0.70 C.; bottom: grey sablous clay. | 1 Lycodes frigidus, jun. (not described till later). Røst, Lofoten Islands (lat. 679 31’ N., long. 120 12’ E.), 26th June; depth 50—150 fathoms (100—280”); temperature at bottom + 5° C.: sandy bottom. 1 Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.). 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.). Station 183. — The open sea, north-west of the Lofoten Islands, 354 kilom. from land (lat. 69° 59! N., long. 6° 15’ E.), 5th July; at the surface. 4 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.); fry. ' The commoner forms obtained at a trifling depth off the Nor- wegian coast are not ineluded in this report. Station 223. Østsiden af Jan Mayen (709 54’ N. B., 80 24’ V.L.), Iste August. Dybden 70 Favne (128). Bundtemperaturen — 0.6" C. Bunden sort (vulkansk) Sand og Ler. 1 leelus hamatus, Kr. 1 Triglops pingelii, Reinh. Station 224. Østsiden af Jan Mayen (70° 51’ N. B., 8° 20’ V. L.), Iste August. Dybden 95 Favne (174”). Bundtemperaturen: — 0,6° ©. Bunden sort (vulkansk) Sand og Ler. 1 feelus hamatus, Kr. Station 237. Sydsiden af Jan Mayen (70° 41’N. B., 10° 10’ V. L.), Sdie August. Dybden 263 Favne (481). Bundtemperaturen — 0,89 UC. Bunden grovt Grus og Smaastene, især at Lava. 1 Triglops pingelii, Reinh. I Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1 Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.). Station 248. Havet vestenfor Lofoten, 364 Kilom. fra Land (67° 56,5’ N. B., 4° 11’ Ø.L.), 8de August. I Overfladen. 1 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.), Yngel. 1 Tanatjord i Øst-Finmarken (70° 47,5’ Dybden 127 Fayne Bunden Mudder (0 0] 78. Station 261. N- B., 28° 30' Ø. L.), 25de Juni. (232”). Bundtemperaturen + 2,8" C, og Ler. 5 Raja radiata, Donov. 2 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). 1 Glyptocephalus eynoglossus, (Lin.). 6 Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 262. Havet østenfor Vardø, 63 Kilom. fra Land (70° 36’ N. B., 32° 35' Ø. L.), 27de Juni. Dyb- den 148 Fayne (271”). —Bundtemperaturen + 1,99 C. Bunden Ler. 1 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). Station 275. Havet østenfor Beeren Hiland, 360 Kilom. fra Land (74° 8’ N. B., 31° 12’ Ø.L.), 2den Juli. Dybden 147 Fayne (269”). Bundtemperaturen — 0,40 C. Bunden grønligt Ler: 1 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). 3 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). Station 286. Havet sydvest for Beeren Hiland, 215 Kilom. fra Land (72° 57’ N. B., 14° 32’ Ø. L.), 6te Juli. Dybden 447 Favne (817”). Bundtemperaturen — 0,80 C. Bunden graagrønt Ler. 18 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.), Yngel, i Overfladen. 1 Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Wahlb.). 5 Station 223. — Eastern shore of Jan Mayen (lat. 70° 54’ N., long. 8° 24’ W.), Ist August; depth 70 fathoms (1287); temperature at bottom — 0.69 C.; bottom: black (voleanic) sand and clay. 1 leelus hamatus, Kr. I Triglops pingelii, Reinh. Station 224. — Eastern shore of Jan Mayen (lat. 700 51’ N., long. 8° 20' W.), Ist August; depth 95 fathoms (174); temperature at bottom — 0.6° C.; bottom: black (voleanic) sand and clay. I feelus hamatus, Kr. Station 237. — Southern shore of Jan Mayen (lat. 70° 41’ N., long. 10° 10’ W.), 3rd August; depth 263 fathoms (481”); temperature at bottom — 0.3° C.; bottom: coarse sand and shingle, consisting to a great extent of lava. 1 Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1 Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1 Gymmelis viridis, (Fabr.). Station 248. — The open sea, west of the Lofoten Islands, 364 kilom. from land (lat. 67" 56,5' N., long 4 11’ K.), 8th August; at the surface. 1 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.); fry-specimen. 1878. Station 261. — The Tana Fjord, East Finmark (lat. 70° 47,5’ N., long. 28° 30’ E.), 25th June; depth 127 fathoms (232”); temperature at bottom -+ 2.8" C.; bottom: mud and clay. 5 Raja radiata, Donoy. 2 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). 1 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.). 6 Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 262. — The open sea, east of Vardø, 63 kilom. from land (lat. 70° 36’ N., long. 32° 35’ E.), 27th June; depth 148 fathoms (271”); temperature at bottom + 1.9° C.; bottom: clay. 1 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). Station 275. — The open sea, east of Beeren Eiland, 360 kilom. from land (lat. 74° 8’, long. 51° 12’ E.), 2nd July; depth 147 fathoms (269”); temperature at bottom — 0.4° C.; bottom: greenish clay. I Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). 3 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). Station 286. — The open sea, south-west of Beeren Eiland, 215 kilom. from land (lat. 72° 57’ N., long. 14° 32’ E.), 6th July; depth 447 fathoms (349”); temperature at bottom — 0.8° C.; bottom: grey-green sand. 18 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.), fry; at the surface, 1 Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Wahlb.). Station 290. Havet midt mellem Beeren Eiland og Hammerfest, 216 Kilom. fra Land (72° 27’ N. B., 20° 51’ Ø. L.) 7de Juli. Dybden 191 Favne (349”). Bundtempe- raturen + 3.5° C. Bunden sandholdigt Ler. 4 Centridermichthys uneinatus, (Reinh.). 1 Cottuneulus microps, Coll. Station 295. Havet, vestenfor Hammerfest. 453 Kilom. fra Land (710 -59' N. B., 110 40’ Ø. L.), 14de Juli. Dybden 1110 Favne (2080”). Bundtemperaturen — 1,89 C. Bunden Biloeulina-Ler. 5 Lycodes frigidus, n. sp. 3 Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.). Station 297. Havet midt mellem Nordcap, Jan Mayen og Spitsbergen, 465 Kilometer fra nærmeste Land (720 36’ N. B., 5° 12’ Ø. L.), 16de Juli. Dybden 1280 (2341”). Bundtemperaturen — 1.4" C. Bunden eulbrun Biloeulina-Ler. 1 Rhodichthys regina, n. gen. & sp. Favne Station 303. Havet vestenfor Beeren Eiland, 450 Kilom. fra Land (750 12’ N. B., 302" Ø. L.), 19de Juli. Dybden 1200 Favne (2195”). Bundtemperaturen — 1,60 C. Bunden brunt Ler. 1 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Station 312. Havet vestenfor Beeren Biland. 108 Kilom. fra Land (740 54’ N. B.. 140 53’ Ø. L.), 22de Juli. Dybden 658 Favne (1203”). 12 (Op Bunden brunt og grønt Ler. 1 Liparis bathybii, n. sp. Bundtemperaturen — 2 Cureproctus reinhardi, Kr. 2 Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) 1 Lyeodes muraena, Coll. 5 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Station 323. Havet midt mellem Nordeap og Beeren Eiland. 180 Kilom. fra Land (729 53,5’ N. B.. 210 51'Ø. L.), 30te Juli. Dybden 223 Fayne (408”). Bundtempe- raturen + 1.59 C, Bunden brungraat Ler. 1 Centridermichthys uncinatus; (Reinh.). I Agonus decagonus, Sehn. 1 Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 326. Beeren Eiland. 105 Kilom. 170 50’ Ø. L.), 3die August. Bundtemperaturen + 1.6° C, Havet midt mellem Spitsbergen og fra Hand (50317 ON. EB: Dybden 123 Favne (225”). Bunden morkt Ler. Raja radiata, Donov. Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). oo Ne Centridermichthys uncinatus. (Reinh.). 6 Agonus decagonus, Schn. 1 Gadus saida, Lepech. 15 Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 290. — The open sea. midway between Beeren Hiland and Hammerfest, 216 kilom. from land (late 10292 NSS lone. 20045117 E.), 7th July; depth 191 fathoms (349); temperature at bottom +- 3.5° C.: bot- tom: sabulous clay. 4 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). I Cottunculus microps, Coll. Station 295. — The open sea, west of Hammerfest, 453 kilom. from land (lat. 71° 59’ N., long. 11° 40’ E.), 14th July; depth 1110 fathoms (2030”); temperature at bottom — 1.5° C.; bottom: biloewlina-clay. 5 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. 3 Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.): Station 297. — The open sea, midway between the North Cape, Jan Mayen and Spitzbergen, 465 kilom. from land (lat. 720 36’ N., long. 50 12’ E.), 16th July; depth 1280 fathoms (23417); temperature at bottom — 1.4" C,; bottom: yellowish brown b:loculina-elay. I Rhodichthys regina, n. gen. & sp. Station 303. — The open sea. west of Beeren Eiland, 450 kilom. from land (lat. 75° 12’ N., long. 3° 2’ E.), 19th July; depth 1200 fathoms (21957): temperature at bottom — 1.69 C.; bottom: brown clay. 1 Lyeodes frigidus, Coll. Station 312. — The open sea, west of Beeren - Eiland, 108 kilom. from land (lat. 74° 54’ N., long. 14° 53’ E.), 22nd July; depth 658 fathoms (1203”); tempera- ture at bottom — 1.2° C.; bottom: brown and green clay. I Liparis bathybii, n. sp. 2 Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 2 Onos reinhardi, (Kx.). 1 Lycodes muræna, Coll. 5 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Station 323. — The open sea, midway between the North Cape and Beeren Eiland, 180 kilom. from land (lat. 72° 53’, 5” N., long. 310 51’ E.), 30th July; depth 223 fathoms (408”); temperature at bottom + 1.5° C.; bottom: brownish grey clay. 1 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). 1 Agonus decagonus, Schn. I Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 326. — The open sea, midway between Spitzbergen and Beeren Hiland, 105 kilom. from land (lat. 75° 31’ N., long. 17° 50’ E.), 3rd August; depth 123 fathoms (225”); temperature at bottom + 1.6° C.; bottom: dark clay. 1 Raja radiata, Donov. 2 Sebastes marinus, (Lin.). 3 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.). 6 Agonus deeagonus, Sehn. I Gadus saida, Lepech. 15 Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.). Station 338. Udenfor Sydeap, Spitsbergen (760 22’ N. B., 17° 13’ Ø. L.), 6te August. Dybden 146 Favne (267”). Bundtemperaturen — 1,10 C. Bunden Stenbund. 1 Agonus decagonus, Schn. Station 353. Havet vestenfor Isfjorden, Vest-Spits- bergen, 230 Kilom. fra Land (77" 59' N. B., 50 10' Ø. L.), 10de August. Dybden 1333 Favne (2438”). Bund- temperaturen — 1,4" C. Bunden Biloeulina-Ler og Smaa- stene. 3 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Station 362. Havet vestenfor Norsk-Øerne. Nord- vest-Spitsbergen, 115 Kilom. fra Land (79° 59’ N. B,, 59 40’ Ø. L.), l4de August. Dybden 459 Favne (839). Bundtemperaturen — 1,0" C. Bunden blaagraat Ler. Raja hyperborea, n. sp. Raja radiata, Donov. KS Ny Cottunculus microps, Coll. Lycodes esmarkit, Coll. Lycodes liitkeni, n. sp. bo Lycodes pallidus, n. sp. NW Ree Lycodes muraena, Coll. Station 363. Havet vestenfor Norsk-Oerne, Nord- vest-Spitsbergen, 60 Kilom. fra Land (80° 3’ N. B., 80 28’ Ø. L.), 14de August. Dybden 260 Favne (475”). ° Bund- temperaturen + 1,1" ©. Bunden Blaaler. Agonus decagonus, Schn. Cottunculus, microps, Coll. Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. ee Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. uy Norsk-Øerne, Nordvest-Spitsbergen (79° 51’ N. B., 110 45’ Ø. L.), 15de August. Dybden ubetydelig. 1 Cottus scorpius, Lin. 3 Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.). 1 Gadus saida, Lepech. 3 Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.). Station 366. Magdalenebay, Nord-Spitsbergen (790 35’ N. B., 119 17 Ø. L.), 17de August. Dybden 37—61 Favne(75—1127). Bundtemperat. fra — 0,20 indtil — 2,19 C. Bunden morkeraat Ler med løsrevne Alger og Smaasten. Teelus hamatus, Kr. Triglops pingelii, Reinh. Gymnacanthus pistilliger, (Pall.). Liparis lineatus, (uepech.). Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries). Lumpenus medius, Reinh. a ao on a Lumpenus lampetraeformis, (Walb.). 72 Gadus saida, Lepech. ig Station 338. — Off the South (lat. 76° 22° N., long. 170.13" E:), 146 fathoms (267); temperature at rocky bottom. Jape, Spitzbergen 6th August; depth bottom — 1.10 C,; 1 Agonus decagonus, Sehn. Station 353. — ‘The open sea, west of the Isfjord, western coast of Spitzbergen, 230 kilom. from land (lat. 770 59’ N., long. 50 10’ E.), 10th August; depth 1333 fathoms (24387); temperature at bottom — 1.4" C.; bot- tom: biloeulma-elay and shingle. 3 Lyeodes frigidus, Coll. Station 362. — The open sea, west of the Norsk Islands, north-western coast of Spitzbergen, 115 kilom. from land (lat. 79° 59’ N., long. 5° 40’ E.), 14th August; depth 459 fathoms (839”); temperature at. bottom — 1.00 C.; bottom: bluish grey clay. 1 Raja hyperborea, n. sp. Raja radiata, Donov. Cottunculus microps, Coll, Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. Lycodes liitkeni, n. Sp. Lycodes pallidus, n. sp. wR Re DOR UN Lycoiles murena, Coll. Station 363. The open sea, west of the Norsk Islands, north-western coast of Spitzbergen, 60 kilom. from land (lat. 800 3’ N., long. 8° 28’ E.), 14th August; depth 260 fathoms (475”); temperature at bottom + 1.10 C.; bot- tom: blue clay. 1 Agonus decagonus, Sch. Cottunculus microps, Coll. Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1 1 1 1 Lycodes pallidus, Coll. 1 Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. Norsk Islands, north-western coast of Spitzbergen (lat. 790 51’ N., long. 11° 45’ E.), 15th August; depth trifling. I Cottus scorpius (Lin.). 3 Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.). I Gadus saida, Lepech. 3 Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.). Station 366. — Magdalena Bay, north coast of Spitzbergen (lat. 799 35’ N., long. 11" 17’ E.), 17th Au- gust; depth 37—61 fathoms(75—112”); temperature at bottom as low as — 2.10 C.; bottom: dark-grey clay and shingle. Icelus hamatus, Kr. Triglops pingelii, (Reinh.). Gymnacanthus pistilliger, (Pall.). Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.). Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries). Lumpenus medius, Reinh. Lumpenus lampetræformis, (Walb.). 72 Gadus saida, Lepech. - ee eS OR Re Isfjorden, Vest-Spitsbergen (78° 9’ N. B., 14° 12' Ø. L.), 19de August. Dybden 129 Favne (236”). Bund- temperaturen + 1,29 C. Bunden Stenbund. 1 Eumierotremus spinosus, (Miill.). Station 374. Advent Bay, Isfjorden, Vest-Spits- bergen (789 16’ N. B., 15° 38’ Ø. L.), 22de August. Dybden 60 Fayne (1107). Bundtemperaturen + 0,70 C. Bunden mørkt Ler. | 3 Lumpenus medius, Reinh. Det samlede Antal har saaledes tilhørt følgende 32 Arter: Rajidae. : Raja hyperborea, n. sp. 1878. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808. Scorpaenidae. Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766. Cottidae. Cottunculus mierops, Coll. 1874. Cottus scorpius, Lin. 1766. Gymnacanthus pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. Cen- tridermichthys uneinatus, (Reinh.) 1833—34. — Icelus hamatus, Kr. 1844. Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838. Agonidae. Agonus decagonus, Schn. 1801. Cyclopteridae, Eumierotremus spinosus, (Mill.) 1776. Liparididae. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774. Liparis bathybii, n. Sp. 1878. Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1862. Blenniidae. | Lumpenus medius, Reinh. 1838. tus, (Fries) 1837. Lumpenus lampetraeformis, (Wahlb.) ids ee Lycodidae. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1874. Lycodes frigidus, n. sp. 1878. Lycodes liitkeni, n. sp. 1880. Lycodes pal- lidus, n. sp. 1878. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838. Lycodes muraena, n. sp. 1878. (Fabr.) 1780. Gadidae. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774. Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) MS. 185?. Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.) 1874. Pleuronectidae. Flatysomutichthys hippoglossoides. (Wahlb.) 1792. Hippo- alossoides platessoides, (Fabr.) 1780. cynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766. Ophidiidae. Rhodichthys regina, n. gen. & sp. 1878. Scopelidae. Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.) 1788. Lumpenus macula- viridis. Gymnelis Glyptocephalus The Isfjord, western coast of Spitzbergen (lat. 78° 9’ N., long. 14° 12’ E.), 19th August; depth 129 fathoms (2367): temperature at bottom + 1.20 C.: bottom rocky. 1 Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Mill.). Station 374. — Advent Bay, west coast of Spitz- bergen (lat.: 780 16’ N., long. 15° 38’ E.), 22nd August: depth 60 fathoms (110”): temperature at bottom + 0.79 C.; bottom: dark clay. 3 Lumpenus medius, Reinh. The individuals collected on the Expedition comprised accordingly the following species, 32 in number: — Rajidæ. Raja hyperborea, n. sp. 1878. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808. Scorpaenidæ. Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766. Cottidæ. Cottuneulus mierops, Coll. 1874. 1766. Gymnaeanthus pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. tridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.) 1833—34. Cottus scorpius, Lin. Cen- Icelus hamatus, Kr. 1844. Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838. Agonide. Agonus decagonus, Sehn. 1801. Cyclopteride. Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Miill.) 1776. Liparididæ. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774. Liparis bathybii n. sp. 1878.- Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1862. Blenniidæ. Lumpenus medius, Reinh. 1838. Lumpenus macula- _tus, (Fries) 1887. Lumpenus lumpetræformis, (Wahlb.) 1792. Lycodidæ. : Lycodes esmarkit, Coll. 1874. Lycodes frigidus, n. sp. 1878. Lycodes liitkent, n. sp. 1880. Lyeodes pal- lidus, n. sp. 1878. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838. Lycodes muræna, n. sp. 1878. Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.) 1780. Gadide. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774. Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) MS. 185?. Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.) 1874. Pleuronectidæ. Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Wahlb.) 1792. Hippo- glossoides platessoides, (Fabr.) 1780. eynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766. Ophidiidæ. Rhodiehthys regina, n. gen. & sp. 1878. Scopelidæ. Scopelus miillert, (Gmel.) 1788: Glyptocephalus GO dS) must Den private Opmaahny Vith Anstalt, Kristianin A. Palaeichthyes- - Subord. Plagiostomata. Fam. Rajidae. Gen. Raja, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 395 (1766). 1. Raja hyperborea, Coll: 1878 (n. sp.). Pl. I., fig. 1—2. + Raja hyperborea, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 7. Diagn. Snuden tilspidset, af middels Længde: Snude- spidsens Afstand fra Øjet udgjør ikke fuldt det dobbelte af. Interorbitalrummets Bredde. Legemet noget bredere, end dets Lengde fra Snudespidsen til Enden af de accessoriske Gene- rationsorganer. Halen forholdsvis kort, indeholdes 3-Gange i Totallengden. Tænderne (hos Hannen) spidse og slanke, danne i Overkjæven omtrent 36, i Underkjæven 42 Tver- vækker. Oversiden er ru, samt beklædt med større Torne; Undersiden er glat. De større Rygtorne ere 6 i Antal; Haletornene, der danne en enkelt Række, ere 17. de 2 Dorsaler sidder en liden Torn. Farven oventil mørkt graabrun, Undersiden hvid med store, lateralt-symmetriske Felter af Oversidens Farve. Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Havet vestenfor Nord- Spitsbergen. ‘Stat. 302. 115 Kilom. AL Norskøerne, Beli hed. see eluggenned : Spitsbergen. - * Mellen’ A. Palæichthyes- Subord. Plagiostomata. Fam. Rajide. Gen. Raja, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 395 (1766). 1. Raja hyperborea, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.). PI. I. fig. 1—2. : Raja hyperborea, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 7. Diagnosis. — Snout pointed, of moderate length ; distance from end of snout to the orbit not quite double the width of the interorbital space. The transverse diameter of the disk somewhat greater than its length from the snout to the ter- mination of the accessory sexual appendages. The tail com- paratively short, one-third of the total length. Teeth (in the male) sharp and slender, about 36 transverse rows in’ the upper and 42 in the lower jaw. The upper surface rough, and armed with spines; under surface smooth. The larger dorsal spines are 6 in. numbers the tail is furnished with 17, in a single row; and a small spine occurs between the 2 dorsal fins. The colour- of the upper surface is a dark greyish brown, that of the under plain white, with large, laterally-symmetrical brown patches. ° Loeality (North.Atl. Exped.): — The open sea, west of the northern coast of Spitzbergen. Stat. 562. 1i5 Kilom. W. of the Norsk Islands, Spitzbergen. : Exact Locality. 459 Favne (839™). = 000: Dybde. Temp. paa Bunden. Bunden. Blaagraat Ler. Datum. 14de August 1878. Antal Individer. 1 Ind. (en Han). * : Udmaalinger. Totallængde (Han) OE SE 518% Legemets Længde til Spidsen af Hjælpegenita- Lierne . het 390 - Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. © . 459 Fathoms (8397). — 1.0° GC; Depth. . Temp. at Bottom. Bottom. — Bluish-grey Clay. » Date. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. (a male)., Measurements. . Totalslengthamale eee FT 518 nm Length of body to the termination of the acces- sory sexual appendages . 390 - Største Braids mellem Pectoralernes Spidse 405” Halens Længde 168 - Snudespidsen til Øjets Forrand . 90 - Bredden mellem Øjnene 2 AS) = Snudespidsen til Pectoralens Shliket (Tigomert for: reste Profil-Linie) . . _ 3805 - Pectoralspidsen til Ventralens bier Brite (Lege- mets bagre Profil-Linie). 175 - Hjælpegenitaliernes Længde 48 - Snudespidsen til Næseborene . . . 2 2 220 7 - Afstanden mellem Næseborene : 64 - Bredden af Mundspalten 66 - Ventralernes Grundlinie 86 - Ventralernes største Længde . 110 - Halens Bredde ved Roden saz 26 - _ Halens Bredde ved Begyndelsen af Iste ber bye Halens Højde ved Roden . PERS Halens Højde ved Begyndelsen af te EL ! DIE Fra. Dorsalernes Begyndelse til Halespidsen. . «* 59 - 1ste' Dorsals Grundlinie 19 - [ste Dorsals Hojde 15 - 2den Dorsals Grundlinie 21 - 2den Dorsals Højde . 13 - Øjets Længdediameter 14 - Tverdiameter af Spiracula . 11 - Snudespidsen til ste Gjællespalte 148 - Bredden mellem Iste Gjællespalte paa hver Side RIO) . Legemsbygning. Snuden er tilspidset, dens Længde indtil Øjets som Pandens Beskrivelse. dog ikke særdeles uddragen; forreste Rand er knapt dobbelt saa stor, Bredde mellem Øjnene. Legemets største Bredde mellem Potene Spidse er større, end, Legemets Længde fra Snudespidsen til Enden af Hjælpegenitalierne. Legemets forreste Profillinie næsten ret indtil i Højde ‘med Kjæverne; noget concav, indtil ud mod Spidsen af Pectoralerne, paa hver Side danne en temmelig afrundet Vinkel. mets bagre Profillmie, der kun har noget over den forreste Linies halve Længde. er næsten ret, kun i sit bagre Hjørne noget afrundet, og idethele parallel med den modsatte forreste Linie, saaledes at Legemet næsten danner et Parallelogram. Halen er paa Undersiden fuldkommen flad, men har oventil afrundede Sider; den er dog idethele fladtrykt, idet Bredden overalt er betydelig større, end Højden (ved Roden dobbelt, ved Begyndelsen af Iste Dorsal tredobbelt større). En distinct afsat Hudfold løber langs Halens hele Længde paa «hver Side: af Underfladen. I Forhold.til Legemet er Halen kort, idet den blot udgjør 1 Trediedel af Total- længden. : | De aceessoriske Generationsorganer ste, undersøgte Individ ikke særdeles lange; omtrent lig Pandens Bredde mellem Qjnene. Tænderne ere forholdsvis lange og spinkle. deles liden Grundflade. Sandsynligvis har dog Hunnen kortere, og ved Grunden bredere Tænder. I hver Kjæve- halvdel findes oventil 18, nedentil 21 Tverrækker, saaledes er derpaa er den der ere hos det: ene- deres Længde med sær- Lege-' 10 of, the sexual appendages. Greatest distance between the gs : 405. Length of tail . Å 168 - - From point of snout to the eye. er SOON Interorbital space. pr! ae FET = From point of snout to the er SÅ the pec- toral fin ; 4305: From the extremity of the orkan ae ie Toe pos- terior extremity of the ventral 175 - Length of sexual appendages . 48 - From point of snout to nostrils... Tt. Distance between the nostrils. 64 - Width of mouth 66 - Ventrals at base . 86 - Extreme length of ee reg 110 - Breadth of tail at base. 26 -. Breadth of tail at; commencement if first vi a 15 - Dépth of tail at hase 12 - Depth of tail at commencement na eat deen fin D - From the first dorsal to the tip of the tall. .. . 59 - First dorsal at base. ONE Height of first dorsal 15 - Second dorsal at base pole Height of second dorsal (se Longitudinal diameter of orbit 14 - Transverse diameter of spiracles . 11 - From point of snout to first branchial aigeoiiee 148 - Width between first branchial aperture on each side 140 - Description. Structure of the Body. — The snout ter- minates in a point, without however being greatly produced. ‘Length from tip to'the anterior margin of the orbit a trifle less than twice the interorbital space. - The diameter of the disk across the*pectorals exceeds the distance from the point of the snout to the termination The anterior free margin almost straight up to the jaws; from thence slightly concave to the tips of the pectorals, the extreme lateral angle of each being - rather convex. ‘The posterior free margin, but little more than half the length of the anterior marginal line, is almost straight — the hindmost part only being slightly convex — and running as it does nearly parallel to the anterior margin, the disk closely resembles a rhomboid. The under surface of the tail is perfectly flat, the sides of the upper are rounded; its general appearance is depressed, the breadth greatly exceeding the vertical -thick- ness (at the origin twice, at the commencement of the first dorsal three times as great). A cutaneous flap, distinctly developed, extends along the entire length of the tail on each side of the under surface. Tail short in proportion to the body, being only one-third of the total length. The accessory sexual appendages are not particularly long in the specimen examined,’ their length" being about equal to the width of the interorbital space. The teeth are comparatively long and slender, and exceedingly narrow at the base. Probably the females have shorter teeth with broader bases. The upper jaw is fur- - nished with 18, the lower with 21 transverse rows in- each ialt 38 Tvetrekker. Mundspaltens Bredde udgjor ikke fuldt Halvdelen af Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til lste Gjællespalte. , Den forreste af de 5 Gjællespalter ligger i en Afstand fra Mundvinkelen,' der omtrent er lig dens egen Afstand fra den bagerste Gjællespalte. ; Spiracula er forholdsvis vid, idet dets Tverdiameter er omtrent lig den ubedækkede Del af Øjet: skraat bagenfor dette, men fuldkommen tvers mod Øjets Længdediameter. Finnerne. Ventralerne have henimod Spidsen ef dybt Indsnit, der fortil lader frit et kegleforiigt, noget udspær- ret Parti, der dog er af forholdsvis ringere Højde, idet det blot udgjør Halvdelen åf den hele Finnes Grundlinie, eller omtrent Trediedelen af Finnens hele Længde til den bagre Spidse. ste Dorsal begynder i en Afstand fra Halespidsen, der indeholdes 2°/; Gange i Halens hele Længde. Dens Grundlinie er ubetydelig større, end dens Højde; den bagre Spidse er noget tilspidset, og den lodrette Bagrand' lidt coneav. | 2den Dorsal er adskilt fra Iste gjennem et: ubetyde- ligt Mellemrum (opfyldt af en mindre Torn). Den er lavere, end iste Dorsal. idet Højden er kun lidt over Halvdelen af Grundlmien. Dens bagre Spidse er stærkt nedadbøjet, dog tilspidset, saaledes, at dens lodrette Bagrand. er tem- melig kort. En Antydning til en Caudal findes i Form af en kort og lav, vertical Hudflig, der rager ubetydeligt uden- for Halespidsen, og har paa Halespidsens Underside en kort Kjøl. Hudens Bekledning. Oversiden samt tildels beklædt med større Torne; Undersiden er glat. De større Torne findes blot 1) over Øjnene, 2) paa Skulderpartiet, samt 3) midt nedad Ryggen og Halen; de ere alle riflede fra Grunden udad mod Spidsen, der er yderst skarp, og noget bagudbøjet; de ere ikke synderlig hoje, ‘undtagen paa Halens øvre Del. Deres samlede Antal er hos det undersøgte Individ 37. Øjentornene ere ialt 6 i Antal, og danne paa hver Side en, fuldkommen ret Linie (bestaaende af 3 Torne) indenfor Øjeranden, saaledes, at Afstanden mellem heggé Linier bliver mindre, end Pandens Bredde mellem Øjnene. Iste Torn er stillet foran, 2den bagenfor Øjets øvre Rand, 3die umiddelbart bagenfor Spiracula. liste Torn ligger i en Afstand fra Snudespidsen, der omtrent er dobbelt saa stor, som Rækkernes indbyrdes Afstand; Iste og 3die Torn danne med de tilsvarende i den modsatte Række et næ- sten fuldkomment Qvadrat. Skulderpartiet bærer i Midten en Række af 3, og paa hver Side en Række af 2, tilsammen 7 Torne. Nide- tornene sidde tættere sammen, end Midtrækkens Torne, og have idethele samme Afstand indbyrdes, som mellem 2dén’ og 3die Øjentorn (14””), eller noget over en Øjendiameter. Den bagerste Torn i Midtrækken danner med den bagerste Torn i hver af Siderækkerne en næsten ret Linie. Afstan- den mellem lste og 3die Torn i Midtrækken er næsten saa er Tu, det er stillet ikke. 11 . width of the interorbital space. half, the total number of transverse series being thus %$. Width of mouth not quite equal to half the distance from point of snout to first branchial aperture. The foremost of the five branchial apertures is about the same distance from the angle of the mouth as it is from the hindmost aperture. The spiracles are comparatively large, their transverse diameter being nearly equal to the width of the uncovered portion of the eye; their position is not oblique, but strictly vertical to the longitudinal diameter of the orbit. Fins. — Towards their extremity, the ventrals are distin- guished by a deep incision, exposing to view a cuneiform and somewhat expanded part, the height of which however is inconsiderable, being not more than half of the base of the fin, and but one-third of its entire length to the posterior extremity. The first dorsal commences at a distance from the tip of the tail which is to the entire length of the ‘tail «as I to 2°/5; basal line a trifle longer than the vertical height; posterior extremity pointed, posterior perpendicular margin slightly, concave. Second dorsal nearly contiguous to first, the inter- vening space being occupied by a diminutive spine. Height less than that of the first dorsal, hardly exceeding half the length of the basal line; the posterior extremity directed downwards and terminating in a point; the posterior per- pendicular margin is consequently somewhat short. Caudal fin rudimentary, having the appearance of a ver- tical membraneous lappet. furnished on the under surface of the extremity of the tail with’ a keel-shaped ridge, -project- ing but slightly beyond the tip. Armature of the skin. — Upper surface rough and partially studded with powerful spines; under surface smooth. The large spines occur: — 1) above the eyes; 2) on the humeral region;. 3) along the mesial line of the disk and the central ridge of the tail. All the spines are grooved from the base up-to the point, which is exceedingly sharp and slightly hooked; the longest are in the row on the upper part of the tail. ‘Total number in the specimen examined 37. The spines about the eyes ‘are 6 in number, arranged in two lines, perfectly straight (three spines in each), one on either side within the margin of the eye, making the distance between them a trifle less than the The first spine is. placed before, the second above the upper margin of the eye, the third immediately behind the ‘spiracles. Distance of first spine from point of snout about double that between the rows; the first and third spines form with the correspond- ing spines on the opposite side an almost perfect square. The humeral region is furnished with 7 spines, a row of 3 along the dorsal ridge and2 on either side. The lateral spines are more closely set than those disposed along the mesial line, their relative distance being nearly equal to that «between the second and third spines in the Series above the eyes (14””), or slightly exceeding the longitudinal diameter of the eye. The hindmost spine. in the central series is almost. in a line with the hindmost spine in each O* stor, som mellem lste og 3die Øjentorn; noget større er derimod Afstanden mellem Midtrækken og hver af Side- rekkerne. : Rygtornene ere 6 i Antal, der danne en enkelt Række, hvori Mellemrummet mellem hver Torn har omtrent samme Længde, som mellem Iste og 2den Torn i Øjenrækkerne (25””), eller mellem Iste og 2den Torn i Skulderpartiets Midtrække. Rygtornenes Række ophører et kort Stykke foran Halen. Haletornene danne en enkelt Rekke, bestaaende af 17 Torne, der staa tættere sammen, end Rygtornene, og tiltage i Størrelse indtil den 6te, men aftage derefter indtil den sidste. der er ganske liden og sidder tæt ind til Iste Dorsal. Rækken begynder i nogen Afstand fra sidste Rygtorn. Endelig findes en liden Torn mellem de 2 Dor- saler, den 18de. Hele Oversiden er forøvrigt ru af særdeles smaa og . | spidse Smaatorne, der intetsteds* naa tilnærmelsesvis den samme Størrelse, som de større Torne. Dog er et Parti - langs Legemets forreste Siderand (omtrent ret udenfor Øj- nene) beklædt med noget større Torne, end de øvrige Smaatorne; disse udgjøre de for Hannerne ejendommelige , Kardetorne* (carmines maris, ifølge Fries). findes enkelte noget længere Torne langs Midten af Snuden. Glat er blot den bagre Rand af Pectoralerne, hele Ven- tralerne, samt et Stykke af Ryggens Sider op imod Skul- derpartiets Sidetorne. Hele Undersiden af saavel Legemet. som Halen, er fuldkommen glat. : Slimporer. Paa bestemte Steder af Oversiden, samt over den forreste Del af Legemets Underside findes Ræk- ker af Slimporer, der idethele ere symmetrisk stillede paa hver Side af Legemets Midtlinie. Paa Oversiden findes en ~ | Række af omtr. 20 Porer, der strækker sig fra Spiracula hen under Øjet. og gaar derfra omtrent i ret Linie ud mod Snuden; denne Række løber parallelt med den til- svarende paa den anden Side. Fra Skulderbeltet udgaa endvidere 2 noget længere Rækker, der efter et noget buet Løb udmunde noget nedenfor Pectoralens Sidevinkel: en kortere tredie løber parallelt med Legemets bagre afrun- dede Hjørne. Endelig løber paa hver Side af Ryglinien en Række, der fortsætter sig uafbrudt langs Halens Overside til Halespidsen. å Paa Skivens Underside fmdes talrige længere og kortere Rækker, men disse ere her tilsyneladende mindre ordnede. Paa hele Legemets bagre Del sees her ingen Porer; paa den forreste løber en lang Række parallelt med Side- randen; kortere Rækker løbe fra hver Mundvige hen mod Snudespidsen, og andre kortere Rækker findes bagenfor -* Mundspalten. Farven er paa Oversiden temmelig jevnt mørkt graa- brun, medens Undersiden er hvid med store symmetriske Pletter og Felter af Oversidens Farve. Paa Oversiden ere Pectoralerne og Ventralerne især mørkt farvede ud mod Ligeledes of the lateral rows. The distance between the first and third spines in the central series nearly equals that between the first and third spines above the eyes: the distance be- * tween the central series and each of the lateral rows is somewhat greater. The dorsal’ spines are 6 in number, arranged in a single row, the distance between each spine being about equal to that between. the first and second spines in the series above the eyes (25””), or ‘between the first and second spines in the central humeral row. This series ter- minåtes in close proximity to the tail. ; The caudal spines, numbering 17, extend in a single ‘row; they are more closely set than the dorsal spines, increasing in. size down to the sixth; at this point they gradually decrease, the terminal spine being quite diminutive and close to the first dorsal fin. The caudal row commen- ces at some distance from the terminal dorsal spine. A small spine, the eighteenth, occurs between the two dorsals. The whole of the upper surface. is rough, being everywhere studded with minute spines and denticles, none of which attain to a size approaching that of the large spines. Part of the anterior lateral margin of the disk (almost directly in front of the eyes) is however fur- nished with spinules somewhat largér than the other denticles; a few spines of greater length occur too along the ridge of the snout. The only smooth parts.are the posterior margin: of the pectorals, the entire surface of the ventrals, and a strip of skin ‘extending along the sides of the back up towards the lateral spines in the humeral region. The whole of the under surface, both of .the body and of the tail, is perfectly smooth. å Mucous pores. —: On certain parts of the upper surface, and the anterior part of the lower, are numerous series of mucous pores, for the most part symmetrically arranged on either side of the mesial line. On «the upper surface occurs:a series of about 20 pores, extending from the -spiracle to the eye, and from thence, nearly in a straight line, towards the snout; this series runs parallel: to the corresponding series on the opposite side. Two series of somewhat greater length issue from the humeral zone, and, after a slightly’ inflected course, terminate ‘a little below the lateral angle of the pectoral fin; a third and shorter series runs parallel to the posterior convex angle of the disk. On either side of the mesial line a series extends uninterruptedly to the tip of the tail. Numerous series of greater or less extent occur too on the under surface, their ‘arrangement, however, being apparently less regular. On the posterior part of the disk pores are nowhere visible here, on the anterior division a long row runs parallel to the lateral margin; several shorter series’ extend from each angle of the mouth towards’ the point of the snout, and short series also occur behind the mouth. k Coloration.” — Upper surface. almost uniformly dark greyish brown; under surface plain white, relieved with large symmetrical. spots and patches. Upper surface of. pectorals and ventrals darkest along the edges approximate Randen, hvor Undersidens Felt af samme Farve støder, til. Fremdeles er Snudespidsen mørkt brunsort, ligesom Hovedets hele forreste Rand. Paa Undersiden have de mørkfarvede Partier og den hvide Bundfarve omtrent ligestor Udstræk- ning. Disse farvede Felter gaa hen imod Randen af Lege- met (hos det i nogen Tid paa Spiritus opbevarede Exem- plar) over til næsten brunsort. Ingen af disse Felter overskrider Bugens Midtlinie. Deres Udstrækning hos det forhaandenværende Indi- vid kan kortelig beskrives paa følgende Maade. Et stort sort Felt udbreder sig over den ydre Del af Pectoralen; fra Pectoralvinkelen fortsætter dette sig langs hele den forreste Profilrand (men blot umiddelbart i selve Randen), lige hen til Snudespidsen. .Bagtil forener dette Felt sig med et større Parti af samme Farve, der skyder sig op paa Bugens Sider. Foran Mundspalten findes intet farvet - Parti (undtagen Randen af Snuden); men mellem Gjælle- spalterne findes en mindre Samling runde, tildels sammen- flydende Pletter. Ventralerne’ have, ligesom Pectoralerne, brunsorte Rande: de accéssoriske (.enerationsorganer ere lige- ledes paa Undersiden sorte, hvilken Farve udbreder sig til en større Plet foran deres Rod: Hele Halens Underside er ensfarvet sort. Sandsynligvis vil denne Farvefordeling vise sig noget varierende hos Individerne. Føde. Ventrikelen var fuldproppet af Crustaceer og Fiske. . Den væsentligste Del bestod af omkr. 50 kjæmpe- mæssige Individer af Themisto libellula, tildels endnu ganske hele; fremdeles Stykker af den i 1874 af Buchholz 1 ,.2te Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt* beskrevne smuktfarvede Decapode » Hymenodora glacialis*. Fiskene vare 3 i Antal, hvoraf idetmindste de 2 vare Lycoder. Den største af dem -havde en Totallængde at 1857”. og en Hovedlængde af 41”; den yderste Halespids manglede, ligesom Huden og de fleste Finnestraaler, saa- ledes, at Individet ikke lod sig med Sikkerhed bestemme; men paa Grund af Tandbygningens Styrke, de lange og brede Pectoraler, samt det store Hoved, kan det maaske henføres under L.' liitkemi. Den anden Unge af Lycodes var stærkere angreben af Fordøjelsen, og ganske ubestemmelig; af et tredie Individ fandtes blot Rygraden i Behold, og denne kan ligeledes have tilhørt en ung Lycodes. ‘ en Udbredelse. Hidtil er blot kjendt det eneste, oven- for beskrevne Individ, en Han, optaget omtrent under 800 N. B. i Havet vestenfor Nord-Spitsbergen; dette er tillige det nordligste Punkt paa Jorden; hvor denne Slægt hidtil har været bemærket. Buchholz 1874; 1 Pasiphaé glaeialis, Hymenodora glacialis, G. O. Sars 1877. to the similarly coloured patch on the under surface. Ex- tremity of the snout, too, and the entire anterior margin of the head dark-brown, approaching to black. On the under surface, the space occupied by the dark portions of the skin and the white of the ground is about equal in extent. The dark symmetrical patches deepen in colour as they approach the margin of the disk, almost to a brownish black; none of them cross the central abdominal line. Their distribution in the example obtained may be briefly described as follows. A large black patch occurs on the lateral margin of the pectorals; from the angle of the pectorals it extends along the anterior line of the margin of the body (at the extreme edge however only) to the tip of the Behind, this patch unites with another, similarly coloured, up the sides of the belly. Anterior to the cleft of the mouth the skin is uniformly white, save the margin of the snout; between the branchial apertures occur a small cluster of round spots, some of which are confluent. Edges of ventrals brownish black like those of pectorals; the accessory sexual appendages — on the under surface black, this colour expanding to a Under surface of tail snout. running large spot opposite their base. entirely black. This distribution of colour will probably be found to vary in different individuals. Food. — The stomach was full of crustaceans and divers fishes. The principal part of the contents consisted of about 50 enormous examples of the Hyperoid Themisto libellula, several of them quite entire; and of fragments of the Decapod Hymenodora glacialis', described in 1874, by Buchholz, in “Zweite Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt.” The fishes were 3 in number, of which two at least were Lycodes. Total length of the largest 1857”; length of head 41": the tip of the tail, the whole of the skin, and most of the fin-rays were gone; hence this individual could not with certainty be determined; but the structure of the teeth however, the great length and breadth of the pectoral fins, and the size of the head gave reason to regard it as an example of L. liitheni, afterwards described. Another young Lycodes was wholly indeterminable, being in still a more advanced stage of the digestive process; of the third, the vertebral column only remained — not improbably, too, that of a young Lycodes. ; hå Distribution. — Tle only example hitherto met with is the male specimen now described, taken in lat. about 800 N., at sea, west of the northern coast of Spitzbergen, the most northerly locality, too, in which this genus is yet known to occur. i 1 Pasiphaé glacialis, Buchholz 1874; Hymenodora glacialis, G. O. Sars 1877. 2. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808. + Raja fullonica, Fabr. Fauna Groenl. No. 87, p. 125 (1780). Raja radiata, Donov. Nat. Hist. Brit. Fish., vol. 5, tab. 114 (1808). Localit. «fra Nordh.-Exp. Tanafjord i Finmarken, samt Havet mellem Beeren Eiland og Spitsbergen. Stat. 261. Stat. 326. Stat. 362. 14 NE 2. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808. + Raja fullonica, Fabr. Fauna Groenl. No. 87, p. 125 (1780.) ‘Raja radiata, Donov. Nat. Hist. Brit. Fish., vol. 5, tab. 114 (1808). Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The Tana Fjord, in Finmark, and the sea between Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen. Stat. 326. Stat. 261. Stat, 362. Beliggenled. | pinmarken. | Beoren Eiland. [NorskøernoSpib. | || Beet Zeeadiy. [PE TBA TIONG] GE IN Ste iba | Mesos” | eam | em Den. | one | em | 0 gene Temp. paa Bunden. + 2,89 C. fs + 1.6° C. —1.0° C. Temp. at Bottom. + 2.8° C. + 1.6° C. = 1.0% C; Bunden. Ler. : Morkt Ler. Blaagraat Ler. Bottom. Clay. Dark Clay. |Bluish-grey Clay. * Datum. * 25de Juni 1878.|3die Aug. 1878. 14de Aug. 1878. Date. 25th June, 1878.} 3rd Aug. 1878. |18th Aug. 1878. Wiel Gndieader. |". 5 Indiv. 1 yngre Ind. 2 yngre Ind. Numb. of Specim. 5 Indiv. ) Alm. Bemerkninger. Ingen Forskjel kunde opdages mellem Individerne fra disse Localiteter, og andre fra Nor- ges sydlige Fjorde. Antallet af de lange Torne nedad Ryggen fra Skulderpartiet til Dorsalerne varierede mellem 12 og 14. Ved en tidligere Lejlighed* har jeg gjort opmærksom paa, at naar der i Diagnoserne for denne Art opgives, at den mangler Torn mellem de 2 Dorsaler, er dette unøj- agtigt, idet et ikke ubetydeligt Antal Individer besidde en saadan, medens vistnok Flertallet mangler den. Blandt et stort Antal Indiyider, som jeg i 1876 og 1878 havde Lej- lighed til at undersøge i Porsangerfjorden i Finmarken, havde idetmindste en’ Fjerdepart en saadan Torn mellem Dorsalerne. 8 Individer fandtes denne Torn ogsaa netop hos de 2. Føde. I Ventrikelen af et af Individerne fra Tana- fjorden fandtes flere Amphipoder, hvoriblandt kunde nogen- lunde sikkert kjendes Arterne Anonyx lagena, Kr., og Ace- ros phyllonyx, (M. Sars). å Udbredelse. Raja radiata har en større geographisk Udbredelse, end nogen anden af de europwiske Arter, og forekommer lige fra de engelske Kyster gjennem Nordsøen og Kattegat * til den sydlige Del af Østersøen, fremdeles langs hele Norges Vestkyst op til Finmarken, i hvis Fjorde den er yderst talrig; derfra gaar den i Ishavet op til Spitsbergen, hvor den ,hidindtil ikke yar iagttaget, men hvor den forekommer lige op til gle nordligste Dele, ligesom den gjennem Faber er kjendt fra Island. Endelig opføres . den og beskrives allerede af Fabricius i 1780 fra Grønland under Navn af Raja fullonica (Fauna Groenl. No. 87). Ved de amerikanske Kyster gaar den mod Syd idetmindste til New-England under 409 N. B. Af de under Nordhavs-Expeditionen erholdte — |1 Indiv. (young).|2 Indiv. (young). General Remarks. — No difference could be detected between the individuals taken in these localities and speci- mens obtained from the’ southern fjords of Norway. The number of long spines extending down the dorsal ridge was from 12 to 14. _ On a former occasion’ I called attention to the fact that, contrary to the diagnosis of this-species given by some ichthyologists, a spine between the two dorsals does occur in a considerable number of individuals, though wanting in most. Opportunity was afforded me in 1876 and 1878 of examining numerous individuals from the. Porsanger Fjord, in Finmark, and one-fourth had a spine between the dorsals. Of the 8 examples obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition, this spine occurred in 2: Food. — In the stomach of one of the specimens from the Tana Fjord were divers Amphipods, amongst which Anonyx lagena, Kr., and Aceros phyllonyx, (M. Sars), could alone be determined with comparative ‘certainty. Distribution. — Raja radiata (Starry Ray) has a wider geographical range than ‘any other of the European species; it is met with on the British coast, in the North Sea, the Cattegat, and the South-Baltic; along the entire line of the coast of Norway, as far north as Finmark, being exceedingly numerous in the fjords of that province; from thence its range extends to the Arctic Ocean as far north as Spitzbergen (where it had not previously been observed); according to Faber, it occurs, too, on the coast of Iceland; and the species was mentioned and described (as Raja fullonica) by Fabricius, as far back as 1780, among the fishes of Greenland. The range of:this species on the North American coast certainly extends as far south — as the New England States, in lat. 400 N. 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879; No. 1, p. 105. 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk.: Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 105. e- "T'eleostei- Subord. Acanthopterygii. i Fam. Scorpaenidae. Gen. Sebastes, Cur. Régne Animal, éd. 2, tom. 2, p. 166 (1829). 3. Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766. j Pl. I, Fig. 3—4. Perca marina, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 483 (1766). Perea norvegica, Ascan. Ic, Rer. Nat. pt. 2, p. 7, tab. 16 (1772). Holocentrus norvegicus, Lacép. Hist. Poiss., tom. 4, p. 327 (1789). Holocentrus sanguineus, Faber, Nature. Fische Isl. p. 126 (1829). Sebastes norvegicus, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss., tom. 4, p. 327 (1829). + > Sebastes marinus, Liitk. Vid. Med. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p, 358 (1876). Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Yngel Indiv. fra Havet udenfor Beeren Hiland og Spitsbergen; Unger fra Tana- fjorden i Finmarken, samt fra Havet mellem Beeren Eiland og Spitsbergen. Stat. 183. | Stat. 248.| Stat. 286.| Stat. 261: | Stat. 275. | Stat. 326. se T'eleostei. Subord. Acanthopterygii. Fam. Scorpænidæ. Gen. Sebastes, Ouv. Régne Animal, éd. 2, tom. 2, p. 166 (1829). aes “Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766. Pl, I, fie: 3—4. Perca marina, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 483 (1766). Perca norvegica, Ascan. Ic. Rer. Nat. pt. 2, p. 7, tab. 16 (1772). Holocentrus norvegicus, Lacép. Hist. Poiss., tom. 4, p. 390 (1789). - Holocentrus sanguineus, Faber, Naturg. Fische Isl. p. 126 (1829). Sebastes norvegicus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss., tom. 4; p. 327 (1829). Sebastes marinus, Liitk. Vid. Med. Naturh. Foren. Kbhyn. 1876, p. 358 (1876). Locality (North Atl. Exped.) : — The open.sea, west of Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen (fry); the Tana Fjord in Fin- mark; and the expanse of ocean stretching between Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen (young examples). Stat. 183, | Stat. 248. | Stat. 286. | Stat. 261. | Stat. 275 |Stat. 326. Exact 360 Kal. E. Betig. | 4B 1 364 Ky, | 212 Kil. | Tanafjor- lagg Ki1.6.1100 KilS. 354 Kil. N.364Ki.W.] 222 29. | pone Fi 100 Kil. 8. enhed. ays V.Lofoten|p, "> den, Fin-!BeerenKil.| Spits Local: Wr Lofot.| Lofoten aw, Finmark Beeren Spitzb g *| Lofoten. | °°” ~~ |Beeren Eil.| marken. å Å eed | ity. 5 ; * IBeerenEil. "| Eiland. ; + - : | - — : 127 Favne}l47 Favne|123 Favne || VS rd vere 127 Fath. | 147 Fath. |123 Fath. Dybde. \I Overflad. I Overflad.|I Overflad. (age m), |* (269m), | (225), Depth. | Surface. | Surface. | Surface. (232m), om > oe au . Temp 18.70 C.|410.200.+ 7.20 04 2.80 0.|- 0.49 C+ 1.67 ©. .Bunden Temp-atl | 870 G14 10.270 720 012,89 O.L 040 014169 © Bottom. Bunden. Ler. —|Grønl. Ler|Mørkt Ler Bottom. Clay. |GreenClay|Dark Clay. Datum, | >*® Juli de Juli | Gte Juli |25deJuni| 2den Juli | 3die Aug. er Sth July |Sth Aug. | 6th- July |3rd Aug. |2nd July | 3rd Aug. ie IB Tia | AST 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. SE Sr 1877. 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. Antal | 4 Yngel- 1 Yngel- |18 Yngel- å Ae T 9 TT. Ag Numbief|| we 0 På 18 Ind. 2 Indiv. 1 Indiy. 2 Indiv. Individ.| Ind. Ind. Ind. Dane tager | 2s Wager. Speeim. alae er find. Cry), (fry). (young). | (young). | (young). Forplantning etc. Paa flere Stationer erholdtes, Propagation of Species &c. — At several stations saavel under 2det, som 3die Aars. Togt, Yngel-Individer svommende om i Vandskorpen midt ude paa Havet, og i en Afstand fra nærmeste Land, der kunde gaa op til hen- imod 400 Kilom. De erholdtes altid blot i det fine Over- * fladenet, blandede med forskjellige pelagiske Crustaceer og Molluskyngel, og dreve øjensynlig om med Strømmen fra den ene Del af Havet til den anden. Da de gjentagne Gange .bleve trufne under de samme Forholde, og paa vidt adskilte Localiteter, kunne de ikke antages at være komne on the two last voyages fry-specimens were taken at the surface of the water in mid-ocean, some nearly 400 kilom. from .land. They were invariably captured in the sur- face-net, together with' divers pelagic crustaceans and fry of molluscs, and evidently drifted with the current from one: part of the sea to, the other. Having been re- peatedly observed in localities widely distant under pre- cisely similar circumstances, this, peculiarity of occurrrence can hardly be explained as the result of accident alone, tilfældigt under disse Omgivelser, men maaske tor man slutte, at denne Art. i Lighed med adskillige andre Dyb- vandsformer, tilbringer de første Perioder af sit Liv i de øvre Vandlag. Ved en tidligere Lejlighed har jeg berørt!, at S. marinus (ligesom S. viviparus) føder levende Unger, der i - Gydningsojeblikket befinde sig omtrent paa samme lidet udviklede Standpunkt, som det allerede gjennem Krøyer har været bekjendt hos den sidstnævnte, mindre Art*. Yn- gelens Totallengde i udstrakt Stilling hos S. marinus er i Gydningsøjeblikket omtrent 6”; de ere dog strax istand til at svømme om, og føre et selvstændigt Liv. Yngletiden falder ved de norske Kyster i Vaarmaane- ‘derne, i Regelen fra Midten af April til Midten af Maj, medens S. viviparus neppe normalt yngler før i Juli eller August. Dog erholdes ogsaa af S. marinus gydefærdige Exemplarer endnu langt ud paa Sommeren; under Gyd- ningstiden findes Individerne sjeldnere paa ringere Dyb, end 100 Fayne, men de fleste gyde sandsynligvis paa langt større Dybder. Naar den gydefærdige Fisk faaes op 1 Baaden. rinder ofte en Del af Yngelen ud af sig selv, og flere Fiskere have iagttaget, at den levende Yngel svømmer livligt om i Vandet i Bunden af Baaden; det samme kan man iagttage. om man opfanger den udrindende Yngel i et Øsekar. ; Efter Gydningen maa saaledes Yngelen antages at . soge op i de højere Vandlag, og først-naar de have naaet en Længde af omkring 50—60"”, og faaet Farve og den voxne Fisks ålmindelige Udseende, søge de atter ned paa Dybet. Antallet af Rogn hos et noget større Individ (550””) anslaar jeg til mellem 100,000 og 150,000 St. (Til Sam- menligning kan anføres, at jeg hos et Individ af S. viviparus med en Totall. af omtr. 300” fandt blot omkr. 18—20,000 St.) Hos de mindste af de under Expeditionen erholdte Individer (fra Stat. 183), hvis Totall. var 9,5", var hele Legemets Dorsal- og Ventralside endnu omhyllet af Em- bryonålbinden; Finnestraalerne vare alene i Caudalen tyde- lige, men manglede i de øyrige Finner; Ventralerne vare neppe antydede. De 2 parallele Kamme paa Båghovedet vare endnu ikke fremkomme. hvoriniod Tænderne paa Præoper- culum vare tydeligt afsatte. Hos andre fra samme Station, hvis Totall. var 12”", vare Straalerne antydede i Pectoralen, ligesom Analens : Pigstraaler, medens Dorsalen endnu udgjør en sammenhæn- gende Membran uden Straaler. 'og endte bagtil med en dobbelt Torn. Hos det største Yngel-Individ (Stat. 248), hvis To- tallængde var 19””, vare alle Fmner og deres Straaler 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 7. * Nogen Distinction mellem de 2 Former kan saaledes ikke hentes fra dette Forhold, hvorfor Naynét viviparus ikke er synderligt be- tegnende. ® ° Nakkekammen var nu ansat,- and the species may, perhaps, in common with other deep- sea forms, pass the earliest stages of its existence in the upper strata of the sea. On a former occasion! I alluded to the fact, that S. marinus as well as S. viviparus brings forth its young alive; they are produced however at the same low stage of devel- opment that Kroyer has already pointed out as characteri- sing at birth those of the latter and smaller species. Total length of the fry of S. marimus extended in a straight ‘line at moment of birth about.6”"; they are, however. immediately able to swim, and provide for themselves. Off the Norwegian coast the spawning-season is in the spring months, and generally extends from the middle of April to the middle of May; S. viviparus, on the contrary, does not, as a rule, produce its young earlier than July or August. Examples of S. marinus. with fully developed ova are, how- ever, occasionally met with late im summer. During the season in which they bring forth, individuals are seldom taken at a depth less than 100 fathoms, tlie greater part probably produce their young in far greater depths. When a fish in that stage is taken, mature fry will frequently drop out; and fishermen have observed fry swimming friskly about in the water at the bottom of the boat. which they will continue to do if transferred to a scoop for examination. It thus appears that the fry of this species rise towards the surface shortly, or perhaps immediately, after they are produced, choosing for their haunts the upper strata of the sea, and do not descend to any considerable depth till they have attained a length of about 50—60" and are of the colour, form, and general appearance of the adult fish. The nuniber of ova in a large, full-grown indi- vidual (total length 550"), may be computed at from 100,000 to 150,000 (in an example of S. viviparus, total length 300””, I found only 18—20,000). In the smallest specimens of the fry obtained on the Expedition (at station 183), total length 9.5", the whole of the dorsal and ventral margin was still enveloped in the ~ embryonic membrane; the fin-rays were distinct in the caudal, but wanting in the other fins; of the ventrals there was hardly a rudiment; the two parallel combs on the occiput were not yet developed, but the teeth on the preopercu- lum were distinctly set. In other examples, taken at the same station, total length 12”", the rays of the pectorals and the spines of anal were still rudimentary; the dorsal in this stage of growth still constituted a membranous flap without a trace of rays; the. comb on the nape was now partially developed, and terminated behind in a douple spine. The largest individual in the fry stage of growth (sta- tion 248),- total length 19””, had all the fins and their 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 7. * This circumstance cannot therefore be regarded as a specific dis- tinction between the two forms, and hence the term viviparus does not furnish a very appropriate designation. bs ansatte, og med normalt Antal. Skjæl mangle endnu. og hele Legemet er transparent (paa Spiritus hvidagtigt) med “en Række sorte Pigmentpuneter langs Dorsalerne. Enkelte Tænder ere fremkomne paa Underkjæven; Nakkekammen er temmelig skarp og tydelig. og ender bagtil i en tre- dobbelt Pig. : Foruden de nævnte Yngel-Individer erholdtes under Expeditionen flere Unger, der optoges med Bundskraben eller Trawlnettet fra 120 indtil 150 Favnes Dyb paa til- dels iskoldt Vand. ‘Hos den mindste af disse Unger, hvis Totall. er 627 (Stat. 275), er Legemet allerede bleven livligt farvet 3—4 brunsorte Tverpletter over Ryggen; tydeligst og bre- med dest er den næstsidste. der stiger ned paa begge Sider af Dorsalens bløde Del; den Haleroden. Dette er den samme Fordeling af Pletter, der er gjennem- gaaende hos de yngre Individer af de fleste cottoide Fiske. En Samling Pigmentpunkter danne en utydelig Plet paa Gjællelaagets øvre Del (en Character, der tilkommer de sidste staar over fuldt udvoxede Individer af den deciderede Kystform Seb. viviparus, Kr.), men denne Plet forsvinder efterhaanden hos de større Unger næsten ganske. NSkjælbeklædningen var fuldt udviklet. Disse Unger havde følgende Maal, og Straaleantal i Analen: 2 ivedets jets å j er Fo. SA Straaler i Å. an og 187” Gam 38. b. 80 - Oe ee Te 38: ee DJ 8 - 3.9. d. 134 - All = Ke: 38. 'e. 143 - ADE {ae 39 Udbredelse. S. marinus er en nordisk Art, der har sit Tilhold ved Grønland. Island, Spitsbergen. Novaja Zemlja, samt ved Nord-Europas Kyster ned til Stavanger og Lindesnæs; paa den americanske Side gaar den sand- _synligvis ned lige til New England, omtrent under 40° N. B. Som en ægte Dybvandsart synes den normalt ikke at. trænge ind i Nordsøen, og er derfor blot sporadisk truffen ved Danmarks og Englands Kyster. og ikke ind i Kattegat og Østersøen. den gaar heller Ved Norges Kyster østenfor Lindesnæs, og i de syd- ligste Fjorde, samt ved Bohuslen erstattes den af den meget nærstaaende Form $S. viviparus, Kr.. der tillige, ifølge Dr. Liitken, optræder ved Færøerne, men mangler ved Danmark. Trondhjemsfjorden. I Norge gaar denne op idetmindste til I Nord-America synes Forholdet mellem de 2 Arter endnu ikke at .være bragt fuldkommen paa det rene. Medens. Gill (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 18683. p. 333) opfører den ved New Englands Kyster forekom- mende Form som S. viviparus, ganske med Udelukkelse Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. The scales were as yet wanting; the body was everywhere trans- parent (preserved in spirits whitish), dotted along the dorsals with a series of'black,pigmentary points; a few teeth developed in the lower jaw; the comb on the nape was sharply defined, terminating behind in a trifurcate spike. rays developed, and the number of the latter normal. the fry stage of growth, several young specimens were obtained on the Expedition; they were taken when dredging the bottom or trawling, at a depth varying from 120 to 150 fathoms, the water having in places the temperature of ice. Exclusive of the individuals described above, in In the smallest of these young examples (station 275). total length 62””, the body was already brightly coloured with 5 4 brownish-black transverse spots in the dorsal region; the broadest and most distinct is the last but one. which descends down along the soft portion of the dorsal; the terminal spot is immediately above the origin of the tail. This is the common: distribution of spots in young exam- ples of most Cottoid fishes. A cluster of pigmentary points gives the appearance of an indistinct spot on the upper portion of the operculum (a characteristic peculiar to full-grown indi- viduals of the coastal form Seb. viviparus, Kr.); but this spot gradually disappears with the growth of the fish. leay- ing hardly a vestige im adult examples. The scales were fully developed. Measurements of the young specimens. with number of rays m anal: — Length. of Head, - of Hye, Numb. of Rays in A. ae Ogre se Gn 3.8. bh 80- 23- 7.8 - 3.8. CJ Soi 25 - 8 - Se) d. 134.- 41 - 15 - * 3.8. e. 145 - 42 - 14 - 3.9. Distribution. — S. marmus is a northern species; it occurs off the coasts: of Greenland. Iceland, Spitzbergen. Nova Zemlja, and the shores of northern Europe, at least as far south as Stavanger and the Naze; in the western hemisphere its range probably extends along the coast of North America, as far south as the New England States, in lat. about 40° N. As a true deep-sea species, it can hardly pass the North Sea; hence it occurs, sporadic- ally, off the coasts of Denmark and Great Britain; and does not frequent the waters of the Jattegat or the Baltic. On the coast of Norway, east of the Naze, and in the most southern of the fjords. as well as off Bohuslen. this species is replaced by the closely allied S. viviparus, Kr.. which, according to Dr. Liitken, also oceurs off the Faröe Islands: but it is not met with on the coast of Den- mark. In Norway it certainly extends as far north as the Trondhjem Fjord. The distribution of the’ two species in North America does not appear to have been fully ascertained. Gill (Proce. Ac, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p. 333) describes the form occurring on the coast of New England as S. viviparus. and does not even mention S. marinus; on the other hand. 9 oO af -S. marinus, opgiver Bean og Goode i sin nyeste Catalog over ‘samme Districts Fiske (Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. 9, 1879), at de af dem undersøgte Individer ,.correspond most nearly with S. marinus*. , i Fam. Cottidae. Gen. Cottunculus, Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 20. Chra. 1875 (1874).’ Hovedet bredt cegformigt, forholdsvis stort og med beklædt grinartede Bentornegrupper, men uden Skjæl. højt; Legemet kort og tyndi, Gjælle- laagene uvæbnede, men med stumpe Knuder. der i Kjæverne og paa Vomer. Sidelinie tilstede. Dorsalerne fuldstændigt sammenvoxede. Gjællehin- derne ere ikke indbyrdes sammenhængende paa Hovedets Underside. 4. Cottunculus microps, Coll. 1874. 5—6. PI. I, fig. Norges Fiske*, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Cottunculus microps, Coll. ,, Chra. 1874, p. 20, Pl. 1, Fig. 1—3 (187 4). Diagn. Hovedet, Legemet og Finnerne tæt chagrine- rede. Hovedets Længde indeholdes 2%, Gange i Totalleng- den. Øjmene forholdsvis smaa, med stor Lindse; Interorbi- talrummet særdeles bredt. Praeoperculian har 4 stumpe Knu- der, men ingen Torne; Operculum er helrandet. den 2 Par Tuberkler, der danne et Qvadrat. Gjællespalten vid. Sidelinien uvebnet, har omtr. 10 Porer. Straalerne i Dorsalens forreste Del (Pigstraalerne) særdeles lave, spinkle og svage, nesten 3 Gange kortere, eid de bagre Straaler. Pectoralerne brede og lange, naa tilbage forbi Begyndelsen af Analen. Ventralerne korte og spinkle, med stort Mellem- rum; Analen er uden Pigstraalers Anus ligger midt mellem Snudespidsen og sidste Halehvirvel. Furven hvidagtig med 4 brunsorte Tverbaand, hvoraf det forreste gaar tvers over Snuden. Appendices pyloricae 2. Størrelsen indtil 175": A. 10; P. 15—19; V.3; . M. B.6; D.6/13—6/15; C. 4/12/4. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Havet sønden- og vesten- for Spitsbergen. cha- Tæn-. Paa Pan- . |. vm -backwards beyond the origin of the anal; Bean and Goode, in their latest catalogue of the fishes of that region (Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. 9, 1879), state that all individuals examined by them “correspond most nearly with S. marinus.”. Fam. Cottide. Coll. Chra. 1874, p. 20 Gen. Cottunculus, Appendix to Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1875 (1874). “Norges Fiske,” Head broad, ovate, size and height considerable; thin, with OF rough granulations; scales wanting; gill-covers with . but teeth lateral line obvious; body short and covered clusters obtuse knotty protuberances, not armed: maxillaries and on vomer; branchial surface of forming a single fin: the dorsals continuous, membrane disconnected on inferior the head. 4. Cottunculus microps, Coll. 1874. PI fig. 5—6. ‘ Cottunculus microps, Coll. “Norges Fiske," ‘App. to Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 20, Pl. 1, Fig. 1—3 (1874). Head, body, and fins thickly covered with rough granulations; length of head to total length-as 1 to 254; eyes comparatively small, with the lenses large; interorbital space exceedingly wide; fowr obtuse knotty protuberances on the preoperculum, but no spines; margin of operculum entire; two pairs of tubercles on the crown, arranged quadrangularly ; gill-openings wide; lateral line smooth, with about 10 pores ; the anterior rays of the dorsal (the spiny portion) exceed- ingly short, slender, and feeble, the rays in the soft portion almost 3 times longer; pectorals broad and long, extending ventrals short and slender, far apart; anal without spiny rays. Vent midway between tip of snout and the last caudal .vertebra. Colour whitish, with 4 brownish-black bands, the first of which tra- verses the snout; pyloric appendages 2. Length reaching 175" Diagnosis. — M. B.6; D.6/13.0r 6/15; A. 10; P. 16—19; V. 3; C.4/12)4. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open sea, south and west of Spitzbergen. Stat. 290. Stat. 362. Stat. 363. Biliggenned. | 26 Kil. any ‘we V. Nersk-|60 Kil. V. Norsk- ammerfest. øerne, Spitsb. øerne, Spitsb. row | de | tage | mdr Temp. paa Bu Hunde al Ae: 3:50 0: — 1.0 C. oe 1.1 ae Bunden. Sandholdigt Ler. 'Blaagraat Ler. Blaaler. — Datum. Ide Juli 1878. |14de Aug. 1878. 14de Aug. . 1878. . Antal Indiv. 1 yngre Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. culus er ikke nær beslægtet med nogen af de øvrige are- tiske Cottoider. Dens enkelte (sammenvoxede) Dorsal, og de uvæbnede Gjællelaag skiller den vidt fra disse; men Bygningen af Ventraler og Peetoraler, Tandforholdene og Legemets almindelige Habitus er overensstemmende med det characteristiske for denne Familie. saa at den neppe kan udsondres herfra. Hidtil er blot en enkelt Art kjendt, i 1874 i paa 200 Faynes Dyb ved Hammerfest i Vestfinmarken i Aug. s. A. Da den oprindelige Beskrivelse maatte affattes efter dette eneste og diminutive Specimen, er det en Nely- følge, at den i flere Puncter maatte blive ufuldstendig, hvad jeg ogsaa har udtalt paa det ovenciterede Sted. Det har derfor været af særdeles Interesse at faa Lejlighed til at undersøge af denne i flere Henseender mærkelige Form 3 større Individer, hvoraf det ene sandsynligvis er fuld- voxent eller nær derved; og skjønt den oprindelige Beskri- velse af det nys udklækkede Individ endnu i alle væsent- lige Dele passer-paa de udyoxede, meddeles dog her en ny, der opstilledes Norges Fiske“ efter en 15”” lang Unge, optagen hvorved især Slægts- og Artsdiagnosen bedre har kunnet fixeres. Allerede Figurerne paa ovennævnte Sted gjengive ganske kjendeligt ogsaa de udvoxede Individer, om de end i flere Punkter have kunnet corrigeres, som det vil sees af de i nærværende Skrift meddelte Figurer. Udmaalinger. , a. b. G, (St. 290). (St. 362). (St. 363). Totallængde Aeg GB Go alka Længde uden Caudalen . >. . oe LOS 1450 Længde fra Snudespidsen t. fabrsalen 34 - ,45- 65 - Længde fra Snudespidsen til Anus 37 -. d5L- 69 - Længde fra Snudespidsen til Analen 945 - 65- 88- Længde fra Anus til Analen . . 85 - 14 - 19 - Længde fra Anus til sidste Hale- Å : hvirvel JG Mest it EE ENE gEloyedetspLensdek . 2). 3300 4800 65 - Hovedets Bredde . . . 2304) 4, 1580 Legem. «største Hojde over Nakken oe et EE Legem. Højde over Beg. af Analen 12 - Gea 25 LORS 280 38 - 11 - 14 - 21 - Gjællespaltens Højde Længde fra Snudespidsen t. Tindean Slegten Cottun- 19 Stat. 290. 216 Kil. NW. of Hammerfest. Stat. 326. 115 Kil. W. of Norsk Islands. Stat. 565. 60 Kil. W. of Norsk Islands. Exact Locality. 260 Fathoms 191 Fathoms 459 Fathoms DEN (3497), (839), (475) Temp. at Bottom.| + 3590. | —10°CO | Firoo > Button: i Sabulous Clay. Bluish-grey Clay — Blue Clay. ‘Date. th: July 1878 | 14th Aug. 1878 | 14th Aug. 1878 Number of Specim.J1 Indiv. (young). 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — The genus Cotttn- culus is not closely related to any of the Arctic Cottoids. The dorsals, occurring continuous as a single fin, together with the unarmed opercles, widely distinguish it. from the but. on the other hand, the structure of the ventral and pectoral fins, the teeth, and the general struc- ture of the body correspond so closely with the salient characteristics of the latter family, that we can hardly venture to exclude it from the Cottidæ. Up to the present time one species only has”been - met with, which was deseribed in 1874, in “Norges Fiske.” the specimen being a young fry-individual, 15”" in leneth, taken at a depth of 200 fathoms. off Hammerfest, West Finmark, in August that year. The only specimen exam- ined ~ having been a diminutive example, it naturally follows that the description itself, to extent, defective, which I took occasion to point out in the - cited above. Such being the case, I eagerly availed myself of an opportunity to examine three larger specimens of this. in remarkable form, one of which, probably, was a full-grown adult or, at least, not far short of maturity. The original description of the very young specimen does not materially differ from the new diagnosis here given, in which the generic and specific characters are. however, set forth with greater precision. As will be seen, the figures in the paper men- tioned above closely resemble those of the adult fish given in the present work. other genera; a certain was paper many respects, Measurements. Set was 6, (St. 290.) (St. 362.) (St. 363.) Total length Go le Ga Length, exclusive of Gud SEO EG Length, from tip of snout to dorsal 34 - 45 - 65- Length, from tip of snout to vent 37- 51 - 69 - Length, from tip of snout to anal 45 - 65 DÅ Se Length, from vent to anal 8.5 - 14 -; 19 - Length, from vent to last caudal vertebranel 055.000 Sv 73 Length of head 33 - 48- 65 - Breadth of head. he the 28- 41- 58 - Greatest height of body (at the ap On le Ge Height of body above origin ofanal 12 - DS SF 2 Height of gillopening. . . . . 19- Length, from tip of snout to lens. 11 - 14 - 2t - 20 Lindsens Længde . . a mm 5 mm D mm Længden fra HEr til Gjælle- . spalten . . . Ae SA EEE Afstanden mellem Tut ne 9 - 13 - 16 - Overkjevens Iiengde 2... 2 ..° 13-9 22 -- 25 = Underkjævens Længde 15 - 23- 28- ‘Hojden af Dorsalens første Aldeling (Pigstraalerne) JE = Dj 6 - Højden af Dorsalens anden Afdeling (den bløde Del) . 86- 12- 145 - Længste Dorsalstraale 12.- 20 - 29 - Dorsalens Grundlinie. . NG, SE Wye 1 ebicsse 70 - Hgjdenvaf Analen . . .. . . 6 - 9 - ale Længste Analstraale 5 loys 16 = 21 - Analens Grundlinie . . . 1022 97 2137 Pectoralens Længde fra dens or LEXSi26 AGE naan pelt: x Elg 44 - 60 - Pectoralens Længde tra ‘tens ovre Rand 5 14 - 29 = 36 - Ventralens Længde . . . : 8 - 15 - 15 - Ventralernes indbyrdes NEE å 6 - 6 - 9 - Caudalens Længde . 20 - Sen er Halerodens Hojde 5.5 + 6 - 10 - Beskrivelse. Legemshygning. er forholdsvis kort og svagt.’ mæssigt stort. Den største Højde falder lige over Nakken, og indeholdes omtr. 3 Gange i. Legemets Længde indtil Haleroden. Bagenfor Nakken aftager Højden hurtigt. og har ved Haleroden, der er kun lidt over en Hovedlængde fjernet fra Hovedet. omtrent Højden af en Øjendiameter. Samtidig bliver Legemet stærkt sammentrykt fra Siderne; især er Halepartiet temmelig skarpt afsat fra Kroppen, og dets Tykkelse allerede ved Anus betydeligt mindre, end dets Hojde. Legemets nedre Profillinie er ubetydeligt indkneben bagenfor Anus: nedstigende fra Nakken at, ligger langt foran Analen, Finne, Det egentlige Legeme kun den øvre er stærkt og tildels noget concav. Anus næsten ligesaa langt fra denne som fra Ventralernes Fæste, eller næsten midt mel- lem Snudespidsen og den sidste Halehvirvel; hos den ny- klækkede Yngel (fra Hammerfest) ubetydeligt nærmere den sidste. Analpille er ikke tilstede hos noget af de under- søgte Individer, hvoraf idetmindste en Han. 2' Appendices pyloricae ere tilstede. Hovedet, er særdeles stort, og seet ovenfra bredt æg- formigt; dets Længde imdeholdes i Totallængden blot 2%/, Gange, og dets største Bredde er næsten lig dets Længde. Gjællelaagene ere uvæbnede. og dækkede af en fælles. tyk Hud. ligesom, Gjællespaltens indre Beklædning er sær- deles blød og tyk. Praeoperculum har ingen fri Torne, men Huden dækker paa dets nedre Rand 4 stumpe Knu- der, der hæve sig kun ubetydeligt. og som svare til de paa dette Sted optrædende Torne eller Pigge hos de fleste øv- rige cottoide Fiske. Mellem disse stumpe Knuder danner Huden rundagtige I ordybninger. der ere fuldstændig luk- kede i Bunden. næsten ret. det ene var medens Hovedet er uforholds- _ Longitudinal diameter of lens . ape Byes Dae Distance from lens to branchial aperture 206 29 =. 139 Distance between Fenn a) ee 9 - 15 - 16 - Length of upper maxillary 18-1022- 4255 Length of lower maxillary 15) = 1231=011028% Height of first division of dorsal (spiny part) 3.0 = 5D - 6 - Height of second division of hr (soft part) . ; 8.6 - . 52 - 145 -- Longest ray of dorsal. . ... . 12- 20- 29 - Base of dorsal Dees «=, (40) ED SEE Height of anal... ;. ..«+~°. 6 =." Ore 11 - Longest ray of anal 10 - 16 - 2 = Base of anal . = oe) l= ee Length of pectorals fon spe er marom es Gp cee 44 - 60 - Length of Ge from upper . margin . ee es ar 29 = 36 - Length of ventrals . . . .. : ‘8- 15 - 15 - Distance between ventrals . . . 6 - 6 - 9: - Joeneth: of caudal | STE 2080 SE RE Heisht of talliat base MA 0.0: — G - 10 - General description. Structure of the Body. — The body proper comparatively short and slender, head dispropor- tionately large. The greatest height is across the nape, being contained 3 times in the length of the body to the origin of the caudal. Posterior to the nape, the height rapidly decreases, being at the base of the. tail, which is distant from the head but little more than its length, about equal to the diameter of the eye. At the nape, too, the body becomes much depressed: the tail in particular is narrow and hin, projecting distinctly from the body; its’ thiekness even at the vent is considerably less than its height. Ventral line almost straight. but slightly deflected posterior to the vent; dorsal line rapidly descending, and somewhat concaye. Vent considerably in advance of the anal, being distant from that fin almost as far as from the base of the ventrals, or nearly mid-way between the point of the snout and the terminal vertebra; in the very young specimen (taken off Hammerfest), a trifle nearer the latter. Anal papilla wanting in the individuals examined, one of which at least was a male. - Pyloric appendages two. Head unusually large, and seen from above broadly ovate; its length is contained 2°/, times in the total length, and its greatest breath is nearly equal to its length. The opercles are unarmed, and protected by a thick membrane; the inner integument of the gill- openings, too, is exceedingly soft and thick. Preoperculum without true spines; under the skin however, along the margin, occur four knotty’ protuberances, but slightly prominent, corresponding with the osseous spines or spikes‘on that part of the cranium in most of the other Cottoid fishes. Between these obtuse tubercles, the skin exhibits circular depressions, which are completely closed at the bottom. continuous 21 Over, Bagranden, af Øjnene staa paa hver Side et Par kegleformige Knuder, der lige til Spidsen ere klædte af Hovedhuden; af disse er den ydre den mindste (hos det mindre Ex. fra Stat. 362 er den næsten umærkelig). I omtrent en Orbitaldiameters Afstand bagenfor disse staa paa hver Side en enkelt Knude, der er af Højde og Form som den største af de forreste. Tilsammen danne disse 4 . største Knuder et Qvadrat, hvis Bredde indeholdes omtr. l'/, Gang i deres Længde, og de repræsentere selvfølgelig den samme Anordning af Pandeknuderne, som hos de fleste øvrige Arter af denne Familie. Endelig findes et Par stumpere Knuder paa hver Side af Hovedet i den Linie, der strækker sig mellem Øjets og Gjællespaltens øvre Rand. ; Øjnene ere forholdsvis smaa, men have stor Lindse; dog er Øjets ydre Begrændsning vanskelig at drage, da Overhuden er beklædt med de samme spidse Bentorne, som ere strøede ud over hele Hovedet; lige ind mod Lindsen. Navnet microps er derfor kun forsaavidt betegnende, som næsten hele Iris er skjult under denne. farvede og ru Over- hud. 5 Gange i Hovedets Længde; Atstanden fra Lindse til Lindse omtrent 3!/.. Gange 1. Hovedlængden, og Interorbitalrummet bliver paa Grund herat temmelig bredt. Munden er bred og vid, og Mundspalten gaar tilbage til under Midten af Lindsen. Underkjæven rager ganske ubetydeligt frem foran Overkjæven. Næseborene ere 2- Par, indeholdes hvorat de nederste: ere rør- Overkjævens Rand, det forreste Næse- bor, det bagerste Næsebor, og Øjet, ligge fjernede i en indbyrdes Afstand fra hinandén af omtr. en Lindsediameter. Tungen er særdeles bred og tyk, og fortil fri. ; Gjællehinderne have 6 Straaler; de ere ikke sammen- formigt forlængede. voxede paa Hovedets Underside, saaledes at de danne en old, saaledes som hos alle de øvrige Slægter af vore cottoide : iske (Cottus, Phobetor, Centridermichthys, Icelus, Triglops, ete.), ophører ved den nedre Ende af hver Gjællespalte. Den indbyrdes Afstand mellem Gjællespalterne paa Hovedets Underside er omtrent lig Hovedets postorbitale Del, saaledes forholdsvis * betydelig. Gjællespalten er forholdsvis vid og strækker sig fra Pectoralens nedre Fæste op til ovenfor Legemets Midtlinie. Operculum er særdeles stort og bredt, og dækker et ikke ubetydeligt Parti af Legemet mellem Gjællespalten og Pec- toralen; den øvre fri Rand af Operculum danner derfor tvers over denne løbende fri men en næsten ret Linie af Længde som en Øjendiameter. Gjællerne ere af normal Bygning. Tænderne ere tilstede i Kjæverne, og paa Vomer, men mangle paa Palatinbenene. I Dver- og Underkjæven danne de flere Rækker; paa Vomer sidde de i 2, neppe sammenhængende Felter. Finnerne. Straaleantallet i de forskjellige Finner viste sig at være følgende: a. b. c Dorsalen . 20 (6 + 14); 21 (6 + 15); 20 (6 + 14). Dog maa Orbitas Længde antages at indeholdes over * + of. the Above the posterior margin of the eyes; om either side, occur a couple of cuneiform protuberances or tuber- cles, enveloped up to the point in the skin of the head; the is the smaller of the two (in thé small example from Station 362 scarcely obvious). Posterior to these tubercles, on either side, distant about the length of the orbital diameter, is an isolated tuberbele, the same in The four largest tubercles form a quadrangle, the breadth being exterior shape and size as the larger of the two anterior ones. to the length as 1 to L'/:; hence the disposition of these protuberances is precisely the same as in most of the other species of Cottide. On of the head 2 tuber- cles, somewhat more obtuse, occur along the line extending either side between the eye and the upper margin of the gill-opening. Byes comparatively small, but with large lenses; the exterior limit of the eye, however, is difficult to determine, the cuticle being studded, nearly to the edge of the lens, with sharp osseous prickles, similar to those dispersed over the of the head. Hence the name microps is appropriate than from the circumstance of almost entirely hidden beneath the rough and entire surface not otherwise the iris being coloured cuticle. The diameter of the orbit cannot, how- ever, be much less than one-fifth of the length of the head; the distance betweén the lenses is to the length, of the I to Si be Mouth wide, the maxillary extending to the middle head as interorbital space consequently broad. eye. The lower jaw ‘slightly projecting beyond the upper. : Distance between ‘the margin of upper jaw, the anterior nostril, the posterior nostril, and the eye in each case about equal to the diameter of the lens. Tongue exceedingly broad and thick, the forepart detached. Nostrils double. each of ‘the lower tubular. Brancheostegous rays 6; the gill membrane not con- tinuous across the isthmus and connecting the gill-openings by a detached cutaneous flap, as is the case in ‘almost all the other genera of our Cottoid fishes (Cottus, Phobetor, Centridermichthys, Icelus, Triglops, etc.), but attached to tle isthmus, and terminating at the lower extremity of each Distance between the lower margin of the gill- to the length of the postorbital region of the head, and hence comparatively great. opening. openings about equal The gill-openings are comparatively wide, extending from the base of the pectorals to some distance above the mesian line of the body. covering a considerable portion of the body between the gill- Operculum very large and broad, openings and the pectorals: upper free margin of oper- culum, in length about equal to the diameter. of the eye, consequently almost straight. Structure of gills normal. Teeth in jaws and on vomer, wanting on the palatine Along the maxillaries they are regularly disposed in several well-detined series; on the vomer, the arrangement bones. _is in two quadrangular divisions, probably continuous. Fins. as follows: — The fin-ray formula in the 3 specimens was Qe b c Dorsal 20 (6 + 14); 21 (6. 15); 20 (6 + 14). Analen 10; 10; 10. Caudalen . PGA NZ 120 Pectoralerne 7186 19—19: 18—19. Dorsalerne ere fuldstændigt sammenvoxede til en en- kelt, der udspringer allerede over den bagre Flig af Gjælle- laaget. og lober ned til omtrent i en Lindsediameters Af- stand fra Haleroden. Dens forreste Del, der Iste Dorsal, og som teller 6 Straaler. er særdeles lav. og neppe over en Lindsediameter hævet over Legemet; Straa- spinkle. Dorsalens bagre Del, der svarer til 2den Dorsal, er temme- svarer" til lerne ere her Pigstraaler. men yderst svage og lig. skarpt afsat fra den første ved sine længere Straaler, der dog ere skraat bagudrettede, saaledes. at de aldrig Antallet er 14—15: de ere leddede og kløvede, og deres største Længde kunne rejse sig til sin fulde Højde. her er omtr. lig Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til Øjets bagre Rand. større Mellemrum, end mellem de øvrige Straaler, og Begge Partier ere fuldstændigt sammenyoxede, uden den forbindende Membran er ligesaa høj. som Finnens forreste Del. Straalerne. hvis samlede Antal saaledes er 20—21, ere indhyllede i den fælles. tykke, med smaa Bentorne be- dækkede Hud, der beklæder Legemet; især er dette Til- fældet med Pigstraalerne, hvis Antal og Bygning blot ved Dissection kan undersøges.. Analen er forholdsvis kort. udspringer et betydeligt Stykke bagenfor Anus, og har 10 Straaler, der alle ere Disse . Straalers Længde naar ikke Længden af de tilsvarende leddede. og hvoraf de første ere særdeles spinkle. Straaler i Dorsalen: ligesom i denne ere de rettede skraat bagover. Analen ophører i noget større Afstand fra Hale- roden, end Dorsalen (Afstanden er næsten 2 Lindsediame- tre); dens Grundlmie svarer omtrent til Længden af Hove- dets postorbitale Del. ; Pectoralerne ere i Forhold til det spinkle og korte Legeme forholdsvis lange og brede; de begynde paa Hove- dets Underside lidt nedenfor Gjællespaltens nedre Ende, og have en Grundlinie. der omtrent er saa stor, som Snudens Afstand fra Bagranden af Lindsen. 17—19. hvoraf den nederste er temmelig kort. Straalernes Antal er Alle have noget fri Spidser; hos de 4—5 nederste ere disse Spidser Alle Pectoralstraaler ikke klovede mod Spidsen. Finnens Liengde, regnet fra dens nederste Rand, indeholdes 3—3!,, Gange i Totallængden; Spidsen naar tilbage til den 3die Straale i Analen, og med næsten Finnens halve Længde forbi Anus. Straaler. hyoraf den De ere smale og spinkle, samt temmelig korte, og alle i Spidserne fri. temmelig lange. ere leddede, men Ventralerne have 3 indre er længst. Deres Længde hos. de undersøgte Individer er omtrent. lig Afstanden mellem de forreste Næsebor: tilbageslaaede ‘ere de en halv Finnelængde fjer- nede fra Anus. De ere skilte ved et forholdsvis betydeligt Mellemrum, der er omtr. ligt *; af Finnernes egen Længde. Caudalen er af middels Længde. eller noget derover: den er stumpt afrundet, og har 12 Straaler. der mod Spid- sen ere spaltede i 2 tætsluttende Grene. Aral en he MO: 10; 10, ra 2: [9 jØ: Pectorals . itt 1919: 1819! Dorsals continuous, forming a single fin, which com- mences immediately above the posterior lappet of the gill- cover, terminating in close proximity to the root of the tail, from which it.is distant about the length of the dia- meter of the lens. The anterior division, answering to the first dorsal, and furnished with 6 rays, is much depressed, the greatest height being not more than the length of the lens; here the rays are spiny, but exceedingly slender and feeble. The posterior division, answering to the second dorsal, rather abruptly connected with the anterior part, from the greater length of the rays, which, however, incline back- * wards, and do not admit of being raised to their full height; they ave cleft and articulated, the length of the longest being about equal to the distance from the point of the snout to the posterior margin of the eye; number 14—15. The space between the two divisions, which are con- tinuous, not greater than that between the rays, the connecting membrane being on a level with the anterior part of the fin. The rays (total number 20—21) are envel- oped in the thick skin — studded with minute granulations — that covers the body; this is more particularly the ease with the spiny portion, for the examination of which dissec- tion is necessary. Anal comparatively short. commencing at a consider- able distance from the vent; it is furnished with 10 rays, all of them articulated, those on the anterior part ex- Length of anal rays less than that of the corresponding rays in the dorsal; like the latter, they incline backwards. The anal terminates at a somewhat greater distance from the root of the tail than the dorsal (about twice the diameter of the lens); basal line nearly equal to the length of the postorbital region of the head. Pectorals long and broad as compared: with the short tremely slender. and slender body; they commence on the under surface of the head, a little below the inferior extremity of the bran- chial opening; basal line about equal to the distance fronr the. snout to the posterior edge ‘of the lens’ ‘Number of rays 17—19, the undermost rather .short; all the points de- tached, and rather long in 4 or 5 of the undermost. AI the rays articulated, but not’ cleft towards the points. The length of the fin, measured from the inferior margin, is to the ‘total length as 1 to 3—3"/.; the point extends back- wards to the third ray of the anal, and nearly half the length of the fin beyond the vent. Ventrals furnished with 3 rays, the innermost of which is the longest; they are narrow and slender, rather short, with all the points detached; length in the specimens examined about equal to the distance between the anterior nostrils; their points are half the length of the fin from the vent. Space between these fins considerable. being about two-thirds of the whole length of the fin. Caudal of moderate length, obtusely convex; it is fur- nished with 12 rays, cleft towards the points into two close branches. ; Hos et noget mindre Individ, hvis Totallængde var 50”", og som var optaget Høsten 1878 fra 180 Favnes Dyb ved Rissen i Trondhjemsfjorden af Conserv. Storm, og som blev mig tilsendt til Undersøgelse, var Straale- antallet . følgende: D. 19 (6 + 13); A. 10; P. 15—17; C.12. Individet, som opbevares i Videnskabernes Selskabs Samling i Trondhjem, svarede iøvrigt ganske til de øvrige Individer (med Undtagelse af den ringe Afvigelse i Straale- antallet), og er nærmere omtalt i Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. SN ANo- ip. 10 Sideline. Denne, der var usynlig hos det 15”” lange _ Typ-Exemplar, er tilstede hos de større, og fremhæver sig som en ophøjet Stribe mellem Hudens tætte Beklædning af Bentorne. Porerne, der blot er 10 i Antal, ere dog saa smaa, at de kun med nogen Vanskelighed lade sig forfølge i deres hele Række. Sidelinien udspringer ved Gjælle- laagets øvre Ende, - stiger strax i skraa Retning ned mod Legemets Midtlinie, som den naar noget bagenfor Analens Begyndelse, og løber derfra uden yderligere Sænkning ud til Caudalen. : Langs Roden af Underkjieven strækker sig paa hver Side en Række af 3 dybe Porer; en lignende Række løber langs Oyerranden af Overkjæven, ligesom enkelte Porer findes langs den nedre Rand af Praeoperculum. NSkjæg- traade paa Kjæverne mangle. Hudens Bekledning. Huden er næsten overalt tæt beklædt med Smaagrupper af yderst fine Bentorne, der især paa Legemets Overside sidde saa tæt, at de næsten ikke lade nogen glat Del af Huden tilsyne. Hver Gruppe har her en rundagtig Omkreds, og er sammensat af omtr. 10 Bentorne, der ere yderst lave, saa at Huden blot faar en ru Overflade. Lige saa tætte og af samme Omfang ere Tornegrupperne paa Gjællelaagene, medens de paa den øv- rige Del af Hovedets Overside have mindre Omkreds, og staa mere spredte. — Ligeledes ere de noget mindre paa Legemet nedenfor Sidelinien. Paa det egentlige Bugparti mangle disse. Ben- tornegrupper næsten ganske hos det største Individ (c), saa- velsom paa hele Hovedets Underside; hos det næststørste Individ (>, Totall. 186”") vare de langt færre og mindre paa Bugsiden, og manglede ganske paa Hovedets Underside ; derimod vare Grupperne hos det mindste af de nyerholdte Individer (a, Totall. 98””) tilstede overalt paa disse Le- gemsdele lige hen til Underkjævespidsen, og lige saa tæt, som oventil. Hos det tidligere beskrevne Yngel-Exemplar (Totall. 15””) vare Bentornene blot komne tilsyne paa Ho- vedets Overside, og vare i Frembrud paa Bugsiden, men endnu ikke fremkomne paa de øvrige Legemsdele. Heraf synes at kunne udledes, at Ujevnhederne paa Legemets Underside, der fremkomme tidligere, end paa Oversiden, afslides næsten ganske, inden Individerne have naaet sin fulde Størrelse. Paa Finnerne gaa Bentornene ud langs Straalerne lige til Randen af Dorsalen; paa Pectoralerne beklæde de hovedsagelig de øvre Straaler, ligesom paa Caudalen. Der- Ina comparatively small-sized example(total length 50""), taken in the autumn of 1878, at-a depth of 180 fathoms, near _ Rissen, in the Droritheim Fjord, by conservator Storm, and . kindly sent me for examination, the fin-ray formula may be thus stated: D. 19 (6 + -13); A. 10; P. 15—17; ©. 12. This individual, preserved in the collection of the Videnskabernes Selskab in Drontheim, corresponded in every respect with the other individuals (setting aside the slight disagreement+in the number of fin-rays), and is more fully ‘described in. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 11. Lateral Line. — The lateral line, of which there was not even a vestige in the typical and very young specimen (total length 15”"), is distinetly obvious in the larger ex- amples, as an elevated series between the osseous den- ticles of the skin. however, so small that some difficulty is experienced in tracing them -throughout the entire length of the series. The lateral line commences at the upper extremity of the gill-cover, strikes off in an oblique direction, and reaches the mesial line a short distance from the commencement of the anal, passing from thence straight to the caudal. The pores, not more than 10, are, _ Along the base of the lower jaw, on either side, is a row of three deep pores; a similar series extends along the superior margin of the. upper jaw, and a few pores occur too along the inferior margin of the preoperculum. Jirri on jaws wanting. The Skin. — The skin is almost entirely covered with small clusters of granulations, so closely disposed, more - particularly on the upper surface of the body, as hardly to leave any smooth portion visible. Each cluster is circular in form, and camposed of ‘about 10 spiculæ, exceedingly depressed, giving to the skin merely a rough, or slightly prickly feel. On the opercles, the clusters or groups are disposed in like manner; on the rest of the surface of the head they present a more scattered appearance, the cir- cumference of each being considerably less. They are somewhat smaller, too, on the body below the lateral line. _ Inthe abdominal region, as well as on the entire surface of the head, there is scarce a vestige of these clusters in the largest specimen (c); in the specimen next in size (å, total length 186””) they were smaller and far less numer- ous in the abdominal region, and altogether wanting on the under surface of the head; on the other hand, in the smallest of the individuals newly obtained (a, total length 93") they occurred everywhere on those parts of the body, extending to the extremity of the lower jaw, and as closely disposed as on the upper surface. The fry-specimen before described (total length 15”") had denticles on the upper . surface of the head only, they were developing on the ab- dominal surface; on the rest of the body they had not yet . begun to appear. From these data may be inferred that the asperities on the under surface of the body, which develop earlier than on the upper, to a great extent get worn away before the fish has attamed its full size. On the fins; the denticles extend along the rays to the upper margin of the dorsal; on the pectorals. they chiefly cover the rays of the upper part, as also on the caudal. The under ligesom et smalere gaar tvers over Haleroden: imod ere Pectoralernes Underside, Analen og Ventralerne nøgne, undtagen hos Expl. a, hvor ogsaa Analen var ru. Paa Hovedet gha Bentornene, som allerede nævnt.. lige ud paa den Hud, der bedækker Cornea. saa at blot Partiet over Lindsen og en smal Ring omkring denne lades fri. Læberne ere ligeledes altid glatte. selv hos det mindste af . «de erholdte Individer, der iøvrigt viser sig at være beklædt med disse Bentorne saagodtsom under Expeditionen overalt. R Farven.” Farven er hvidgraa, med mer eller mindre tydelige Pletter og brede Baand. Hos de mindre Exem- plarer ere disse Pletter skarpere begrændsede, end hos de større: hos Yngelen (fra Hammerfest) fandtes saaledes blot et enkelt bredt, sort Baand. der steg op fra Bagranden af Kjæverne gjennem Øjnene, og udfyldte den mellemste Del af Hovedets Overside; et andet. noget svagere farvet Baand gik over Dorsalens bagre Del tvers over Legemet ikke langt fra Haleroden. Hos -det mindste af de nye Individer (a) er tilkommet paa det egentlige Legeme et bredt Baand, der gaar ud fra Roden af Pectoralerne op over Begyndelsen af, Dorsalen, Saaledes er den typiske cottoide Tegning med de 3 brede verticale Baand nedad Legemet, som fremtræder især hos de yngre Individer af et Flertal af denne Families Arter, ogsaa her tilstede. Hos de 2 største ere Baandene noget mere utydelige: hos » er saavel Hovedets. som Legemets første Tverbaand: næsten ganske forsvundet, medens disse hos det største Individ yel ere tilstede. men opblandede med Felter af Bundfarven. Pectoralerne og Caudalen ere marmorerede af afbrudte Baand. Ventralerne hen ere ufarvede, ligesom hele Bugsiden til Underkjævespidsen. | Derimod selv, saavelsom Snuden, . forsynet med uregelmæssige større Pletter. er Underkjzeven Levemaade og Føde. Denne Art har øjensynlig. lige- som de øvrige Cottoider. sit Tilhold umiddelbart paa eller ved Bunden. Den ringeste Dybde, hvori noget af de hidtil fundne Exemplarer ere erholdte, er 191 Favne. den største 459 Favne. alle Pecto- ralens Straaler i Spidsen fri, og skjønt disse fri Spidser Som allerede ovenfor nævnt. ere ikke ere synderlig lange, tjene de dog utvivlsomt til Under-, støttelse under Krybningen om paa Bunden. Den Tempe- ratur,. som Havbunden har havt paa de Steder, hvor de erholdtes, har vexlet mellem + 3.50 C. og — 1.00 C. Det største af de erholdte Individer var en Han, hvis Testes dog vare for Tiden. lidet udviklede. Hos yngre Ind. vare Generationsorganerne endnu ganske utydelige. Ventrikelen af det største Individ, optaget paa 459 Favnes Dyb, fandtes fuldproppet af diverse Dyrelevninger. hvoraf kunde kjendes følgende: Smaastykker af Røret af den mærkelige Annelide Spiochaetopterus typicus, M. Sars, (beskreven i ,.Fauna Littoralis Norvegiae“, 2 H. 1856), af- de 24 surface of the pectorals, the anal, and the ventrals are. naked. except in the specimen @, which has also the anal rough. On the head. the denticles. as before observed,’ encroach on the skin covering the cornea. and thus the skin immediately, above the lens, together with a narrow annular edge round it. are the only parts left free from spiculæ. The lips are always smooth; this is the case even with the smaller specimen a, which everywhere else ap- pears almost entirely covered with denticles. Colour. — Whitish-grey, relieved with spots and broad, riband-shaped bands, more or less distinct. In the smaller examples. these spots appear more sharply defied than in the larger specimens; the fry-specimen (from Hammerfest) has only one band, broad and black, which, stretching from the posterior margin of the jaws through the eyes, occupies the whole of the central portion of the upper surface of the head: a similar band traverses the posterior division of the dorsal, extending right across the body, at a short distance from the base of the tail. In the smallest of the individuals newly obtained (a) a broad band has developed on the body, extending from the base of the pectorals towards the commencement of the dorsal; another and narrower band traverses the base of the tail. Thus, the typical Cottoid marking, three broad vertieal bands down the body, a salient feature, particularly in young individuals, of most species belonging to this family. is also characteristic of Cottunculus microps. In the two largest examples, the bands are not so distinct; in specimen å, the transverse bands traversing the head and body have become much fainter; in the largest example, though obvious, they are å good deal patched with the ground-colour. The bands across the pectorals and the caudal are abruptly disconnected, giving to the surface a mottled appearance. Ventrals. and abdominal surface to extremity of lower jaw whitish. Lower jaw and snout irregularly marked with large spots. Habits and Food. This form, in common with the other species of the family Cottus, must have its haunts on, or in close proximity to, the bottom. Of the examples hitherto obtained, not one was taken at a depth less than 191 fathoms. the greatest depth being 459 fathoms. As before observed, the extremities of the pectoral rays are free; and those detached points, though comparatively short, no doubt prove a great support to the fish when moving ever the surface of the bottom. The temperature at the bottom of the sea where this species was met with waried from ++ 3.50 C. to — 1.0° C; The largest of the individuals was a male. with the testicles however as yet but slightly developed. In the young specimens, the generative organs were quite indistinct. The stomach of the largest mdividual, taken at. a of 459 fathoms. found distended with the remains of divers species of marime animals, of which the following admitted of being determined: — small fragments of the alimentary canal of the remarkable Annelid species depth was 25 bidte i Stykker af omtrent 8”” Længde: Laaget og store Stykker af Legemet af Buccmm hydrophanwn, Hane., medens intet Spor fandtes af Skallet, som den saaledes maa have itubidt og atter udspyttet, inden Dyret blev slugt; Smaastykker af en af de guldhaarede Annelider, der syntes at være Laetmonice filicornis, Kinb.; et helt Expl. af den af G.O. Sars beskrevne Isopode Iyarachma hirticeps ; Dele af den i næsten alle Fiskemaver optrædende Hyperide The- misto libellula, Mandt, samt endelig Kjæverne af en liden Unge af en Cephalopode, maaske en Rossia. Hos det næst- største Individ, optaget fra 459 Favne, var Ventrikelen fuldproppet af Themisto libellula, men indeholdt ingen andre gjenkjendelige Levninger. Udbredelse. synes C. microps ikke at have nogen særdeles indskrænket Ligesom de øvrige arctiske Cottoider te) 5 Udbredelse, men forekommer endnu temmelig langt mod Syd paa Dybderne udenfor de norske Kyster. Foruden Nordhavs-Expeditionens 3 Individer fra Havet omkring Spitsbergen, hvoraf det nordligste optoges under 80"N. B., foreligger, som tidligere nævnt, et Yngel-Individ fra Ham- merfest i Vestfinmarken, optaget 1 1874, samt en noget større Unge, optaget af Conservator Storm fra 180 Favnes Dyb i Trondhjemsfjorden Høsten 1878 (631/."N. B.). en ægte Bundfisk forekommer den sandsynligvis stationær Som paa passende Localiteter langs hele den mellemliggende Del af de norske Kyster, og utvivlsomt ogsaa ved de øvrige aretiske Landsdele eller i Havet mellem dem, idetmindste paa Ishavets europæiske Side; dog bebor den vistnok blot de større Dybder, hvor Apparaterne hidtil ikke have været fuldt til Optagelsen af Dyb- vandsformer. hensigtsmæssige saadanne te) > Gen. Cottus, Lin. _ Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 451 (1766). 5. Cottus scorpius, Lin. 1766. Cottus scorpius, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 452 (1766). Cottus groenlandicus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 156 (1829). Cottus mitchillii, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 188 (1829). Cottus porosus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 8, p. 498 (1831). Acanthocottus labradorieus, Gir. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, p. 247, tab. 7, fig. 3 (1850). : Acanthocottus ocellatus, H. R. Storer, Bost. Journ, Nat. Hist. vol. 6, p. 253 (1850). Cottus glacialis, Rich. Last. Arct. Voy. Belch. vol. 2, p. 349, tab. 23 (1855). Et yngre Individ med en Totall. af 81”", en Hoved- længde af 27””, erholdtes paa ringe Dyb ved Norsk-Øerne paa Spitsbergens Nordside den 16de Aug. 1878. Intet Indiv. optoges paa de øvrige fra Land mere fjernede Sta- tioner, og Arten er utvivlsomt en Kystform blandt Cottoiderne. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. Spiochætopterus typicus, M. Sars (described in “Fauna Littoralis Norvegiæ,” Part 2, 1856), about 8”" in length: the operculum, together with large fragments of the body, of Buccinwn hydrophanum, Hane. (no vestige could be detected of the shell, which the fish must have crushed and ejected before proceeding to swallow the animal); small fragments of one of the golden haired Annelids, apparently Letmonice filicorms, Kinb.; an entire example of the Iso- pod Llyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars; portions of the Hy- peroid Themisto libellula, Mandt, occurring in the stomachs of almost all fishes; and finally the jaws of a young Ceph- alopod, possibly a Rossia. In the specimen next in size (459 fathoms) the ventricle was distended with numerous individuals of Themisto libellula. Distribution. — As is the case the Arctic Cottoids generally, C. microps would not appear to have a very with limited range, occurring as it does comparatively far south, in deep water off the coast of Norway. Exclusive of the three individuals obtamed on the Expedition off Spitzber- gen, the most northerly in lat. 80° N., a fry-specimen as before mentioned, taken near Hammerfest, West Finmark, in 1874, and a young example, by conservator Storm, at a depth of 180 fathoms, in the Drontheim Fjord. in the autumn of 1878 (lat. 63'/.” N.). As a true bottom- species, this form probably is met with stationary, in fa- vourable localities, along the entire intermediate line of the Norwegian coast, and no doubt, too, throughout the Arctic the tracts of ocean, at least in the European division of the Polar Sea; without doubt, however, its habitat lies at depths from which the apparatus hitherto devised has not been fully adapted for obtaining specimens. was, regions generally, or intervening Lin. 451 (1766). Gen. Cottus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 5. Cottus scorpius, Lin. 1766. Cottus scorpius, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 452 (1766). Cottus grænlandieus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 156 (1829). Cottus mitehillii, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 188 (1829). Cottus porosus, Cuy. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 8, p. 498 (1831). Acanthocottus labradoricus, Gir. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, p. 247. tab. 7, fig. 3 (1850). Acanthocottus ocellatus, H. R. Storer, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, p. 253 (1850). Cottus glacialis, Rich. Last. Arct. Voy. Belch. vol. 2, p. 349, tab. 23 (1855). A young individual, total length 81””, length of head 27". was obtained off the Norsk Islands, northern coast of Spitzbergen, Aug. 16th 1878. No example was taken at any of the other stations farther from land; the spe- eies is undoubtedly a littoral form of the family. 4 Straaleantallet var: 1 D. 9; 2 D. 16; A. 13. Udbredelse. I Europa forekommer denne Art omtrent uforandret fra Kanalen (48° N. B.) og Østersøen af, og langs Frankrigs, Storbritanniens, Danmarks, Færøernes, Norges og Sveriges Kyster lige op i Ostersoen? fremdeles ved Nord-Rusland, Novaja Zemlja, Beeren Eiland og Spits- bergen, hvor den paa flere Stater hører til de hyppigst forekommende littorale Fiske. Fremdeles er den mere eller mindre talrig ved Islands, Grønlands og det arctiske Ame- kas Kyster; dog ere de Former, der bebo disse Landsdele, af forskjellige Forfattere blevne udskilte under særegne Navne, hvoraf det tidligste er C. groenlandicus, opstillet i 1829 af Cuv. og Val. efter den af Fabr. i hans Fauna Groenl. meddelte Beskrivelse. Disse Arter ere dog af Malmgren*, Liitken* o. fl. henviste til Synonymernes Række, idet de samtlige gaa ind under den nævnte vestlig-arctiske Form af denne Art, C. groenlandicus, der maaske vil med nogen Ret kunne opføres som en constant Varietet af den normale C. scorpius. Ved Nordamerikas Kyster findes, foruden den nævnte østlige Varietet, der er særdeles talrig. ogsaa Hovedarten: Den førstnævnte gaar ned til Cap Hatteras under 36” N. B.; Hovedarten er fundet, ifølge Goode & Bean (Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. XI, 1879) ved New. Englands Kyster (Maine), - under 44" N. B. Gen. Gymnacanthus, Swains. Nat. Hist. Fish. Amph. Rept. IT, p. 181 og 271. (1839.) Hovedet fladtrykt og bredt, Kjæverne korte. Legemet trindt, uden Skjæl. Praeoperculum -væbnet. Tender i Kjæverne. (ingen paa* Vomer og Palatin- benene). Sidelinie tilstede. 2 Dorsaler. Gjællehinderne sammenhængende paa Hovedets Underside. 6. G. pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. + Cottus gobio, Fabr. Fauna Groenl. No. 115, p. 159 (1780). Cottus pistilliger, Pall. Zoogr. Ross. Asiat. tom. 3, p. 143, pl. 20, 1811, - trykt 1831 (1811). Cottus ventralis, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 194 (1829). Cottus tricuspis, Reinh. Overs. 1829—30, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 5. Del, p. LIT. Kbhvn. 1832 (1829—30). Gymnocanthus ventralis, Sw. Nat. Hist. Fish. Amph. Rept. IT, p. 271 (1839). Phobetor tricuspis, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Række, 1. B. p. 263 (1844). ? Cottus intermedius, Temm. & Schleg. Fauna Jap. Poiss. p. 38 (1850). Acanthocottus patris, H. R. Storer, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. 6, p. 250, pl. 7 (1850). Cottus fabricii, Gir. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv. Sci. vol. 2, p. 411 (1850); Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 3, p. 189 (1850). 1 Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 495. * Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p. 370. Number of, rays: — 1 D. 9; 2 D. 165 A. 13. Distribution. — In Europe the range of this species, as an almost constant form, extends from the British Chan- nel (lat. 48° N.) along the coast of France, the entire coast of Great Britain, the coast of Denmark, the Faröe Islands, the coasts of Norway and Sweden, the shores. of northern Russia, Novaja Zemlia, Beeren Eiland,. and Spitzbergen, where it occurs, in divers localities, as one of the com- monest of the littoral fishes. It is abundant, too, more or less, on the coast of Iceland and Greenland, and the Are- tic shores of North America. The forms inhabiting those regions have, by some authors, been excluded as distinet species, the earliest synonym being C. grænlandieus, Cuv. & Val. 1829, from the description given by Fabricius in his: Fauna Grænlandica. Malmgren, Liitken*, however, and other ichthyologists regard these suppositious species as identical with the aforesaid west Arctic form of ‘the spe- cies, C. grenlandicus, which, perhaps, with some reason may be regarded as a constant variety of the normal C. scorpius. On the shores of North America, exclusive of the aforesaid eastern variety, which occurs in great numbers, the principal species is also met with. The range of the former extends as far’ south as cape Hatteras, in lat. 36° N.; the principal species, according to Goode and Bean, (Bull. Ess. Inst. Vol. XI, 1879) has been observed on the coast of New England (Maine), in lat. 44° N. Gen. Gymnacanthus, Swains. Nat. Hist. Fish. Amph. Rept. IT, p. 181 and 271. (1839.) Head broad and depressed; jaws short; body without scales; preoperculum armed; teeth in jaws, wanting on vomer and palatine bones: lateral «line obvious; two dorsals; branchial membrane continuous on under surface, of head. 6. .G. pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. + Cottus gobio, Fabr. Fauna Grænl. No. 115, p. 159 (1780). Cottus pistilliger, Pall. Zoogr. Ross. Asiat. tom. 3, p. 143, pl. 20, 1811, printed 1831 (1811). Cottus ventralis, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 194 (1829). Cottus tricuspis, Reinh. Overs. 1829—30, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 5 Del; p. LIT. Kbhvn. 1832 (1829—30). Gymnocanthus ventralis, Sw. Nat. Hist. Fish. Amph. Rept. IT, p. 271 (1839). Phobetor tricuspis, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Rekke, 1. B. p. 263 (1844). ? Cottus intermedius, Temm. & Schleg. Fauna Jap. Poiss., p. 38 (1850). Acanthocottus patris, H. R. Storer, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. Vol. 6, p 250, pl. 7 (1850). Cottus fabricii, Gir. Proc. Amer. Ass. Adv: Sci. vol. 2, p. 411 (1850): Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. 3, p. 189 (1850). 1 Öfv. Kel. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 495. 2 Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn., 1876, p. 370. Gymnacanthus patris, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, Suppl. p. 42 (1861). 4 Phobetor ventralis, Malmgr. Sv. Exped. till Spetsb. och Jan Mayen 1863—64, p. 249 (1867). Gymnacanthus tricuspis, Gill, Rep. Comm. Fish & Fisheries, 1871—72, p. 800 (1873). Gymnacanthus pistilliger, Bean, Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. No. 15, p. 127 (1879). Diagn. Hovedets Overside med chagrinartede Ben- tornegrupper, Legemet selv næsten glat. lobende, med en Sænkning ved Slutningen af 2den Dorsal, har omtr. 35 Porer. Hovedet indeholdes nesten 4 Gange i Totall., har et Par stumpe Knuder over Ojnene, ingen paa Panden eller Baghovedet. Praeoperculum har 4 Torne, den øvre lang og stærk, oftest 3-tandet, hos yngre bredt 2-delt. Pectoralen lang, Ventralerne hos Hannen lange. Farven graabrun med 3 større Rygpletter, og mere wregelmessige Pletter nedad Siderne; Finnerne med Tverbaand. Hannen har hvide Pletter paa Bugen, samt Analpapille. Størrelsen indtil 200"" (Hannen), eller 250"" (Hunnen). WM. B. 6; 1 D. ‘11 (10 eller 12); 2 D. 15—17; A. 16—18 (19); P. 18 (19); V. 4; C. tjilf". Lin. lat. 35. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Spitsbergen. Stat. 366. Magdalenebay, Spitsbergen. Beliggenhed. Dybde. 50 Favne (917). VE Mørkgraat Ler. 17de Aug. 1878. Temp. paa Bunden. Bunden. Datum. Antal Individer. 8 Indiv. Bemerkninger til Beskrivelsen. De erholdte Exem- plarer havde følgende Maal og Straaleantal: Totallengde. Hovedets Længde. 1 D.' 2D. A. a. ORE DO LOPS 17 b. 76 - 21 - 10 16 16 å 84 - 22,5 - 11 17 18 d. Ji) = 26,5 - il 16 18 e. 115 - 31 - 11 1G) alte) te 116 - 29 - 11 16 18 g. 122 - dl - 11 15 17 h. 123 - 32 - 11 15 17 Straaleantallet varierede saaledes hos de 8 Individer i Iste Dorsal mellem 10 og 11, i 2den Dorsal mellem 15 og 17, i Analen mellem 16 og 18. De 2 Dorsaler vare hos enkelte fuldstændigt sammenstodende, medens de hos de fleste vare fjernede fra hinanden ved et kort, men tyde- ligt Mellemrum. Blot 2 af de erholdte Individer vare Hanner, og havde en forholdsvis lang Analpapille. Hos de 2 mindste var Hovedet endnu glat, men hos de større fandtes ovenpaa Hovedet og paa Praeoperculum en Samling af fladtrykte ru Bentorne, hver omgivne (hos Sidelinien glat, ret- Gymnacanthus patris, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci, Philad. 1861, Suppl. p. 42 (1861). Phobetor ventralis, Malmgr. Sv. Exped. till Spetsb. och Jan Mayen 1863—64, p. 249 (1867). Gymnacanthus tricuspis, Gill, Rep. Comm. Fish. & Fisheries, 1871—72, p. 800 (1873). Gymnacanthus pistilliger, Bean, Bull. U. St. Nat. Mus. No. 15, p. 127 (1879). 1 Diagnosis. — Upper surface of head with groups of granulations; body almost smooth; lateral line smooth, passing straight to termination of second dorsal, at that point slightly deflected, number of pores 35; length of head one- fourth of total length; two obtuse protuberances above the eyes, none on the sinciput or occiput; preoperculum furnished with four spines, the uppermost long and powerful, generally tridented, in younger examples broad, bidental ; pectorals long ; ventrals long, in the male; colour greyish-brown, with three large dorsal patches and numerous spots down the sides; fins traversed by transverse bands; abdominal surface spotted with white, in the male, which is furnished-with an anal papilla. Length reaching 200™ (male) or 250 (female). MB. 6; 1D. 11 (10 or 19); 2 DEM, 216018 (19); P. 18 (19); V 4; C. dl. Tan, tat, 55. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): Spitzbergen. Stat. 366. Exact Locality. Magdalene Bay, Spitzbergen. Depth. 50 Fathoms (917). , — 1.09 6. Temp. at Bottom. Bottom. Dårk-grey Loam and Shingle. Date, lia — 17th Aug. 1878. — Numb. of Speeim. 8 Indiv. Descriptive Observations. — Dimensions of, and number of fin-rays in, specimens obtained. Total Length. Length of Head. 1D. 20D. A. a. nie 208 10 15 ea b. 76 - 21 - 10 16 eG Cc: 84 - 22.5 - 11 ne Altes d. 99 - 26.5 - 11 16 ls e 115 - 31 - 11 160118 ite 116 - DON gli 16 is g. 122 - 31 - vat let h 123 - 32 - 11 To ble The number of fin-rays in the 8 examples varied accordingly: — 1st dorsal, between 10 and 11; 2nd dorsal, between 15 and 17: anal, between 16 and 18. In one or two of the specimens the dorsals were contiguous, in most however separated, the space between, though short. being distinctly obvious. Two only of the specimens obtained were males, and had a rather long anal papilla. In the two smallest individuals the head was as yet perfectly smooth; but the frontal region and the preoper- culum of the largest were furnished with a cluster of depressed Aw 28 det endnu fuldkommen uskadte Individ) af en Ring af Slm- porer. Disse Grupper af Bentorne, der omtrent have en Lindsediameters Størrelse, danne oprindelig blot et Par Rækker, hvoraf hver strækker sig fra Øjet skraat bagover til Gjællespalten; men efterhaanden bliver Antallet større, Mellemrummet mellem de 2 Rækker opfyldes, og hos de største er en stor Del af Hovedets Overside beklædt paa denne Maade. * Dog kan, ifølge Liitkens Undersøgelser, denne Hovedets Beklædning mangle endog hos udvoxede Individer. Hos ganske unge Individer er den øvre Torn paa Praeoperculum forholdsvis længere, end hos de ældre, idet den med sin Spidse næsten naar til den bagre Rand af Opereulum. Hos Ind. med en Totallængde af indtil 80"" er den i Spidsen endnu blot grundt tvedelt, medens den først hos de ældre Individer er skarpt og tydeligt tretandet: et udvoxet Individ (fra Vadsø i Finmarken, en Hun) har endog den højre Torn 4delt, den venstre med 5 tydelige Tænder”. Føde. Hos et af de erholdte Individer var Ventri- kelen udspændt af Smaastykker af Annelider (Polynoö). De Individer, som jeg i 1874 havde Lejlighed til at under- søge i Varangerfjorden i Øst-Finmarken, mdeholdt blot Crustaceer, tilhørende forskjellige Arter Gammarider og Idotheer. Udbredelse. (7. pistilliger (bedre kjendt som Phobetor ventralis eller Ph. tricuspis) er sandsynligvis endnu den eneste sikkert bekjendte Art af sin Skegt, der iøvrigt kun ved Mangelen af Vomerintænder adskiller sig fra Slegten Cottus. Dens Synonymi er udtømmende behandlet af Dr. Litken i Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p. 363. I sin Udbredelse synes den at være næsten ganske circumpolær, og den vil neppe savnes paa noget nøjere undersoxt Gebet af de til Europas, Asiens og Americas Kyster stødende Dele af Ishavet. Allerede i 1780 blev den af Fabricius be- skreven fra Grønland (under Navn af Cottus gobio); senere er den bleven bekjendt fra Kamtschatka og Beringshavet lige ned til Japan, samt vestover langs Asiens Nordkyst til Kysterne af Novaja Zemlja, Spitsbergen, Finmarken i Norge, fremdeles. ved Island,. Grønland og det arctiske America ned til Nova Scotia under 459 N. B. Paa flere af disse Loealiteter, saaledes ved Spitsbergen, er den særdeles talrig. 1 Norges Fiske“, p. 30 (1874). osseous granulations, each (in the specimen exhibiting no trace of mutilation) surrounded by a ring of mucous pores. These clusters of granulations, in size about equal to the diameter of the lens, are first arranged in two rows, extending from the edge of the eye to the branchial opening, but, gradually increasing in number, they encroach upon the intermediate space; and in the largest spec- imens a very considerable portion of the upper surface of the head is armed in this manner. According to Liit- ken, however, this spinous covering does not always occur even in full-grown individuals. Very young examples have the uppermost spine on the preoperculum proportionately longer than individuals in a more advanced stage of growth, the tip of the point almost reaching to the posterior margin of the operculum. In examples with a total length of 80”, this spine, at the point, is still obtuse bipartite, maturer individuals only having it sharp and distinctly trifureate; in an adult spec- imen (a female, from Vadsø, in Finmark) the spine on the right side was fureated with four, that on the left with five well-detined denticles.! Food. In one of the specimens examined the stomach was distended with small fragments of Annelids (Polynoé). The yentricles of the mdividuals I had the opportunity of examining in 1874, in the Varanger Fjord, East Finmark. contained only remains of crustaceans, Gammaride and Idothee. Distribution. — Up to the present time G. pistilliger (better known as Phobetor ventralis or Ph. tricuspis) is the only well determined species of its genus, the sole cha- racter from the Cottus the absence of yomerine teeth. Its synonomy has been exhaustively treated of by Dr. Liitken, m Vid. Medd. Na- turh. Foren. Kbhyn. 1876, p. 363. In its distribution it would appear to be almost circumpolar, and will hardly fail to be met with throughout any region of the Arctic Ocean off the shores of Europe, Asia, and America. As far back as 1780, Fabricius described the species (under distinguishing it genus being the name of Cottus gobio) as occurring on the coast of Greenland; more recently it has been met with off Kam- tschatka and -Bering’s Straits, as far east as Japan, and, in a westerly direction, along the northern coast of Asia, as far as Novaja Zemlja, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Iceland, Greenland, and Arctic America, and southwards, off Nova Scotia, im lat. 45° N. 0 on the coast of Spitzbergen, it is exceedingly numerous. In many of these localities, e. g. 1 “Norges Fiske,” p. 30 (1874). 5 Gen. Centridermichthys, Richards. Zool. Voy. Sulph. Fishes, p. 73 (1843). i Hovedet forholdsvis fladtrykt og bredt, Legemet trindt, glat eller granuleret. Pracopereulum væbnet. Tænder i Kjæverne, paa Vomer og paa Palatin- Sidelinie tilstede. 2 Dorsaler. Gjællehin- derne sammenhængende paa Hovedets Underside. benene. 7.. Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.) 1833—34. (PIM. fig: 7): Cottus uncinatus, Reinh. Overs. 1833—34, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6. Del, p. XLIV, Kbhyn. 1837 (1833—34). Teelus uncinatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Række, |. B., p. 263 (1844). Centridermichthys uncinatus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 172 (1860). Diagn. Legemet overalt glat, ligesom Sidelinien; den sidste bestaaende af omtr. 18 Porer. Hovedet indeholdes 3" |» Gangei Totall. Ojnene særdeles tætstaaende og store, indeholdes omtrent 2*/; Gange i Hovedlængden. — Praeoperculum har 2 Torne, den øvre kloformig krummet og særdeles skarp. Et Par stumpe Knuder paa Baghovedet. Bundfarven hvidagtig med graabrume Pletter, der hos de Yngre oftest ere 3 nedad Ryggen, men mere wregelmessige hos de Ældre. Anal- papille mangler. Størrelsen indtil 100"", M. B. 6. P. 18—19 (20—21); V. 4; C. 4/11/4. 1 DI7—5; 2-D. 18 (12 eller 14); A. 11; Lin. lat. 18. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. og Spitsbergen. Havet mellem Nordeap Stat. 290. | Stat. 525. | Stat. 326. Stat. 262. | Stat. 275. 50 Kil. Ø 370 Kil. | 210 Kil. | 180 Kil. | 100 Kil. Beliggenhed. | Vardø “10. Beeren|NV. Ham-| SO. Beer. |S. Spits- grei Eiland. | merfest. | Eiland. | bergen. Dybde 148 Favne|147 Favne|191 Favne|223 Favnej123 Favne ybde. (271). (2697), (3497), (4087), (225), Temp. p. Bunden.|+- 1,99 C.|— 0,49 Cl 3,5? C.J4 1,5? C.J 1,69 C. Bede Te Grønligt | Sandhol- |Brungraat| Mørkt é ie Ler. digt Ler. Ler. Ler. mee 27de Juni} 2den Juli} 7de Juli | 30te Juli [3die Aug. SG 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. | 3 Indiv. | 4 Indiv. | 1 Indiv. | 3 Indiv. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. NSlægten Centriderm- ichthys, opstillet af Richardson i Zool. Voy. Sulph. Fishes p. 73 (1843) for et Antal cottoide Fiske fra det arctiske Nord-America samt Nordost-Asiens Kyster, adskiller sig alene ved Tilstedeværelsen af Tænder paa Palatinbenene fra den typiske Slægt Cottus. Hidtil er alene en enkelt Art, C. uncinatus, (Reinh.), funden i Europa; denne op- stilledes af Reinhardt sen. fra Grønland i 1833 under Nav- net Cottus uncinatus. Den korte Diagnose, hvormed Reinhardt ledsagede sin nye Art, er indtil de seneste Aar bleven uden Tillæg gjentaget, saaledes i 1844 af Krøyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 2den Gen. Centridermichthys, Richards. Zool. Voy. Sulph. Fishes, p. 73 (1843). Head comparatively depressed and broad; body plump, smooth or granulated; preoperculum armed; teeth Lateral line obvious; two dorsal fins: im jaws, on vomer, and palatine bones. branchial membrane continuous on the under surface of the head. 34. 7. Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Remh.) 1853 (Glee sie) Cottus uncinatus, Reinh. Overs. 1833—34, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6. Del p. XLIV, Kbhvn. 1837 (1833—34). Teelus uncinatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidssk. 2. Række, 1. B. p. 263 (1844). Centridermichthys wneinatus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 172 (1860). ; Diagnosis. — Body and lateral line smooth; the latter consisting of 18 pores; length of head to total length as 1 to 3'/,; eyes exceedingly close together, and large, longitudi- nal diameter:to length of head as 1 to 25; two spines on preoperculum, the upper wngueal, hooked, and exceedingly sharp; two blunt obtuse protuberances on the occiput; ground colour whitish, with greyish brown spots, generally three in young examples, varying more m adults. Anal papilla want- ing; length reaching 100". Mi B.16: AD. 7—8; 2 D! 13 (12 or 14); An IT: P. 18—19 (20—21); V. 4; C. 4/11/4. Lan. lat. 18. * Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open sea, between the North Cape and Spitzbergen. Stat. 290. | Stat. 323. | Stat. 326. 210 Kil. |ISOK.SE./100 Kil.S. Stat. 275. 370 Kil. E. Stat. 262. *150 Kil. E. Exact Locality. of of Beeren [NW.Ham-| Beeren Spitz- Vardø. Eiland. | merfest. | Filand. | bergen. eg 148 Path. | 147 Fath. | 191 Fath. | 223 Fath. | 123 Fath. ED (271). | (269). | (8497). | (408). | (25m). Temp. at Bottom.) + 1.99 C. |— 0.4? C.Iq- 3.59 C.J 1.59 C.|4- 1.69 C. Bat Cl a Greenish} Sandy |Brownish-| Dark ees ERE Clay. Clay, |grey Clay.| Clay. Date 27th June] 2nd July | 7th July | 30th July | 3rd Aug. ae 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. 1878. Numb. of Specim.| 1 Indiv. | 3 Indiv. | 4 Indiv. | 1 Indiv. I 3 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — The genus Cent- ridermichthys, etablished by Richardson in Zool. Voy. Sulph. Fishes, p. 73 (1843) for divers Cottoid fishes occurring in the Arctic regions of North America and off the north- eastern shores of Asia, is distinguished from the typical genus Cottus solely by the presence of teeth on the palatine bones. Up to the present time, but a single species, C. uncinatus, (Reinh.), has been met with m Europe; it was first described by Reinhardt sen. from the coast of Green- land, in 1833, under the name of Cottus umcinatus. The brief diagnosis given by Remhardt has been copied, till but a few years since, without addition, by Kroyer in 1841 (Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Række, 1. Bind), and by Giin- 30 Række, Iste B.), og 11860 af Giinther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 2), hvilke begge ikke kjendte Arten af Autopsi. I 1868 anmeldtes den af Professor Esmark fra Finmarkens Kyster (Forh. Skand. Naturf. 10de Møde), ligesom Dr. Liitken i 1876 gav en Del Bemærkninger om Arten i Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. for samme Aar. Nogen udfør- ligere Beskrivelse er. saavidt vides, ikke fremkommet, uden i 1874 i Forfatterens Afhandling ,Norges Fiske“ (efter Exemplarer fra Norge), ligesom den hidtil ikke bar været afbildet. Jeg gjengiver derfor her Artens Beskrivelse, sam- menholdt med de nytilkomne og vel vedligeholdte Exem- plarer fra Nordhavs-Expeditionen. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Fra alle de øvrige nordatlantiske Cottoider kan C. wneinatus i Regelen let kjendes ved sin af faatallige og store Porer dannede Side- linie, der især hos yngre Individer er iøjnefaldende. i For- bindelse med hele Legemets Glathed, idet dette ikke viser Spor af Protuberantser eller Granulationer. Særdeles cha- racteristisk er fremdeles den krogformige Klo paa Praeo- perculum, medens Palatintænderne først blive- tydelige hos de noget større Unger. Legemet har iøvrigt den for den nærstaaende NSlægt Cottus almindelige Form, idet Hovedet er temmelig tflad- trykt. og det egentlige Legeme er fortil næsten trindt, bagtil mere sammentrykt. Hovedet er bredt ægformigt. og indeholdes hos de udvoxede omkring 3/2 Gange i Totallængden, eller lidt over 27» Gange i Legemets Længde uden Caudal. Øjnene ere særdeles tætstaaende, saaledes, at Benbroen mellem Orbitae blot er en Brøkdel af Lindsens Diameter. De ere tillige overordentlig store; deres Længdediameter er saaledes betydeligt større, end Snudens Længde, og udgjør omtrent 24/; af Hovedets Længde. Størrelsen af Crystallindsen er en mærkelig Variation underkastet. idet denne, som bekjendt, plejer at være con- stant af samme Størrelse hos ligestore Individer af samme Art. Medens saaledes hos det største af de under Expedi- tionen erholdte Individer, hvis Totall. var 83”", Lindsen havde en Diameter af 2,5””, var den hos et yngre Individ, hvis Totall. var blot 68"”, omtr. andre udviste Overgange mellem begge. Nogen Forskjel i Legemsbyg- ningen forøvrigt kunde ikke opdages; heller ikke stod denne Variation i noget bestemt Forhold til Dybden, idet netop det største Individ var taget paa det grundeste Vand (123 Fayne), og det mindre paa en kun ubetydeligt større Dybde (148 Favne). Tænderne ere temmelig fine, og tilstede (foruden i Kjæverne) tillige paa Vomer og paa Palatinbenene. Hos Unger med en Totall. af under 20”” ere Vomerin- og Pa- latintænderne endnu ikke fremkomme. Gjællehinderne ere sammenhængende paa Hovedets Underside; Antallet af Gjællestraaler er 6. Oo - Oo. mm. Kjæverne ere omtrent af samme Længde; dog bevir- ker den tykkere Overlæbe, at Overkjæven synes ubetydeligt længere, end Underkjæven. ther, in 1860 (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. Vol. 2), neither of whom knew the fish from autopsy. In the year 1868 Professor Esmark gave notice of its occurrence on the coast of Finmark (Forh. Skand. Naturf. 10 Møde); and in 1876 Dr. Liitken communicated sundry observations on the species in Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhyn. for that year. No full description however had, we believe, appeared previous to that given in “Norges Fiske” (1874), from Norwegian specimens; nor has the species yet been figured. The detailed description, supplemented from an examination of the specimens — in an excellent state of preservation — obtained on the North Atlantic: Expedition, is given below. General Description. Structure of the Body. — C. uncinatus may as a rule be readily distinguished from all other North Atlantic Cottoids by the large size and fewness of the pores constituting its lateral line, a conspicuous character, more particularly in young examples; moreover. by the smoothness of the skin, not a vestige of granula- - tions or protuberances can be detected in any part of the body. Another salient feature is the ungueal spine on the preoperculum; the palatine teeth, on the contrary. are not developed in very young individuals. In other respects the form and structure of the body corresponds with that of the allied genus Cottus, the head being considerably depressed and the body roundish. the posterior part somewhat compressed. ; Head broad, ovate; length to total length, in adult examples, about as I to 3!/: or, to length of body, exelu- sive of caudal, a trifle more than as 1 to 21/,. Byes set exceedingly close, the length of the osseous ridge between the orbits being but a fraction of the diameter of the lens; they are also remarkably large, the longitudinal diameter considerably exceeding the length of the snout and nearly equal to 24/; of the length of the head. The size of the crystal lens, generally constant in individuals of equal dimensions belonging to the same species, varies remarkably in UC. wncinatus. In the largest of the specimens obtained on the Expedition, total length 83”", the diameter of the lens was 2.5””, whereas in a younger example, total length not more than 68"", it reached 3.5”"; others represented the transition stages. No other difference could be detected in the form and struc- ture of the body; nor was this characteristic peculiarity in any way dependent on depth, the largest individual having been taken in the shallowest water (123 fathoms), and the small example at a depth but very little greater (148 fathoms). Teeth — rather slender — on the vomer and palatine bones, and in the jaws. In young examples, total length less than 20””, the vomerine and palatine teeth were not yet developed. Branchial membrane continuous on under surface of head; brancheostegals 6. Jaws equal in length, the upper, however. appearing to be somewhat longer than the lower, from the thickness of the upper lip. Praeoperculum har 2 Torne, den nederste kort, nedad- rettet, og lidet fremtrædende; den øverste lang og krog- formigt bøjet indad, overordentlig spids og stærk, samt fra oven og neden noget sammentrykt; med sin Spidse naar den ikke tilbage til den øvre Flig af Operculum. I fuld- kommen uskadt Stand er denne kloformige Torn lige ud til Spidsen beklædt med Hud, der ganske udfylder dens indre concave Del. Ved Grunden af den store Torn findes paa Forsiden en mindre, der dog hos uskadte Individer neppe lader sig iagttage, uden ved Følelsen. Opereulum har en enkelt Torn nedentil men ender oventil i en blød og afrundet Flig, nedenfor: hvilken der skjuler sig en lav, men skarp Torn. Mellem det forreste og bagre Par Næse- bor findes et Par korte opstaaende Torne, og paa Bag- hovedet et Par lignende, der ere bagudrettede, men som alle ere, ligesom de øvrige Torne, lidet fremtrædende af Huden. Sidelinie, Porer og Hudtraade. En Række af 5—6 Porer strækker sig fra det forreste Par Næsebor paa hver Side bagover under Øjet, og standser omtrent ved Bag- kanten af Orbita. Lignende Rækker strække sig paa Undersiden af Underkjæven. Sidelinien er hos de yngre Ind. dannet af store og aabent- staaende Porer, hvis Antal sjelden overstiger 18, skjønt det ikke altid er det samme paa begge Sider. Hos de ældre Ind. ere Porerne mindre, men deres oprindelige Omkreds kan endnu sees som afbrudte, lidt ophøjede Ringe. Hos Yngel med en Totall. af under 12”" er Sidelinien endnu usynlig, men allerede, hvor Legemet har naaet en Længde af 15”", ere omtrent 5—6 Porer fremkomme paa Legemets forreste Del. Af Hudtraade paa Hovedet findes en yderst kort paa Bagranden af OQverkjæven, umiddelbart foran Mundvinkelen,' altsaa paa samme Punkt, hvor en lignende er tilstede hos Cottus bubalis og C. lilljeborgii. Hos alle uskadte Individer findes endvidere en enkelt Traad ved den øvre Rand af Orbita, der ikke (som hos Jcelus hamatus) er haandformig fladtrykt, men tilspidset; denne gaar let tabt ved Berøring. Finnerne. Straaleantallet synes idethele «at være en forholdsvis ringe Variation underkastet, sammenlignet med, hvad der finder Sted hos IJcelus hamatus og flere andre Cottoider. : Iste Dorsal har 7 eller 8 Straaler, der begynde umid- delbart over Pectoralernes øvre Fæste, og ende noget bagen- for Anus. Den har ingen betydelig Højde, idet denne sjeldent overstiger Hovedets halve Længde. 2den Dorsal har 13 Straaler, hos enkelte Individer 12 eller 14, og begynder uden Interdorsalrum bag lste Dorsal; den har noget større Højde, end denne, og naar med Spidsen af sine længste Straaler i omtr. en halv Orbital- diameters Afstand fra Roden af Caudalen, eller undertiden kortere. I Two spines on preoperculum, the lower short, melin- ing and but slightly developed; the upper long, hooked, remarkably sharp and powerful, above and below slightly depressed; the point does not reach back to Specimens in perfect downwards, the upper edge of the operculum. preservation have this strong hooked spine protected to the apex by the integument, which fills up and con- ceals the inner groove. At the base of the large spine, on the anterior side, occurs a smaller one, which, however, in well-preserved examples can hardly be observed, the Operculum furnished below with a single spine; above, it terminates in a soft, convex flap, save by touch. concealing beneath a depressed, but sharp-pointed spine. Between the anterior and posterior pairs of nostrils occur two short spines, and, on the occiput, two others, all of which, however, in common with the other spines, are directed backwards, and project but slightly above the integument. i : Lateral Line, Mucous Pores, and Cir. — Å row of 5 or 6 pores extends from the anterior nostrils, on each side, backwards under the eye, terminating in close proximity Similar on the under surface of the lower jaw. to the posterior edge of the orbita. series occur In young examples, the lateral line is composed of large and open pores, seldom exceeding 18, which, however, In more mature individuals the pores are smaller; their original are not always equal in number on both sides. circumference being, however, distinctly obvious, as dis- rupted and slightly protuberant rings. In fry-speci- mens (having a total length of less than 12”"), the lateral line cannot yet be distinguished, but so soon as the body has attained a length of 15”", 5 or 6 pores are obvious in the anterior region. N The head is furnished with one cirrus, exceed-. ingly short; on the posterior margin of the upper jaw, im- mediately in front of the angle of the mouth, in the exact spot where a similar cirrus occurs in Cottus bubalis and C. lilljeborgii. In perfect specimens a cirrus is also observed on the superior margin of the orbits, tapering to a point (not thin and riband-shaped as in Jcelus hamatus); being very slenderly attached to the skin, great care must be taken to preserve it uninjured. Fins. — In C. wuncinatus the number of fin-rays is apparently subjected to but slight variation as compared with this feature in Jcelus hamatus and divers other species of Cottoids. | The first dorsal, or 8 rays, com- mences immediately above the upper extremity of the base of the pectorals, and terminates at a short distance behind the anus; its height is not considerable, rarely exceeding half the length of the head. : The 2nd dorsal’ has 13, in some individuals 12 or 14 rays; it is contiguous to the Ist dorsal, exceeding it how- ever somewhat in height, the tip of the longest rays ex- tending to a distance of about half the diameter of the orbit from the base of the caudal, sometimes not quite so far. ld furnished with 7 Analen har 11 Straaler, og begynder umiddelbart bag Anus; den har Højde og Udstrækning omtr. som 2den Dor- sal, og slutter i en neppe kjendelig større Afstand fra Cau- dalens Rod, end denne. Pectoralerne, der tælle 18 Straaler, undertiden 19—21, ere bredt afrundede, som hos Slegten Cottus; i Spidsen ere de nedre Straaler fri og noget fortykkede. Tilbage- slaaede naa de med Npidserne langt forbi Anus, eller (hos de udvoxede Individer) ved eller noget forbi Begyn- delsen af 2den Dorsal. Ventralerne ere forholdsvis lange, og naa med sine fri Spidser næsten til Anus. De have 4 Straaler. Caudalen har 11 leddede Straaler, der i sin ydre Fjerdedel ere kløvede. Paa hver Side af de leddede Straa- ler findes 3—4 uleddede Stottestraaler, der dog kunne være næsten rudimentære. Farven. Denne viser hos de yngre Individer den sædvanlige Fordeling af 3 graabrune Tverbaand tversover Legemet, hvis Bundfarve er hvidagtig; det mellemste af disse Tverbaand, der udgaar fra Grunden af 2den Dorsal, er bredest, og har omtr. en Orbitaldiameters Bredde. Hos ældre Individer ere Tverbaandene ikke saa skarpt tegnede, idet de ofte indeslutte Felter af den lyse Bundfarve, lige- som ogsaa Mellemrummene mellem dem kunne være saa opfyldte af Smaapletter, at Tverbaandene blive ganske utydelige. Finnerne, hvis Grundfarve er hvid (især hos de ældre), ere forsynede med skarpttegnede, skraatløbende Tverbaand; svagest tegnet er Analen, hvis Tverbaand oftest ere utyde- lige. Tløvrigt er saavel Finnernes, som Legemets Farve- tegning ikke ubetydeligt varierende hos de forskjellige In- divider. Spæd Yneel, hvoraf jeg har et stort Antal fra Var- angerfjorden med en Totall. af indtil 10””, have en ret characteristisk Farvetegning, idet et sort Baand strækker sig rundt Nakken og Struben som et Halsbaand; paa Si- derne af Legemet gaar dette mørke Parti ud som en bred Stribe. Forplantning, ete. Yngletiden for denne Art falder sandsynligvis i Juli og August, da flere af de erholdte In- divider havde Bugen stærkt udspilet af Rogn. Et af disse (fra Stat. 275), der erholdtes den 2den Juli, og som havde en Totall. af 69””, havde omtr. 32 Rogn i hvert Ovarium; disse Rogn havde en forholdsvis betydelig Størrelse. idet deres Diameter var omtr. 2””. Foruden disse 64 Rogn, der alle vare jevnstore, og syntes at være fuldmodne, fandtes et Antal yderst fine Rognkorn, der vare forblevne uudviklede. Individernes Størrelse varierede hos de fleste mellem 66 og 83””, og de maa, da de viste sig forplantningsdygtige. have været fuldvoxne eller nær derved. Dr. Liitken har undersøgt et Exemplar fra Grønland (i Musæet i Kbhvn.), der havde en Totallængde af 100”: The anal, furnished with 11 rays. commences im- mediately behind the vent; height and extent about that of second dorsal; it terminates, too, very nearly at the same distance from the base of the caudal, as does that fin. The pectorals, furnished with 18 rays, sometimes 19—21, are broad and rounded, as in the genus Cottus; extremities of lower rays free and somewhat thick. Direc- ted backwards, the points extend some distance past the vent: or (in full-grown specimens) a short distance beyond the commencement of the second dorsal. The ventrals are comparatively long, the free points extending almost to the vent; number of rays 4. The caudal is furnished with 11 articulated rays, cleft in their outer fourth. On either side of the articulated rays occur 3—4 auxiliary rays without ar- ticulation, which, howeyer, in some examples are almost rudimentary. Colow. — Young individuals exhibit the normal di- stribution: 3 greyish brown transverse bands across the body. ground-colour whitish; the middle band, commencing at the base of the second dorsal, is the broadest, having a breadth about equal to the diameter of the orbit. In maturer individuals the transverse bands are less distinctly traced, being broken up with patches of the ground-colour; the intermediate space, too, is blurred with such a multi- tude of spots and macules as to be frequently almost con- fluent with the bands. The fins, the ground-colour of which is whitish, are (more particularly in mature examples) marked with well- defined, oblique transverse bands; marking of anal faint, the transverse bands being frequently indistinct. For the rest, both the fins and the body generally display very considerable variation in the distribution of colour. Fry in the earliest stage of growth, of which I am in possession of a large number of specimens from the Varan- ger Fjord (total length 10””), exhibit a most characteristic peculiarity of marking, a black band encircling the throat and nuchal region like a necklace; on the sides, this dark colour stretches posteriorly in the form of a broad stripe. Propagation &c. — The spawning ‘season of this species is probably in the months of July and August, the abdomen in several of the specimens obtained having been found distended with roe. One (Station 275), taken July 2nd. total length 69””, had about 32 ova in each ovary; these ova were comparatively of large size. the diameter being about 2”. Exclusive of these ova, 64 in number, all of which were large and apparently mature, the ovaries contained a number of minute ovarious germs, which had remained undeveloped. The dimensions varied in most of the individuals between 66 and 85”", and these specimens, seeing they were about to spawn, must have been full-grown, or very nearly so. Dr. Liitken has examined an individual from the coast of Greenland (preserved in the Zoological Mu- seum, Copenhagen) with a total length of 100””: Ventrikelen indeholdt hos de undersøgte Individer føl- gende: ‘Hos 3 Indvider fra en Dybde af 191 Favne (Stat. 290), hvor Bunden bestod af sandholdigt Ler, indeholdt Ven- trikelen hos det ene Anneliden Notomastus latericeus, M. Sars; hos det andet ligeledes en’ Amnelide, Chloraema pellucidum, M. Sars; det tredie havde Ventrikelen fyldt med smaa | Mollusker, som (ifølge Bestemmelse af Dr. Friele) vare Velu- tina undata, Brown, og Yoldia intermedia, M. Sars. Et Individ fra Stat. 275 (fra 147 Favnes Dyb) havde Ventri- kelen fyldt med forskjellige smaa Annelider, hvoraf kunde kjendes en Clymene og en liden Polynoö, der dog ikke lode sig nærmere bestemme. Samtlige disse Dyr ere Bunddyr, og Arten lever utvivlsomt, ligesom de øvrige cottoide Former, umiddelbart paa og ved Bunden, hvad der ogsaa fremgaar af dens Le- gemsbygning. Udbredelse. (Centrid. uncinatus er en arctisk Art, der sandsynligvis optræder paa den noget grundere Hay- bund paa de fleste Steder mellem Grønland, Spitsbergen, Novaja Zemlja og Norge. Oprindelig blev Arten beskreven af Reinh. sen. 1 1833—34 efter Exemplarer fra Grønlands Sydkyst (Nennortalik i Julianehaabs Distrikt). den fra og Senere er til nedsendt til Musæet i Kjøbenhavn fra Grøn- land, men synes, ifølge Dr. Liitken, ikke at forekomme talrigt her. At den ikke indsamledes under den engelske Nordpol-Expedition i 1875—76 i de nordgrønlandske Far- vande mellem 78" og 83", synes forklarligt, naar man be- tragter dens forholdsvis sydlige Udbredelse i Europas arctiske Egne. Den er nemlig hidtil ikke fundet under mogen af de talrige Expeditioner omkring Spitsbergen; det nordligste Punkt, hvor den hidtil vides iagttagen, er paa den ovenfor nævnte Stat. 826, under 75° 31’, eller omtr. midtveis mel- lem Beeren Eiland og Spitsbergen; imidlertid tør det med Sikkerhed forudsættes, at den naar op til de sydligste Dele af denne Øgruppe. Mellem Spitsbergen og Norges Kyster synes den at være jevnt udbredt over Havbunden, hvor denne hæver sig op til et Par Hundrede Favnes Dybde, hvorimod den ikke erholdtes paa de vestenfor liggende større Dyb; mod Øst gaar den idetmindste til Novaja Zemlja, hvor et Par Individer erholdtes ved Sælhundbug- ten, under Heuglins Expedition i 1871, hvilke afgaves til Universitetsmusæet i Christiania af Expeditionens Deltager, Cand. Aagaard. Ved Jan Mayen erholdtes intet Individ under Nord- havs-Expeditionens (vistnok ikke særdeles talrige) Skrab- ninger omkring denne Ø i 1877; heller ikke er den hidtil fundet ved Island. Langs Norges Kyster optræder den paa forskjellige Punkter fra Varangerfjorden og Nordkap af, og ned til Sta- vangerfjorden, som det synes, ikke særdeles sparsomt. Den sidstnævnte Localitet (59°) er det sydligste Punkt, hvor Arten hidtil er observeret, men den vil sandsynligvis ogsaa vise sig at bebo Bankerne udenfor Orknøerne og Shet- Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. 33 The ventricles of the specimens examined were on dissection found to contain marine animals of the following species: — Of 3 individuals taken at a depth of 191 fath- oms (Station 290), bottom argillaceous clay, I found a Jotomastus latericeus, M. Sars, in the stomach of one; in that of the second, an example of another Annelid, Chlo- rema pellucidum, M. Sars; that of the third was full of small mollusks, belonging (as determined by Dr. Friele) to the species Velutina undata, Brown, and Yoldia inter- media, M. Sars. An individual taken at Station 275 (depth 147 fathoms) had its ventricle full of divers small Anne- lids, among which a Clymene and a small Polynoé admitted of being determined. These animals are all of them bottom-species, and C. uncinatus, in common with the other Cottoid forms, un- questionably has its habitat either directly on, or very near to, the bottom, a circumstance also explained by the structure of its body. Distribution. — Centr. uncinatus is an Arctic species, occuring. where the bottom is comparatively shallow. in most localities between Greenland, Spitzbergen, Nova Zemlja, and Norway. The species was first deseribed by Reinhardt sen., 1833—34, from specimens taken on the south coast of Greenland (Nennortalik, in the district of Julianehaab). More recently it has now and again been sent from Green- land to Copenhagen, but, according to Dr. Liitken, does not seem to be common there. Its not having been taken on the English Polar Expedition (1875—76) off North-Greenland, in lat. between 78° and 83°N., is hardly a matter of surprise, if we consider the comparatively south- ern range of the species in the Arctic regions of Europe. Hitherto no example has been obtained from the shores of Spitzbergen ; the most northerly point at which, up to the present time, it observed, is Station 326, mentioned aboye, in lat. 75° 31’ N., or about mid-way between Beeren Hiland and Spitzbergen; we may however safely regard its range as extending to the south- ern part of that group of islands. Between Spitzbergen and the coast of Norway it would appear to be equably distributed over the surface of the bottom in all localities where the depth of the ocean does not exceed a couple of hundred fathoms; further west, at greater depths, it has not been met with. In an easterly direction the species occurs at least as far as Nova Zemlja, where two exam- ples were taken on Heuglin’s Expedition in, 1871, in Seal Bay, by Dr. Aagaard. Off the coast of Jan Mayen no individual of this spe- is known to have been cies was obtained on the Expedition when dredging (not very frequently, it is true) round that island, nor has it as yet been observed on the coast of Iceland. On the Norwegian coast it oceurs in divers localities, from the Varanger Fjord and the North Cape as far south as Stavanger: and apperently not as a rare species. The last-mentioned locality (in lat. 59° N.) is the most south- erly point at which the species has been observed; prob- it will be found to inhabit the banks vo ably, however, landsøerne, saavel som Færøerne, Island, og mod Øst det kariske Hav. Ved de amerikanske Kyster synes den atter at fore- komme talrigt, og at gaa særdeles langt mod Syd. Den optræder saaledes i stort Antal paa Dybderne i Massachu- setts Bay ved New England-Staterne under 41" N. B. (Goode & Bean, 1879). Gen. lcelus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, 1 B. p. 261, Kbhvn. 1844—45 (1844). Hovedet forholdsvis sammentrykt. Legemet for- til trindt, bagtil stærkt sammentrykt. Huden tildels granuleret, og forsynet med en Række Bentorne langs Ryggen: Sidelinien ligeledes med skarpe Bentorne. Tænder (som hos Centridermichthys) tilstede i Kjæ- verne, paa Vomer, og paa Palatinbenene. Praeoper- culum væbnet. 2 Dorsaler. Gyellehinderne sammen- hængende paa Hovedets Underside. 8. Icelus hamatus, Kr. 1844. Pl. I, Fig. 8. ? Cottus bicornis, Reinh. Overs. 1839, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 8 Del, p. LXXV, Kbhvn. 1841 (1839). Tcelus hamatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Reekke, 1 B. p. 253 og 261 (1844). ? Centridermichthys bicornis, Giunth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 2, p. 172 (1860). ? Icelus bicornis, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, Suppl. p. 42 (1861). Teelus furciger, Malm; Förh. Skand. Naturf. 9 Möte 1863, p. 410 (1863). Diagn. Legemet oventil tæt gramueret, ligesom Hove- det. Tornene langs Ryggen og i Sidelinien fint tandede ; ofte findes tillige en kortere Tornerække langs Analen, samt spredte - Bentorne langs Siderne. Hovedet indeholdes 5’/,—4 Gange i Totall. Ojnene store og tetstawende, indeholdes omtr. 3 Grange i Hovedlængden. - Praeoperculum har 4 Torne, den øverste med kløvet Spidse; 1 Par Knuder over Ojnene, 2 Par paa Panden. Sidelinien fortil højtliggende, men bøjer skraat nedad over Pectoralen; senere ret. Iste Dorsalstraale dobbelt. Far- ven hvidlig gul med wregelmessige brunsorte Pletter paa Hovedet og Legemets Overside (hos de yngre 3 større Ryg- pletter); en distinct mørk Plet under Øjet, og en lignende ved Roden af Pectoralen. Hannen med Analpapille. Stør- relsen indtil 115" (Hun). M.B.6. 1D.8—9 (7); 2 D. 18—20 (17); A.13—15(16); P. 17—19; V. 4; C. 5/12/5. Lin. lat. indtil 45. ’ lying off the Orkney and Shetland Islands, also the shores of the Faröe Islands, the coast of Iceland, and the Kara Sea. On the coast of North America it would appear to be a common fish, occurring abundantly and here too far south — in Massachusetts Bay, on the coast of New England, in lat. 41° N. (Goode and Bean, 1879). Gen. Icelus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, 1 B. p. 261, Kbhvn. 1844—45 (1844). Head comparatively compressed; fore part of body plump, hind part compressed; skin granu- lated in places, armed along the dorsal ridge with a row of osseous spines; sharp spines, too, along the lateral line; teeth (as in Centridermichthys) in jaws, on the vomer, and on the palatine bones; preoper- culum armed; 2 dorsal fins; branchial membrane continuous on under surface of head. 8. Icelus hamatus, Kr. 1844. PI. I, fig. 8. ? Cottus bicornis, Reinh. Overs. 1839, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 8 Del, p. LXXV, Kbhvn. 1841 (1839). Tcelus hamatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, 1 B. p. 253 and 261 (1844). ? Centridermichthys bicornis, Ginth. Cat. Fish.- Brit. Mus. vol 2, p. 172 (1860). ? Icelus bicornis, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, Suppl. p. 42 (1861). 4 Teelus furciger, Malm, Förh. Skand, Naturf. 9 Möte 1863, p. 410 (1863). Diagnosis. — Upper swface of body and head covered with rough granulations; spines along dorsal ridge and lateral line slightly denticulated; frequently a shorter row occurs along the anal, and spines, irregularly disposed on the sides. Length of head to total length as 1 to 3'|—4, eyes large and closely set, longitudinal diameter ‘|, of the length of the head. Preoperculum with 4 spines, point of wppermost bi- furcate. One pair of obtuse protuberances above the eyes, two pairs on the front. Lateral line in fore part of body high up the side, deflected downwards over the pectorals, Strom thence straight; first ray of first dorsal double. Colour whitish-yellow, on the head and upper surface of the body maculated with irregular brownish-black spots (in young examples 3 large dorsal spots); a distinct darkish spot under the eye, another at base of pectorals. The male with an anal papilla. Size reaching 115"" (female). M. B.6; 1D.8—9 (7); 2D. 18—20 (17); A. 13—15 (16); P. 17—19; V. 4; €. 5/12/5. Lain. lat. up to 45. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Jan Mayen; Spits- bergen. Stat. 224. Stat. 223. Stat. 366. Magdalenebay, Beli: Å . layen. Je layen. 1 Beliggenhed. Jan Mayen Jan Mayen Spitsbergen. 40 Favne — 95 Favne 50 Favne : bde. Ve ; 5 Babe (128), (174). (91). Temp. paa Bunden. ESSO — 0,69 C. RUE: Bunden. Don Sand Set Sand Morkeraat Ler. og Ler. og Ler. . Datum. Iste Aug. 1877.) 1ste Aug. 1877. |17de Aug. 1878. + Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. rå Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Nlægten Icelus, opstillet i 1844 af Kroyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, Iste B.) for ovennævnte, hidtil eneste bekjendte Art, dan- ner ved sine Rækker af skarpe Bentorne langs Ryggen og i Sidelinien blandt de arctiske Cottoider en Tilnærmelse til Slegten Triglops, med hvem den ogsaa har tilfælles det noget sammentrykte Hoved; i Tandbygning er den nærmest overensstemmende med. Centridermichthys. Arten er udfør- ligt beskreven allerede af Kroyer paa ovennævnte Sted, og herefter er dens Diagnose i Giinthers Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 2 (1860) affattet. Senere ere af flere Forfattere med- delte Bemærkninger vedrørende dens Optræden, saaledes ved Spitsbergen og de norske Kyster af Malmgren (Ofy. Kel. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864), af Esmark (Forh. Skand. Na- turf. 10de Møde 1868), og af Collett (Norges Fiske 1874), ligesom Dr. Liitken har behandlet dens Synonymi eté. i 1876 (Vid. Medd. Naturh. Forh. Kbhvn., 1876. p. 380). Den er afbildet, (men ikke tilfredsstillende) i Gaimards Plan- cheværk til Corvetten la Recherche’s Reise (Voyage Scand. Lap. ete. pl. 1). Endelig har Malm i 1877 (Göteb. och Boh. Fauna, p. 393) givet udførlig Beskrivelse af sin i 1863 (Forh. Scand. Naturf. 9de Möte 1863, p. 410) un- der Navn af J. furciger opstillede Art fra Bohuslen, der alene ved Tilstedeværelsen af en Række Bentorne ogsaa langs Analen adskiller sig fra I. hamatus, en Character, der dog ikke viser sig constant, men synes at være af - ganske individuel Natur. Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. De under Nord- havs-Expeditionen erholdte Individer havde følgende Maal: a. (Hun) bl (Hun), ce (Han), Spitsbergen. Jan Mayen. Jan Mayen. Totallængde . Her 43” Agim Glen Længde uden Caudal . 36 - 40 - 50 - Hovedets Længde . . 11,5 - 15 - 19 - Øjets Længdediameter 4 - 5 - 6 - Flere af de ydre Characterer ere hos denne Art i en mærkelig Grad varierende, saaledes Hudens mere eller mindre rigelige Beklædning med Bentorne, de sidstes Byg- ning i Rækkerne langs Ryggen og i Sidelinien, ligesom ogsaa Sideliniens Længde; endelig er Straaleantallet temme- lig lidet constant. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Jan Mayen and Spitzbergen. Stat. 223. Stat. 224. Stat. 366. i : fagdale ay, Exact Locality. Jan Mayen. Jan Mayen. en pe Ba ' ' Spitzbergen. 95 Fathoms. 50 Fathoms. _ (174), (917). == 01670. 70 Fathonis. Depth. (128m), — 0.6° C. Temp. at Bottom. Black Sand —.1.0° C. Black Sand Dark-gr6y Loam, epee and Clay. and Clay. Date. 1st Aug. 1877. | 1st Aug. 1877. [17th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — Among the family of the Arctic Cottoids the genus Jcelus, established, in 1844, by Kröyer, for the only species then and yet known, approximates the genus Triglops in the rows of sharp- pointed osseous spines extending along the dorsal ridge and lateral line, another salient character common to both bemg In the structure of the teeth it bears greatest resemblance to Centridermichthys. The first to give a full description of the species was Kréyer (vide list of synonyms), and from the above description Dr. Giinther has compiled a diagnosis in Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 2 (1860). nished by several authors on its occurrence, by Malmeren. off Spitzbergen and the shores of Norway (Ofy. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864); by Esmark (Forh. Skand. Naturf. 10de Møde 1868); and by Collett (Norges Fiske 1874); a paper by Dr. Liitken, treating of the synonomy of the species &e. appeared, too, in 1876 (Vid. Medd. Naturh. For. Kbhvn., 1876, p. 380). Icelus hamatus is figured, but somewhat imperfectly, in the series of plates to Gaimard's Narrative of the voyage of the “Recherche” (Voyage Scand. Lap. ete., pl. 1). Finally, Malm furnished i 1877 (Göteb. och Boh. Fauna, p. 393) a detailed description of the form, from Bohuslen, described by him as I. furciger, which is distinguished from I. hamatus chiefly by a series of osseous the somewhat compressed head. Observations have been subsequently fur- spines along the anal fin, a character, however, which has not shown itself constant. but would seem to be altogether individual. Descriptive Observations. — The individuals obtained on the Expedition measured as follows: — a. (female) b. (female) c. (male) Spitzb. Jan Mayen. Jan Mayen. Moralslenetn pees 45" AG mi Gila Length exclusive of caudal 36 - 40 - 50 - Length of head. . . IVY = 15 - 19 - Longitudinal diameter of eye 4 - 5 - 6 - Many of the external characters in this species vary to a remarkable extent in different individuals, for mstance, the space furnished with osseous denticles; the form and structure of these spinules in the rows along the dorsal ridge and the lateral line; the length of the lateral line; and the number of fin-rays. Medens saaledes den Række af disse Bentorne, der løber langs Ryglinien, altid synes at strække sig uafbrudt lige til Roden af Caudalen, og det saaledes her er væsentlig de enkelte Tuberklers Bygning, der varierer med flere eller færre Tender, med længere eller kortere Spidser, kan Si- delinien undertiden være manglende i sin sidste Del, uden at dette begrundes i Individets unge Alder. Medens 2 unge Hanner fra Stavangerfjorden i Norge (59"), optagne fra 100 Favnes Dyb i 1872, have Sidelinien fuldt udviklet lige til Haleroden med 35—37 Torne, skjønt Individernes Totallængde ikke er over 38”", er Sidelinien ufuldstændig hos alle de 3 større, der erholdtes under Nordhavs-Expe- ditionen; hos det mindste standser den henimod Slutningen af Analen, og har ialt 27 af disse benede Tuberkler; hos de 2 ældre, der have 33 Tuberkler. standser den noget bagenfor Analens Slutning. Det største Antal fandt Krøyer, der angiver 41—42 for sine Typ-Exemplarer, og Malm, som hos sm J. furciger, hvis Totallængde blot var 51”, fandt 45. I hvilken Grad disse benede Tuberkler selv variere i sin Bygning, har allerede Esmark gjort opmærk- som paa i sine ovennævnte Bemærkninger i det 10de Natur- forsker-Mødes Forhandlinger. Intet af Nordhavs-Expeditionens 3 Individer havde Spor af den Række benede Tuberkler langs Analen, som ofte er tilstede hos Individer af Middelsstørrelse |ved de scandinaviske Kyster, ligesom denne ogsaa fandtes (ifølge Dr. Liitken) hos det ene af Kröyers Typ-Exemplarer fra Grønland. En lignende Række udviste et Exemplar fra Spitsbergen, som jeg i 1879 havde Leilighed til at under- søge i Riks-Musæet i Stockholm. Disse Individer repræ- sentere Malms J. furciger. At ligeledes den øvre gaffeldelte Torn paa Praeoper- culum kan være ganske eller næsten udelt (hvilket er Re- gelen hos ganske unge Individer), har tidligere været gjort opmærksom paa. Dette var saaledes Tilfældet paa den ene Side af et af Nordhavs-Expeditionens større Individer. Straaleantallet findes ligeledes at variere ikke ubety- deligt, hvad der fremgaar af nedenstaaende Fremstilling af de forskjellige Forfatteres Angivelser. PD 2. | A. 9 | 20 16 Grønland (Kr. 1844); Typ-Expl. 8—9| 19—20 | 15—16 | Spitsbergen 1861 (Malmgr. 1864). 8 | 18—19 | 14 | Grønland (Malmgr. 1864). ne 13—14 | Norge 1866—72 (flere Expl. C.1874). 8 | 19 13 | Norge 1866—72 (OC. 1874). 9 119—20| 14—15 | (flere Expl. Liitken 1876). gee | 20 15 ' Bohuslen 1861 (Malmgr. 1877). BL 98 | 13 | Spitsbergen 1868 (C.). 8 120 |15 | Spitsbergen 1868 (C.). 7 | 19 | 13 ° | Spitsbergen 1872 (C.). 8 | 19 | 15 Spitsbergen 1872 (C.). 36. stage of growth, has been noticed before. The row of osseous spines along the mesial line in- variably appearing to exend as a continuous series to the origin of the caudal fin, and the exceptional character of the armature in this region being chiefly displayed in the structure of the individual tubercles, which vary in the number of the teeth and the length of the points, the terminal part of the lateral line is sometimes wanting altogether, which cannot be accounted for by the immaturity of the individual. Two young male examples from the Sta- vanger Fjord, in Norway (in lat. 59° N.), taken at a depth of 500 fathoms, in 1872, had the lateral line fully devel- oped to the root of the tail, number of spines 35—37; and yet the total length did not exceed 38”", whereas in all three of the larger specimens, obtained on the Expe- dition, the lateral line is more or less imperfect; in the smallest, furnished with 27 osseous spines, it breaks off a short distance from the termination of the anal; in the two maturer examples it has 33 tubercles, and terminates a little beyond the posterior extremity of the anal. The largest number of tubercles yet observed is 41—42, in Kröyer's typical specimens, and 45 in Malm’s I. furciger (total length only 51”"). The extent to which the tubercles vary in structure has been pointed out by Professor Esmark, in a paper read before the 10th General Meeting of Naturalists. No one of the three specimens taken on the Expe-— dition exhibited traces of, the series of osseous tubercles along the ‘anal fin frequently, observed in half-grown examples from the shores of Scandinavia, and which, ac- cording to Dr. Liitken, occurs in one of Kröyer's typical spécimens from Greenland. An example from Spitzbergen which I had the oppertunely of examining in 1879, in the Riks Museum at Stockholm, was furnished with a similar - These individuals represent J. furciger, Malm. That the upper spine on the preopereulum, com- monly bifurcate, in some individuals occurs with little or no appearance of furcation, more particularly in the early This distinction was observed in a specimen taken on the Expedition. The very considerable variation in the number of the fin-rays is apparent from the subjoined table, comparing the formulae given by the different authors. : series. ND) | 2 DP. Å. 9:20 16 Greenland (Kr. 1844); typ. spec. 8—9 19—20 | 15—16 | Spitzbergen, 1861 (Malmgr. 1864). 8 18—19 | 14 Greenland (Malmgr. 1864). 9 17 13—14 | Norw.1866—72(sever. spec. 0.1874). gli Hei dø Norway 1866—72 (C. 1874). 9 19—20 | 14—15 | (several specim. Liitken 1876). 9° | 20 | 15 | Bohuslen 1861 (Malmgr. 1877). See 13 Spitzbergen. 1868 (C.). 8 | 20 15 Spitzbergen 1868 (C.). ean ON 3 Spitzbergen 1872 (C.). Cele) amie ks Spitzbergen 1872 (C.). Nordhavs - Expeditionens Individer havde følgende Straaleantal : 1D.8: 2 D.19; AM15. Spitsbergen 1878. iad Satie 20; - 15. Jan Mayen 1877. es Oh 19000800 1b: Jan Mayen 1877. iste Dorsal har saaledes 8 eller 9, sjelden 7 Straa- ler: af disse er den første altid kløvet til Grunden, et Forhold, der er ganske mærkeligt, og som jeg ikke hidtil har fundet omtalt. 2den Dor- sal, der tæller 18—20, sjelden 17 Straaler, er højere, end iste Dorsal; omtrent den 6te Straale er den længste. Alle Straaler ere her enkelte. Analen, der har 13—15, eller hos enkelte Individer 16 Straaler, har omtrent den 8de Straale længst. Pectoralerne have alle noget fri Spidser, især de ne- derste, der tillige, som det er Regelen hos de cottoide Fiske, ere noget fortykkede; den 7de eller Sde Straale fra neden Jaudalen er tydeligt emargineret, med De øyrige ere alle enkelte. af er den længste. afrundede Hjørner. ; Til Krøyers og Malmgrens detaillerede Beskrivelser af Arten kan yderligere føjes, at der, hvad allerede af Es- mark er bemærket, hos uskadte Individer findes 3 særdeles fine Hudtrevler paa Hovedet. ovenfor Øjets bagre Rand, og er fladtrykt, samt haandfor- Den største af disse sidder mig fryndset i Randen; de øvrige ere enkelte, korte Hud- trevler. den mindste Berøring. hvorfor de i Regelen kun findes hos Alle ere særdeles løstsiddende, og gaa tabte ved forholdsvis særdeles faa af de i Musæerne opbevarede In- divider. i Medens fremdeles Bundfarven hos Individet fra Spits- bergen var temmelig lys, næsten hvidagtig, og viste de re- gulære 4 Tyerpletter over Ryggen særdeles tydeligt, vare de i 1878 ved Jan Mayen erholdte Individer oventil saa rigeligt forsynede med brunsorte Smaapletter og Streger, at Bundfarven var næsten ganske skjult, og Tverpletterne kun utydeligt markerede. Dette tør maaske antages at staa i Forbindelse med de Bundforholde, under hvilke In- dividerne levede; ved Jan Mayen bestod Bunden af vul- * kansk sort Mudder, hovedsagelig af Lava; ved Spitsbergen var der Lerbund. Udbredelse. I. hamatus hører til de i den arctiske Zone hyppigt optrædende Arter, og gaar (tilligemed Cottus quadricornis) sandsynligvis længere mod Nord, end nogen anden af de hidtil kjendte Cottoider. Fra Grønland er den oftere nedsendt til Musæet i Kjøbenhavn; i Vest- Grønland er den af den engelske Nordpol-Exped. (1875—76) fundet at være en af de almindeligste Fiske mellem 80 og 82" N. B., og gydefærdige Individer fandtes her i August. I Fjordene i Øst-Grønland er den af Germania- og Hansa- Expeditionen i 1869 fundet i 2 smaa Individer under HOVEN: I et temmelig stort Antal er den fremdeles indsamlet under de svenske Polar-Expeditioner 1861—72 ved Spits- bergen, hvor den neppe har manglet paa noget under- Number of fin-rays in examples obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition : — 13 JO) KR DR MENSEN 200 205 950 Jan Mayen tert PES EE 20 NEO an Mayen Sm: The first dorsal has accordingly, as a rule, 8 or 9 rays, rarely 7; the first ray is invariably fureate to the base, a feature truly remarkable, and which I have not met with mentioned in any description of the species; the In the the of rays is 18—20, rarely 17; height greater than that of Spitzbergen 1878. rest are all simple. 2nd dorsal, number Ist; the 6th ray generally the longest; all rays im this fin simple. Anal furnished with 13—15, sometimes 16 rays; longest ray about the eighth. Points of pectoral rays all somewhat detached, in particular the undermost, which, too, as is mostly the case with Cottoid fishes, are somewhat thick; the seventh or eighth counting from below, the longest. Caudal emarginate, with rounded edges. : "Å specific character not found enumerated in the detailed descriptions by Kroyer and Malmgren, but men- tioned for the first time by Esmark, is the occurrence, on the head, of three exceedingly slender membranous filaments, or fringed along the edges, is located above the posterior margin of the the rest are short, simple cirri. They are all of them most slenderly attached to the skin, the slightest touch sufficing to detach them, and hence cirri. The largest of these, thin, compressed, and eye; but rarely observed on specimens preserved in museums. The Spitzbergen was rather light, nay almost whitish, exhibiting with great distinctness the 4 transverse bands across the back, whereas the individuals obtained in 1878 on the coast ground - colour in the specimen obtained off of Jan Mayen were streaked and maculated to that extent with interjacent brownish-black stripes and spots as to con- ceal almost entirely the: colour of the ground; and the transverse bands were very indistinct. The character of the bottom may possibly have had something to do with this; off the coast of Jan Mayen the bottom consists of black eruptive mud; off Spitzbergen of clay. Distribution. — 1. hamatus is a common species in the Arctic zone, and probably occurs (in company with Cottus quadricornis) further north than any other of the Cottide yet known. From Greenland specimens have been frequently sent to the Museum in Copenhagen; off the coast of West Greenland it was found on the English North Pole Expedition (1875—76) to be one of the fishes occurring in greatest abundance between lat. 80"—82" N., and individuals about to spawn were met with here in the month of August. On the eastern coast of Greenland it was taken on the Germania and Hansa Expedition, 1869, DN Ne A considerable number, too, were obtained on the Swedish Expeditions in 1861 and 1872, off Spitzbergen; indeed it can hardly fail to have been observed in every søgt Punkt omkring denne Øgruppe. Ogsaa her fandtes rognfulde Individer i August Maaned. Ved Jan Mayen er den hidtil blot erholdt under Nordhavs-Expeditionen. Den findes ikke omtalt fra Island, men optræder langs Norges Nord- og Vestkyst lige ned i Kattegat under 58" N. B.. altid paa det noget dybere Vand (ikke under 20 Favne). Et enkelt Individ (I. furciger, Malm) er fun- det paa den svenske Kyst (Gullmarfjiirden) ved Bohuslen i 1861. Ved Americas Kyster er den hidtil ikke omtalt søn- denfor Grønland. Gen. Triglops, Reinh. Overs. 1829—30, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 5 D. p. LI, Kbhvn. 1832 (1829—30). Hovedet af middels Størrelse, bedækket af en Praeoperculum Sidelinien granuleret Hud: Kjæverne spinkle. svagt væbnet, Operculum uden Torne. med Benplader: Legemet nedenfor denne bedækket af skraatløbende, bagtil tandede Hudfolder. Tæn- der i Kjæverne og paa Vomer. 2 adskilte Dorsaler. Pectoralernes Straaler ere nedtil næsten fri, og noget Jorlængede. 9. ‘Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838. Pl. I, Fig. 9—10. Triglops pingelii, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del p. 114 og p. 118 (1838). Triglops pleurostictus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1865, p. 81, Noten (1865). Diagn. Hovedet indeholdes omtr. 3°;, Gange i Total- lengden. Snuden kort; Ojnene store, imdeholdes ikke fuldt 3 Gange i Hovedlengden. Praeoperculum har 4 svage Torne. Legemet ovenfor Sidelinien granuleret, og med en Række Ben- Sidelinien højtliggende, med en Senkning under Iste Dorsal. Sidernes tandede Hud- folder særdeles talrige. Farven blegt hvidgul med brunsorte Tverpletter, hvoraf 4 ere større, eller med afbrudte wregel- meæssige Længdepletter. Hannen har en lang Analpapille. Størrelsen mdtil 200"" (Hannen). torne langs Grunden. af Dorsalerne. M. B. 6. 1 D. 10—12 (13); 2 D. 24—25 (23 ell. 26); A. 24—25 (23—26); P. 17—21; V. 4; C. 10/12/10. - Lim. lat. 47—49 (45—46). well investigated locality there. Examples having the ab- domen distended with roe also occurred there in August. Off the coast of Jan Mayen, the only individuals hitherto observed were those taken on the Expedition. The species is nowhere mentioned as occurring on the shores of Ice- land: it is met with, however, along the entire line of the Norwegian coast, extending as far south as the Cattegat, in lat. 58" N. invariably at some depth (not less than 20 fathoms). A solitary example (J. furciger, Malm) was observed off Bohuslen in 1861. , On the shores of North America, it is not mentioned as extending further south than Greenland. Gen. Triglops, Reinh. Overs. 1829—30, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 5 D. p. LU, Kbhvn. 1832 (1829—30). Head of moderate length, enveloped in a rough, granulated skin: jaws slender, unarmed. Preoper- culum slightly armed; operculum without spines. Lateral line with osseous plates. Body covered below with oblique membranous folds, dentate along the posterior margin: dorsals 2, disconnected. Teeth in jaws and on vomer. Pectoral rays in lower part of fin almost free, and somewhat elongated. 9. Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838. PL I, fig) 9—10. h Triglops pingelit, Reinh.; Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 114 & p. 118 (1838). Triglops pleurostictus, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1865, p. 81, Note (1865). * Diagnosis. — Length of head to total length as 1 to 34; snout short. Eyes large, longitudinal diameter not quite ‘iy of the length of the head. Preoperculum with four slender spines. Body above lateral line granulated, a series of osseus spines extending along base of dorsals. Lateral line high up the side, bending downwards under first dorsal. The dentate membranous folds exceedingly numerous. Colour pale whitish-yellow, relieved with transverse spots of brownish- black, 4 larger than the rest, or with disrupted longitudinal patches, irregulary disposed. The male has a long anal papilla. Length reaching 200"" (male). M. B. 6. 1 D. 10—12 (18); 2 D. 24—25 (23—26); A. 24—25 (23—26); P. 17—21; V. 4; C. 10/12/10. Lin. lat. 47—49 (45—46). Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Jan Mayen; Spits- bergen. Stat. 223. Stat. 237. Stat. 366. Jan Mayen. Magdalenebay, Beliggenhed. Jan Mayen. ren Dybde 70 Favne 263 Favne 50 Favne ybde. (128). (481). (91 7). Temp. paa Bunden, 3060: —030C -1.0°G, Sort Sand Brunt Sand } Morkeraat Ler. Bunden. og Ler. og Ler. Lorkeraat L Datum. iste Aug. 1877. | 3die Aug. 1877. |19de Aug. 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. Nlægten Tyriglops opstilledes af Reinh. sen. allerede i Overs. for 1829—30, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 5 B. p. LIT (Kbhvn. 1832) efter et Exemplar fra Grønland; men først i 1838 blev den i samme Tidsskrifts 7de Bind meddelt sit Arts- navn. Den viser i flere Henseender en Tilnærmelse til Slægten Trigla, saaledes i Tandbygningen, Hovedets Form, de fintandede Skraalinier nedad Legemets Sider, de nedtil stærkt fri Pectoralstraaler. og T. pingelii er den eneste hidtil sikkert bekjendte Art af denne Slegt. Ligesom det var Tilfældet med Centrid. uncinatus, blev den af Reinh. kun ganske kort characteri- seret; derimod gav Krøyer i 1844 (Naturh. Tidsskr. 2den R. Iste B.) efter det i Kbhvns. Musæum foreliggende Ma- teriale en udforligere Diagnose af saavel Slegt, som Art, og efter disse ere Giinthers Diagnoser i Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vol. 2 (1860) affattede, da endnu intet Indiv. forelaa i British Museum. I 1864 erholdt Malmgren et Individ ved Spitsbergen; senere er den gjentagne Gange bleven kortelig omtalt fra Norge, ligesom Dr. Liitken har nærmere omhandlet de i Musæet i Kbhvn. opbevarede Exemplarer fra Grønland i. Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. for Aaret 1876. Af Kroyer er den bleven afbildet i Gaimards Plan- cheværk (Voy. Scand. Lap. ete. 1838-—40, Poiss. pl. 1), men denne Atbildning er i flere Henseender ufuldkommen. En udførligere Beskrivelse af T. pingelii er hidtil intet- steds bleven leveret. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Hele Legemet er oven- til, ligesom Hovedet, tæt beklædt med fine Granulationer, og nedenfor Sidelinien med tandede Hudfolder; blot Gjælle- membranen er nøgen. Pectoralerne og Øjnene ere forholdsvis særdeles store. Hannerne ere kjendelige ved sin overor- dentlig store Analpapille, der ved Grunden omtrent har en Lindsediameters Tykkelse, og er rettet noget fremad; dens Længde udgjør omtrent en Orbitaldiameters Bredde. Halen er temmelig lang og uddragen, og Haleroden er forholds- vis lav. Locality (North Atl. Expedition): — Jan Mayen and Spitzbergen. 293: Stat. 237. Stat. 366. oi » Bay, Exact Locality. Jan Mayen Jan Mayen. Magdalene Bay Spitzbergen. Devil 70 Fathoms 263 Fathoms 50 Fathoms eo (128), (481 ”). (91). Temp. at Bottom. | *— 0.690. — 0.30. TANG PR ae eh Black Sand Brown Sand a ; Bottom. and Clay. sal Clay. Dark-grey Loam. Date. 1st Aug. 1877. | 3rd Aug. 1877. | 19th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiy. 1 Indiy. Remarks on the Synonymy. — The genus Triglops was fitst established by Reinhardt sen., in Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. Overs. for 1829—30, 5 B. p. LIT (Kbhvn. 1852), from a specimen taken on the coast of Green- land; it did not however receive its specific name before 1838, in the 7th Journal. This genus approximates in many of its characters the genus Trigla; for instance, in the dentition, the form of the head, the oblique serrate lines traversing the sides of the body, extent free. T. pingelii is the only species of this genus with cer- As had case with Centrid. uneinatus, its generic characters were but briefly set forth by Reinhardt sen.; on the other hand, Kroyer, in 1844, from materials in the Zoological Museum a detailed diagnosis both of the genus and the species, which is the source whence Giinther has furnished his diagnosis in Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vol. '2 (1860), as the British Museum had no example of the species. In 1864 Malmgren obtained a specimen from the coast of Spitzbergen; since then it has been repeatedly mentioned as occurring off the Norwegian coast; and in 1876 Dr. Liitken treated of the specimens preserved in the Zoo- logical Museum of Copenhagen in Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. for that year. The species has been figured by Kröyer in one of the plates to Gaimard’s work (Voy. Scand. Lap. ete. 1838—40; Poiss. pl. 1); hut this representation is im several respects faulty. A detailed description of T. pin- gelii has not as yet been furnished. i volumne of the said and in the pectoral rays being to a great tainty known to have been observed. been the at Copenhagen, gave General description. Structure of the Body. — Body, above, and head, closely studded with minute granula- tions; dentate membranous folds below the lateral line, branchial membrane only smooth. Pectorals and eyes com- paratively large. Male individuals easily distinguished by the remarkable size of the anal papilla, which projects slightly forward; its thickness at base about equal to the transverse diameter of the lens, and its length, to the of the orbit. Tail rather long and elongate, slender at base. diameter Hovedet har en forholdsvis kort, men temmelig til- spidset Snude, og den tæt chagrinerede Hud er fast be- klædende Craniet; tykke Lieber, som hos Cottus, Centriderm- ichthys og Gymnacanthus, findes ikke, og Kjæverne synes derfor temmelig spinkle. I Totallengden indeholdes Hove- dets Længde omtr. 3%/; Gange. Øjnene ere særdeles store, og Orbita's Diameter læn- gere, end Snudens Længde. Hos det største af de under Expeditionen erholdte Individer (Totall. 108”) indeholdes Snuden næsten 2 Gange i Længden af Orbita. men hos de yngre er Øjendiameteren noget mindre. I Hovedlængden indeholdes -Øjet fra 2%/, til 5 Gange. Interorbitalrummet er distinet, og har en Bredde, der omtrent er lig Lindsens Diameter. Tænder ere tilstede i Mellem- og Underkjæven, samt paa Vomer, men ere yderst fine; Palatinbenene er tandløse. 2 Par Næsebor findes; det øverste Par er beliggende temmelig nær Orbitalranden, det nederste omtrent midt mellem denne og Randen af Overkjæven. Kjæverne ere omtr. af samme Længde: hos enkelte Ind. synes Underkjæ- ven at være ubetydeligt længere, end Overkjæven. Gjællestraalerne ere 6. eller (ifølge Liitken og Kröyer) undtagelsesvis T i Antal. Huden. MHudtraade paa Hovedet, saaledes som hos flere af de øvrige Cottoider, har jeg ikke kunnet opdage hos denne Art. Derimod strækker sig (tydeligst hos de yngre Individer) rundt Orbita en tæt Række smaa Hud- papiller (omtrent som hos Gobierne); nedtil støder denne Kreds mod en horizontal Række, der strækker sig fra Næse- borene til den øvre Rand af Praeoperculum. Hovedets Væbning er mindre stærkt udviklet. end hos de fleste øvrige beslægtede Former. Praeoperculum er tandet, men Tænderne ere lave, og ikke synderligt frem- trædende af Huden. Deres Antal er 4, og deres Stilling er den hos Cottoiderne almindelige, idet den øverste peger opad og bagud, de øvrige nedad. og ender med en afrundet Flig. Operculum er uvæbnet, Den skarpe og bagudrettede Torn, der hos de fleste cottoide Fiske fimdes paa hver Side af Snuden, støttende sig til Næsebenene, er ogsaa tilstede hos Triglops; hos en Unge fra den norske Kyst var den ene af dem kløvet i Spidsen. Ungerne have fremdeles paa Panden de sædvan- lige 2 Par skarpe Bentorne, men disse ere næsten umær- kelige hos de ældre. Hovedets chagrmartede Beklædning strækker sig hos ældre Individer ud over Øjets øvre Del, men mangler altid paa Hovedets Underside; hos smaa Unger, hvis Totallængde er under 307”, ganske glatte. Det egentlige Legeme ere dog endnu Gjællelaagene næsten har alene det ubetydelige Parti af Bugen mellem Ventralerne og Anus glat; ovenfor Late- rallinien er Legemet granuleret, ligesom Hovedet. og neden- for denne, samt paa Struben, forsynet med de ejendommelige skraatløbende, bagtil tandede Hudfolder. Head furnished with a rather short, but compara- tively sharp-pointed snout, and the rough granulous skin firmly attached to the cranium; lips not thick and fleshy (as in Cottus, Centridermichthys, and Gymnacanthus), giving to the jaws a somewhat slender appearance. Length of head to total length about as I to 31. Eyes remarkably large, the diameter of the orbit exceeding the length of the snout. In the largest specimens obtained on the Expedition (total length 108”"), the dia- meter of the orbit is to the length of the snout almost as 2 to 1, in the younger examples a trifle less. Diameter of eye to length of head as I to 2%/,—3. Interorbital space distinctly obvious, breadth about equal to diameter of lens. Teeth in intermaxillary and lower jaw, and on yomer, but exceedingly minute; none on the palatine bones. Two pairs of nostrils, the upper pair placed in close proximity to the inargin of the orbit, the lower about mid- way between the margin of the orbit and that of the upper jaw. Length of jaws about equal; in some examples the lower jaw appears to protrude slightly beyond the upper. Branchiostegals 6, or (according to Kröyer and Liit- ken) exceptionally 7. Skin. — Of membranous filaments, such as occur in divers of the other Coftide, I have not been able to detect any vestige; but, encircling the orbits (and most conspicious in young individuals), is an annular of minute warty protuberances (much the same as in the Gobioids); below, this ring is met by a horizontal series, extending from the nostrils to the upper margin of the preoper- culum. series Armature of head less fully developed than in most of the other allied preoperculum dentate, the teeth however depressed, and but slightly projecting above the skin; number, 4, position and arrangement that common to the Cottoids, the uppermost oblique, pointing upwards and backwards, the rest downwards. forms: No arming is obser- ved on the operculum, which terminates in a membran- ous flap. The sharp spine, inclining backwards, which in most Cottoid fishes occurs on either side of the snout, projecting from the nasal bones, is also observed in Triglops; a young example, taken on the Norwegian coast, had one of these spines furcated at the point. In young individuals the front is furnished with the normal number of osseous spines (2 pairs); these are hardly perceptible in adults. The rough, granulous skin of the head extends, in mature individuals, beyond the upper part of the eye, the under surface of the head is invariably smooth; in very young examples (total length under 30”"), however, the opereles occur as yet smooth. Of the body proper a very small portion comparatively is smooth — that on the abdomen, extending between the ventrals and the anus: above the lateral line, the whole of the body is rough with granulations, as also the head; the region below it, and the throat, furnished with the charac- teristic oblique and dentate membranous folds. Sidelinien dannes af en sammenhængende Række tan- dede Benplader, hvis Antal, der svarer til Hvirvelantallet, er dA) eller undertiden et Par færre; den ligger i sit hele Løb noget ovenfor Legemets Midtlinie, gjør en ube- tydelig Sænkning ned under Iste Dorsal, men hæver sig atter, og lober herefter lige ud mod Caudalen. Fra Unger af Icelus hamatus, hvor de Udvoxedes Characterer endnu ikke ere fuldt udviklede, kunne ligestore Unger af Triglops kjendes ved Sideliniens Lob, idet denne hos frelus danner en opad convex, hos Triglops en opad coneav Bue under 1ste Dorsal. Ovenfor Sidelinien strækker sig en Række Bentorne langs hele Grunden af Dorsalerne, der taber sig omtrent ved Midten af 2den Dorsal. Hos de yngre Individer ere disse Bentorne højere og skarpere, end, hos de ældre, hvor de tildels ere lidet fremtrædende af Hudens chagrinerede Parti. De skraatløbende Hudfolder danne oprindelig |Fort- sættelser af Sideliniens Benplader, og bedække fuldkommen Legemets Sider nedenfor denne. Ikke altid fortsætter den samme Hudfold sig uden Afbrydelse lige ned til Ventral- lmien, men nye af forskjellig Længde begynde og ophore næsten overalt, saaledes at deres Antal nedad bliver langt større, end Benpladernes i Sidelmien. Enhver af disse Hudfolde er i sin bagre Rand fint tandet; de gaa lige ud til Caudalen, og med lignende Hudfolder er ligeledes Stru- ben beklædt. Det Tidspunkt, da disse characteristiske Tverstriber, samt Tornerækkerne udvikle sig hos Ungerne, synes at være noget varierende. Sandsynligvis blive Hannerne tidligere ræbnede. end Hunnerne. Saaledes har jeg undersøgt Un- ger (fra Norge), der sandsynligvis have været Hanner, hvis Totallængde har været mellem 26 og 30””, og som allerede havde saavel Tverstriberne, som Tornerækkerne antydede eller i Frembrud; derimod var et andet Individ fra Spits. bergen (erholdt under den svenske Expedition i 1864), hvis ‘Totall. var 37”, og som jeg i 1879 havde Lejlighed til at undersøge, endnu glat overalt; Sidelinien var her synlig som en Række hvidagtige, parvis stillede Papiller, der stand- sede for Slutningen af 2den Dorsal, men intet Spor viste sig af Tverstriberne; den øvre Tornerække var ligeledes blot antydet ved bløde Papiller, der endnu knapt vare ossificerede eller væbnede. Dette sidste Individ var sand- synligvis en Hun. Finnerne. De 2 Dorsaler ere adskilte ved et Mel- lemrum, der dog ikke plejer at være Diameter. Alle Straaler ere spinkle og skjøre som Glas, saaledes at Finnerne ofte ere mere eller mindre defecte. Iste Dorsal er højere, end 2den, og har 10 til 13 Straaler; 2den Dorsal har 23 til 26 Straaler. Analen, der har den samme *Længde og Bygning, som 2den Dorsal, har det samme Straaleantal, som denne sidste Finne; begge disse slutte i betydelig Afstand fra Caudalen. Pectoralernes Straaleantal ligger mellem 17 og 21. Caudalen, der næsten er ret afskaaret i sin bagre Rand, eller svagt emargineret, har, foruden paa hver Side et Antal korte Støttestraaler, Collett: Fiske. større, end Lindsens Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. The lateral line consists of a continuous series of dentate osseous plates, corresponding in number (47—49, sometimes one or two fewer) with the vertebræ; it extends, throughout its entire length, a little above the mesial line, bending slightly downwards under the first dorsal, from whence, after regaining its original position, it passes straight to the caudal fin. Young individuals of Zcelus hamatus, which have not as yet the adult characters fully developed, may be readily distinguished from young examples of Triglops by the upward sweep of the lateral line under the first dorsal, which in Zcelus is convex, in Triglops concave. Above the lateral line is a series of osseous spines, extending along the base of both dorsals; about the middle of the second it ceases however to be obvious. In young examples these spines are longer and sharper than in adults, which have them in some cases but very sligtly eleyated above the granulous surface of the skin. The oblique membranous folds are at first continua- tions of the osseous plates of the lateral line, covering the whole of both sides of the body beneath it. The same fold does not always extend uninterruptedly to the ventral line, others commencing and breaking off almost everywhere, and hence the total number of folds greatly exceeds that Each of these membranous folds is dentate, or rather serrate along its of the osseous plates on the lateral line. posterior margin; they extend to the caudal fin; similar transverse folds cover the throat. The exact stage of growth at which these character- istic transverse stripes and series of osseous spines begin Probably males acquire I have examined young to develop would appear to vary. armature earlier than females. individuals (from Norway), most likely males, having a to- tal length of between 26 and 307”, in which both the transverse stripes and the series of spines were either rudimentary or in the Swedish Expedition course of development, whereas an coast of Spitzbergen (taken on the in 1864), total length 37”", which I had an opportunity of examining in 1879, was as yet per- fectly smooth. In that specimen, the lateral line was obyious as a row of whitish papille, terminating near the extremity of the 2nd dorsal; but of transverse stripes no vestige was perceptible; also the upper row of spines in the rudimentary stage was marked out with soft and tumid papillae, which as yet exhibited little or no trace of arming. This individual was probably a female. Fins. — The two dorsals separate; space between them generally not greater than the diameter of the lens; all the rays slender, and brittle: as glass; hence the fins themselves, in the great majority of examples, are in a more or less mutilated condition. Height of first dorsal exceeds that of second; number of rays in former 10—13. in latter 23—26. The anal fm, length and structure cor- responding to that of second dorsal, also furnished with 23—26 rays; both these fins placed at a considerable di- stance from caudal; number of rays in pectorals varying from 17 to 21. Posterior margin ,of caudal square, fur- nished on either side with a number of short auxiliary 6 example from 11, eller oftest 12 ordinære Straaler, der i Spidserne ere kløvede. Ventralstraalernes Tælling forbunden med nogen Vanskelighed paa Grund af Straalernes Tæthed og dybe Kløvning; Antallet er 4. Hos det største af de un- der Expeditionen erholdte Han-Individer fortsætter Mem- branen ‘sig som en bred Bræm langs Ydersiden af denne Finne. De under Nordhays-Expeditionen erholdte Individer havde følgende Straaleantal: a. (Hun) 1D.12; 2D.24; A.24; C.10/12/10; P.21; V. 4. er b. (Han) — 10; — 24; - 24; - 10/12/6; - 18; - 4. ce. (Hun) — 10; — 26; - 26; - 10/12/10; - 21; - 4. Farvetegming. Denne er temmelig’ varierende, og synes at forandre sig noget under Væxten. ,Medens de unge Individer oftest have paa den hvide eller svagt gul- agtige Bundfarve 4 større, skarptbegrændsede Pletter, hvor- til senere støde andre og mindre nedad Legemets Sider, blive disse Pletter hos de større Individer opløste til korte langsløbende eller skraa Baand, der kunne være afbrudte, og delte i mindre Pletter. Denne sidste Farvetegning have begge de under Expeditionen erholdte Hanner, medens Hunnen har den mere overensstemmende med Af Finnerne have Dorsalerne, Pectoralerne og Caudalen tydelige Tverbaand. Ungernes. Størrelse. De største Individer, der hidtil ere fundne af denne Art, opbevares i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, og ere fra Grønland. disse en Han naaet en Totallængde af 145””, en Hun endog 200””, og denne Forskjel mellem Kjønnene synes at være gjennemgaaende. De 5 under Expeditionen erholdte Individer havde følgende Maal: a; Hun, 6. Han, ce. Hun, Jan Mayen. Spitsb. Jan Mayen. Totallængde. . . . (Ome 90 mm 1087 Lengden uden Caudal 60 - 79 - iy = Hovedets Leengde . 20 - 24 - 90 Øjets Diameter. . . 7 - 7,5 - 11 - De ved de norske Kyster hidtil fundne Individer have i Regelen været smaa, og deres Totallængde aldrig overskredet 102”. Levemaade og Føde. Som alle Arter af denne Gruppe * | er Triglops pingelii henvist til at leve nærved eller umiddel- bart paa Bunden, hvilket allerede fremgaar af Pectoraler- nes Bygning, hvis nedre Straaler ere mere eller mindre fri. Hos unge Individer er det dog blot Straalernes yder- ste Spidser, der rage ud over Membranen; men Indsnittet mellem dem tiltager med Alderen, og hos de udvoxede ere de nederste Straaler skilte næsten til Grunden, de nærmest paafølgende noget mindre. Ialt deltage 7—8 Straaler heri, og samtidig ere disse beklædte med en tykkere Hud, og til- lige livligere farvede, end de øvrige 13—14, ligesom de øverste af dem ere noget længere, end de tilgrændsende normale Straaler. Herved fremkommer en Tilnærmelse til Ifølge Dr. Liitken (1. c. p. 378) har af 42 spines, exclusive of 11, or more frequently 12 ordinary spines, all of which are cleft at the points. The num- bering of the ventral rays is attended with some dificulty, in consequence of the extreme closeness and deep furcation of the rays; they are 4 in number. In the largest of the male specimens obtained on the Expedition the membrane extends as a wide border along the outer margin of this fin. Number of rays in the specimens taken on the North Atlantic Expedition: — a. (female) 1D.12; 2D.24; A.24; C.10/12/10; P.21; V. 4. “b. (male) — 10; — 24; - 24; - 10/12/6; - 18; - 4 c. (female) — 10; — 26; - 24; - 10/12/10; - 21;+- 4 Colour. — The marking is subject to considerable variation in different individuals, and changes, too, appa- rently, as the growth progresses. Young individuals are generally characterised by having on the whitish ground- colour, or rather whitish with a faint tinge of yellow, 4 comparatively large and well-defined spots, meeting other and smaller macules disposed down the sides of the body, whereas in more mature examples these spots break up, appearing as a number of horizontal or oblique bands, sometimes disrupted into smaller spots. The latter marking distinguishes both of the male specimens taken on the Expedition; the female bore m this respect a greater resemblance to the young individuals. Well-detined trans- verse bands on the dorsals, the pectorals, and the caudal. Dimensions. — The largest individuals of this species hitherto met with are preserved in the Zoological Museum at Copenhagen; they were sent from Greenland. Accord- ing to Dr. Liitken, one male has attained a total length of *145””", a female 2007” even; and this difference in size between the sexes would appear to be characteristic. Measurements of the three specimens obtained on the Expedition: — a. Female. b. Male: c. Female. Jan Mayen. Spitzb. Jan Mayen. Total length Orm 90mm Osa Length excl. of caudal 60 - 79 - 93 - Length of head 20 - 24 - 29 - Diameter of eye . . (68 7.5 - 11 - Most of the individuals hitherto observed on the Norwegian coast have been small, their total length not exceeding 1027”, Habits and Food. — In common with all other species of this Arctic group, Triglops pingelii occurs immediately on, or in close proximity to, the bottom, a fact necessarily in- volved in the structure of the pectorals, the lower rays being to a greater or less extent free. In young indi- viduals, however, the extreme points only are found to have pierced the membranous integument; but the incision conti- nues to deepen with the growth, and in mature examples the lowermost rays are cleft almost to the base. those next above them to a somewhat less extent. This charac- teristic feature is shared by 7—8 of the rays, which have a thicker integument rest (13—14); moreover, the uppermost are of somewhat and a deeper colour than the det Krybe- og Føleorgan, som er højest udviklet hos Slæg- ten Trigla, hvor Straalernes absolute Frihed tilsteder en Beveegelse af denne Finnedel i alle Retninger, saaledes at disse Fiske i Virkeligheden kunne krybe henad Havbunden, medens Straalernes Spidser under famlende Bevægelser ned- stikkes 1 Gruset. Triglops pingelii forekommer blot paa ‘det noget dy- bere Vand, og gaar neppe højere op, end til 16—20 Favne. Den største Dybde, hvor denne Art hidtil er fundet, beboe- des af den store Han fra Nordhays-Expeditionen, der opto- ges paa 263 Favnes Dyb. Alle de under denne Expedition erholdte Individer bleve fundne i den iskolde Area. hvor Temperaturen paa Bunden var under 0° GC. I Ventrikelen af det største Individ, en Han fra Jan Mayen, fandtes blot et middelstort Exemplar af Themisto libellula, Mandt; hos den mindre Hun (fra Spitsbergen) Dele af en Annelide (Polynoé), samt af en Crustacé, En fuldt udviklet Hun fra Gjæsvær ved Nordcap, med en To- tallængde af 1027”. det største Individ af denne Art. der hidtil er fundet ved Norges Kyster, indeholdt blot Levnin- ger af Crustaceer, nemlig Dele af.en Hippolyte og af en Pandalus. Legetiden foregaar maaske om Vinteren, idet Genera- tionsorganerne hos Expeditionens Individer ikke for Øje- blikket befandt sig i fuld Udvikling. Ovarierne hos Hun- nen indeholdt saaledes endnu uudviklede Æg; Antallet af disse var i hvert Ovarium mellem 250 og 300. saaledes ialt 5—600. Udbredelse. Ty. pingelii har Udbredelse fælles med de fleste øvrige europæisk-aretiske Cottoider, og forekom- mer sandsynligvis overalt paa passende Localiteter mellem Grønland, Novaja Zemlja. Island, Færøerne, og Norges Kyster. Ved Grønland synes den ikke at være sjelden, og flere Exemplarer ere herfra indlobne til Musæet i Kjøben- havn, ligesom den i August 1876 erholdtes under den engelske Nordpol-Expedition i Vest-Gronland under 79° 29’ NA: I Nord-America gaar den, ligesom et Flertal af rent arctiske Fiske, forholdsvis langt længere mod Syd, end i Fu- ropa, og er saaledes erholdt i Massachusetts Bay udenfor New England under 42° N. B. Under de svenske Ex- peditioner til Spitsbergen er den funden ved denne Øgruppe allerede i 1861; ifolge Dr. Liitken er den ligeledes funden ved Færøerne og Island, og Nordhavs-Expeditionen har, som ovenfor nævnt, erholdt den ved Jan Mayen. Endelig forekommer den langs Norges Kyster fra Varangerfjorden ned til Stat eller Christiansund (611/2°), men synes intet- steds her at forekomme i noget betydeligt Antal. 43 greater length than the adjacent normal rays. In this peculiarily of structure an approximation is shown to the motory and sensory organ, developed most in the genus Trigla; the rays in that genus being entirely free, this part of the fin can be moved about in all directions, and, on the points of the rays being pressed into the gravel, the fish appears to creep over the bottom. Tr. pingelii occurs in comparatively deep water only, never ascending nearer the surface than 16—20 fathoms. The greatest depth at which the species has hitherto been observed is that from which the large-sized male specimen was taken on the North Atlantic Expedition — 263 fath- oms. All the examples obtained on the Expedition in- habited the cold area, where the temperature at the bottom was below 0° ©, In the ventricle of the largest specimen, a male from Jan Mayen, was found only a moderate-sized example of Themisto libellula, Mandt; in that of the smallest, a female (from Spitzbergen), fragments of an Annelid ( Polynoé) and of a crustacean. The stomach of a full-erown female, from Gjæsvær, near the North Cape, total length 102” the largest example of this species hitherto taken in Norway, contained only fragments of crustaceans, viz. of a Hippolyte and of a Pandalus. The spawning-season is perhaps in winter, since the generative organs in the specimens taken on the Expedi- tion were not then in a fully developed condition. The ovaries, too, contained immature ova; the number in each ovary was from 250 to 300, in both together from 500 to 600. Distribution. — Triglops pingelii has the range common to most of the other Arctic Cottidæ in Europe, occurring probably all favourable localities between Greenland, Noyaja Zemlja, Iceland, the Farée Islands, and the coast of Norway. On the coast of Greenland, it would appear to be not a rare species, and examples from that region have repeatedly been sent to the Zoological Mus- eum in Copenhagen; it was taken, too, in 1876, on the English North Pole Expedition, off the west coast of Green- land, in lat. 79° 297 IN, On the shores of western North America it occurs, in company with a large majority of true Arctic forms, comparatively farther south than in Europe, having been observed in Massachusetts Bay, off the coast of New England, in lat. 42" N. On the Swedish Expeditions to Spitzbergen, in 1861, it was obtained off that group of islands; according to Dr. Liitken, it has also been met with off the shores of the Farée Islands and the coast of Iceland; and on the North Atlantic Expedition, as previ- ously stated, it was met with on the coast of Jan Mayen. Finally. it occurs along the Norwegian coast. from the Varanger Fjord as far south as Stat or Christiansund (61° 30’ N.), but nowhere, it seems, as a common species. in Fam. Agonidae. Gen. Agonus, Schneid. Bloch, Syst. Ichth., (ed. Schneid.), p. 104 (1801). 10. Agonus decagonus, Schneid. 1801. Pl. IT, Fig. 11—12. + Cottus cataphractus, Fabry. Fauna Groenl. No. 112, p. 155 (1780). Agonus decagonus, Schneid. Bloch, Syst. Ichth. p. 105 (1801). Aspidophorus decagonus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 223 (1829). Aspidophorus spinosissimus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 250 (1844). Aspidophorus malarmoides, Deslongch. Mém. Soc. 'Lin. Norm. tom. 9, p. 167 (1853). å Leptagonus spinosissimus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 167 (1861). Archagonus decagonus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (teste Litk.) 2 Rekke, 1 B. p. Diagn. Legemet smalt, dets største Bredde indeholdes 8, Hovedets Længde 5 Gange i Totall. Det gjennemsnitlige Antal af Skjolde er: mellem Dorsalerne 4 Par; fra Nakken til Iste Dorsal 5 Par, indtil 2den Dorsal 17 Par; mellem Ventralerne og Analen 12 Par. Foran Ventralerne findes 253—25 Skjolde. Pectoralens Længde ubetydeligt større, end Hovedets. Skjægtraadene 5 paa hver Side, (4 enkelte å Mund- vigen, 1 kløvet fortil å Underkjæven). Sidelinien har 23— 25 Porer. Et Par korte Torne paa Snuden, et Par Knuder over Øynene, og et Par større Knuder paa Panden. Farven graagul, med. 2—3 større graabrune Tverpletter; Pectoralen og Caudalen henimod Spidsen brunsorte. Hannen har læn- gere Ventraler, end Hunnen. Størrelsen indtil 210”, ME SO TED ONS el) 2 D.6—7(8); A. 7 (6 ell. 8); P. 14—16; V.3;C 3 2/11/2. Lin. lat. 23—25. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped.: Havet mellem Nordeap Fam. Agonide. Gen. Agonus, Schneid. Bloch, Syst. Ichth., (ed. Schneid.), p. 104 (1801). 10. Agonus decagonus, Schneid. 1801. Pl. IT, fig. 11—12. + Cottus cataphractus, Fabr. Fauna Grænl. No. 112, p. 155 (1780). Agonus decagonus, Schneid. Bloch, Syst. Ichth. p. 105 (1801). Aspidophorus decagonus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 223 ° (1829), Aspidophorus spinosissimus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, 1 B. p. 250 (1844). Aspidophorus malarmoides, Deslongch. Mém. Soc. Lin. Norm. tom. 9, p. 167 (1853). Leptagonus spinosissimus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 167 (1861). Archagonus decagonus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (teste Liitk.) Diagnosis. — Body slender, greatest breadth to total length as 1 to 8, length of head as 1 to5. Normal number of shields: between the dorsals 4 pairs, from nuchal region to Ist dorsal 5 pairs; to commencement of 2nd dorsal 17 pairs; between the ventrals and the anal 12 pairs. Anterior to ventrals 25—25 shields. Length of pectorals slightly exceeding that of head. Five cirri on either side (4 at the angle of the mouth, 1 cleft, out on the lower jaw). Lateral line with 23—25 mucous pores. One pair of short spines on snout; above the eyes one pair of knotty protuber- ances, and a pair, of larger size, on the front. Colour greyish- yellow, relieved with 2—3 large transverse spots of greyish-brown; points of pectorals and caudal brownish- black; ventrals longest in male. Length reaching 2107", VME BBG; P. 14—16; V. 3; C.2/11/2. 1 D. 6 (50r7); 2 D. 6—7 (8); A. 7 (6 or 8); Lim. lat. 23—25. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open sea. og Spitsbergen. i | between the North Cape and Spitzbergen. | Stat. 323. Stat. 326. Stat. 338. Stat. 363. Stat. 323. Stat. 326. Stat. 338. Stat. 363. 180 Kil. 8. 0.) 105 Kil. N. SARS 60 Kil. V. 180 Kil. S. E.I 105 Kil. N. South C 60 Kil. N. Beliggenhed. | Beeren Ei- | Beeren Hi- ee eas Norskøerne, | Exact Locality.) Beeren Ei- | Beeren Hi- Swit b BPE Norsk Isl. land. land. PIPE Spitsb. | land. land. teat on Spitzb. nå « » an = | = = a Dybde 223 Favne | 123 Favne | 146 Favne | 260 Favne Tjpnit 223 Fathoms | 123 Fathoms | 146 Fathoms | 260 Fathoms ; (408). (225 ”). (267 ”). (475 ”). | Eeg (408 ”). (225m), (267™), (475 ™), . vil? rd | 7 p 7 Te .p. Bunden. 50 Vi NE. 0 AN on on Temp. at S| 0 ex on OG temp.p. Bunden.| + 1,5°C | 1,6°C. ALEC. + 1,1° C. pr + 1.520. H+ 1.69, GOTO, -+-d.19C. Bunden. Brungr er Mørkt Ler. | Stenbund. Blaaler. Bottom. Brownisk- Dark Clay. Rocky Bluish Clay. ‘ Ler. erey Loam. : Bottom. : Datum. 30te J uli 1878,/3dieA ug. 1878] 6teA ug. 1878. 14deAug.1878 Date. 30thJuly1878. 3rd Aug.1878. 6th Aug.1878.}14thA ug. 1878 ; + | Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. 6 Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. || Numb.of Specim.| 1 Indiv. 6 Indiv. 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. | Bemerkninger til Synonymien. En udførlig Be- | Remarks on the Synonymy. — A full description Skrivelse er givet, foruden af Cuvier og Valence. (Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4), af Kroyer i Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række I B., som i 1844 beskriver saavel det udvoxede Individ (Aspidophorus decagonus), som Ungen (Aspidophorus spi- nosissimus) som separate Arter. og afbilder begge i Gai- mards Reise-Værk (Voyage Scand. Lap. etc. 1838—40, of this species has been given by Cuvier and Valence. (Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 4); also by Kröyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 Række, 1 B.), who, in 1844, described the full-grown fish (Aspidophorus decagonus) and the immature form (Aspidophorus spinosissimus) as two species, both of which he subsequently figured for Gaimard’s work (Voyage Scand. Få pl* 5). Yngelen er yderligere beskreven (efter norske In- divider) af Forf. i 1874 i ,Norges Fiske“ p. 40, ligesom Dr. Liitken efter Materiale i Kjøbenhavns Musæum har givet værdifulde Bidrag til Kundskaben em denne og de nærstaaende Arters Syhonymi og Variabilitet i Vid. Medd. fra Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn 1876, p. 382. Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. Straaleantallet i de verticale Finner var hos Nordhavs-Expeditionens Indi- . vider en ikke ubetydelig Variation underkastet, idet dette vexlede i Iste Dorsal mellem 5 og 7, i 2den Dorsal og 1 Analen mellem 6 og 8. Total- Hovedets ; længde. — Længde. NE P. ye 140 27,5" GE le: ie 1515: : 141 - 27 - 6; le dig Idet C: 147 - 30) - De 6; G 15—15: d. 152 - 29,5 - 6; aye us 14— 14. e. 152 - 29 - 6; 8; 8; 124253 i 156 - 29 - 6; Ue le 15—15, g. 168 - 31 - 6; i TA 14—14. h. 174 - 33 - BYE 6 7 14— 14. rt 178 - 33 - Ue ie 6; 5106 Hos grønlandske Individer har Dr. Liitken, ifølge den ovenfor citerede Afhandling, fundet Straaleantallet at være: 1 D. 6 (5); 2 D. 6—7; A. 7 (5—8); P. 16 (15). Hos 3 Yngel-Individer fra Varangerfjorden fandt jeg: 1 D. 5—6; 2 D. 7; A. 7—8. Maaske have de grønlandske Individer regulært 1 Straale flere 1 Pectora- lerne, end de, der bebo de spitsbergenske Farvande. Antallet af Legemets Benskjolde varierede hos de 9 Individer inden følgende Grændser: Langs Ryglinien fra Nakken til Halen var oftest 44, undertiden 41—43 Skjolde; langs Buglinien oftest 39—40, undertiden 38 eller 41 Skjolde. Fra Nakken til 1ste Dorsal fandtes i Regelen 5 Par Skjolde, fra Nakken til 2den Dorsal 17 Par. (2 Expl. havde 6 Par indtil Iste Dorsal, saaledes ialt 18 Par, og et Individ havde paa den ene Side 5, paa den anden Side 6 Skjolde, saaledes indtil 2den Dorsal 17—18). Gruppen foran Ventralerne talte 22—25 Skjolde, hvoraf enkelte vare ganske smaa. Mellem begge Dorsaler vare 4 Par Skjolde. (Hos I Individ var der blot 3 Par, hos et andet 3*/» Par, hos et tredie 5 Par). Mellem Ventralerne og Analen var somoftest Antallet 12 Par. (Hos 1 findes 13 Par, hos et andet blot 10 Par). Sidelinien er ganske tydelig efter hele sin Længde. Porernes Antal varierede hos de 9 Individer mellem 23 og 25; i Begyndelsen staa de forholsvis tæt, omtrent ved hvert Skjold, men bagenfor Spidsen af Pectoralerne ere Af- standene længere. 45 Lap. ete. 1858—40, pl. 5). The fry of this fish (from the Norwegian coast) have been further treated of by the present author in 1874 (vide “Norges Fiske,” p. 40); and Dr. Liitken has furnished valuable contributions to our knowledge of the synonomy and relative variability of this and other nearly related species im Vid. Medd. fra Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1876, p. 382. Descriptive Observations. — The number of rays in the vertical fins varied considerably in the specimens obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition, ranging in 1st dorsal from 5 to 7, in 2nd dorsal from 5 to 8, and in the anal from 6 to 8. Total Leneth : Length. of Head. De Ee a. 140” Dm ae TE lie (5118) b, 141 - OG = 6: Ue 72 14—14. Cc. 147 - BY) c 5; 6; le 1515) d. 152) - 20 5k- 6; 5: lie 14—14: e, 152 - 29 - 6: SG 185 14—15. fs 156 - 29 - Gi ae Ue 15415! g, 168 - 31 - 6; te te 14—14. h, 174 - 33 - De 6; fie 14—14, if 178 - 33 - de ae 6; 15224151 In examples from the coast of Greenland the num- ber of fin-rays, according to Dr. Liitken, was as follows: 1 D6 (6); 2 DI 67: A. 7 (58); P. 16 (15). In three fry-specimens, from the Varanger Fjord, I found the fin-ray formula to be: 1 D. 5—6; 2 D. 7; A. 7—8; perhaps the additional ray im the pectorals is a peculiarity of structure in which the examples from Greenland differ from individuals inhabiting the shores of Spitzbergen. The number of osseous shields on the body was found individuals examined, within the follow- ing limits: along the dorsal line, from nape to origin of tail, most frequently 44, sometimes 41—43; along the line of the abdomen most frequently 39—40, sometimes 38—41. to vary, in the 9 From nape to Ist dorsal,in most of the specimens, 5 pairs of shields; from nape to 2nd dorsal 17 pairs (2 examples were furnished with 6 pairs from nape to Ist dorsal, or, in all, with 18 pairs, and one individual had 5 shields on one side and 6 on the other, or, in all, 17—18). The group situated in front of the ventrals comprised 2225 shields, some of which were very small. Between the two dorsals oceur 4 pairs of shields (in one individual only 3 pairs, in another 3 pairs and a half, in a third 5 pairs). Between the ventrals and the anal the number of pairs is commonly 12 (one individual had 13, another only 10 pairs). Lateral line distinctly obvious in its entire length. The number of pores varied in the 9 individuals from 23 to 25; the first in the series were arranged comparatively close, one at every shield almost, but, posterior to the extremities of the pectorals the mterspace is greater. Legemet er betydeligt slankere og mere langstrakt, end hos A. cataphractus; den største Bredde, der falder over Nakken, indeholdes omtr. 8 Gange i Totallængden. Af Skjægtraade har denne Art paa hver Side 5; i Mundvigerne sidde 2 i Over-, og 2 i Underkjæven; den Ste sidder langt fortil i Underkjæven. Den sidste er altid kløvet. de øvrige ere enkelte. (1 Individ havde ogsaa den indre Traad i Overkjæven kløvet. et andet Individ havde Underkjævens forreste Traad ikke dobbelt. men endog 5-klovet). Ligesom det er Tilfældet med flere Cottoider, synes ogsaa hos denne Art Kjønnene at være ganske ulige repræ- senterede i Antal. Af de 9 erholdte Individer var nemlig blot det ene (ce) en Han, hvad der strax fremgik af de forlengede Ventraler. Medens de 2 Straaler, der danne denne Finne, hos alle de øvrige vare af lige Lengde, og saa korte, at Finnens Længde ikke synderlig oversteg en Øjendiameter, havde hos dette ene Individ den ydre Straale, der var betydeligt længere, end de indre, en Længde af 17”, eller omtrent 2 Øjendiametre. Farven var i det væsentlige ens hos alle. Bundfar- ven er gulgraa, og forsynet med 2—3 større Tverpletter, der danne Antydning til Baand. men idethele ikke ere særdeles skarpt markerede. Det forreste af disse ligger over Roden af Pectoralen, det andet (ofte utydeligt) over Slutningen af lste Dorsal. det 3die over Midten af 2den Dorsal. Mellem disse fimdes mindre, utydeligt begrændsede Petter og Skygninger. Finnerne ere ud mod Spidsen brunsorte; især er dette Tilfældet med Pectoralen og Cau- dalen. Undersiden af Legemet er uplettet graagul. Paa Hovedet gaar en temmelig bred, sort Streg fra Spidsen af Snuden gjennem Øjet. og fortsætter sig bagover paa Prae- . operculum. Levemaade og Føde. Den synes at være en afgjort Dybyandsart; de under Expeditionen erholdte Individer opto- ges fra en Dybde, der laa mellem 123 og 260 Fayne, medens et Par Yngel-Individer fra Varangerfjorden (1874) erholdtes fra det noget grundere Vand (50—120 Favne). Som oven- for nævnt. erholdtes et af Nordhavs-Expeditionens Indivi- fra den iskolde Area, hvor Vandets Temperatur var un- der 09 C. I Ventrikelen af et af Individerne fandtes Amphi- poder, væsentlig Themisto lbellula, Mandt. og enkelte Indi- vider af Hrythrops goési, G. O. Sars. Udbredelse. A. decagonus er allerede af Fabricius omtalt fra Gronland i 1780 i hans Fauna Groenl. (under Navn af A. cataphractus), og den er senere gjentagne Gange nedsendt fra disse Landsdele til Musæet i Kjøbenhavn. Paa samme Side af Atlanterhavet gaar den idetmindste ned til Newfoundland. Fremdeles er den. ifølge Dr. Liitken, er- holdt ved Island. Ved Spitsbergen er den maaske ikke The body is much more slender and elongate in form than is the case with A. cataphractus; extreme breadth, across the nape, about one-eighth only of total length. this species number 5 on each side, disposed as follows: 2 on the upper and 2 on the lower jaw, at the angle of the mouth, and the fifth far out on the lower jaw. This barbel is always cleft, the rest con- sist each of a single filament: in one specimen the ‘pos- terior barbel on the upper jaw was likewise cleft; an- The cirri in other had the anterior cirrus on the lower jaw not doubly, but quintuply cleft. As is the case with several species of Cottoids, the sexes appear to be very unequally represented in A. decagonus with regard to number. Of the 9 individuals obtained, one only (¢) was a male, a fact immediately apparent from the elongated ventrals. In all the other examples the 2 rays composing this fin were of equal length, and so short, that the length of the fim hardly exceeded the longitudinal diameter of the eye, whereas in this individual the exterior ray, which was considerably longer than the inner, had a length of 17", about equal to twice the diameter of the eye. The colour ‘was in all these specimens essentially the same. Ground-colour yellowish-grey, relieved with two or three comparatively large transverse spots or bands, not very clearly defined however. The first of these spots occurs immediately above the origin of the pec- torals, the second (in many individuals indistinct) above the termination of the Ist dorsal, the third above the central portion of the 2nd dorsal. In between these patches are a number of small indistinct spots and cloud- ings. The fins brownish-black towards the points; this is the case more especially with the pectorals and the caudal. The under surface of a uniform greyish-yellow Å black streak extends from the point of the snout through the eye, passing from thence backwards over the preoperculum. Habits and Food. — This species decidedly appears to ‘be a deep-sea fish; the specimens obtained on the Expedition were brought up from a depth of 123—260 fathoms; three individuals in the fry stage of growth, from the Varanger Fjord (1874), were taken in shallower water (50—120 fathoms). As before stated, one of the examples taken on the Expedition was brought up from the cold area, where the temperature was below that of ice. In the stomach of one of the individuals examined were divers Amphipods, chiefly Themisto libellula, Mandt, and examples of Hrythrops goésii, G. O. Sars. Distribution. — A. decagonus was mentioned, as occurring on the coast of Greenland, as far back as 1780, by Fabricius, in his Fauna Greenl. (the name given it being A. cataphractus), and since then specimens have been repeatedly sent from those regions to the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen. On the shores of North America its range extends at least as far south as Newfoundland. According særdeles sjelden, idetmindste paa Dybderne udenfor denne Øgruppe. Endelig er den fundet ved Finmarkens Kyster saavel østenfor Nordcap (i Varangerfjorden), som i Vest- Finmarken (Lyngen); den er i Norge hidtil ikke fundet søndenfor 70" N. B. Fam. Cyclopteridae. Gen. Eumicrotremus, Gill. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 190 (1864). Legemet neesten kugleformigt, med kort Hale, og beklædt med store, conisk tilspidsede Bentuberk- ler. Lste Dorsal distinct, af Bygning som 2den Dorsal; de øvrige Finner, samt Sugeskiven, som hos Cyclopterus.. — Gjællespalten særdeles liden, dens Højde mindre, end Øjets Diameter, beliggende høgt Flere ovenfor Pectoralernes Fæste. Sidelinie tilstede. Rækker fine Tænder i Kjæverne. 11. Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Mill.) 1776. PIT, Fig» 13, Cyclopterus spinosus, Mill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. IX (1776). Eumicrotremus spinosus, Gill, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Sept. 1864, p- 190 (1864). Cyelopterus orbis, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3, p. 158 (1861). Diagn. Hovedet stort, imdeholdes 2"|»—5 Gange 7% Totallengden. 2 Par tubeformige Næsebor. Sugeskiven stor, indeholdes lidt over 4 Gange i. Totallengden. Anus ligger nærmere Sugeskiven, end Analen. Bentuberklerne have bredt rundagtig Basis, ere tet chagrinerede, og danne 5—6 wregel- messige Længderækker; Trakten om Anus, samt Finnerne ere nøgne. Sidelinien højtliggende, har omtrent 13 Porer. Haleroden lav, mdeholdes blot *|; Gange i Øjets Diameter. Størrelsen indtil 160: 1 D. 6—7; 2 D. 10—12 (18); A. 10—12; P. 23—25; C10 Sine lai dae to Dr. Liitken it has also been met with off the coast off Iceland. On the coast of Spitzbergen it is not, perhaps, very rare, at least in deep water off that group of islands. It occurs, too, on the coast of Finmark, both east of the North Cape (in the Varanger Fjord) and in West Finmark (Lyngen), but has not hitherto been met with further south than 70° N. Fam. Cyclopteride. Gen. Eumicrotremus, Gill. Proce. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 190 (1864). Body almost globular, studded with large osse- ous tubercles, cuneiform in shape and pointed. First dorsal distinct, similar in structure to second dorsal; the other fins and the ventral disk as in Cyclopterus. Branchial opening placed high above the base of the pectorals, exceedingly narrow, tis depth being less than the diameter of the eye. Lateral line obvious. Several series of minute teeth in the jaws. li. Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Miill.) 1776. Pl. II, fig. 13. Cyclopterus spinosus, Mill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. IX (1776). Eumicrotremus spinosus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. Sept. 1864, p. 190 (1864). Cyclopterus orbis, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3, p. 158 (1861). Diagnosis. — Head large, length to total length as 1 to 2'/,—5; 2 pairs of tubular nostrils; ventral disk large, its diameter slightly exceeding one-fourth of the extreme length of the body; vent nearer the disk than the anal; the osseous tubercles, disposed in 5—6 irregular longitudinal ‘rows, are closely granulated, and broad at the base; the region environing the vent and the fins is smooth; lateral line, consisting of about 15 pores, high wp the side; root of tal slender, its height being two-thirds only of the diameter of the eye. Length reaching 160”: 1 D. 6—7; 2 D. 10—12 (13); 4. 10—12; P. 23—25; C. 10—11. Lin. lat. 13. Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Spitsbergen. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Spitzbergen. ken Isfjorden | Sue oe The Isfjord Beliggenhed. Spitsbergen. Exact Locality. Spitzbergen. Dybde. 129 Favne (2367). a Depth. i 129 Fathoms (237). Temp. paa Bunden. — 1,29 C. Temp. at Bottom. — 126. Bunden. Stenbund og Mudder. 19de August 1878. Datum. Bottom. Rock and Mud. Date. 19th August 1878. Antal Fra 1 Indiv. 1 Indiv. Numb. of Specim. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Opførelsen af denne Art under en særegen Slægt synes tilstrækkeligt at kunne begrundes ved Bygningen af Gjællespalten, der er reduceret til en trang Aabning højt over Pectoralernes Rod, samt ved den normalt byggede liste Dorsal, der ikke er omhyllet af den tykke Bekledning, der, som hos Slægten Cyclopterus, bringer denne Finne til næsten at forsvinde under Lege- Eumicrotremus danner en bestemt Overgang til Lipariderne, baade paa Grund af Gjællespal- tens Form og Stilling, og fordi Tænderne danne tydelige Rækker i Kjæverne. mets almindelige Omrids. * Som en anden Art af samme Slægt har Dr. Giinther i 1861 opstillet Cyclopterus orbis, beskreven efter et enkelt Individ med en Totallængde af 22 eng. Linier (omtr. 57””) fra Beringshavet. Denne adskiller sig fra E. spinosus hovedsagelig blot ved et ringere Antal Straaler i 2den Dorsal og i Analen, idet dette hos Dr. Giinthers Individ (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 2 p. 158) var blot 9 i begge de nævnte Finner. , Da Universitets-Musæet i Christiania nylig har mod- taget et velconserveret Exemplar af denne Form fra samme Trakt (Kamtschatka), har jeg kunnet anstille en nøje Sam- menligning mellem begge Former, og tror efter denne ikke at kunne opføre C. orbis som en fra HE. spinosus distinct Art. Totallengden af dette sidste Exemplar var 70”", hvoraf Hovedets Længde var 22"; Øjets Diameter 7””, og udgjorde saaledes */; af Hovedlængden*. Interorbital- rummet var 13””, Sugeskivens Længdediameter 15””, Straa- leantallet var følgende: 1 D. 7; 2 D. 10; A. 10; OC. 11; Pi 24. Da £E. spinosus (ifølge Giinther) kan have 10 Straa- ler i Analen, og 11 i 2den Dorsal, synes sikre Distinctions- Characterer ikke at kunne hentes af dette Forhold, og da heller ikke de øvrige Characterer kunne sees i nogen væ- sentlig Grad at være forskjellige fra E. spinosus, synes det rettest at henføre C. orbis som synonym under denne Art, der saaledes er den eneste hidtil kjendte i sin Slægt. Allerede i 1776 blev Arten af O. F. Miller tildelt sin første foreløbige Diagnose efter et Individ. nedsendt fra Grønland gjennem Fabricius. I 1780 blev den udfør- ligere beskreven af Fabricius selv i Fauna Groenland. (No. 93, p. 134). og senere i 1798 af samme Forf. i Na- turhistorie-Selskabets Skrifter (4de B. 2 Afd.p. 77). Fuld- stændig Beskrivelse er endvidere givet i 1847 i Naturh. Tidsskrift (2 Række, 2 B. p. 262) af Kroyer. som ligele- des i 1851 har afbildet Arten i Gaimards Plancheværk (Voyage etc. 1838—40, Poiss. pl. 4). Senest er den i 1861 af Dr. Giintber beskrevet i Catal. Fish. Brit. Mus. (vol. 3, p. 157); samme Forf. har i 1877 i Proc. Zool. 1 Naar Dr. Giinther i sin Diagnose af E. spinosus anfører Øjet som udgjørende 1/, af Hovedets Længde, er dette ikke Tilfældet hos Nordhays-Expeditionens Individ, hvis Hovedlængde er 25", og Øjets Diameter 9”, saaledes, at den sidste udgjør lidt over '/; af Hoved- længden. Remarks on the Synonymy. For the esta- blishing of this species under a separate genus there would appear to be sufficient reason in the characteristic form of the branchial opening, reduced as it is to a narrow slit, placed high above the pectoral fin; also in the fact of the 1st dorsal being normal in structure, and not enveloped in the thick. membranous integument which, in the genus Cyclopterus, well nigh conceals this fin beneath the contour of the body. Ewmnicrotremus, both from the form and position of the branchial orifices, and from the teeth being arranged in distinct series in the jaws, may be regarded as a well- defined transition-genus, approximating the Liparidide. As a second species of the same genus, Dr. Giinther, in 1861, etablished Cyclopterus orbis, describing it from a single specimen, having a total length of 22 English lines (about 57””), taken in Bering’s Straits. GC. orbis is distinguished from Æ. spinosus chiefly by the smaller number of rays in the second dorsal and in the anal; the individual examined by Giinther had, for instance, only 9 rays in each of those fins. The University Museum in Christiania having lately come into possession of a well-preserved example of this form, taken in the same region (Kamtschatka), I have had an opportunity of closely comparing the two forms, and am of opinion that C. orbis can not be classed as a separate species, distinct from E. spinosus. The total length of this individual was 70”; length of head 227”: diameter of eye 7”, or about one-third of the length of the head;! inter- orbital space 13”; longitudinal diameter of ventral disk 15". The fin-ray formula was as follows: — 1 D. 7; 2D: LOA) TO SE ae 2s E. spinosus, can, according to Dr. Giinther, have 10 rays in the anal and 11 in the 2nd dorsal fin, and henee the fin-ray formula is of itself hardly sufficient to furnish a dis- tinetive character; and not differmg materially in other respects from Æ. spinosus, C. orbis may, it would seem, be safely regarded as identical with the former, which, in that case, is the only species hitherto observed of its genus. As for back as 1776, O. F. Miller gave the first preliminary diagnosis of the species, from a specimen sent from Greenland by Fabricius. In 1780 it was more fully described by Fabricius himself, in his Fauna Greenland. (No. 93, p. 134), and subsequently, in 1798, by the same author (Naturhistorie-Selskabets Skrifter, 4 B. 2 Afd. p. 77). Å full description also appeared in 1847, by Kröyer (Naturh. Tidsskr, 2 Række, 2 B. p. 262), who, in 1851, likewise figured the species for the plates to Gaimard’s work (Voyage etc. 1838—40, Poiss. pl. 4). The latest diagnosis is that by Dr. Giinther, in 1861 (Catal. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3, p. 157); and in 1877 the same * In Dr. Giinther’s diagnosis of Z. spinosus, the diameter of the eye is stated to measure one-fourth of the length of the head; this the in the individual obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition, the length of the head having been 25”m, and the diameter of the eye 9””, or a fraction more than a third. was not case, however, Soc. of London (p. 294) givet i-Tresnit Afbildninger af Yngelen. Totallængden af — 19 mm Bemerkninger til Beskrivelsen. det under Expeditionen erholdte Individ var Hovedets Liengde var 25”. De conisk tilspidsede Ben- tuberkler beklede*Legémet saa tæt, at deres Grundlinier paa Siderne af det egentlige Legeme i Regelen berore hin- anden; paa Halen ere de alle mindre. Paa de 5 første Straaler af lste Dorsal sidder paa hver Side Spidserne en liden, chagrineret Bentorn. Endvidere er Grun- den af Pectoralerne paa Ydersiden beklædt paa samme Maade, som Legemet og Hovedet. Straaleantallet var: 1 D. 7; 2 D. 12; A. 12; P. 23; Cz 10: Tilstedeværelsen af en Sidelinie synes ikke at være hvoraf hen mod omtalt i noget af de ovenfor anførte. Skrifter, og Kröyer En Sidelinie er ikke- destomindre tilstede, og Porerne ere overalt tydelige, om end ikke særdeles store”. tens øvre Endey er i Begyndelsen temmelig hojtliggende, neyner udtrykkelig, at den mangler. Den udspringer ved Gjællespal- men bøjer under 2den Dorsal skraat nedad mod Legemets Midtlinie, som den naar i omtrent *; Hovedlængdes Af- stand fra Haleroden, og løber herfra ret ud mod Caudalen. Antallet Side 13, anden 14. af Porer er paa den ene paa den Udbredelse. I Modsætning til Cyclopterus lumpus synes denne’ at være en Dybyandsart, der blot forekommer paa 60—200 Faynes Dyb (eller derover). Den hører til Fra Grønland, hvor den er talrig, er den. som ovenfor nævnt, de Arter Fiske, som ere fundne længst mod Nord. allerede kjendt fra forrige Aarhundrede gjennem Miiller og Fabricius. og fandtes sidst i 1875 af den engelske Nord- pol-Expedition paa flere Punkter af Vest-Grønland op til 79 og 80" N. B. Fremdeles er den, ifølge Faber, ved Island (Fische Isl. p. 54, 1829); ved Spitsber- gen er den ligeledes, som. det synes, hyppig, og er her funden af Kröyer allerede i 1838, og senere af alle de efterfolgende Expeditioner i disse Farvande. Den er hidtil ikke fundet ved det europæiske Continent, men forekommer sandsynligvis ogsaa’ her paa passende Dybder af Ishavet. Da, som ovenfor nævnt, Cyclopterus orbis fra Beringshavet neppe kan opfattes som en fra Eumicrotremus spinosus skilt Art, er den saaledes i sin Udbredelse eircum- polær. P mellem funden maaske 1 Sandsynligvis er den oftest utydelig hos Individer, der have ligget længe i Spiritus, men vil i Regelen atter vise sig, om Individet op- blødes en Tid i Vand. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske, author figured the fry of the species on wood. (Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, p. 294). Descriptive Observations. — The total length of the individual taken on the Expedition was 79”"; length of head 25””, The cuneiform osseous tubercles are ‘so closely disposed over the body that their basal lines, in the lateral region, are as a rule contiguous; on the tail, The 5 first rays in the first dorsal are furnished on either side towards Moreover, the base of the pectorals, exteriorly, is invested with .a teg- ument similar to that covering the head and the body. Number’ (of in=rays a De ED = eset = 18 Bate 05 10) The occurrence of a lateral line does not appear to these tubercles are all considerably smaller. the point with a small granulated spine. have been observed by any of the naturalists whose works are cited above; nay, Kröyer emphatically declares it to be wanting. and the pores, though not particularly large. are distinetly percep- A lateral line nevertheless there is, tible.* It commences at the upper extremity of the branch- ial opening, extending from thence nearly straight till a little below the 2nd dorsal, where it suddenly bends down- wards, striking off obliquely to the mesial line, which it meets at a point distant about half the length of the head from the origin of the tail, and then passing straight to the caudal. Number of pores 13—14. — Unlike Cyclopterus lumpus, this would appear to be a deep-sea species, occurring at a depth of from 60 to 200 fathoms (or still deeper), and is On the coast of Greenland, where it is common, it was observed as far back as the last century, by Miiller and Fabricius, having been latest met with on the English North Pole Expedition, 1875, im divers localities on the western shores of Green- land, as far north as 79° and 80° According to Faber, (Fische Isl. p. 54, 1829) it inhabits the coast of Iceland; off Spitzbergen it is likewise said to be numerous, having been observed in those regions by Kroyer, in 1838, and since: then on all subsequent Arctic Expeditions. Up to the present time it has not been met with off the con- tinent of Europe, but occurs probably here too at the right depth. Cyclopterus orbis, from Bering’s Straits, being, as before observed, hardly entitled to rank as a species Distribution. one of the fishes whose range extends furthest north. distinct from Æ. spinosus, it is perhaps cireumpolar in its range. ' Probably it is more or less obliterated in specimens preserved for any length of time in spirits, but will again become obvious if the skin be sufficiently moistened with water. Fam. Liparididae. Gen. Liparis, Cuv. Régne Anim. éd. I, tom. 2, p. 227 12. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774. Cyclopterus liparis, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 414 (1766). Cyclopterus lineatus; Lepech.: Nov. Comm. Acad. Petr. tom. 18, p. 522 (1774). å ? Cyclopterus musculus, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. tom. 4, p. 685 (1798). Liparis vulgaris, Flem. Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 190 (1828). Liparis«barbatus, Ekstr. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1832, p. 168 (1832). Liparis lineata, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Række, 2. B., p. 284, 1846—49 (1847). Liparis stellatus, Malm, Förh. Skand. Naturf. 9de Möte 1863, p. 412 (1863). ? Liparis arctica, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 191 (1864). Diagn. Hovedet mindre, end Legemets største Højde, og indeholdes 4 Gange i Totall. Ojnene smaa, indehol- des 5 Gange å Hovedets Længde. Analen bedækker */4 (hos Ungerne */;) af Caudalens Rod; Dorsalen naar til (hos Un- gerne lidt udover) samme. Snuden længere, end Øjets Dia- meter. Underkjæven kortere, end Overkjæven. Sugeskiven stor, udgjør *|s (hos Ungerne */;) af Totall., eller Halvdelen af Hovedets Lengde. Pectoralen med en dyb Indskjæring, og de nedre Straaler atter forlengede. Caudalen tvert af- rundet, indeholdes 8 (hos Ungerne 7) Gange i Totall. Anus beliggende midt mellem Sugeskiven og Analen. Farven va- rierende; ensfarvet, plettet eller stribet. Længden indtil 130" (og derover). M. B. 7. D.32—42; A. 26—38; P. 32—42; C. 10—111. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Spitsbergen. Stat. 366. PS Norskøerne, Magdalenebay, eligg > Nord-Spitsbergen. Nord-Spitsbergen, a ; 50 Favne Dybde. Ubetydelig. (91m), Temp. paa Bunden. — — 1,09 C. Bunden. Datum. Mørkegraat Ler. 15de Aug. 1878. 17de Aug. 1878. Antal Indiv. 3 Indiv. t Indiv. Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. De 3 først er- holdte Individer tilhøre den Farve-Varietet, som jeg i en tidligere Afhandling? har benævnt var. 7, arcticus, og som sandsynligvis gaar ind under den af Gill i Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864 opstillede L. arctica. Denne Farve- I Østersøen: D. 32—35; A. 28 (Malmer.). Norge: D. 34—38; A. 28—31 (C.). Spitsbergen: D. 36—40; A. 29—34 (Malmgr.). Spitsbergen: D. 38—42; A.:31—38 (Nordh.-Exped.). Grønland: D. 41—43; A. 33—37 (Malmgr., Gill). * Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879,.No. 1, p. 44. 50 Fam. Liparidide, Gen. Liparis, Cuv. Régne Anim. éd. I. tom. 2, p. 227 (1817). 12. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774. Cyclopterus liparis, Lin. Syst. Nat., ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 414 (1766). Cyclopterus lineatus, Lepech. Nov. Comm. Acad. Petr., tom. 18, p. 522 (1774). ? Cyclopterus musculus, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. tom 4, p. 685 (1798). Liparis vulgaris, Flem. Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 190 (1828). Liparis barbatus; Ekstr. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1832, p. 168 (1832). Liparis lineata, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 2. Række, 2. B. p. 284, 1846—49 (1847). eae Liparis stellatus, Malm, Förh. Skand. Naturf. 9 Mote, 1863, p. 412 (1863). ie ; ? Liparis arctica, Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 191 (1864). Diagnosis. — Length of head less than depth of body, and equal to one-fourth of total length; eyes small, diameter one-fifth of the length of the head; anal covering one-fourth (in young examples one-third) of the base of the caudal; dorsal extending back to this point (in young examples a little beyond it); length of snout greater than diameter of eye; lower jaw shorter than upper; ventral-disk large, equalling one- eighth (in young examples one-seventh) of total length, or half the length of the head; pectorals with a deep incision, lower rays elongate; caudal slightly convex, length to total length as 1 to 8 (in young examples as 1 to 7); vent placed midway between ventral-disk and anal. Colow varying; uni- form, spotted, or striped. Length reaching 1307 M. B. 7; D. 32—42; A. 26—38; P.32—42; C. 10-11. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Spitzbergen. Stat. 366. Norsk Øer, North Spitzbergen. Magdalene Bay, Bon EN North Spitzbergen. ae Lert 50 Fathoms Depth. Trifling. å a ; Temp. at Bottom. Es le Bottom. ——s Dark-grey Clay. Date. 15th Aug. 1878. 17th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. 3 Indiv. I Indiv. Descriptive Observations. — The three first of these individuals belong to the variety which I designated m a former paper,? var. 7, arcticus, and which probably is com- prised in Gill's L. arctica (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1864). This variety, more numerous it would appear off 1 The Baltic: D. 32—35; A. 28 (Malmer.). Norway: D. 34—38; A. 28—31 (€.). Spitzbergen: D. 36—40; A. 29—34 (Malmer.). Spitzbergen: D. 38—42; A. 31—38 (North Atl. Exped.). Greenland: D. 41—43; A. 33—37 (Malmgr:, Gill). 2 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 44. varietet, der synes at være den paa Spitsbergen, eller idet- hele i det rent aretiske Gebet hyppigst optrædendejForm af Arten, er ensfarvet uden større Pletter eller Striber. Bundfarven, som er graagul, er næsten skjult af yderst fine, tætstillede, brune Punkter; hos de yngre ere disse især udbredte over Finnerne og paa Legemets Sider, som derved erholde en brunlig Afskygning, ligesom hist og her, saaledes som paa Bugen, Bundfarven kan optræde uplettet. næsten Disse Individers Maal og Straaleantal var følgende: Totallængde. — Hovedets Længde. ID) A, Bae tee apr i2=" 41; * 34, b. 49 - 13,5 - 88; Si Cs 104 - 24 - 40; BE Det 4de Individ, der-er det største. og noget defect, idet Huden tildels er afrevet, ligesom Caudalen mangler, har jeg i min foreløbige Oversigt! troet at burde henfore under L. tumicatus, Reinh., væsentlig paa Grund af et større Straaleantal i Analen og Pectoralen, samt den sidst- nævnte Finnes betydelige Længde, idet Spidsen naar lidt forbi Begyndelsen af Analen. Sandsynligvis udgjør det dog blot et stort Individ af L. lineatus, og gaar blandt de i den ovenfor anførte Afhandling nævnte Varieteter nærmest Af denne Varietet har Uni- versitets-Musæet allerede flere mindre Exemplarer fra Var- angerfjorden i Norge. ind under var. c, subfuscus. Dette sidstnævnte Individ, der var en Hun med et overordentlig stort Antal fme Rogn i Ovarierne, havde føl- gende Maal: Totall. 122”” (omtr.); Hovedets Længde 337m, Straaleantallet var: D. 42. : Lumpenus fabri- ci), og Clinus medius; da det derimod havde vist sig, at under Cuviers. Slægtsnavn Clinus aculeatus tillige havde Tænder paa Vomer, blev denne Art stillet i 2den Gruppe; den 3die Gruppe dannedes endelig af Clinus gracilis, en ny Art, der blot havde Kjævetænder, men ingen Tænder paa Vomer og Palatin- benene. Udskillelsen af de til Lumpenus-Gruppen henhørende Arter under særskilt benævnede Slægter er først bleven gjen- nemført af Gill, der i sin Catal. over Fiskene paa Nord-Ame- ricas Nordostkyst (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861), og *senere i sin Oversigt over Familien Stichaeidae (samme Tidsskr. for 1864) henførte de 6 af ham nævnte Arter fra dette Af disse bør dog utvivlsomt idetmindste de 2, nemlig An- Gebet under ikke mindre end 5 forskjellige Slægter. sarchus og Centroblennius, mddrages, da de Characterer, hyorpaa de er grundede, maa ansees for at være af ude- lukkende specifik Natur. Det samme er Tilfældet med den af Ayres i 1855 opstillede Slægt Leptogunellus, for hvilken Pallas's Blennius anguillaris fra det Stille Hav er Typen (Proc. Acad. Calif. Nat. Sci. 1855). Disse Underslægter ville saaledes efter Tandforholdene kunne eharacteriseres saaledes: A. Subg. Lumpenus, Reinh. 1835—36. Tænder å Kjeverne og paa Palatinbenene. 1. L. fabric, Reinh. 1835 36. (Grønland, Spits- bergen). 2. L. medius, Reinh. 1838. (Grønland, Spits- bergen). 3. L. anguillaris, (Pall.) 1811. (Nord-Americas Vestkyst). B. Subg. Leptoclinus, Gill (1861) 1864. i Kjæverne, paa Palatinbenene, og paa Vomer. Tender 1. L. maculatus, (Fries) 1837. (Grønland, Nord- Americas Ostkyst, Spitsbergen, Nord-Europas Vest- kyst). C. Subg. Leptoblennius, Gill 1860. Tender blot i Kjæverne. ‘ 1. L. lampetraeformis, (Walb.) 1792. (Grønland, Island, Spitsbergen, Nord-Europas Vestkyst). L. nubilus, (Richards.) 1855. (Arctisk Nord-Ame- rica, Spitsbergen?). 3. L. serpentinus, (Storer) 1848 Østkyst). 2 as 51, (Nord-Americas 63 vomer), corrected by Reinhardt in his treatise on the fishes of Greenland (1838), as a misprint or an error in the In this paper the author again discusses ‘the genus, distributing its manuscript, to “Ganebuerne” (palatine bones). seyeral species among three groups or sub-genera — not however with a separate nomenclature — under the common This classification, should in the event of further sub-division generic name of Clinus, given by Cuvier. based wholly on the arrangement of the teeth, doubtless be retained, of the genus proving needful. In the first group. or sub-genus, Reinhardt classes together (1838) the two species Clinus lumpenus (Lumpenus *fabricii) and Clinus medius; whereas Clinus aculeatus, since found to be furnished with teeth on the vomer also, is assigned a place in the second group; the third sub-division comprises Clinus gracilis, a new -species, having teeth in the jaws only, none on the yomer and the palatine bones. — The first to arrange the different species of Lumpenus among distinct genera was Gill, who, in his catalogue of fishes occurring on the north-western shores of North America (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861), and subse- the family Stiche- the 6 species there mentioned: quently in his synoptical review of ide (ibid 1864), as inhabiting that wide region to no less than 5 different refers genera. Of these, however, 2 at least, viz. Anisarchus and Centroblennius, should unquestionably be excluded, the cha- The same, too, is the case with the genus Leptogunellus, established by Ayres in 1855, typical form Pallass Blenmus anguilla- ris, inhabiting the Pacific Ocean (Proc. Acad. Calif. Nat. Sei. 1855). racters on which they are based being wholly specific. These sub-genera, based accordingly on peculiarities connected with the teeth, may be characterised as follows: — Å. Subg. Lumpenus, Reinh. 1835—36. Teeth in jaws and on the palatine bones. 1. L. fabrici, Reinh. 1885—36 (Greenland, Spitz- bergen). 2. L. medius, Reinh. 1838 (Greenland, NSpitz- bergen). 3. L. angwillaris, (Pall.) 1811 (Western coast of North America). B. Subg. Leptoclinus, Gill (1861) 1864. Teeth in jaws, on the palatine bones, and on the vomer. lee moe maculatus, (Fries) 1857 (Greenland, east coast of North America, Spitzbergen, west coast of Northern Europe). C. Subg. Leptoblennius, Gill (1860). Teeth in jaws only. 1. L. lampetreformis, (Walb.) 1792 (Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, west coast of Northern Europe), 2. L. nubilus, (Richards) 1855. North America, Spitzbergen?). 3. L. serpentinus, (Storer) 1848—51 (Eastern shores of North *America). (Arctic regions of Uagtet det maa erkjendes. at en Optræden eller Man- gel af Tænder paa Craniets tandbærende Ben hos Fiskene i Regelen kunne atgive Characterer af en afgjørende Be- tydning ved Slægternes Adskillelse, maa dette Forhold hos Lumpenus-Gruppen utvivlsomt ansees for at være af mindre Vægt, idet Tandsættet idethele baade er lidet constant, og uden samtidig at være ledsaget af tilsvarende Forskjellig- heder i den øvrige Legemsbygning, der er særdeles over- ensstemmende hos alle Arter. Hertil kommer. at de Tænder, der kunne optræde paa Vomer 'og Palatinbenene, ere uden Undtagelse yderst fine, og i mange Tilfælde er det først efter nøje Undersø- gelser muligt at paavise deres Tilstedeværelse, selv hos de” større Individer. At de paa disse Ben forekommende Tænder ikke kunne være af nogen særdeles Betydning for Individet.. fremgaar alene af den Omstændighed, at de først udvikles længe etter Kjævetænderne (der aldrig mangle), saaledes at Characterer, hentede af dette Forhold, hos yngre Hos L. medius ere saaledes Palatintænderne endnu umærkelige hos Indi- vider, der ere halvvoxne (eller hvor Totallængden er under 70””): hos L. maculatus er netop det samme Tilfældet Palatintænderne. ikke hensigtsmæssigt at tillægge de paa disse Tandforholde byggede Characterer hos denne Slægt en videre Vægt, end i det højeste til Adskillelse af Underslægter. Individer ganske tabe sin Anvendelse. med Vomerin- og Det synes saaledes L. medius tilhører saaledes Slægten Lumpenus i be- grændset Forstand, ligesom L. fabricii fra Spitsbergen og Grønland, samt Pallas’s Blennius anguillaris fra det stille Hav. — Oyerensstemmelsen mellem disse Arter er visselig saa gjennemgaaende, at det bliver ganske unaturligt at hen- føre dem under forskjellige Slægter, saaledes som af Gill og Ayres er forsøgt. Fon L. medius har Gill, som oven- for nævnt, i 1864 opstillet Slegten Anisarchus; men den skulde kunne have Værdi som Nlægtsmærke, nemlig Antallet af Gjællestraaler, hvil- ket opgives at være 7 hos Lumpenus, 6 hos Amsarchus, er ikke fuldkommen constant. Vistnok har Kröyer altid hos sine Exemplarer af L. fabricii fundet T Gjællestraa- eneste af de Characterer, der ler; derimod opgiver baade Fabricius (for sin Blennius himpenus) 6, og Malmgren har fundet samme Antal idet- mindste hos 3 af sine 4 spitsbergenske Exemplarer. Hos denne. Art synes saaledes Gjællestraalernes Antal at variere, og er følgelig ikke skikket til at opstilles som eneste Slægts- character. Den første korte Diagnose af L. medius meddeler Reinhardt i 1838 i sin ovennæynte Afhandling om Grøn- lands Fiskefauna. I Giinthers Diagnose i Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3 (1861), der var affattet efter et grønlandsk Individ i Leydner-Musæet. angaves Arten ‘at mangle Palatin- tender, hvilket sandsynligvis har havt sin Grund deri, at det undersøgte Individ var ungt, og endnu ikke havde faaet disse udviklede. Udførligere Beskrivelse er dog først i 1862 meddelt af Kroyer i. Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift (3die Række. Iste Bind 1861—63), og til-demne Beskrivelse fojer Malmgren i sin Afhandling om Spitsbergens Fiske It cannot indeed be denied that. as a rule. the arran- gement of the teeth on the dental bones of the cranium does furnish characters of very great’ importance in distin- guishing between allied genera of fishes; but, in the case of the Lumpenus group, less weight must decidedly be attached to the dental characters, which, on the whole, prove any- thing but constant; nor does the structure of the body in other respects exhibit any corresponding distinction, bemg remarkably uniform in all the species. Besides, the teeth that can occur on the yomer and the palatine bones are without exception exceedingly small, indeed, that considerable difficulty is often experienced in detecting them, even in large-sized adults. Moreover, it is obvious that the teeth on these bones cannot be essential, or of much importance even, to the individual, seeing that they do not appear till long after those on the maxillaries (never wanting) are fully developed; and hence such distinctive dental characters do not apply to young individuals. In L. medius, the palatine teeth are therefore scarcely perceptible in half-grown individuals (with a total length under 70”); m L. maculatus, precisely the same is the case with the vomerine and palatine teeth. so “minute, Hence it is hardly advisable to attach much weight to’ characters based on such dental divergences, otherwise than as a means of distinguishment between sub-genera. Accordingly L. medius belongs, in a limited sense, to the genus Lumpenus; also L. fabricii, occurring on the shores of Spitzbergen and Greenland, and Pallas’s’Blennius anguillaris, inhabiting the Pacific Ocean. These species exhibit znter se a uniformity so general and striking, that classification under separate genera, as suggested by Guill and Ayres. seems quite out of the question. For L. medius,, Gill, in 1864, established the genus Anisarchus, as mentioned above; but the sole character of any real value as a generic distinction, viz. the number of branchi- ostegous rays — 7 in Lumpenus, 6 in Anisarchus — is True, Kröyer has found 7 branche- ostegals in all his specimens of L. fabrici; but Fabricius (in his description of Blenmius lumpenus) gives 6, and Malm- gren observed the same number- in at leåst 3 of the 4 specimens he obtained on the coast of Spitzbergen. Thus, to some extent the number of branchiostegous rays does not strictly constant. vary in this species, and cannot therefore be appropriately regarded as the sole generic character. The first brief: diagnosis of L. medius was furnished by Reinhardt, 1838, in his treatise — cited above — on the Fauna of Greenland. Giinther’s diagnosis in Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3 (1861), from a Greenland specimen, pre- served in the Musenm at Leyden, describes the species as not having palatine teeth; probably, however, the specimen examined was a young individual, and the teeth on the palatine bones accordingly as yet obsolete. The first de- tailed description was given. in 1862, by Kröyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 Række, 1 B. 1861—68); and this description has been since supplemented by Malmgren in his treatise i 1864 flere Tillæg. bleven afbildet. Udmaalinger. Af de under Nordhavs-Expeditionen erholdte Individer var alene et .enkelt Individ sandsyn- ligvis nærved at være fuldvoxent (122”"); de øvrige vare mindre. Totallængde. Hovedets Længde. a. (Advent Bay) 62" Ilke b. (Advent Bay) 66 - 12,5 - c. (Stat. 366) 68 - 18 - d. (Stat. 366) 84 - 16 - e. (Advent Bay) 89 - 16,5 - f. (Stat. 366) 89 = 16,5 - 122 - 22 sg. (Stat. 366) Legemsbygning. Nakken indeholdes hos alle de erholdte Individer omtrent 11 Gange i Totallængden; bagenfor Nakken er Legemet jevnhøjt ' mdtil Anus, eller hæver sig ganske ubetydeligt, Beskrivelse. Legemets Højde over især hos enkelte mindre Individer, indtil Begyndelsen af Dorsalen. Anus er beliggende forholdsvis langt tilbage, saaledes, at Legemets Længde foran Anus forholder sig til Partiet ‘bag Anus (Halen). som 1 til 1,4: Hoyedet er relativt noget mindre hos de udvoxede Individer, end hos de yngre; hos de sidste indeholdes det 5,2 til 5,4 i Totallængden, hos de ældre 5,5 til 5.9, eller endog 6. Gange i denne. Kjæverne ere omtrent lige lange fortil, og naa tilbage til Øjets forreste Rand. Øjnene ere temmelig tætstaaende og store, samt læn- . gere end Snuden, og indeholdes 3'/» til 4 Gange i Hoved- længden. Næseborene ere 1 Par, endende i korte Tuber; i Nærheden af hvert af dem findes en større Pore, der maaske kunne opfattes som et andet Par Næsebor. Gjællespalten er vid, og naar nedtil frem under Mid- ten af Øjet. (saaledes længere frem, end hos de øvrige Lumpener). Gjællehinderne, der have hver 6 Straaler, ere nedtil sammenstodende, uden egentlig at danne nogen fri Fold paa Struben. - Tænderne; der ere tilstede i Kjæverne og paa Pala- tinbenene, ere samtlige smaa og svage; hos alle Nordhays- Expeditionens yngre Individer ere Tænderne paa disse sidste Ben endnu umærkelige, og selv hos det største ere de sær- deles svage, skjønt fuldt udviklede. Finnerne. Straaleantallet viste sig idethele temmelig constant hos de erholdte Individer. i 1D), Bilger, 208 18 MBA = (oie 2. ée MER Gye SPR ee He = idle øl Ys lose oo ule = Pilz als), Gs a Ole Ene GE 60:00 A es, 15215. On | EO aie = del, Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett; Fiske. 65 Saavidt vides, er Arten tidligere ikke | | on the fishes of Spitzbergen. The species is not known to have been previously figured. Measurements. — Of the specimens obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition. one only appeared to have nearly reached the adult stage of growth (122%); all the rest were immature individuals. Total Length. L. of Head. a. (Advent Bay) 62mm 11.5% b. (Advent Bay) 66 - 12.5 - c. (Stat. 366) 68 - 13% - d. (Stat. 366), 84 - Gir e. (Advent Bay) 89 - 16.5 - f. (Stat. 366) JE 589) 2 16.5 - g. (Stat. 366) 122 - 22. - General Description. Structure of the Body. — Depth of body at nape, in all the specimens obtained, is to total length about as 1 to 11; posterior to the nuchal region, the depth continues uniform as tar as the vent, or, in the smaller examples, slightly increases up to the commence- ment of the dorsal. å ‘The vent placed comparatively far back, the leneth of the body anterior to the orifice being to the length of the postanal region (the tail) as 1 to 1.4. Head somewhat smaller in adults than young examples: in the latter, the length is to the total length as 1 to 5.2—5.4; in the former. as I to 5.5—5.9 (or even 6). Jaws about equal in length, reaching back to the anterior in margin of the eye. Byes rather close and large; their longitudinal diame- ter, exceeding the length of snout, is to length of head as Leto 324—4: short tubes; in close proximity to each occurs a large pore, which, perhaps, may be regarded as forming together Nostrils — one pair only — terminating in a second pair of nostsils. Branchial opening wide, extending forwards under the middle of. the eye (farther accordingly than in any of the other Lampenus species). Branchiostegous mem- branes, each furnished with 6 rays. contiguous on the isthmus, without however producing a free fold on the throat. Teeth, small and feeble, in the jaws and on the palatine bones. In all the younger examples taken on the Expedition, the palatine teeth were as yet obsolete, and in the largest even, exceedingly feeble, though fully developed. Å Fins. — The number of fin-rays was comparatively constant in all the specimens obtained. Gy DPS ag OR APR, EG b. - 61; - 40; - 14—14. ce - 62; - 40;° - 14—14 , d.. - bai 416 4: ea FONN Sallie foe = 005, v= 4. = 515: g. = Obs = 40s 01415, 9 Dorsalen begynder over Pectoralernes Rod; dens Straaler, der ere 61 eller 62, sjeldnere 60 eller 63 i An- tal, ere i Begyndelsen korte, og 1 eller et Par af.dem ere ved Roden næsten fri: den har: omtrent fra Midten af en jevn :Højde bagover, og den sidste Straale er ved en Mem- bran forbunden med Caudalen. . Analen har 41—42 Straaler (sjeldnere 40 eller 43); den forste, der er ganske kort, er en Pigstraale, de ovrige leddede, og i Spidsen kløvede. Den er fortil lav, men til- tager i Højde bagtil, saaledes at dens sidste Straale er "/; længere, end den tilsvarende i Dorsalen. Denne sidste Anal- straalé er (ligesom Dorsalens) efter sin hele Længde ved en Membran forenet med Caudalen, ag legger sig længere ud over dennes Rod, énd det er Tilfældet med den tilsva- rende Straale i Dorsalen. Caudalen er jevnt ægformigt afrundet, hos de yngre noget stumpere; som ovenfor nævnt er den ved Grunden forbundet ved en Membran med Dorsalens og Analens sidste Straale. Den bestaar af omkring 17 længere Straa- ler, der alle ere leddede (og med Undtagelse af et Par paa hver af Siderne, tillige delte), foruden af et Par korte og uleddede Støttestraaler. å Pectoralerne ere jevnt afrundede, noget kortere, end Hovedet, eller omtrent af Caudalens Længde. samt relativt noget længere hos de yngre, end hos de ældre Individer; de indeholdes i Totallængden omtrent 8 Gange. Straaler- nes Antal er typisk 14, sjeldnere 13 eller 15; alle ere Hos de nederste Straaler rager Spidsen et kort Stykke udenfor Membranen. — Ventralerne ere forholdsvis smaa, indeholdes hos det største af de erholdte Individer (Totall. 122””) 24 Grange i Totallængden, hos de mindre omtr. 22 Gange i denne. De bestaa af en særdeles kort Pigstraale, og 3 leddede Straaler, alle yderst spinkle. / Sidelinien. Som hos alle Arter er Sidelinien utyde- lig, men kan dog overalt forfolges i sin Helhed. Den ud- springer ved Gjællespaltens øvre Ende, og gaar derfra ret ud mod Caudalen i den Fure, som danner Legemets Midt- linie. Porerne ere overalt ganske smaa og tætstaaende, saaledes, at der i det Hele kommer omtrent 2 Porer for hver Hvirvel. — Skjællene. Disse ere smaa og lidet fremtrædende; de ere særdeles fastsiddende, og ordnede i tætstillede Rækker. De strække sig frem paa Hovedet, hvor de bedække Kin- derne, men ere her eyeloide, medens ,de paa Legemet ere imbricate. ' leddede, og de øverste og mellemste tillige kløvede. Farven er afvigende fra, de øvrige Arters derved, at Pletterne ere faa og utydelige. Bundfarven er graagul: Krøyer og Reinhardt beskrive sine Individer som ganske ensfarvede; Malmgren paaviser derimod, at Pletter ere tilstede hos det friske Individ, men forsvinde efterhaanden mere, naar’ dette en Tid har været opbevaret paa Spiritus. Hos de fleste af de under Nordhavs-Expeditionen erholdte Individer ere endnu disse Pletter delvis i Behold, skjønt de efte ere svage og næsten usynlige. Has det største af Dorsal commencing immediately above the origin of the - pectorals; number of rays 61 or 62, more rarely 60 or 63, the first in the series short, 1, or sometimes 2, almost free ‘at the base; from about the middle of the fin, the depth con- tinues uniform, the terminal ray being connected with the base of the caudal by a thin membrane. Anal furnished with 41—42 rays (more rarely 40 or 43), the first, which is spinous, being quite short, the rest articulated and branched at the points. In the anterior part depressed, this fin gradually increases in depth, its terminal ray being one-fifth longer than that corresponding with it in the dorsal. The last of the anal rays (in com- mon with that of the dorsal) attached throughout its entire length by a connective membrane to the base of the cau- dal, and extending farther beyond it than’ does the terminal ray in the dorsal. , Caudal rounded (subtruncate), in younger individuals somewhat more obtuse: at the base connected by a mem- brane with the terminal rays in the dorsal and anal. This fin consists of about 17 long rays, all of them articulated, and, saying one or two.on either side,- bipartite also, exclusive of a couple of short rudimentary rays without articulation. . : Pectorals uniform convex, in length somewhat shorter than than the head, or about equal to the caudal, and relatively a trifle longer in- young than: in adult individuals; their length is to total length nearly as 1 to. 8.. Typical number of rays 14, — 13 or 15 more rarely observed; they are all articulated, the uppermost and the medial likewise cleft. In the lowermost rays, the poimts slightly projecting above the membrane. ; Ventrals comparatively small; length in the largest of the specimens obtained (total length 122””) is to total length as 1 to 24, in the smaller examples, about as I to 22. They consist of one exceedingly short spinous ray, and 3 articulated rays, all extremely slender. Lateral Line. — As in all the other species, the lateral line but can be traced throughout its entire length. It commences at the upper extremity is indistinct, of the branchial opening, passing from thence straight to The pores are exceedingly minuté and close, about 2 to each vertebra. , Scales. — Small, and not plainly visible, firmly attached to the skin, and closely arranged in regular series. They extend out on the head, where they cover the cheeks; here, however, they are cycloid, but imbricate on the body. the caudal, along the furrow forming the mesial line. Colour. — In its marking, this species is distinguished by the spots. which are few and indistinet. Ground-colowr greyish-yellow. Kroyer and Reinhardt both describe their specimens as of a uniform colour; Malmgren, however, has shown that spots undoubledly occur in individuals newly taken, but gradually become obsolete in spirit-specimens. obtained on the Expedition The largest individual is marked with a number of light brown-* In most of the examples these spots are still obvious, though less distinct. Individerne strække sig en Del saadanne af lys brunlig Farve langs hele Legemet, ligesom der findes flere. brun- sorte Længdepletter paa Midten af Dorsalen: Flere af de mindste Individer derimod ere næsten uplettede, og have en smudsig graagul Bundfarve, der næsten ligner den, som Fiske pleie at antage, naar de i nogen Tid have været ud- satte for Fordøjelsen i en, Fiskemave. Appendices pyloricae befandtes hos et af de yngre Individer at være 4 i Antal, de 2 kortere, end de øvrige. Føde. I Ventrikelen af et mindre Exemplar fra Magdalenebay fandtes fintfordelte Crustaceer, der ikke lode sig bestemme. Selv tjener Arten, ifølge Malmgrens Obser- vationer paa Spitsbergen i 1861, til Føde for flere Fugle, «sær Uria grylle. å Udbredelse. L. medius hidtil blot funden ved Grønlands og Spitsbergens Kyster. I 1885 -anmeldtes den af Reinhardt for Videnskabs-Selskabet i Kjøbenhavn fra Grønland; senere er den hjembragt i adskillige Individer fra: Spitsbergen under de svenske Expeditioner, og den an- er gives at forekomme talrigere her, end de øvrige Arter. Dette synes ogsaa at kunne bekræftes ved Nordhavs-Expe- ditionen, som erholdt den, der fra et Par forskjellige Ved Finmarken eller paa andre Steder af Ishavet er den hidtil ikke angivet som funden. som ovenfor nævnt, 1 7 Indiyi- Localiteter paa denne Øgruppe. 16. Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries) 18387. PI. II, Fig. 18. Lumpenus aculeatus, Reinh. Oyers. 1835—36, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX (Kbhvn..1837). Uden Beskrivelse eller Diagnose. . i Clinus maculatus, Fries, Kgl. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1837, p. 49 (1837). Clinus aculeatus, Reinh..Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math, Afh. 7 DE _ p. 114 og 122 (1838). Lumpenus (Ctenodon) maculatus, Nilss. Skand. Fauna, 4 Del, p. Stichaeus maculatus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 3, p. Stichaeus aculeatus, Giinth. Cat. Fish.* Brit. Mus. vol. 3, p- Straaleantallet fejlagtigt. Leptoclinus maculatus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 45 (1861). Lumpenus aculeatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1861—63 (1862). 190 (1855). 281 (1861). 281 (1861). 1861, App. 1 B., på 268, Kbhvn. | Diagn. Tender i Kjæverne, paa Vomer og Palatin- benene. Hovedet. indeholdes hos de yngre Individer 5*|3, hos de ældre indtil 6 Gange i Totallengden. OQverkjæven ubetyde- ligt længere, end Underkjæven, naar tilbage til Øjets Midte eller dets bagre Rand. De 2—4 første Dorsalstraaler korte, og ved Roden fri. Pectoralerne forholdsvis store, indeholdes omtrent 6—7 Gange i Totallengden; de 5—6 nedre Straaler pludseligt forlengede. Cåudalen ved Roden fri, bagtil vet ish spots, extending along the whole of the body; longi- tudinal patches occur, too, in the middle of the dorsal fin. Some of the youngest individuals, however, are of a uniform dirty greyish-yellow, closely resembling that which the skin of fishes assumes in the stomach of a fish some time after the process of digestion has commenced. . . In one of the younger individuals, the pyloric appen- dages were 4 in number, 2 shorter than the others. Food. — In the stomach of one of the small spec- imens, from Magdalene Bay, were found minute - fragments of crustaceans, which did not admit of being determined. According to Malmgren, this species is preyed upon by several birds. moré especially Ur grylle. LL. medius has hitherto been ob- served on the shores of Greenland and Spitzbergen only. In 1835, Reinhardt’ communicated its occurrence on the coast of Greenland to the *Vidensk.-Selskabet” in Copen+ hager; since then, individuals have been repeatedly taken off Spitzbergen,, on the several Swedish Expeditions to that Distribution. region, where it is said to be more numerous than any of the other allied species. This statement would appear cor- roborated by the experience of the North Atlantic Expe- On the dition, on which seven specimens “were obtained, coast of Finmark, or in other parts of the Polar Sea, it is not as yet known to have been observed. 16. Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries) 1837. Pl. II, fig. 18. Lumpenus aculeatus, Reinh. Overs. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6 D. p. CX (Kbhvn. 1837). No description or diagnosis. Clinus maculatus, Fries, Kgl. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1837, p. 49 (1837). Clinus aculeatus, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 D., p. 114 and 122 (1888). Lumpenus (Ctenodon) maculatus, Nilss. Skand. Fauna, 4 Del, p. 190 (1855). Stichæus maculatus, Gimth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol 3, p. 281 (1861). Stichaus aculeatus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus: vol. 3, p. 281 (1861). Fin-ray formula inaccurate. Leptoclinus maculatus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 1861, (1861). Lumpenus aculeatus, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 1861—63 (1862). App. p. 45 R. 1 B., p. 268, Kbhyn. Diagnosis. —. Teeth in jaws, on the vomer, and on the palatine bones. Length of head in young individuals is to total length as 1 to 5'/,, in adults as 1to6. Upper jaw, slightly projecting beyond lower, reaches back to the maddle of:the eye or its posterior margin. The 2—4 first dorsal rays short, and free at base. Pectorals comparatively large. length to total length as 1 to 6—7; the 5 or 6 lower rays sud- denly * elongated. _ Caudal free at base; posterior margin 9* * * i afskaaret. Legemet foran Anus forholder sig til Halepartiet, som 1;1,3. Farven gulagtig med 5 store brunagtige Tver- pletter nedad Ryggen; Mellemrummene opfyldte af mindre og svagere Pletter, der kunne være næsten manglende; Cau- dalen og Dorsalen med Tverbaand. Appendices’ pyloricae 2—3. Hannerne have stærkere Tender, end Hunnerne. Størrelsen indtil 180": MBG. D.+58—60 (61), A. 3637 (80 eller 38); P.15 (16); V. 4;°C. 4/15/4 (14). Localit. fra Nordk. Exped. Spitsbergen. Stat. 366. square. Length of body anterior to the vent is to that of the caudal region as 1 to 1.3. Colour yellowish, the back marked with 5 large brownish transverse spots ; the intervals filled up with smaller and less distinct spots, in some examp- les almost obsolete; caudal and dorsal traversed by trans- verse bands. Pyloric appendages 2—3. The males have stronger teeth than the females. Length reaching 1807” M. B. 6. D. 58—60 (61); A. 36—87 (35 or 38); P. 15 (16); V. 4; C. 4 15/4 (14). Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Spitzbergen. Stat. 306. Dybde. ; 50 Bayne (91 m), | sf “Depth. ow 50 Fathoms (91m). Temp. paa Bunden. | HA ene ‘Temp. at Bottom. | SPRE. Gun 4 5 - Mørkeraat Ler. E | Bottom. p Dark-grey Clay. Datum. BE i tide August 1878. : | M Date. i E 17th August 1878. ae a Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. ‘Som det under foregaaende Art er nævnt, fandt allerede Prof. Reinhardt (sen.) i 1838 det 'hensigtsmæssigt at henfore denne Art, der i Modsætning til de øvrige Lumpener, besad Tænder (foru- den i Kjæverne) tillige paa Palatinbenene og paa Vomer, under en egen Afdeling, der blot indbefattede denne Art. For denne foreslog Nilsson i 1855 i sin Skand. Fauna Navnet Ctenodon. Men da dette Navn allerede i 1830 var benyttet af Wagler for et Reptil (Fam. Ameividae), i 1838 af Ehrenberg for en Infusorie (Rotatoria), og i 1839 af Swainson for en Fisk, bliver Navnet Leptoclinus, fremsat af Gill i 1861, men først i 1864 characteriseret, at anvende for denne Underslægt. Mellem den Reinhardtske L. aculeatus fra Spitsber- gen, og Friess Art L. maculatus fra Bohuslen. kan der ikke paavises nogensomhelst Forskjel. Jeg har nøje sam- menlignet det forhaandenværende Individ fra Spitsbergen «med andre fra Christianiafjorden og Bohuslen, og finder dem i alle er gjennemsnitligt det samme; det under Nordhavs-Expedi- tionen erholdte Individ havde D. 61; A. 37; P. 15—15, medens et andet Individ fra Isfjorden paa Spitsbergen, som Henseender overensstemmende. jeg har havt til Undersøgelse fra Tromsø Musæum, havde i Dorsalen 59, i Analen 35, saaledes at Tallet synes at variere. i Dorsalen 58, i Analen 36 Straaler. At Friess Navn macidatus ved Sporgsmaalet om Prioriteten bliver at anvende, kan neppe ansees for tvivl- somt. Det Bind af det. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh. (6te Del), hvori Reinhardt opstillede sin Lumpenus aculeatus, udkom i 1837, samme Aar, som Fries i Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl. udførligt beskrev sin Clinus maculatus fra Bohuslen. Men uagtet Reinhardt allerede havde omtalt sm Art under-Navn Straaleantallet ° 2 Exemplarer fra Christianiatjorden havde" begge - Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. Ås previously stated, ‘in connexion with the foregoing species, Prof. Reinhardt sen,, so far back as 1838, saw fit to class L. maculatus, which, unlike the other species, is furnished with teeth on Remarks on the Synonymy. — the vomer and the palatine bones as well as in the jaws, in a separate sub-division, comprising this one species only. In 1855, Nilsson suggested the name Ctenodon for the species, in his *Skandinavisk Fauna.” having been adopted by Wagler, in 1830, for a reptile (fam. Ameividæ), by Ehrenberg, in 1838, for a species of infusoria (Rotaforia), and by Swaingon, in 1839, for a fish, the name Leptoclinus — given by Gill in 1861, but not characterized till 1864 — will have to be retained for this sub-genus. Between Reinhardt’s L. aculeatus, from Spitzbergen, and Fries's species L. maculatus, from Bohuslen, in Swe- den, no difference whatever can be shown to exist. I have carefully compared the individual, in question from Spitz- bergen with examples taken in the Christiania Fjord, and find them to be sn every respect identical. The number of fin-rays was generally the same. For the individual taken on the North Atlantic Expedition, the fin-ray form- ula is as follows: — D. 61; A. 37; P. 15—15; another example, from the Isfjord, Spitzbergen, in the Tromsø Mu- seum, had D. 59; A. 35: hence the number would appear to vary. Two individuals, taken in the Christiania Fjord, had each 58 in the dorsal ånd 36 in the anal. The question-of priority with regard to nomenclature must be decided in favour of maculatus, the synonym sug- gested by Fries. In 1837 was published the volume of D. Vid.- Selsk. containing Reinhardt’s establishment of the species by the name of Lumpenus aculeatus; and the same year Fries furnished a full description of his Clnus macu- latus (from Bohuslen) in Kel, Vet. Akad. Handl. Reinhardt But this designation i Oversigten over Selskabets Forhandlmger ‘for 1885—36, der danner Indledningen til det ovennævnte Bind, bør dog vistnok hans Navn vige for Fries’s, da han ikke ledsagede sin Art. med nogensomhelst Diagnose eller Beskrivelse. Først i 1838 meddelte han en saadan i sin Afhandling om Grønlands Fauna i 7de Del af samme Tidsskrift. Arten har tidligere været afbildet i Gaimard's Planche- verk til Corvetten ,La Recherche“’s Rejse (Voyage Scand. Lap. etc. 1838—39, Poiss. pl. 14), men lidet tilfredsstil- lende; desuden hos Wright og Ekström, Skand. Fiskar, 5 Hefte, Pl. 1 (1838), men heller ikke den sidste Figur er synderlig vellykket. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Mellem Han og Hun er der allerede i det ydre en tydelig Forskjel, idet Hannen har stærkere Kjæver, der strække sig længere tilbage, end Hunnernes, ligesom Tænderne ere stærkere. Anus’ Beliggenhed er omtrent, som hos L. medius, idet Legemets Længde foran Anus forholder sig til Partiet bag Anus, som 1: 1,3. Ligesom Kröyer har jeg hos Hun- nerne fundet- en yderst liden Analpapille bagenfor Anus, hvilken mangler hos Hannerne. Legemets Højde over Nakken indeholdes 12,5 til 13 Gange i Totallængden. Bagentor Nakken tiltager Legemet - noget i Højde; omtrent midt mellem Ventralernes Rod og Anus, hvor Legemshøjden idethele er størst. indeholdes denne 9,5 til 10 Gange i Totallængden. Hovedet indeholdes næsten nøjagtigt 6 Gange (eller ubetydeligt derunder) i Totallængden; hos yngre er det forholdsvis større, og indeholdes hos et Individ med-en Totall. af 69”” omtr. 5,3 Gange i denne. Overkjæven er tydeligt længere, end Underkjæven, og Snuden krumbøjet; hos ud- voxede Hanner, hvis Kjæveparti er langt stærkere udviklet, end hos Hunnerne, naar Mundspalten tilbage til Øjets bagre Rand, medens den hos Hunnerne og de yngre Individer neppe naar over Øjets Midte. staaende, betydeligt længere, end Snudens Længde, og in- Øjnene ere store og tæt- deholdes i Hovedlængden hos de yngre Individer 3, hos ældre indtil 3%/; Gange. Par; bære en kort Tube; en større Slimpore (eller Næsebor) Næseborene ere 1 der aabner sig lige i Nærheden af hvert Næsebor, Gjællespalten er vid, og naar paa Hovedets Underside frem til under Øjets bagre Rand (eller undertiden ikke fuldt saa langt). nedtil sammenstødende, uden i Regelen at danné nogen fri Fold paa Struben. (Hos et fuldt udvoxet Han-Individ er dog en saadan ganske kort Fold tilstede, hvis Bredde imid- lertid ikke synderligt overskrider 1”). Tænderne ere tilstede saavel i Kjæverne, som paa Vomer og paa Palatinbenene. Kjævetænderne ere størst og stærkest, især de forreste; ældre Individer, især de gamle Hanner, -have enkelte af disse forlængede, især i Overkjæven, saa at de danne et Slags dentes canini; af Ogsaa hos Hun- ere Gjællehinderne have 6 Straalet, og saadanne findes I eller.2 paa hver Side. nerne og de yngre Individer ere disse Hjørnetænder tilstede, 69 did indeed name the species in the Summary of the Pro- ceedings of the Society, which forms the introduction to the aforesaid volume, but without annexing any deseription or diagnosis whatever; and hence his synonym must give way to that of Fries. The species was not described by Rein- hardt till 1838, in his paper on the Fauna of Greenland. L. maculatus has been previously figured in-the plates accompanying Gaimard’s Narrative’ of the Expedition with the corvette “La Recherche” (Voyage Scand. Lap. &c., 1838—39, Poiss. pl. 14), but the representation is far from satisfactory; and likewise by Wright and Ekström, *Skand. Hiskar”, Part 5, Pl. 1 (1838), whose drawing how- ever,. also leaves much to be desired in point of accuracy. General Deséription. Structure of the Body: — In this species, the sexes can be distinguished by the outward form alone, the male haying stouter jaws, which extend farther back than in the female; the teeth, too, are stronger. . Position 6f vent about the same as in L, medius, the length of the body anterior to the vent being to that of the postanal region I to 1.3. Posterior to the vent, in female individuals, occurs an exceedingly minute anal as papilla, also observed by Krøyer, which is wanting in males. Depth of body at nape is to total length as 1 to 12.5—13. Posterior to the nape, there is a’ slight increase in depth; midway between the origin of the ventrals and the vent, the depth of the body, which is greatest here, is contained from 9.5 to 10 times in the total length. Length of head to total length almost exactly as 1 to 6 length of the head is relatively greater, being to total to Upper jaw perceptibly longer than lower; snout (or but a fraction less). In young examples, the length, in one individual (total length 69”), as 1 Dude curved; the jaws much stronger than-females, the eleft of the, mouth extends back to the posterior margin of the eye, whereas in females and immature individuals it hardly reaches above the middle of the longitudinal diameter slightly exceeding length of snout, in adult males, which have the whole region of eye. Byes large and close together, and proportionate to’ the length of the head: in young mdi- viduals, as I to 3, in adults, as å to 3%/. One pair of nostrils, furnished with a’ short tube; a mucous pore (pos- sibly a nostril) occurs close to each nostril. Branchial opening wide, extending, on the under sur- face of the head, a little beneath the posterior margin of the eye (sometimes not quite so far). Branchiostegous membranes, furnished with 6 rays, contiguous on the under surface, but, as a rule, not producing a free fold on the throat (in a full-grown male, however, a short fold of this kind was observed, the length scarcely. exceeding 1”). Teeth in jaws, on the yomer, and on the palatine bones. larger and stronger than the others; mature individuals, The maxillary teeth, more especially the foremost, in particular old males, have some of these teeth elongated, mostly in the upper jaw, resembling dentes canini, I or 2 on either side. The females, and all mature individuals, also distinguished by these canine teeth,. which are, men ere her kortere. Tænderne paa Palatinbenene og paa og blive først bemærkelige, naar Indi- TO mm. Vomer ere mindre, viderne have naaet en Totallængde af omtr. Totallængden af Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individ er 1277”, hvoraf Hovedets Længde udgjør 217”: Individet var en Hun, med Bughinden - udspændt af Rogn. Appen-. dices pyloricae vare 2, temmelig tykke: det af ham beskrevne Individ. ; Finnerne. Dorsalen ubetydeligt foran Pec- toralernes øvre Rod, og har 58 til 60. sjeldnere 61 Straa- De forreste 2—4 ere altid ganske korte, og fuldkom- men fri ved Roden: deres Højde indtil henimod Finnens Midte, den noget henimod Caudalen. «Analen har 36 eller 37 Straaler, undertiden’ 35 eller 8; den første er en kort Pigstraale: de øvrige leddede, og i Spidsen tydeligt kløvede. Den har efter hele sit Løb en temmelig jevn Højde, uden saaledes, som Dorsalen, at af- Kröyer fandt 3 hos begynder “ler. senere tiltager hvoretter atter sænker .sig tage mod begge- Ender. Caudalen er ved en distinet Halerod adskilt fra Dor- Salen og Analen, uden ved noget Spor af Membran at være forenet med disse Finner. Antallet af Straaler 11/5). sjelden 14, alle leddede, og. de 12 mellemste tillige klovede ; desuden findes paa. hver Side et Par korte Støttestraaler. Af Form er den ret afskaaret i Randen, med ganske ube- tydeligt afskaarne Hjørner. Pectoralerne, der tælle 15, eller sjeldnere 16 Straaler, hvoraf den øverste er udelt. de øvrige i Spidsen kløvede. have en ejendommelig Form, idet de 5—6 nederste Straaler pludselig af Membranen, - saaledes. at Finnens nedre Parti bliver kjendeligt længere, end det øvre. Disse forlængede Straaler aftage noget i Længde nedad, men «selv den nederste er længere, end de længste Straaler i Finnens øvre Del. Pectoralernes største Længde er hos de yngre Individer omtrent lig Hovedlængden, og indeholdes saaledes 6 Gange i Totallengden; er rage forlængede ud hos de udyoxede ere de blevne relativt noget forkortede. og ere altid kortere, end Hovedlængden; hos et gammelt Han-Individ indeholdes de saaledes 7 Gange i Totallængden. have 1 særdeles og Ventralerne ere af middels Længde, kort Pigstraale og 3 leddede Straaler, tilsammen" 4, indeholdes i Totallængden ‘hos de yngre 12 til’ 14 Gange, hos de ældre indtil 17 Gange. Sidelinien er ogsaa hos denne Art tilstede, men efter ‘sit hele Lob særdeles utydelig. temmelig tætstaaende, og følge danner Legemets Midtlinie. Skjællene ere tætsiddende og ganske smaa, og strække sig frem paa Hovedet. de beklæde Nakken ‘og Kin- Porerne ere overalt i sit Lob den Fure, som hvor derne; paa det sidstnævnte Sted ere de mindre tætsiddende * samt cycloide, medens, de paa det egentlige Legeme ere imbricate, og dække hinandens Rande. Farven er characteristisk ved den Række af 5 store brunsorte Tverpletter, der ere stillede med lige Mellemrum henad Rygsiden; den første af «disse Pletter findes omtrent er * 70 however. shorter than in the males. The teeth on the pala- tine bones and on the vomer not so large as those on the maxillaries; they continue obsolete till the individual has attained a total length of about 707 Total length of the individual taken on ihe ‘North Atlantic Expedition 127"; length of head 21” This example was a female, having the abdominal cavity distended with roe. Appendices pylorice 2, rather thick; Kroyer found 3 in his specimen. pe : Fins. —* Dorsal’ commencing in close proximity to the base of the pectorals; number of rays: 58—60, more rarely 61. The foremost 2—4 invariably short, and quite free at base, the length of the rest increasing about to the middle of the fin, which again begins to slope a little towar ds the caudal. - Anal furnished«with 36 or 37 rays, sometimes with 35 or 38; the first short and spinous, the rest articulated. and distinctly divided at their points. The depth of this fin about the same throughout its entire length. not dimin- ishing towards both extremities as in the dorsal. | Caudal distinetly separated from dorsal and anal, no of a 14: trace connective membrane. Number of rays 15, all articulated, and the 12 middlemost also branched; on either side,. too, occur a couple of a tary In form, this fin is square, slightly docked a the extremities. . å seldom rays. The pectorals, furnished with 15, more rarely 16 rays, all divided: at the points with the exception of the upper- most, are peculiar in form, the 5—6 lowermost becoming suddenly .elongated, and projecting through the membrane, in such manner that the lower part of the fin is per- ceptibly longer than the upper. These elongated rays diminish somewhat in length as they déscend, but even. the lowest is longer than the longest in the upper portion. Greatest length of pectorals in young individuals about equal to length of head, being, accordingly, to total length as I to 6; in adults, these fins are relatively somewhat their length never equalling that of the head; an old male, for mstance,, the pro Por to total length shorter, in was as 1 to 7. The ventrals, ‘of medium length, furnished with one exceedingly short spinous ray and 3 articulated rays; length, in young individuals, is to total length as 1 to 12—14,.in adults, as 1 to 17. Lateral Line. — Occurs, too, in this species, but exceed- its entire.length. The pores the furrow of the mesial line ingly indistinct throughout closely set, extending along of the Rady: Scales. and covering the nape and the cheeks; — Close and small, extending out on the head on the latter, they are less closely arranged, and eycloid, whereas on the body * proper they are imbricate, overlapping .each other. Colour. — This species is distinguished by a row of 5 large transverse spots, laterally arranged at equal distan- ces along the back; the first im the series occurs almost under den 6te Dorsalstraale, den sidste en halv Hoved- længde fra Haleroden. Mellemrummene mellem dem kunne være næsten uden Pletter, saaledes som hos enkelte Hunner, - eller opfyldte af mindre Pletter, der ogsaa udbrede sig nedenfor Legemets Midtlinie, uden dog nogensinde at naa en saadan Størrelse, som de 5 store Tyerpletter. Nedad Dorsalen løbe hos de ældre Individer omtrent 14 skraa Tverbaand, ligesom ogsaa Caudalen altid har distincte Tver- baand. Hos et Individ fra Christianiafjorden, som jeg havde - Lejlighed til at undersøge i levende Tilstand (en gammel Han, med en Totallængde af 171”), fandt jeg Hovedets Farve blaalig-grøn, marmoreret med brune Pletter; et smalt gulagtigt Baand lob ned foran hvert Oje, og tvers over Snuden, hvilke tilsammen indesluttede lær brunsort Plet. En sort Plet fandtes ogsaa laaget. sten sort. en triangt- paa Gjælle- Iris var mat messingfarvet, dets øvre Rand næ- Føde. Ventrikelen indeholdt adskillige hele yngre Individer at Themisto-libellula, samt en af de skjælbeklædte Annelider (Lepidonote). ‘Udbredelse. Reinhardts Exemplarer af hans L. acu- leatus vare alle fra Grønland. Fra Spitsbergen har den hidtil ikke været omtalt; men foruden Exemplaret fra Mag- dalenebay har jeg, som ovenfor nevnt, havt Anledning til at undersøge endnu et ved Spitsbergen erholdt Exemplar. Fremdeles optræder den langs den norske Kyst, dog som det synes, idethele ikke talrigt, lige ned til Christianiafjor- den; mod Syd gaar den ned til Kysterne af Bohuslen (58°), fra hvilken Localitet Arten oprindelig af Fries blev beskre- ven i 1837, og hvor flere Exemplarer ogsaa i de senere Aar ere fundne. Paa Nord-Americas Østkyst gaar den ifølse Goode & Bean (1879) ned lige til New-Englands Kyster, idet den er i flere Individer erholdt i Bugten uden- for Massachusetts (429). 17. Lumpenus lampetraeformis, (Walb.) 1792. Blennius capite laevi, ete., Mohr, Isl. Naturh. p. S4, tab. 4 (1786). Blennius lampetraeformis, Walb. Art. Gen. Pisce. p. 184 (1792). Centronotus islandieus, Bloch, Schneid. Syst. Ichth. p. 167 (1801). + Blennius tumpenus, pt. Faber, Fische Isl. p. 79 (1829). Centronotus lumpenus, Nilss. Prodr. Ichth. Seand. p. 104 (1832). Clinus nebulosus, Fries, Kel. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1837, p. 49 (1857). Clinus mohrit, Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 1 R. 1 B. 1837, p. 32 (1837). et lignende - «4 immediately beneath the 6th dorsal ray. the terminal spot being .distant half the length of the head from the origin of the tail, for instance in some females, or covered with smaller spots, likewise extending below the mesial lime; but all of them The disjunctive spaces sometimes almost spotless, of a size considerably less than that of thé large transverse spots. .The dorsal, in mature individuals, marked with: about 14 oblique transverse bars; the caudal, too, is in- variably traversed by distinct transverse bands. In one individual, taken im the Christiania Fjord, which I had an opportunity of examining while still alive (an old male, total length 171””), the colour of the head was bluish-green, freckled with brown spots; a narrow yellowish band extended downwards in front of each eye, and another traversed the snout, enclosing together a triangular patch of brownish-black. A black spot occurs, too, on the . gill-plate. rides of the colour of tarnished brass, almost. black above. Food. — The ventricle contained several perfect «examples of Themisto libellula, and a teståceous Annelid (Lepidonote ). Distribution. — Reinhardt's specimens of L. aculeatus were all from the coast of Greenland. From Spitzbergen, But, exclusive’ of the specimen from Magdalene Bay, I have had an oppor- it had not previously been mentioned. tunity, as before observed, of examining another indi- vidual taken on the coast of* Spitzbergen. Moreover, the species occurs along the shores of Norway, but not, it would seem, as a common fish, from the extreme north to the Christiania Fjord; its range southwards extends to Bohus- len (58°), the. locality in which the specimen described by Fries in 1837 was taken, and several examples have been met with there of late years: On the eastern coast of North America, according to Goode & Bean (1879), the range of the species extends as far south as. the coast of New England, divers individuals having been obtamed .in Massachusetts Bay (420). ‘17. Lumpenus lampetræformis, (Walb.) 1792. Blennius' capite levi, etc. Mohr, Isl. Naturh. p. 84, tab. 4 (1786). Blennius lampetreformis, Walb. Art. Gen. .Pise. p. 184, (1792). Centronotus islandicus, Bloch, Schneid. Syst. Ichth. p: 167 (1801). - Blennius lumpenus, pt. Faber, Fische Isl. p. 79, (1829). Centronotus lumpenus, Nilss. Prodr. Ichth. Scand. p. 104 (1832). Clinus nebulosus, Fries, Kgl. Vet. Ak. Handl. 1837, p. 49 (1887). Clinus mohrii, Ky.’ Naturh. Tidsskr. 1 R. 1 B. 1837, p. 32 (4837). Blennius gracilis, Stuwitz, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv. 1 B., p. 406 (1838). Lumpenus (Clinus) gracilis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 194 (1838). Lumpenus nebulosus, Nilss. Skand. Fauna, 4 Del, p. 195 (1855). Stichaeus islandicus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vol. 3, p. 281 (1861). Centroblennius nebulosus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 45 (1861). Lumpenus gracilis, Kr. 1861—63 (1862). Leptoblennius gracilis, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 210 (1864). å Lumpenus lampetraeformis, Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 72 (1874). Naturb. Tidsskr.*3" R. 1 B., p. 282, Kbhyn. Diagn. Tænder i Kjeverne; ingen paa Vomer eller Palatinbenene. Hovedet indeholdes hos de yngre 5—7, hos de ældre indtil 10 Gange i Totallengden. Overkjæven ube- tydeligt længere, end Underkjæven, naar tilbage til Øjets Forrand. De 3—4 første Dorsalstraaler korte, og ved Ro- den nesten fri. Pectoralerne jevnt afrundede, og kortere, end Hovedet, indeholdes 8—10, hos enkelte gamle Individer ind- til 13 Gange i Totallengden. Caudalen ved Roden fri, hos ældre Individer stærkt, hos yngre svagere tilspidset. Anus forholdsvis fremrykket; Legemet foran Anus forholder sig | til Halepartiet som 1: 1,7; hos ældre Individer er Forholdet som 1: 2, og derover. Farven gulagtig med talrige større og mindre graabrune Pletter, der ofte ere delvis sammenlø- bende; Caudalen med Tverbaand. Appendices pyloricae 2. Størrelsen indtil 350 (Norge), eller 412” (Island; Mus. Hafn.). i Mi. B.6. D. 7178 (68—70, eller 73—74); A. 49852; P. 15 (14); V. 4; C. 3/15)3. Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Lofoten i Norge; Spitsbergen. at ES Stat. 366. Røst i Lofoten, Beliggenhed. « Magdal enebay, Norge. N. Spitsbergen. Vpynde nO Favne (91 my, 50 Favne (91” JÅ a epi ote Bunden. ig +.5,00 C. i de 1,09 C. er Gris, * Sandbund. Mørkegraat Ler. ‘Datum 26de Juni 1877. | 17de Aug. 1878. 1 ungt Indiv. Hal FS 1 ungt Indiv. Å Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Ved Adskillelsen af den oprindelige Slægt Lumpenus angav Reinhardt i 1838 (Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 194) som Character for den 3die Gruppe Tilstedeværelse af Tænder — blot i Kjæverne, medens saavel Palatinbenene, som Vomer manglede saadanne. Som Typus og eneste Art under denne Gruppe opfører han en Form, som han netop havde mod- taget i et Par. Exemplarer fra Grønland, og som han fore- løbig identiticerede med den norske Blennius gracilis, Stuw. Et specielt Slægtsnavn ved Niden af de øvrige Grupper, modtog denne Art først i 1861 af Gill. der å sin Catalog over Fiskene paa Nord-Americas Nordostkyst opførte den > dages 2. Blennius gracilis, Stuwitz, Nyt Mag. f. Naturv. 1 B. p. 406 (1838). Lumpenus (Clinus) gracilis, Reinh. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Ath. 7 Del, p. 194 (1938). Lumpenus nebulosus, Nilss. Skand. Fauna, 4 Del, p. 195 (1855), Stichæus islandicus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vol. 3, p. 281 (1861). Centroblennius. nebulosus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 45 (1861). ; . Lumpenus gracilis,. Kr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B. p. 282, Kbhvn. 1861—63 (1862). * Leptoblennius gracilis, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 210 (1864). Lannpensis se Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 72 (1874). å Diagnosis. -—- Teeth in jaws, none on vomer and palatine bones. Length of head to total length, in young examples, as 1 to 5—7, in adults, as 1 to 10. Upper jaw slightly longer than lower, extending back to. the anterior margin of the eye. The first 3 or 4 dorsal rays short, and almost free at base... Pectorals uniform convex ; length less than that of the head, being to total length as 1 to S—10, in some old mdividuals as 1 to 13. Caudal free at base, and acuminate, in adults considerably, in young individuals but slightly. The vent placed comparatively Jar in advance, the length of the body anterior to the vent being * to that of the caudal region as 1 to 1.7; in old individuals, as 1 to 2, and above. Colour yellowish, mottled with numerous greyish-brown spots, large and smgll, confluent in places; caudal marked with transverse bands. Pyloric appen- Length reaching 350 (Norway); 412% (Ice- land: Mus. Hafn.). | M.B.6. D. 7178 (68—70 or 79-74 NA 2980 P. 15 (14); .V. 4; C 3/15/3. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Lofoten, in Nor- way; Spitzbergen. — Stat. 366. Magdalene Bay; N, Spitzbergen. Rost. in Lofoten, Exact Locality. Norway Norway: Depth. 50 Fathoms (91 m), 50 Fathoms (91). Temp. at Bottom. + 5.0" Cx — 109 °C. Bottom. Sandy Bottom. Dark-grey Clay.” Date. 26th June 1877. 17th Aug. 1878. 1 Young Indiv. Numb. of Specim, 1 Young Indiy. «Remarks on the Synonymy. Vid.. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afb. 7 Del, p. 194), gave, as the salient character distinguishing the 3rd group, the occurrence of teeth in the jaws only, none on the vomer or on the palatine bones. As the typical and sole species of this group. he established a form, of which one or two examples had just been sent him from Greenland, regard- ing it, provisionally, as identical with the Norwegian species Blennius gracilis, Stuw. No special generic appellation ranking with those of the. other -group was conferred on this species. till Gill (1861) classed it in his Catalogue of -- Reinhardt, in his - classification of the genus Lumpenus, in 1838 (Kgl. D. . under den (i 1860) opstillede Slægt Leptoblennius,’ hvilken han senere i 1864-+ characteriserede væsentlig. i Overens- stemmelse med Reinhardt. b Paa det sidstnævnte Sted opfører han ved Siden af Leptoblennius yderligere en ny Slegt, Centroblennius, for hvilken Richardson’s Lumpenus nubilus (Last Arct. Voy. vol. 2. 1855) udgjorde Typen. Men Forskjellen mellem disse 2 Slægter, som væsentlig er grundet paa en ringe Ulighed i Straaleantallet, er af ganske specifik Natur, og Leptoblennius bor derfor neppe engang anerkjendes som Underslægt: Ved Undersøgelsen og Beskrivelsen af Individer fra de forskjellige vidt adskilte Localiteter, som denne Art bebor, er der jevnlig bleven lagt speciel Vægt paa ‘Charac- terer, der ere hentede fra Hovedets og Legemshøjdens Forhold til Totallængden, et Forhold, der hos denne Art er særdeles betydelige Forandringer underkastede under Individernes Væxt. L. lampetraeformis, der har været kjendt i næsten et Aarhundrede. har derfor hyppig været mis- kjendt, og modtaget et stort Antal forskjellige Nayne, idet de for den oprindelige L. lampetraeformis opgivne Charac- terer blot passe ind paa Individerne af et bestemt Alders- trin (nemlig det noget over halvt udvoxede). Jeg har alle- rede ved en tidligere Lejlighed berørt dette Forhold i Norges Fiske* (Tillægshefte til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, 'p. 72). «I 1776 blev Arten første Gang kjendeligt beskrevet og afbildet af Mohr i hans, Islandske Naturhistorie* (p. 84) fra Island, dog uden paa dette Sted at erholde noget Arts. navn. At Mohr har havt denne Art for Øje, og ikke nogen anden af de grønlandske Former, synes bl. a. at fremgaa af hans Angivelse af Straaleantallet. Et Artsnavn (Blen- nius lampetraeformis) erholdt den først i 1792 af Walbaum i den nye Udgave af Artedi’s Genera Pisciwm (tom. 3, p. 184), hvor Mohr's Beskrivelse og Tegning gjengives. I 1801 erholdt samme Mohr’s Art yderligere et nyt Navn af Schneider, i hans Udgave af Bloch’s Systema Ichthyologiae, og under dette Navn har Dr. Giinther op- taget Arten i sin Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. (Stichaeus islandicus). Den islandske Form blev fremdeles i 1837 gjort til Gjenstand for Behandling, nemlig af Kröyer, der (Nat. Tidsskr. I R. I B.) beskriver et fra Island nedsendt Individ under Navnet Blennias lampetraeformis, men foreslaar til Slutning som en mere passende Benævnelse Clinus mohrii (et Navn, som dog Kröyer selv ikke senere har adopteret). I den Beskrivelse af ,Blennius hmpenus*, Lin., som Faber giver i 1822 i sin .. Naturgesch. Fische Islands“ (p. 79), sammenblandes saavel i Beskrivelsen, som i Synonymien Mohr's Art med Fabricius’ Blennius lmpenus fra Grøn- land (= Lumpenus fabricii, Reinh.); dog kan det sees, at Faber neppe kan have kjendt nogen af Arterne af Autopsi. At Walbaum's Bl. lampetraeformis fra Island er iden- tisk med Stuwitz’s Blenmius .gracilis fra Norges Vestkyst 1 Opstillet for Storer's Blennius serpentinus. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. 3 Fishes occurring on the north-eastern coast of North Ame- rica under the genus Leptoblennius (established 18601), which he afterwards (1864) characterized much the same as Reinhardt. Along with Leptoblennius, Prof. Gill introduced into his Catalogue a new allied genus, Centroblennius, Richard- son’s Lumpenus nubilus (Last. Aret. Voy. vol. 2, 1855) furnishing the type. The characteristie distinction between these two genera, founded principally on a slight inequality in the number of the fin-rays, is however strictly specific; and hence Leptoblennius can hardly be entitled to rank even as a sub-genus. ; Now, when examining and deseribing individuals from the numerous and widely distant localities inhabited by this species, particular importance has usually been attached to characters resting on the proportion which the head and depth of the body bear to the total length; and this pro- portion in the present species is found to vary very con- siderably with the growth of the fish. Hence ZL. lampetre- Jormis, known to ichthyologists for the space of a century almost, has frequently been misapprehended, and has been given a large number of synonyms, the characters originally believed to belong to L. lampetræformis being those of individuals arrived at a particular stage of growth (a little more than half-grown). On a former occasion I called attention to this fact, viz. in “Norges Fiske” (Tillægshefte til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 72). In 1776, the species was first described and figured with comparative accuracy, by Mohr, in Islandske Na- turhistorie” (p. 84), but without his assigning a specific name. That it was this species Mohr had before him, and not one of the other Greenland forms, seems evident from the fin-formula given. A specific name (Blennius lampetræfor- . mis) was first suggested, in 1792, by Walbaum, in his edi- tion of Artedi’s Genera Piscum (tom. 3, p. 184), accom- panied by Mohr's diagnosis and representation. In’ 1801, Mohr's species had a new synonym given it, by Schneider, in his edition of Bloch’s Systema Ichthyolo- giæ; and this name Dr. Gimther has adopted in his Cata- logue Fish. Brit. Mus. (Stichæus islandicus). This Icelandic form was'made the subject of further treatment by Kröyer, who (Nat. Tidsskr. 1 R. 1 B.) de- scribes an example sent from Iceland by the name of Blennius lampetræformis, proposing, however, at the close of his paper. . as a more appropriate designation, Clinus mohrii; but the latter synonym was not afterwards adopted by Kröyer, himself. In the description of Blennius lumpenus, Lin., given by Faber (1822) in his *Naturgesch. Fische Islands” (p. 79), Mohr's species and Fabricius’s Blennius lumpenus from Greenland (i. e.. Lumpenus fabricii, Remh.) are confounded throughout, both as regards the description and the synon- ymy; it is evident, however, that Faber can have known nothing of either species from autopsy. That Walbaum's Bl. lampetreformis, from Iceland, is identical with Stuwitz's Bl. gracilis, from the west coast of ! For Storer’s Blennius serpentinus. 10 (1837), og at begge udgjøre de næsten udvoxede Individer af Fries’ CYinus nebulosus fra Bohuslen (1837), har: jeg i den ovennævnte Afhandling (Norges Fiske) tidligere søgt at begrunde; og det kan neppe være nogen Tvivl under- kastet (hvad allerede Nilsson i 1855 har antydet), at den ligeledes er identisk med Reinhardts ovenfor nævnte Lum- penus (Clinus) gracilis fra Grønland, der omtaltes første Gang i 1838. Vistnok berores denne af Reinhardt blot med nogle faa Ord; men Kröyer har senere (i 1862) givet en detailleret Beskrivelse af denne Form, der sees at have været et stort Individ med en Totallængde af omtr. 540", og dette er i alle væsentlige Henseender overensstemmende med ligestore Individer fra de norske Kyster, saavel i den ydre, som den indre Bygning. Foruden de Beskrivelser, der ere fremkomne gjennem Kröyer, Nilsson og Fries, haves allerede fra 1838 en sær- deles udførlig saadan, forfattet af Stuwitz i Nyt Mag. f. Naturv., 1 B., hvori et næsten udvoxet Individ med en Totall. af omtr. 265”", fundet tilligemed et Par andre lig- nende i Christianiafjorden i 1835 og 1836 af Prof. Esmark, beskrives med den yderste Nøjagtighed. Der er saaledes ingen Mangel paa Beskrivelser af denne Art, men da de alle ere indbyrdes mere eller mindre uoverensstemmende, alt efter Størrelsen og de ydre Variationer hos de fore- liggende Individer, har jeg troet det ikke overflødigt her at lade følge en ny og mere kortfattet, hvor der saavidt muligt er taget Hensyn til alle disse individuelle Uoverens- stemmelser. Exemplaret fra Magdalenebay havde en Totallængde af 62””, hvoraf Hovedets Længde udgjorde 10,5”: Det var saaledes (ligesom Exemplaret fra Røst i Lofoten) blot en Unge, og svarede fuldkommen til Unger af samme Stor- relse fra de norske Kyster. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Sammenlignet med de øvrige Arter er Legemet forholdsvis langstrakt, især hos de ældre Individer. Ligeledes er Hovedet betydeligt min- dre hos de ældre, end hos de yngre Individer, og hos ingen anden Art er den gradvise Forandring i denne Henseende saa betydelig. | Højden over Nakken indeholdes hos de yngre Indi- vider (omkr. 60—70””) omtr. 12 Gange i Totallængden, hos de ældre lige til 20 Gange og derover: bagenfor Nak- ken bliver Legemets Højde ubetydeligt større, men inde- holdes dog endnu hos et større Individ (Totall. 265””) 20 Gange i Totallængden. Hovedet er forholdsvis lidet; dets Forhold til Totall. varierer fra 5'/» lige til 10 og derover. Hovedlængden i Totallængden hos de forskjellige Individer efter følgende Forholde: Totallængde 507”: Hovedets Forhold til Totall. 5.5 —= 96 — = = 6.0 = 1800 = = —= 7,0 = 192; = = — == 8,3 = 265 - == = — 9.8 = B20 == == — 10,3 Saaledes indeholdes Norway (1837), and that both represent the nearly full- grown examples of Fries's Clinus nebulosus, from Bohuslen (1837), I have sought to show in the treatise cited above (“Norges Fiske”); nor does there (as suggested by Nilsson in 1855) exist any valid reason for questioning’ its identity with Reinhardt’s Lumpenus (Clinus) gracilis, from Green- land, mentioned for the first time in 1838. True, Rein- hardt alludes to the species in a few words only; but a detailed description was furnished by Kröyer (in 1862) of this form; and the diagnosis of the specimen examined, a large indifidual, total length about 340”, corresponds in all essential particulars precisely with that of individuals of equal size from the coast of Norway, both as regards its outer and inner structure. Exclusive of the diagnoses by Kröyer, Nilsson, and Fries, an elaborate description was furnished by Stuwitz, as far back as 1838, and published in “Nyt Mag. f. Na- turv.”, 1 B., im which an individual, almost mature (total length about 265””), found,’ together with one or two other examples of the same species, in the Christiania Fjord, in 1835 and 1836, by Prof. Esmark. is described with the There is accordingly no want of de- scriptions of this species; but all of them being, when com- greatest accuracy. pared together, more or less divergent, from the difference in size and external features generally characterismg the specimens examined, I have not deemed it superfluous to annex a new and more compendious description, in which, so far as possible, regard has been had to these individual incongruities. : a= The example from Magdalene Bay had a total length of 62”", the length of the heat being 10.57”: This spec- imen (like the example taken off Rost, in Lofoten) was accordingly ‘a young individual, corresponding exactly with young individuals of equal size from the coast of Norway. Structure of the Body. — Compared with the other species, body rather elongated, more especially in mature examples. The head, too, con- siderably smaller in adults than in young individuals; and in none of the other species are the gradations during General Description. growth so considerable. Depth of body at nape, in young individuals (60—70™"), bears to total length the proportion of 1 to 12; in mature examples, of 1 to 20, and above; posterior to the nape, the depth of the body exhibits a slight increase, being never- theless to total length, in a comparatively large-sized indi- vidual (total length 265"), as 1 to 20. Head comparatively small, its proportion to total length varying from that of 1 to 5*/. to 1 to 10, and above. The length of the head, accordingly, in the several speci- mens, was to the total length as follows: — Total length 507"; length of head to total length 5.5 24 96 - oe = = 6.0 — 80% — — — 7.0 — 192 - — = — 8.3 — 265 - — = — 9.8 -- 320 - = = — 10.3 Overkjæven er tydeligt længere, end Underkjæven, «og Snuden krumbøjet; Mundspalten naar tilbage til Øjets Forrand. Øjnene ere middels store og tætstanende, samt inde- holdes omtrent 4 Gange i Hovedlængden; hos ældre Indi- vider blive Øjnene relativt mindre. og Forholdet er her omtrent som 1:5, Næseborene ere 1 Par, der bære korte Tuber: lige- som hos de øvrige Arter aabner sig foran og bag hvert af dem en større Pore. Gjællespalterne ere vide, og naa paa Hoyedets Under- side frem til under Øjets bagre Rand. Gjællehinderne have 6 Straaler, der ikke ere bedækkede af Gjællelaaget (saa- ledes, som det er Regelen hos L. maculatus), og som derfor altid let kunne tælles. Å . Tænderne ere tilstede blot i Kjæverne, og ere i en- hver Alder temmelig spinkle, hvilket staar i Overeusstem- melse med de idethele spinkeltbyggede og korte Kjæver. I Overkjæven danne de flere tætte Rækker, i Underkjæven blot en enkelt, der fortil bliver dobbelt. Anus er, sammenlignet med hvad det er Tilfældet hos de foregaaende Arter, L. medius og L. maculatus, belig- gende langt fortil, saaledes at Halepartiet bliver relativt længere; end hos de 2 næynte Arter. Især er dette Til- fældet hos de ældre Indfvider. hvor Halen over dobbelt saa lang. som Partiet foran Anus. Medens saa- ledes hos disse sidste Legemets Længde foran Anus forhol- bliver der sig til Længden bag samme (Halen), som 1:2,1, er samme Forhold hos de yngre omtrent som 1: 17. Finnerne. Dorsalen begynder ret over Pectoralernes øvre Rod, og har de første Par Straaler kortere, end de øvrige, og ved Roden næsten fri, dog aldrig saa distinct, som hos L. maculatus. Antallet af” Straaler er nogen Variation underkastet. men er dog idethele højere. end hos nogen af de øvrige arctiske Arter! af denne Slegt. Det højeste Antal i Dorsalen synes at være 74, hvilket Kröyer har fundet hos et grønlandsk Individ, ligesom jeg har fundet det samme hos et Individ fra Norge. 73 har Stuwitz (1 1837) fundet hos 2 Individer, ligeledes fra Norge; de fleste norske Individer synes at have 71 eller 72 Straaler i Dor- salen, de samme Tal, som Malmgren fandt hos et Par In- ‘divider fra Spitsbergen, ligesom Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individ fra samme Localitet havde 71. Mohr opgiver lige- ledes 72 for sit Typ-Exemplar fra Island, og samme Tal fandt Malm hos et Individ fra Bohuslen i Sverige. Det laveste observerede Antal synes at have været 68 (hos 5 norske Individer). Sin største Højde har Finnen noget foran Midten, uden dog at aftage i nogen særdeles betyde- lig Grad bagtil. Analen har, som de øvrige Arter, 1 kort Pigstraale, og Resten leddede, og i Spidsen klovede Straaler. Denne Klovning tiltager med Alderen, saaledes at den hos ældre 1 ZL, serpentinus, (Storer) fra Nordamericas Østkyst har: D. 76, A. 55 (Gill 1864, efter 1 undersøgt Expl.). 75 Upper jaw perceptibly longer than lower; snout aqui- line; cleft of mouth reaching back to anterior margin of the eye. Eyes of moderate size, and ‘closely set; longitudinal diameter is to total length about as 1 to 4; im mature specimens, the eyes relatively smaller, the proportion being nearly as 1 to 5. å - One pair of nostrils, furnished with short tubes; a large pore’ occurs, as in the other species, anterior and posterior to each nostril. Branchial opening wide, forward on under. Bran- chiostegous membranes furnished with 6 rays, not covered by the gill-plate (as is generally the case with L. macula- tus), and hence easy to number. Teeth in jaws only, and at every stage of growth reaching surface. of head to the posterior margin of the eye. rather slender, a feature corresponding with. the character of the jaws. which are feeble and short. In the upper jaw, they constitute several closely arranged series; in the lower, a single row only, the fore part of which is double. Vent placed far in advance, as compared with its posi- in L. medius and L. maculatus, the caudal region being relatively of greater length than in either of the tion two latter species. This is more particularly the case with adults, which have the tail twice as long as the region Hence the length of the body anterior to the vent in mature individuals, is to the postanal region (the tail) as*1 to 2.1, whereas the proportion in compara- tively young examples is as 1 to 1.7. Fins. — Dorsal commencing immediately above the upper root of the pectorals, the two first rays shorter, than the rest, and almost free at base, but never so distinct as in L. maculatus. The number of rays is found to vary somewhat, as a rule however exceeding that in any of the other Arctic species! of this genus. The greatest number of dorsal rays would appear to be 74; observed by Kroyer in a Greenland specimen; and I have myself met with the same number, in an individual taken on the coast of Nor- Stuwitz found (1837) 72 rays in two specimens obtained off the Norwegian coast; the majority of Norwe- gian individuals would appear to have 71 or 72 rays, the number found by Malmgren in two specimen from Spitzbergen; the individual taken on the North Atlantic Expedition in the same locality had also 71 rays. Mohr, too, gives 72 for his typical specimen from Iceland, and Malm observed 72 in an example taken on the coast of Swe- den, off Bohuslen. The smallest number appears to be 68 (in 5 Norwegian individuals). The greatest depth of the fin occurs a little anterior to the medial point, dimin- anterior to the vent. way. ishing but very slightly throughout the posterior half. Anal, as in the other species, furnished with one short spinous ray; the other rays are all articulated and cleft at the points. This division, increasing with the growth LL, serpentinus, (Storer), occurring on the eastern shores of North America, has: D. 76: A.55 (Gill 1864; one specimen only examined), 10* Individer er tildels dobbelt. Straalernes Antal ligger mellem 49 og 52; naar Mohr for sit Typ-Exemplar opgiver 54, tør dette ansees som en individuel Afvigelse, hvis det ikke be- ror paa en fejlagtig Undersøgelse. Caudalen udmærker sig fremfor de øvrige Arters ved sin tilspidsede Form, der især hos, de ældre Individer er stærkt udpræget. Den er fuldkommen adskilt fra Dorsa- lens og Analens sidste Straaler, endskjont disse legge sig ud over Haleroden. Hos yngre Individer er Finnen noget mindre tilspidset. Straalernes Antal er omtr. 15, hvortil kommer et Antal korte og uleddede Støttestraaler paa hver Side; de 11—12 mellemste er tydeligt articulerede, samt kløvede. Peetoralerne tælle 15, sjeldnere 14 Straaler, ere jevnt afrundede, forholdsvis korte, samt indeholdes hos de yngre Individer S—10. hos ældre lige til 13 Gange og derover i Totallængden.” Med Undtagelse af den øverste.ere de alle kløvede. Ventralerne ere af middels Længde, have I særdeles kort, uleddet Straale, og 3 længere leddede, tilsammen 4 Straaler. Hos yngre Individer indeholdes den endnu 17 Gange i Totallængden, men hos ældre lige til 29 Gange (og derover). Sidelinien er særdeles utydelig, udspringer over Gjælle- spalten, og følger efter sit hele Løb Legemets Midtfure. Porerne ere yderst smaa og tætsiddende. Farven er blegt gulbrun med et stort Antal dels større, dels mindre graabrune Pletter nedad Legemets Sider ; alene Bugen er uden Pletter, og noget mere. sølvfarvet. . Størrelsen og Antallet af disse Pletter varierer betydeligt; hos de fleste middelsstore Exemplarer sees omtrent 8 større saadanne at strække sig henad Siderne under Midtlinien, og undertiden tillige en lignende Række over denne, hvis Pletter, der tildels: gaa ud over Grunden af Dorsalerne, alternere med den nedre Rækkes. Mellem disse staa altid mindre Pletter og Skygninger, der ofte ere stærkt sam- menløbende. Dorsalen har skraatløbende Tverbaand, Caudalen lige- ledes 3—4 (hos ældre Individer flere) Tverbaand, medens de øvrige Finner synes uden Tegninger. Hovedet er mere marmoreret, og har en messingfarvet Iris, hvis øvre Rand er sort. Udbredelse. L. lampetraeformis er for Tiden kjendt fra Grønland, Island, Spitsbergen, samt fra Europas Nord- vestkyst ned til Kattegat. Medens der endnu foreligge blot faa Individer fra Grønland og Island, er den flere Gange erholdt ved Spitsbergen allerede under de: svenske Expeditioner, og den gaar her op til idetmindste 800 N. B. Derimod synes den ikke at være sjelden paa de fleste Punkter langs den norske Kyst fra Finmarken af og ned til Christianiafjorden, og jeg har optaget indtil et Dusin Individer i et enkelt Kast med Torskegarn i Porsanger- fjorden i Vest-Finmarken. Dens Sydgrændse synes at være Bohuslen, hvor et Par Individer ere erholdte saa langt 76 of+the fish, sometimes becomes double in mature individuals. Number of rays varying between 49 and 52; it is true, Mohr gives 54 for his typical specimen, but this, if cor- rectly observed, must be a mere individual deviation. Caudal, more especially in adults, characterised by its acuminate form; it is separated from the terminal rays in the dorsal and anal, which extend notwithstanding beyond the base of the tail. Individuals comparatively young haye this fin somewhat less acuminate. Number of rays about 15, exclusive of numerous short auxiliary rays on either side, without articulation; 11 or 12 of the middle ones distinctly articulated, and branched. Pectorals furnished with 15, more rarely with 14 rays; uniform convex, comparatively short, their length, in young individuals, being as 1 to 8—10, in mature indivi- duals as 1 to 13, and above. Pectoral rays all branched, with the exception of the uppermost. Ventrals of moderate length; have I short ray,’ not articulated, and 3 longer articulated rays, or, altogether, 4. Length of fin, in young individuals, is to total length as 1 to 17, but in adults the proportion becomes as I to 29 (and even above). ‘ Lateral Line. — Very indistinct; commences immedi- ately above the branchial opening, passing from thence straight down the medial furrow of the body. The pores closely set, and extremely minute. Colowr. — Colour pale yellowish-brown, relieved with a number of greyish-brown spots, extending laterally along the body; the abdomen alone spotless, and of a somewhat more silvery appearance. These spots vary considerably in magnitude and number; most middle-sized examples are marked with a row of eight, stretching along the sides below ‘the mesial line, and occasionally, too, with a similar series above, the spots composing it, which sometimes ex- tend beyond the base of the dorsals, alternating with those in the lower row. The interspace always exhibiting spots and cloudings, the former frequently confluent. Dorsal marked with oblique transverse bands; the -caudal likewise has 3 or 4 transverse bands (in adults a greater number), whereas the other fins would appear to: be without markings of any kind. Head to a greater ex- tent mottled; irides of a brassy yellow, black above. Distribution. Up to the present time, L. lampe- treformis is known to occur on the coast of Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, and the shores of north-western Eu- rope, as far south as the Cattegat. But few examples of the species have been hitherto obtained from Greenland and Iceland; off Spitzbergen, however, it has been repeatedly observed, individuals having been taken on each of the Swedish Expeditions to the Polar Sea, and its range ex- tends at least as far north as 80°, Along the coast of Norway, from Finmark to the Christiania Fjord, it would appear to be rather a common fish in most localities; I once took as a many as a dozen individuals at a single ned, som ved Gøtheborg under 58° N. B. Boh. Fauna, p. 470). (Malm, Gøtheb. Idethele er det ikke uden Interesse, at Arten fore- kommer fuldkommen uforandret under den forholdsvis høje Temperatur, som Havvandet har ved Norges og Sveriges Sydkyst, og i den iskolde Area ved Nordspidsen af Spits- bergen. Fam. Lycodidae. Gen. Lycodes, Reinh. 1830—31, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. p. LXXIV, Kbhvn. 1832 (1830—31). ~ - Overs. Ste Del, i Regele n sk jælbeklædt: Skjællene smaa, runde, nedtrykte i Huden. Sidelinie tilstede, ofte mindre tydelig, dobbelt. Øjet af middels Størrelse. Kjæverne uden Skjæg- traade; Legemet langstrakt, undertiden Overkjæven lengere, end Underkjæven. Finnestraalerne bløde, articulerede; Caudalen utyde-+ lig, og er uden Overgang forenet med Dorsalen og Analen. tilstede, bestaaende af faa, særdeles spinkle. Straaler: Længde mindre, Ventraler anbragte paa Struben, deres end Øjets Leengdediameter, eller */, af Pectoralernes Længde. Gjælle- spalten temmelig trang: Gycellehinderne ikke indbyr- mindre, end des sammenvoxede paa Hovedets Underside. Tænder i Kjæverne, samt i Regelen tillige paa Vomer og Palatinbenene, Pseudobranchier tilstede; Analpapille i og Svømmeblære mangler. Appendices pyloricae eller ingen. Af denne i flere Henseender mærkelige Slægt have de seneste Aars Undersøgelser efterhaanden bragt for Dagen et ikke ringe Antal nye Former, saaledes at .den er kom- men til at udgjøre den artrigeste Slægt af alle hidtil be- kjendte arctiske Dybvandsfiske '. . . . 1 Lycodes-Slægtens Litteratur. Om Slægten Zycodes foreligger for Tiden følgende Litteratur. 1824. Sabine. (Account of the) *Fish”, Suppl. to Append. Capt. Parry’s Voy. for the Disc. of a NW. Passage, 1819—20, p. CCXII—IM. Lond. 1824. =I ~] haul with a net, in the Porsanger Fjord, West Finmark: The southern limit of its range is probably Bohuslen, in Sweden, one or two individuals having been obtained off Gothenburg (58° N.). It is an interesting fact, that individuals taken on the southern coast of Norway and Sweden, where the tempera- ture of the water is comparatively high, differ in no respect from those met with in the frigid expanse of ocean at the northern extremity: of Spitzbergen. Fam. Lycodide. Gen. Liycodes, Reinh. Overs. 1830—31, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 5 Del, p. LXXIV, Kbhyn. 1832 (1830—31). Body elongated, as a rule scaled.» Seales small, circular, imbedded in the skin: lateral line present, Eyes mode- frequently indistinct, sometimes double. rate, jaws without fringes: upper jaw longer than lower. Fin-rays soft, articulated; caudal indistinct, continuous with the dorsal and anal.. Ventrals pre- sent, placed on the throat, each furnished with a few exceedingly slender rays, of a length less than the of the eye, or less than */, of Gill-opening rather membrane the Teeth in the jaws, and; as longitudinal diameter the length of the pectorals. narrow, branchial disconnected on inferior surface of head. a rule, also on the tomer and palatine bones. Pseu- anal papilla and swimming- or altogether dobranchtæ present: bladder wanting. Pylorte appendages 2, wanting. Within the last few years the labours of ichthyolo- gists have brought to light a considerable number of new forms belonging to this, in many respects, remarkable genus, which is now shown to comprise a greater number of species than any of the oe Arctic deep-sea fishes yet known!, 1 Bibliography of the genus Lycodes. The genus Lycodes is treated of in the following works: 1824. Sabine. (Account of the) “Fish,” Suppl. to Append. Capt. Parry’s Voy. for the Disc. of a NW. Passage, 1819—20, p. CCXII—III. Lond. 1824. Udredelsen af disse nyere Arter, og deres rette For- hold til de allerede bekjendte ældre Typer, frembyder imid- Under Navn af Blennius polaris beskrives en Fisk, der i Aaret 1819 fandtes opkastet paa Strandbredden i Arctisk America’ (North Georgia), og som synes at have været en Art af den senere opstillede Slægt Lycodes, ejendommelig ved sit nøgne Legeme, skjønt Total- længden var 7 eng. Tommer (omtr. 1807”), og med de for adskillige af denne Slægts Arter characteristiske Tverbaand over Legemet. ' Beskrivelsen er iøvrigt saa ufuldstændig, at Arten maa siges at være ganske ubestemmelig, og den er aldrig senere med Sikkerhed gjen- funden. (la. L. polaris, [Sab.]). 1828. Ross, J. C. “Appendix Nat. Hist.”, Parry, Narrat. Att. to reach the North Pole 1827, p. 200. Lond. 1828. Et Individ, der af Ross henførtes under Sabine's ovenfor nævnte Art, Blennius polaris, optoges under Parry's Nordpol-Expedition i Juni 1827 paa 80 Favnes Dyb nordenfor Spitsbergen, under 81° 6” N. B. Denne er utvivlsomt en Lycodes, Sabine's Art ved Finnernes Straaleantal samt Farven, og ansees af Malmgren for at være Bj med hans i 1865 fra Spitsbergen be- skrevne L. rossi. (1b. LZ, polaris, [J. C. Ross.]). 1830—31. Reinhardt, sen. Overs. 1830—31, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 5 Del, p. LXXIV. Kbhvn. 1832. Slægten Lycodes opstilles, og dens Characteristik meddeles tem- meligt udførligt: som dens Typus opstilles Z. vahlii, efter et enkelt, omtrent 360” langt Individ fra Grønland, udtaget af Ventrikelen af en Somniosus microcephalus. Uddrag af denne Meddelelse findes i Okens ,Isis* for 1848, p. 124—125. (2. L. vahlii, Reinh.). 1834—35. Reinhardt, sen. Overs. 1834—35, Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. LXXV. Kbhvn. 1837. Forfatteren giver en udførlig Diagnose af Slægten, saavelsom af Arterne L. samt af den ny tilkomne J. retteulatus, den sidste opstillet efter 2 større Individer fra Grønland, erholdte i Aarene 1833 og 34, og ligeledes udtagne af Ventrikelen af S. microcephalus. Ud- drag af denne Meddelelse findes i Okens ,Isis* for 1848, p. 134— 1350 i (3. L. reticulatus, Reinh.). 1835. Ross, J. C. “Account Nat. Hist. Fish”, Sir J.. Ross, App. Narr. Sec. Voy. in Search North-West Passage 1829—33, p. LIT. Lond. 1835. Et Individ, der antoges at have været Sabine's Blennius polaris, udtoges af Ventrikelen af en Gadus ved Boothia, Arctisk America. Det var stærkt mutileret, og Bestemmelsen usikker. 1838. Reinhardt, sen. Kel. D. Vid. vahlii, »Ichthyologiske Bidrag til den grøn- landske Fauna‘ (Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat.. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 123—124, 147—174, og 223—228. Kbhvn. 1838). En udførlig Beskrivelse meddeles af Z. vahlii (hertil PI. L. reticulatus (hertil PI. 6), samt af den ny tilkomne Art L. semiaudus, hvoraf i 1837 var erholdt et Individ med en Totallængde af omtrent 480mm ved Grønland. Et udførligt Uddrag af denne Afhandling fin- des i Okens ,Isis* for 1848, p. 279—290. (4. Gå seminudus, Reinh.). 5), og 1844. Kroyer. ,Notice angaaende Forøgelse af den grøn- landske Fiskefortegnelse* (Overs. Kel. D. V. Selsk. Forh. 1844, p. 140. Kbhyn. 1845). En kort og foreløbig Diagnose meddeles af 2 nye Arter, L perspicillum og L. nebulosus, begge opstillede efter et Par Individer fra Grønland. dende gaaet tabt, og den lader sig paa Grund af den ufuldstændige Beskrivelse neppe nogensinde identificere; den førstnævynte er, efter hvad der nedenfor skal søges paavist, maaske Ungen af L. reticulatus. (5. L. perspicillum, Kr. 6. L. nebulosus, Kr.). 184? Krøyer. 1838—40, Corv. Voy. Comm. Sci. Scand. Lap., Spitsb., Feroé, “la Recherche”. Zool. Pisc. pl. 7. . Paris 184? men synes at afvige fra * Typ-Exemplaret af.den sidste af disse Arter er tilsynela~ 78 ,the species Z. vahlii and L. reticulatus, The working out of these new species and of their true relation to the types already established is, however, ,” The name of Blennius polaris was given to a fish found stranded in the year 1819 on the coast of Arctic America (North Georgia), and which would seem to have been a species of the subsequently _ established genus Lycodes, a salient feature being the naked body, although the total length of the specimen reached 7 English in (about 180”™): it was marked, too, with the transverse bands across the body distinguishing several species of that genus. The description, however, is far too incomplete to admit of characterising the species, and it is not known to have been subsequently met with. (la. L. polaris, [Sab.]). 1828 ROSTE “Appendix. Nat. Hist.,” Parry, Narrat. Att. to reach the North Pole 1827, p. 200. Lond. 1828. An individual, referred by Ross to Sabine’s Blennius polaris, was taken on Parry’s North Pole Expedition, in June 1827, at a depth of 80 fathoms, north of Spitzbergen, lat. 81° 6’ N. This spec- imen is unquestionably a Lycodes, but would seem to differ from Sa- bine’s species in the number of fin-rays and in the colour; Malmgren regards it as identical with his Z. rossi, also from Spitzbergen,* des- eribed 1864, (1b. Z. polaris, [J. C. Ross]). 1830—31. Poi hagdt sen. Overs. 1830—31, Kel. D. Vig: Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 5 Del, p. LXXIV. Kbhvn. 1832. The genus %; ces is introduced, and its characters enumerated somewhat at length; as the type, Reinhardt gives Z. vahlii, determined from a single specimen from Greenland, total length about 3607", taken from the ventricle of a Somniosus microcephalus. Extracts from this paper will be found in Oken’s “Isis” for 1848, p.*124—1%. (5a. Reinh.). 1834—35. Reinhardt sen. Overs. 1834—35, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. LXXV. Kbhyn. 1837. The author furnishes a detailed diagnosis of the genus, and of the latter established from 2 large individuals obtained on the coast of Greenland, in the years 1833 and 1834; these specimens, too, were taken from the ventricle of a S. microcephalus. Extracts from this paper will be found in Oken's “Tsis” for 1848; p. 134—135. + (3. L. reticulatus, Reinh.). 1835. Ross, J. C. “Account Nat. Hist. Fish.,” Sir J. Ross, App. Narr. Sec. Voy. in Search North-West Passage 1829—33, p. LIT, Lond. 1835. An individual, believed to have been Sabine’s Blennius polaris, was taken from the ventricle of a Gadus, at Boothia, Arctic America. Being greatly mutilated its determination is doubtful. vahlii, 1838. Reinhardt sen. “Ichthyologiske Bidrag til den grøn- landske Fauna” (Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 123 —124, 147—174, and 223—228. Kbhvn. 1838). A full description is furnished of Z vahlit (Pl. 5) and of £. reticulatus (Pl. 6); also of a newly established species L. seminudus, of which a specimen — total length about 480”” — had been obtained, in 1837, on the coast of Greenland. Extracts from this treatise will be found in Oken’s “Isis” 1848, p. 279—290. (4. L. seminudus, Reinh.). 1844. Kroyer. landske Fiskefortegnelse” 140. Kbhyn. 1845). A brief and preliminary diagnosis is furnished pf 2 new species, “Notice angaaende Forøgelse af den grøn- (Overs. Kgl. D. V. Selsk. Forh. 1844, p. LL. perspicillum and L. nebulosus, both established from, 2 examples taken on the coast of Greenland. The typical specimen of the latter species would appear to have been lost, and on account of the in- complete description will hardly admit of being identified; the former — from reasons to be subsequently advanced — is perhaps a young example of ZL. reticulatus. (5. L. perspicillum, Kr. 6. L. nebulosus, Kr.). Voy. Comm. Sci. Scand. Lap. Spitzb. Feroé, Zool: Pise. pl. 7. Paris 184? 184? Kroyer. 1838—40, Cory. la “Recherche.” , dyr, Fugle og Fiske,“ Rink, Grønl. 2 B. App. p. 22— lertid særegne Vanskeligheder, ikke blot paa Grund af den mindre gode Tilstand, hvori disse ældre Typ-Individer be- I Gaimards Plancheværk, tilhørende Beretningen om Corvetten ' La Recherche's* arctiske Reise, giver Krøyer Afbildninger af de 2 hidtil erholdte Individer af L. perspicillum. Text blev ikke leveret til denne, eller til de øvrige ichthyologiske Plancher. 1855. Richardson. “Account of the Fish”, Last Arct. Voy. Command. of Sir Edw. Belcher, 1852—54, vol. 2, p. 362, Pl. XX VI. Lond. 1855. En ny Art, Z. mucosus, fra Arctisk America (Northumberland «Sound) beskrives udførligt og afbildes; ligesom Sabine’s L. polaris var den uden Skjæl, men afveg fra denne ved Straaleantallet i Pec- toralen; samt ved Antallet af Legemets Tverbaand. Totalleengden af det største af de 2 erholdte Individer var omtrent 176”: Først i 1876 er denne Art gjenfundet i et stort Individ fra Cumberland Gulf, ligeledes i Arctisk America. (7., L. mucosus, Rich.). 1857. Reinhardt, jun. ,,Fortegnelse over Grønlands Patte- 23. Kbhvn. 1857. Arterne L. vahlii, L. reticulatus, L. seminudus, L. ed og L. nebulosus opregnes som tilhørende Grønlands Fauna. 1861. Gill. North America, from Greenland to Georgia” Philad. 1861, Appendix p. 46. Philad. 1862). De hidtil kjendte 7 Arter, Z. vahlit, Reinh., L. reticulatus, Reinh., L. seminudus, Reinh., L. perspicillum, Kr., L. nebulosus, Kr., Rich., og L. polaris, Sab., opregnes som tilhørende det ovennævnte Gebet. . 1862. Kroyer. (Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 Rekke, 1861—63). Krøyer giver her Diagnoser og Beskrivelser af sine i 1844 opstillede 2 Arter, L. perspicillum og L. nebulosus; af den sidstnævnte Art dog lidet udførligt. 1862. Lond. 1862. Fam. Lycodidae opføres her under Ordenen Anacanthini, Under- ordenen Gadoidei, og stilles som dennes 2den Familie umiddelbart foran Gadidae (saaledes vidt adskilt fra Familien Blenniidae). Familien indbefatter 3 Genera: 1. Lycodes, 2. Til Slægten Lycodes (i egentlig Forstand) henregnes og gives Diagnoser af Ar- terne 1. LZ. 3. D, 4, L. . L. mucosus, og 6. L. polaris, men ingen nye Arter opstilles. aes Gruppe indbefatter de antarctiske Arter, (Under-)Slægterne IZluocaetes og Phucocactes, gee opstillede Paralycodes, Bleek. 1863. Gill. “Synopsis of the Family of Lycodoidae’’ (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.+1863, p. 254—261, Sept. 1863). Efter en almindelig Oversigt over Familien Lycodidae, gives en udførlig Characteristik af Slægten Zycodes, hvorpaa de i hans foregaaende Catalog (af 1861) opregnede 7 Arter gives sammenlignende Diagnoser, med Angivelse af Synonymer. Familien indbefatter efter hans Opfatning Underfamilierne Zoarceinae, Lycodinae, og Gymnelinae, en Anskuelse, der synes at have god Grund til at blive anerkjendt som naturlig. 1864. Malmgren. “Om Spetsbergens Fiskfauna” (Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1864, p. 516—517). 2 unge Individer af L. rossi, n. sp. beskrives, optagne i Nord- Spitsbergen i 1861 under den første svenske Polar-Expedition. Ar- ten ansees af Malmgren som synonym med Ross’ Blennius polaris (fra 1828), og forskjellig fra Sabine's Art af samme Navn (fra 1824); sandsynligvis falder den sammen med L. perspicillum, Kr. Malmegrens Fund af Z. rossi omtales atter, men uden videre Bemærkninger: 1) af Malmgren 1864 i *Svenska Exp. till Spets- *Catalogue of Fishes of the Eastern Coast of (Frog. Acad. Sci. L. mucosus, sNogle Bidrag til 1 Baap: nordisk Ichthyologie“ 288—294, Mai 1862. Kbhvn. Ginther. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 319—326. Gymnelis, 3. Uronectes. vahlii, 2. L. perspicillum, reticulatus, seminudus, Den henhgrende under samt den senere exceedingly difficult, not merely owing to the defective state of the older typical specimens, but also to the fact, In the plates to Gaimard’s work on the voyage with the cor- vette la “Recherche” to the Artic regions, Kréyer figured the 2 spec- imens of L. perspicillum as yet obtained. There is no letter-press to this or any of the other ichthyological plates. 1855. Richardson. “Account of the ras ” Last. Arct. Voy. Command of Sir Edw. Belcher, 1852—54, vol. 2, p. 362, Pl. XX VI. Lond. 1855. A new species, Z. mucosus, from Arctic America (Northumber- land Sound), is fully described, and figured; it resembles Sabine’s L. polaris in not having scales, but differs from that species in the number of pectoral rays, and in the number of transverse bands on the body. ‘The total length of the largest of the 2 individuals ob- tained was about 176™™- Not till 1876 was this species again met with, in a large individual from Cumberland Gulf, also in Arctic Am- erica. (7. L. mucosus, Rich.). 1857. Reinhardt jun. “Fortegnelse over Grønlands Patte- dyr, Fugle og Fiske,” Rink, Grønl. 2 B. App. p. 22—23. Kbhvn. 1857. The species L. vahlii, L. reticulatus, L. seminudus, L. perspicillum, and L. nebulosus are enumerated as belonging to the Fauna of Greenland. 1861. Gill. “Catalogue of Fishes ofthe Eastern Coast of North America, from Greenland to Georgia” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, Appendix, p. 46. Philad. 1862). The 7 species as yet known, viz: L. vahili, Reinh., L. reticula- tus, Reinh., Reinh., L. nebulosus, Kr., L. mucosus, Rich., and L. polaris, Sab., are enumerated as belonging to the Fauna of that region. L. perspicillum, Kr., L. seminudus, 1862. Kröyer. (Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 Reekke, 1861—63). In this paper Kröyer gives diagnoses and descriptions of his 2 species, established 1844, L. perspicillum and L nebulosus; those of the latter are however rather brief. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vol 4, p. 319—326. “Nogle Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyologie” 1 B. p. 288—294, May 1862. Kbhvn. 1862. Ginther. Lond. 1862. The Fam. Lycodidæ is classed under the order Anacanthini, sub- order Gadoidei, and as the 2nd family, immediately preceding Gadide (hence widely removed from the family Blenniide). This family com- prises 3 genera, viz: 1. To the genus Lycodes, in a limited sense, are referred, and diagnoses given, L. vahlii, 5. L. mucosus, and 6. L. polaris ; > Lycodes, 2. Gymnelis, 3. Uronectes. 9 2. L. perspieillum, 3. L. but no new of the following species: 1. reti- culatus, 4. L. seminudus, species are established. species, belonging to the (sub-)genera Imocætes and Phucocetes, Jen. and the subsequently established Paralycodes, Bleek. 1863. Gill. “Synopsis of the Family of Lycodoidæ* (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p. 254—261, Sept. 1863). After a summary review of the family ZLycodide, the author gives in detail the characteristic features distihguishing the genus Lycodes, and then proceeds to furnish comparative diagnoses of the 7 species enumerated in his former Catalogue (1861), accompained by a list of synonyms. The family comprises, according to his view, the sub-families Zoarceine, and Gymnelinæ, which there is good reason to believe will prove correct. A second group compsises the Antarctic Lycodine, 1864. Malmgren. “Om Spetsbergens Fiskfauna” (Ofv., Kel. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1864, p. 516—517). Descriptions are given of 2 young examples of Z. rossi, n. sp., taken on the north coast of Spitzbergen in 1861, on the first Swedish Polar Expedition. Malmgren regards the species as identical with Ross’s Blennius polaris (1828), and differing from Sabine’s species of the same name (1824); probably it is identical with £. perspicillum, Kr. Malmgren's discovery of Z. rossi is again referred to, but with no additional observations, 1) by Malmgren, 1864, in “Svenska Exp. finde sig, men ogsaa fordi der synes at kunne raade en ganske betydelig Variation inden Individerne af samme bergen Ar 1864“, Bihang p. 249: 2) af Frisch 1865, i hans Bearbei- delse af Malmgrens foregaaende Afhandling i Petermann, Geogr. Mit- theill. 1865, Erg. Heft Nr. 16, p. 39; 3) af Heuglin 1874 i *Reisen n. dem Nordpolar-Meer 1870 u. 1871“, 3 Theil, p. 215, Braun- schweig 1874. (8. L. rossi, Malmer.). 1866. Sars, M. ,OQm Lycodes gracilis, en ny norsk Fisk“ (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1866, p. 40—45, Pl. 1, Fig: 1—3). Lycodes gracilis, n. sp. beskrives og afbildes efter et ungt In- divid med en Totallængde af 43””, fra 50—60 Favne i Drøbaksund i Norge. Dette Individ er dog utvivlsomt synonymt med ZL. Malmgren, og saaledes, efter hvad jeg antager, ligeledes med ZL. per- spicillum, Kr. 1844, og udgjør ligesom disse sandsynligvis den spæde Unge enten af JZ. veticulatus, eller maaske af en anden nærstaa- ende Art. (9. L. gracilis, M. Sars). 1868. Esmark. ,Bidrag til Finmarkens Fiskefauna* (Forh. Scand. Naturf. 10 Møde, Chra. 1868, p. 524). 3 store Individer af en Lycodes, som Univ.-Musæet havde mod- taget fra Varangerfjorden (de 2 nedsendte i 1864, det tredie med- bragt af Prof. Esmark fra en Reise i disse Egne i 1865), henføres under £. vahlii, Reinh. Disse Individer ere senere (1874) af nærvæ- rende Forfatter erkjendte og nærmere beskrevne som en egen Art, 7088%, L, esmarkii. Jollett. Å 1871. ,yLycodes sarsti, n. sp., ex ordine Anacanthino- rum Gadoideorum* (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1871, p. -62—67, Pl. I. Chra. 1872). L. sarsii, n. sp. beskrives og afbildes efter et (Yngel-)Individ med en Totallængde af 44", optaget i 1869 i Hardangerfjorden i Norge fra 100—150 Faynes Dyb. Den er ensfarvet, allerede fuldt pigmenteret, men endnu uden Skjæl; den tilhører sandsynligvis de mest anguilliforme Arter, og udgjør den spæde Unge af en maaske endnu ukjendt Art. (10. £. Coll.). 1872. Gill. *Arrangement of the Families of Fishes” (Smith- son. Mise. Coll. No. 247, vol. XI, Nov. 1872. Washingt. 1874). Familien Lycodidae opfores her under Ordenen Subord. Anacanthini. Arter omtales ikke. 1872. Gill. “Catalogue of the Fishes of the East Coast of North América" (U. S. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, Part 1, Report 1871—72, p. 796—797. Wash. 1873). I denne reviderede og supplerede Catalog (cfr. Catalogen af 1861), er Fam. Lycodidae opført væsentlig i Overensstemmelse med Anordningen i foregaaende Skrift, (Smiths. Mise. Coll. vol. XI, 1872). Af Slægten Lycodes opregnes de samme Arter fra Nord-Americas Østkyst, som i Catalogen af 1861, men uden Diagnoser eller Be- skrivelser. sarsti, Teleocephali, 1873. Fitzinger. “Versuch einer natiirlichen Classification der Fische* (Sitz. Ber. Math. Nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. 67 B. 1 Abth. Jan. 1873, p. 43. Wien 1873). Slegten Lycodes opføres her blandt Ser. IT. Heterocormi; Ord. Subord. 2. Fam. 6. Zoarcae (den sidste ind- Zoarces, 2. Arter omhandles ikke. Gastronecta ; Lycodes). 2. Arthropteri ; befattende 1. 1874. Collett. ,Norges Fiske* (Tillægsh. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 95—103. Chra. 1875). Som tilhørende Landets Fauna omhandles de 3 Arter L. gra- cilis, M. Sars, fra Christianiafjorden, fra Hardanger- fjorden, samt L. esmarkii, n. sp., den sidstnævnte opstillet efter de 3 store Individer fra Finmarken (med en Totall. af 595—650™™"), der af Prof. Esmark tidligere (1868) vare opførte som tilhørende ZL. vahlii, Reinh. (11. ZL. esmarkii, Coll.). 1874. Bleeker. “Typi nonnulli generici piscium neglecti” (Versl. Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amst. 2 R. 8 Del, p. 369. 1874). L. sarsti, Coll., 80 | that individuals of the same species are found to vary very ‘considerably inter se, resulting partly from sexual till Spetsbergen, Ar 1864,” Bihang, p. 249: 2) by Frisch, 1865, in his revision of Malmgren’s treatise in Petermanns Geogr. Mittheill. 1865, Erg. Heft Nr. 16, p. 39: 3) by Heuglin, 1874, in “Reisen n. dem Nordpolar-Meer, 1870 u. 1871,” 3 Theil, p. 215. Braunschweig 1874. (8. L. rossi, Malmer.). 1866. Sars, M. (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1866, p. 40—45, Pl. I, Fig. 1—3). is here described and figured from a young specimen (total length 43") taken at a depth of 50—60. fathoms, in Drøbaksund, Norway. This individual is unquestionably identical with LZ. Malmer., and therefore, as I conceive, also with L. perspicillum, Kr. 1844; hence it probably agrees with the two latter in being a very young example of Z. reticulatus, or some closely related species. (9. L. gracilis, M. Sars). (Forh. Lycodes gracilis, n. Sp., TOSS%, 1868. Esmark. *Bidrag til Finmarkens Fiskefauna” Scand. Naturf. 10 Møde, Chra. 1868, p. 524). Three large examples of a Lycodes, obtained by the Univ ersity of Christiania from the Varanger Fjord (2 of the specimens were sent in 1864, the, third was brought home, in 1865, by Professor’ Es- mark) are referred to L. vahtit, Reinh. Subsequently (1874) these specimens were recognised by the present author as a distinct species, L. esmarkii. 1871. rum Gadoideorum” Chra. 1872). L. sarsii, n. sp., is described and figured from a (fry-)specimen, total length 44™™, taken, in 1869, in the Hardanger Fjord, Norway, at a depth of 100—150 fathoms. It is of a uniform colour, with the pigment fully developed, but exhibiting as yet no trace of scales; belongs probably to the anguilliform species, being, perhaps, a very (10. L. sarsii, Coll.). Collett. “Lycodes sarsii, (Forh. n. sp., ex ordine Anacanthino- Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1871, p. 62—67, Pl. L young example of an unknown species. 1872. Gill. “Arrangement of the Families of Fishes” (Smith- son. Misc. Coll. No. 247, vol. XI, Nov. 1872. Washingt. 1874). The family Lycodide is here classed under the order Teleoce- phali, sub-order Anacanthini. No species referred to. 1872. Gill. “Catalogue of the Fishes of the East Coast of North America” (U. 8. Comm. Fish and Fisheries, Part 1, Report 1871—1872, p. 796—797. Wash. 1873). In this revised and enlarged Catalogue (vide Catalogue» 1861), the author classes the family Lycodide chiefly in accordance ‘with the arrangement adopted in the foregoing work (Smithson. Mise. Coll. vol. XI, 1872). Of the genus Lycodes, he enumerates the same species from the east coast of North America as in his Catalogue of 1861, but without furnishing any diagnoses or descriptions. 1873. Fitzinger. der Fische"” (Sitz. Ber. Math. Jan. 1873. p. 43. Wien 1873). : The genus Lycodes is age classed among Ser. IL. Heterocormi; Ord. 2. Arthropteri; Sub ord. Fam. 6. Zoaree (comprising 1. Zoarces, 2. Lycodes). No spécies referred to. 1874. Collett. “Norges Fiske” (Tillegsh. Forh. Vid. Selsk. 1874, p. 95—103. Chra. 1875). As comprised in the Norwegian fauna, the author enumerates the 3 species: L. gracilis, M. Sars, from the Christianiafjord, L. sarsii, Coll., from the Hardangerfjord, and L. esmarkii, n. sp., the last-men- tioned being established from the 3 large specimens taken on the coast of Finmark (total length from 595™™" to 650”), which Prof. Es- mark, in 1868, had referred to Z. vahlit, Reinh. (11. L. esmarkii, Coll.). Nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. 67 B. 1 Abth. 2. Gastronecta ; Chra. 1874. Bleeker. *Typi nonnulli generici piscium neglecti” (Versl. Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amst. 2 R. 8 Del, p. 369. 1874). “Om Lycodes gracilis, en ny norsk Fisk"- “Versuch einer natiirlichen Classification . . Repræsentant i de europæiske Dele af Ishavet. Art, baade grundet paa Forskjel i Kjon, og med Hensyn til Farvetegning, Udstrækning af Skjælbeklædning. og tildels Som nye Slægter blandt Familien ZLycodidae opfører Bleeker Lycodalepis for L. mucosus, Rich., samt Paralycodes for L. vartegatus, Gimth. Den sidstnævnte Art tilhører vistnok en fra den typiske Lycodes skilt Slægt; derimod synes Opstillingen, af en særskilt Slægt for Richardson's Art, grundet paa- Mangelen af Skjæl, at være over- flødig, naar man tager i Betragtning den store Variation i Skjælbe- kledningens Udstrækning hos de øvrige Arter. 1875. Litken. *Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Green- land” (Man. Nat. Hist. ete. of Greenl,, prepared’ for the Arct. Exped. of 1875, p. 118—119. Lond. 1875). Indeholder en Fortegnelse over de hidtil bekjendte grønland- ske Arter, de samme, som i Gill’s Catalog (af 1861), med en Angi- velse af Synonymi. 1876. Wallace. 2, p. 439 (Lond. 1876). Den geographiske Udbredelse af Familien Lycodidac angives (1 Overenstemmelse med Giinthers Catalogue af 1862) til Arctisk Ame- rica og Grønland, samt de antarctiske Have omkring Falklandsøerne og Chiloé. (De .antarctiske Arter udgjøre dog utvivlsomt destincte Genera). Å Geographical Distribution of Animals, vol. 1877. Goode & Bean. “Descriptions of two new Species of - Fishes, Macrurus bairdi and Lycodes verrillii” (Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. XIV, p. 473—476; Dec. 1877). L. verrilli, n. sp. opstilles og’ beskrives udførligt efter 6 Indi- vider, erholdte af U. S. Fish Commission paa 90—100 Favnes Dyb udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia Sommeren 1877. Arten tilhører de langstrakte Former af denne Slægt, og er blandt disse characteristisk ved at besidde Fverbaand. (12. L. verrillii, Goode & Bean). 1877. Malm. Gétheborgs och Bohuslåns Fauna, p. 502 (Götheb. 1877). L. gracilis, M. Sars, omtales som maaske forekommende uden- for Bohuslån, en Antagelse, der blot er grundet paa Fundet af Indi- videt i Christianiafjorden. 1878. Collett. ,Fiske, indsamlede under den norske Nord- havs-Expeditions 2 første Togter, 1876 og 1877* (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 11—20; Februar 1878). Under ZL. vahlii, Reinh., henføres og beskrives et Yngel-Individ af en Lycodes, (der dog sandsynligvis er skilt fra denne Art, og ud- gjør Yngelen af L. esmarkii,) samt et Par (ligeledes Yngel-Individer) af den senere beskrevne L. frigidus. Som ny opstilles L. muraena, der er ensfarvet, skjælbeklædt, og tilhører de mest langstrakte Former af denne Slægt. Togt, i 1877, paa Bankerne udenfor Nordland og. Lofoten. i (13. +L. muraena, Coll.) 1878. Collett.* ,Fiske fra Nordhavs-Expeditionens sidste Togt, Sommeren -1878* (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878 No. 14, p. A5—77; Dee. 1878). Af dette Togts righoldige Materiale henføres 15 Individer un- der en ny Art, L. frigidus, der er ensfarvet, skjælbeklædt, og tilhører * vahlii-Typen, samt 2 under Z. pallidus, 1. sp., der i det hele er over- ensstemmende med L. frigidus, men har characteristiske Tegninger over Finnerne. Under L. vahlii henføres 3 Individer, der dog (sam- men med Yngel-Individét fra forrige Aar) uden Tvivl udgjøre de hidtil ukjendte ynere Stadier af L. esmarkit, som danner denne Arts Fremdeles angives 1 Individ at tilhøre L. seminudus, Reinh., 3 Individer ZL. muraena, Coll., medens 1 med nogen Tvivl henføres under L. retieulatus (inær- værende Værk opstillet som distinct under Navn af ZL. litkeni). Alle vare erholdte Sommeren 1878 fra Havet omkring Beeren Eiland og . Spitsbergen; af de fleste gives udførlige Beskrivelser. (14. L. frigidus, Coll. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. 15. L. pallidus. Coll.). Alle Individer vare optagne under Aarets 2det EG differences, and partly from variation in colour and extent of scaling, as well as in the proportions of the body. As new genera of the family Zycodidæ, Bleeker proposes Lycoda- lepis for L. mucosus, Rich., and Paralycodes for L. variegatus, Giinth. * The latter species belongs unquestionably to a genus distinet from the typical Zycodes; on the other hand, the establishment of a sepa- rate genus for Richardson’s species on the basis of its not having scales, would seem superfluous, if we call to mind the great variation in the extent of the scaled integument exhibited by the other species. 1875. Liitken. “Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Green- land” (Man. Nat. Hist. etc. of Greenland, prepared for the Arct. Exped. of 1875, pi 118—119. Lond. 1875). Contains a list of the Greenland species known up to that time — the same as in Gill’s Catalogue (1861) — with the synonym annexed. ' : 1876. Wallace: 2, p. 439 (Lond. 1876). The geographical range of the family Lycodide is given (in conformity with Giinther’s Catalogue of 1861), as comprising Arctic America and Greenland, together with the Falkland Islands and Chiloö, in the Antarctic Ocean. (The Antarctic Species belong how- ever to distinet genera). : i877. Goode & Bean. “Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes, Macrurus bardii and Lycodes vervillii” Arts, vol. XIV, p. 473—476; Dee. 1877). L. verrillit, n. sp., is established and fully described from 6 specimens obtained by the U. S. Fish. Commission, at ‘a depth of 90 —100 fathoms, off the coast of Nova Scotia, in the summer of 1877. This species belongs to the elongated forms of the genus, among which it is distinguished by the transverse bands. , (12. L. verrillii, Goode & Bean). Geographical Distribution of Animals, vol. (Amer. Jour. Sci. * 1877. Malm. (Götheb. 1877). Götheborgs och Bohuslins Fauna, p. 502 L. gracilis, M. Sars, is spoken of as possibly occurring on the of Bohuslån, a supposition which has nothing beyond the specimen from the Christiania Fjord to support it. coast 1878. Collett. “Fiske indsamlede under den norske Nordhavs- Expeditions 2 første Togter, 1876 og 1877” (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 11—20; Februar 1878). i The author refers to Z. vahlit, and describes a fry-specimen of a Lycodes, which, however, is doubtless distinct from that species, most likely the young of L. esmarkii; likewise two examples (both of them very young) of L. frigidus, afterwards described. As new, he estab- lishes L. muræna, which is scaled, uniform in colour, and the most elongated’ form of the genus. The specimens were all taken during the second voyage, in 1877, on the banks off the coasts of Nordland and Lofoten. (13. LZ. murena, Coll.). 1878. Collett. “Fiske fra Nordhavs-Expeditionens sidste Togt, Sommeren 1878” (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 45—77; Dec. 1878). No less than 15 individuals of the valuable collection made on this voyage are referred to a new species, L. frigidus, uniform in colour, scaled, and of the vahlii type; 2 to L. pallidus, n. sp., which agrees in its chief characters with ZL. /rigidus, but with distinctive markings on the fins. To Z. vahlit are referred 3 individuals, which, however (along with the young specimen taken the year before), represent the earlier stages, unknown before, of £. ‘esmarkii, the represen- tative of L. sahti in the European tracts of the Arctic Ocean. More- over, 1 individual is referred to L. seminudus, Reinh., 5 to L. murena, Coll., and 1 individual, though somewhat doubtfully, to ZL. reticulatus (in this General Report established as distinct, under the name of L. liitkeni). These specimens were all obtained in the swihmer of 1878, off Beeren Hiland and Spitzbergen; most of them are fully described. (14. L. frigidus, Coll. 15. L. pallidus, Coll.). 11 2 * ogsaa Legemsproportionerne. Endvidere ere flere af Arterne, saavel de ældre, som de nyere, opstillede efter ganske unge 1879. Goode & Bean. “Discoveries of the U. S. Fish Com- mission* (Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. XVII, p. 42—43; Jan. 1869). L. verrillii, Goode & Bean, omtales som erholdt paa 73—114 Favnes Dyb udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia. . 1879. Collett. ,Meddelelser om Norges Fiske i Aarene 1875— 78“, (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 62; Febr. 1879). «Identiteten af L. esmarkti og L. vahlii omhandles og bekræftes fremdeles, efterat Forf. i 1878 havde medbragt fra Finmarken 2 nye, men atter fuldt udvoxede Individer af den førstnævnte Form til Uni- versitets-Musæet. Nordhavs-Expeditionens Yngel-Individer af L. fri- gidus fra Bankerne udenfor Lofoten anføres som gaaende ind under Norges Fauna. 1879. Bean. “Fishes collected in Cumberland gulf and Disco Bay” (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 15, p. 112—115; Contrib. to the Nat. Hist. of Arct. Am., by L. Kumlien; 23de Mai 1879). Af L. mucosus, Rich. 1855, hvoraf tidligere vare blot kjendte de 2 Typ-Individer fra Northumberland Sound, erholdtes et nyt In- divid i Cumberland Gulf i 1876. Totallængden var 430”; Richard- sons originale Beskrivelse bliver i alle væsentlige Henseender be- kræftet. 1879. Collett. “On a new Fish of the Genus Lycodes from the Pacific” (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 381—382). L. pacificus, n. sp., angivelig fra Japan, og tilhørende Berliner- Musæet, beskrives og afbildes i et Træsnit. Paa Grund af de mang- lende Vomerin- og Palatintænder antages den maaske rettere at hen- føres under en egen Underslægt, for hvilken Navnet Lycodopsis er foreslaaet. (16. ZL. [Lycodopsis] pacificus, Coll.) 1879. Bean. from Alaska” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. I; Wash. 1879). En ny Art, den 2den fra det stille Hav, opstilles og beskrives nøjagtigt, efter et Individ med en Totallængde af 330”, under Navn *Description" of a species of Lycodes (L. turneri) 22de April 1879; af L. turneri. blot existerer 1 sikker Art foruden denne, nemlig Z. mucosus, Rich.; af de øvrige Arter, der ere beskrevne som skjælløse, er nemlig den ene utilstrækkeligt beskreven, og ikke senere gjenfunden (ZL. polaris, Sab.), og de 2, L. rossi, Malmgr., og L. gracilis, M. Sars, ere Yngel- stadier af andre, skjælbeklædte Former, hvilket maaske ogsaa gjælder om den 4de, L. sarsit, Coll. Farven er hos denne Art mørk med lyse Tverbaand; Legemet og Tandbygningen typiske. * (17. ZL, turnert, Bean 1879). 1879.. Goode & Bean. *Descr. of a species of Lycodes (L. paxillus) obtained by the U. S. Fish. Comm.” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. IT, p. 44—46; 22de Marts [trykt 23de Maj] 1879). Den nye Art, L. paxillus, opstilles efter et enkelt, ikke fuld- kommen uskadt Individ med en Totallængde af 3637” fra Kysterne af Nova Scotia. Som characteristiske Kjendetegn opgives det sær- deles korte Hoved, en ejendommelig Krumning af Overkjzeven, den stærke Udvikling af Kjævernes Muskler, og de faatallige Pectoral- straaler. Den tilhører de langstrakte Former, og har et trindt, skjæl- beklædt,-og ensfarvet Legeme. (IS. ZL. pazillus, Goode & Bean). 1879. Goode & Bean. “Onthe occurrence of Lycodes vahlii, Reinhardt, on la Have and Grand Banks” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p. 209—210; 21de Maj [trykt 6te Dee.] 1879). 2 Individer af, hvad der antages at vere L. vahlii, Reinhardt, optoges paa Bankerne søndenfor Nova Scotia i Løbet af 1879. To- tallengden af de erholdte Individer var 540 og 632™™- Jeg skal senere vise, at disse Individer ere identiske med L. esmarkii, idet jeg har været sat istand til at anstille en directe Undersøgelse mellem et af disse Individer, og Typ-Exemplarerne af den nævnte Art. Den tilhører de skjælløse Arter, hvoraf der egentlig Moreover, several of the species, both the old and the new, are established from specimens in a very early stage of 1879. Goode & Bean. “Discoveries of the U. S. Fish Com- mission” (Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. XVII, p. 4243; Jan. 1869). L. verrillii, Goode & Bean, is mentioned as having been taken, at a depth of 73—114 fathoms, off the coast of*Nova Scotia. 1879. Collett. “Meddelelser om Norges Fiske i Aarene 1875— 78” (Forh: Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1879, No. 1, p. 62; Febr. 1879). Here too, the identity of Z. esmarkii and L. vahlii is dwelt upon and maintamed, the author having, in 1878, brought from Fin- mark to the University Museum two full-grown examples ‘of the former. The fry-specimen of L. frigidus, taken on the North Atlantie Expedition in 1878, on the banks off the Lofoten coast, is mentioned as comprised in the Norwegian Fauna. 1879. Bean. “Fishes collected in Cumberland Gulf and Disco Bay” (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 15, p. 112—115; Contrib. to the Nat. Hist. of Arct. Am., by L. Kumlien; 23rd May 1879). Of L. mucosus, Rich. 1855, previously represented by the 2 typical specimens from Northumberland Sound, a new example was taken Cumberland Gulf, in 1876, having a total length: of 430™, Richardson’s original deseription is confirmed in all essen- tial particulars. i R : . 1879. Collett. “On a new Fish of the Genus Lycodes from the Pacific” (Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 381—382). L. pacificus, un. sp. (preserved in the Berlin Museum), stated to be from Japan, is here described and figured. The species being without vomerine and palatine teeth should, perhaps, be classed under a separate sub-genus, for which the name of Lycodopsis is suggested. (16. L. [Dycodopsis] pacificus, Coll.). in 1879. Bean. “Description of a species of Lycodes (L. turnert) from Alaska” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. I; Wash. 1879). ; A new species, the second met with in the Pacific Ocean, is here established and fully described, from an individual having a total length of 3307", under the name of L. turneri. It belongs to the scaleless species, of which, in a strict sense, but one other true species is known to exist, viz. L. mucosus, Rich.; for, of the remain- ing species stated to be scaleless, 1 is imperfectly described, and has not since been met with (Z. polaris, Sab.); and 2, L. rossi, Malmer., and ZL. gracilis, M. Sars, are other, scaled forms in the fry stage of development, which, perhaps, is also the case with the fourth, L. sarsit, Coll. The colour is dark, with light transverse bands; body and structure of teeth typical. (17. L. turneri, Bean 1879). 1879. Goode & Bean. “Descr. of a species of Dycodes (Z.. pavillus) obtained by U. S. Fish. Comm.” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol, IT, p. 44—46; 22nd March [printed 23rd May] 1879). The new species, L. pazillus, is described from a single indiv- idual, not wholly free from mutilation, with a total length of 363", taken on the coast of Nova Scotia. Its characteristic features are stated to be the short head, a peculiar curvature of the upper jaw, the powerful development of the maxillary muscles, and the small number of pectoral rays. It belongs to the elongated forms, and has a plump, scaled body, uniform in colour. F (18. L. pawillus, Goode & Bean). 1879. Goode & Bean. “Onthe occurrence of Lycodes vahlii, Reinhardt, on la Have and Grand Banks” (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p. 209—210; 21st May [printed 6th Dee.] 1879). Two individuals, believed to belong to Lycodes vahlit, Rein- hardt, — total length respectively 540" and 632™™, — were taken on the banks south of Nova Scotia, in 1879. I shall subsequently 22th April 1879;. show that these individuals are identical with Z. esmarkii, having had + an opportunity of instituting a direct comparison between one of. them and the typical specimens of that species. Individer, tildels Yngel, hvoraf der kan have foreligget blot et enkelt Individ til Undersøgelse. og det lader 'sig nu i flere Tilfælde directe paavise, at Yngel-Individer af denne” Slægt kunne frembyde en betydelig Ulighed med de ældre af samme Art. Med fuld Sikkerhed at henføre alle disse Yngel-Individer, der endnu opfores under sine særegne Navne i Musæer og i Skrifter, til sin rette Plads, er der- for ofte vanskeligt eller endog umuligt. og denne Usikker- hed vil først forsvinde. naar der foreligger langt større Rækker af de forskjellige Udviklingsstadier, end det for Tiden er Tilfældet. Det under Nordhavs-Expeditionen vundne Materiale maa vistnok kaldes forholdsvis betydeligt, idet der indsam- ledes ialt 29 Individer, henhørende efter min Antagelse* under 6 forskjellige Arter. men som dog ikke er tilstræk- keligt til overalt at bringe fuld Klarhed i Forholdet mellem disse Arter og de allerede bekjendte. Ved den endelige Bearbejdelse af dette Materiale har jeg havt en værdifuld Bistand af Dr. Liitken, som samti- digt har underkastet de i Kjøbenhavns Universitets-Musæum opbevarede Typer fra Grønland en nøjere Gjennemgaaelse ; fremdeles har jeg ved denne Naturforskers Velvilje været sat istand til under et Par Ophold i Kjøbenhavn personlig at kunne undersøge disse Typexemplarer. Dette har havt til Følge, at jeg nu har troet at burde i enkelte Puncter modificere min tidligere provisorisk givne Opfatning af de under Expeditionen og de øvrige ved de norske Kyster erholdte Former. Det hele Antal af de hidtil under sær- egne Navné opstillede Arter af denne Slegt er 19; hvortil kommer den i nærværende General-Beretning beskrevne nye Art, L. liitkenii. At'forsøge paa at reducere til sit rette Antal alle disse 20 hidtil beskrevne Arter, hvoraf idetmindste et Par, efter min Opfatning, bestemt ikke kunne ansees for at 1879. Goode & Bean. “List of the Fishes of Essex County, including those of Mass. Bay” (Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. IX, p. 1—38, Salem 1879). Som erholdte udenfor Kysterne af Maine og Nova Scotia i de senest forloébne Aar omtales af Lycoder Arterne Z. verrillii, “L. vahlii”, og L. paxillus. i 1880. Liitken. ,Korte Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyographi. ITI. Grønlands 'og Islands Lycoder* (Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 307—332; meddelt Gte Febr. 1880). Indeholder en critisk Gjennemgaaelse af det i Musæet i Kjø- benhavn opbevarede Materiale af Lycoder fra Grønland og Island, der indeholder Typerne for de fleste af Reinhardt og Krøyer beskrevne Ar- ter. Forfatteren characteriserer L. vahlii, L. reticulatus og L. seminudus, og antager den førstnævnte skilt fra Z. esmarkti. Som ny opstilles Z. lugubris fra Island, en Art, der i Legemsform, Skjælbeklædning og Sidelinie kommer Z. vahdii nær, men skiller sig fra denne ved færre Pectoralstraaler, kortere Tandrække paa Palatinbenene, samt ensartet graabrun Farve uden Baand eller Pletter. Fremdeles gjør Forfatte- ren Rede for sin Opfatning af flere af de øvrige Lycoder, og giver til Slutning en kort Oversigt over de grønlandske og islandske Arter tilligemed dem af de øvrige Arter, hvorom han har personlig Kund- skab (dog uden nærmere at characterisere disse sidste). (19. L. lugubris, Liitk.). 83 growth, nay some from fry, of which, maybe, but a solitary individual was at hand for examination; and in many cases it now admits of the clearest proof that fry and adult individuals of the same species exhibit a marked dissimilarity. Therefore, to classify aright the numerous fry-specimens, for which, in museums and ichthyological works, a specific name continues to be employed, is ex- ceedingly diffieult, or rather impossible; and this uncer- tainty will not cease to be felt till specimens representing the various stages of development shall have been obtained in greater number. ' ; The results of the North Atlantic Expedition, as af- fecting this question, must certainly be regarded as consid- erable, 29 individuals, belonging, I conceive, to 6 different species, having been collected. — though imsufficient for fully elucidating the relation between these new species and those already known. When engaged in working up these materials, I received valuable assistance from Dr. Liitken, who also sub- mitted the typical specimens from Greenland, preserved in the Copenhagen University Museum to å critical examina- tion; and that naturalist having kindly permitted me, to examine those specimens when, on one or two occasions, I visited Copenhagen, I have seen fit, in some respects, to modify. my former, to a certain extent preliminary, views concerning forms obtained on the Expedition and off the coasts of Norway. The whole number of species hitherto instituted under special names is 19, exclusive of the new species, L. liitkenii, ‘established in this General Report. An attempt to reduce to their true number the 20 forms as yet described, some of which, im my opinion, cannot be regarded as distinet species. is hardly pos- 1879. Goode & Bean. “List of the Fishes of Essex County, including those of Mass. Bay” (Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. IX, pp. 1—38, Salem 1879). Among the various species of Lycodes obtained of late years off the coasts of Maine and Nova Scotia are mentioned L. verrillit, «L, vahlii,” and L. paxillus. 1880. Liitken. “Korte Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyograpln. HI. Grønlands og Islands Lycoder.” (Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, pp. 307—232; read Feb. 6th 1880). In this Memoir are embodied the results of a critical examina- tion of the specimens from Greenland and Iceland preserved in the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen, which comprise the types of most of the species described by Reinhardt and Kröyer. The author char- acterises L. vahlii, L. reticulatus, and L. seminudus, and regards the first of these species as distinct from ZL. esmarkii. As a new species, he establishes Z. lugubris, from Iceland, which, as regards "the struc- ture of the body, the scaled integument, and the lateral line, bears considerable resemblance to L. vahlit, but is distinguished from it by having fewer pectoral rays, a shorter series of teeth on the palatine bones, and. a uniform greyish-brown colour, without either bands or spots. Moreover, the author explains his views concerning several of the other Zycodes, and gives in conelusion a summary of the Green- land and Iceland species, together with such of the remaining species as are known to him from autopsy, without howeyer diagnosticating the latter. 19. ZL. lugubris, (Liitk.). , f1* repræsentere virkelige Arter, lader sig neppe iværksætte med det Materiale, der for Tiden staar til vor Raadighed. Den nedenstaaende Oversigt kan derfor blot ansees som et foreløbigt Forsøg paa deres Gruppering. A. Tender i Kjæverne, paa Vomer og paa Palatinbenene (Lycodes, Reinh. 1830—31). I. Legemsbygningen typisk: Legemets Højde indehol- des 6—10 Gange i Totallængden. a. Legemet hos de udyoxede helt el. delvis Mie aiberiede 1.,L. vahlii, Reinh. 1830—31. Grønland. 2. L. reticulatus, Reinh. 1834—35. Grønland. L. polaris, Ross (nee Sab.) 1828; Spitsbergen. spicillum, Kr. 1844; Grønland. Spitsbergen. L. M. Sars 1866; fjorden (Norge).* L. per- tg Christiania- L. rossi, Malmer. 1864; . 84 3. L. seminudus, Reinh. 1838. Grønland; Spits- bergen. (4) L. nebulosus, Kr. 1844. Grønland. (Utilstrække- ligt beskreven, og ubestemmelig). 5. L. esmarkii, Coll. 1874. Finmarken; Spitsber- * | gen; Nova Scotia. 6. L. frigidus, Coll. 1878. . Spitsbergen; Beeren Eiland; Norges NV.-Kyst. T.'L. pallidus, Coll. 1878. Spitsbergen. 8. L. lugubris, Litk. 1880. Island. 9. L. liitkenii, n. sp. Spitsbergen. ‘4 Legemet i alle Aldre nøgent. (Lycodalepis, Bleek. 1874). (10) L. polaris, Sab. 1824. Arctisk America. strækkeligt beskreven, og ubestemmelig). (Util- JE: mucosus, Rich. 1855: Arectisk America. 12. L. turneri, Bean 1879. Alaska (Russisk N. America). IT. Legemsbygningen langstrakt; Legemets Højde inde- holdes 12—24 Gange i 'Potallængden. 13. L. sarsti, Coll. 1871. Hardangerfjord (Norge). (Blot kjendt i et Yngel-Individ). L. muraena, Coll. 1878. Spitsbergen; Beeren Eiland; Norges NV.-Kyst. L. verrillii, Goode & Bean 1879. (N. Americas Østkyst). L. paæillus, Goode & Bean 1879. (N. Americas Østkyst). B. Tænder i Kjæverne, ingen paa Vomer eller Palatinbe- nene (Lycodopsis, Coll. 1870). 17. L. pacificus, Coll. 1879. 14. 15. Nova Scotia 16. Nova Scotia Japan. 18. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1874. Pl IT, Fig. 19—21; PI. OT, Fig. 22. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillegsh. til Forh. Vid! Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 95, Chra. 1875 (1874). Lycodes vahlit, Coll. (nec Reinh:) Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 11, Febr. 1878; No. 14, p. 54, Dec. 1878; Chra. 1879 (1878). Lycodes vahlit, Goode & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p, 209 (1879). «Lycodes vahlit, sible with the comparatively meagre stock of materials now before us. The subjoined summary is therefore to be regarded merely as a preliminary attempt towards the grouping of this genus. A. Teeth in the jaws, on the 'vomer, and the palatine bones (Lycodes, Reinh. 1830—31). I. Structure of the body typical; «height of the body contained from 6 to 10 times in the total length. a. The body in adults more or less scaled. - 1. L. vahlii, Reinh. 1830—31, Greenland. 2. L. reticulatus, Reinh. 1834—35. Greenland. L. polaris, Ross (nec Sab.) 1828; Spitzbergen. L. per- Kr. 1844; Greenland. L. rossi, Malmgr. 1864; Spitzbergen. L. M. Sars 1866; the Christiania Fjord (Norway): . 3. L. seminudus, Reinh. 1838. Greenland; Spitz- bergen. (4) L. nebulosus, Kr. 1844. Greenland. ciently described, and indeterminable). 5. L.esmarkti, Coll. 1874. Finmark; Spitzbergen; Nova Scotia. L. frigidus, Coll. 1878. Spitzbergen; Beeren Eiland; North-vest coast of Norway. i. L. pallidus, Coll: 1878. Spitzbergen. spicillum, gracilis, (Insuffi- for 8. L. lugubris, Litk. 1880. Iceland. 9. L. liitkenti, n. sp. Spitzbergen. tb. The body naked in all stages of growth (Lyco- dalepis, Bleek. 1874). (10) L. polaris, Sab. 1824. Arct. America. ficiently described, and indeterminable). 11. L. mucosus, Rich. 1855. Arct. America. 12. L: turneri, Bean 1879. Alaska (Russian N. America). body elongate; height of the body contained from 12 to 24 times in the total length. 13. L. sarsii, Coll. 1871. The Hardanger Fjord (Norway). (Known only from a fry-specimen). 14. L. muræna, Coll. 1878. Spitzbergen; Beeren Eiland; North-west coast of Norway. 15. L. verrillii, Goode & Bean 1879. Nova Scotia (N. America). GN L. pazillus, Goode & Bean 1879. Nova Scotia (N. America). B. Teeth in the jaws; none on the vomer or the palatine bones. (Lyeodopsis, Coll. 1879). 17. L. pacificus, Coll. 1879. (Insuf- IT. The 16. Japan. 18. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1874. + Pl TI, fig. 1991; Pl. IM, fig. 22. Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. Norges Fiske, Chra. 1874, p. 95, Chra. 1875 (1874). Lycodes vahlit, Coll. (nec Reinh.) Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878 No. 4, p. 11, Feb. 1878; No. 14, p. 54, Dec. 1878; Chra. 1879 (1878). Goode & Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p. 209 (1879). Diagn. Furven brunsort med hvidgul Nakkeplet, og med 5—8 hvidgule Tverbaand, der gaa ud over Dorsalen, bagtil ogsaa ud over Analen; hos fuldt udvoxede Indivi- der ere Tverbaandene opløste i ringformige, af Bundfarven opfyldte Pletter, der nedtil kugne være utydelige, eller ogsaa indbyrdes sammenhængende. Skjællene beklæde hele Legemet indtil foran Dorsalerne, fremdeles Dorsalen og Analen ind- til henmimod deres Rande ; fuldt udvoxede Individer have til- lige Nakken og Roden af Pectoralerne skjælbeklædt, samt tildels spredte Skjæl paa Panden. Legemets Højde indehol- des 7—8, hos smaa Unger 9—10 Gange i Totallængden. Hovedet har stump Smude, og indeholdes 4'],—4'|, Gange t.To- tallengden; Tandrekken paa Palatinbenene kortere, end Mel- lemkjævens, og naar hos gamle Individer neppe dennes halve Længde. Overkjeven aldrig længere, end det halve Hoved. Pectoralerne, der indeholdes hos ymgre neppe 8 Ganges, hos fuldt udvoxede Hanner omtrent 9 Gange i Totallængden, ere hos de første tydeligt indskaarne i Yderranden. Sidelinien dobbelt, lige bag Pectoralfæstet delt å en mediolateral og en ventral Gren; hos udvoxede utydelig. Appendices pyloricae mangle. Størrelsen indtil 595™ (Hunnen), eller 622"m (Hannen), og derover. M B. 6. 'D:+7,0. 102—118; A. 17,0, 88—102; P. 20—23; V. 4. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Bankerne udenfor Lo- foten i Norge; Nordvestkysten af Spitsbergen. Stat. 362. 115 Kilom. V. Stat. 124., 325 Kil. VSV. Stat. 363. 60 Kil. V. IL Agee Gs Bodø, Norge. |Norskgerne,Sptb.|Norskgerne,Sptb. Dae Å 350 Favne 459 Fayne 260 Favne ; (6407), (8397), (475) Temp. paa Bunden. Løa A] Sood! +1.19 C. Bunden. Ler. i Blaagraat Ler. Blaaler. Datum. 19de Juni 1877.[14de Aug. 1878. |14de Aug. 1878. Antal Individer.| 1 sped Unge. 2 Indiv. 1 Unge. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Spørgsmaalet om, “under hvilken af de hidtil bekjendte Lycoder de 4 under Nordhavs-Expeditionen erholdte Individer, hvilke i mine foreløbige Beretninger have været omtalte under Navnet L. vahlii, Reinh., burde henføres, har ikke været løst uden efter nogen Tvivl. Allerede i disse Beretninger har jeg paavist, at de i alle væsentlige Henseender gaa ind under Reinhardts Beskrivelse af L. vahlii, og jeg troede derfor at burde henfore dem under denne Art, skjønt Original- Exemplarerne i det zoologiske Musæum i Kjøbenhavn og Berlin, hvilke jeg ved Dr. Liitkens og Pröf. Peters' Imøde- kommenhed har havt Lejlighed til at underkaste en (omend flygtig) Undersøgelse, frembød visse iøjnefaldende Uligheder; dog vare intet af disse Exemplarer af det samme Alders- trin, som Nordhavs-Expeditionens, ligesom de vare idethele 85 scales on the forehead. Diagnosis. — Colour browmish-black, with a whitish yellow patch on the nape and 5—8 transverse bands of the same colour across the dorsals, and, posteriorly, across the anal; im full-grown individuals; the bands are broken wp into annular spots, filled with the ground colour; below, sometimes indistinct or contiguous. The scales cover the body to the region in front of the dorsals, also the dorsals and the anal, nearly to their margins; adults have the nape and the base of the pectorals scaled, and sometimes isolated The height of the body is to the” total length as 1 to 7—8; im very young individuals, as 1 to 9—10. Snout obtuse, length of head to total length as 1 to 4'/,—4'|.; the dental series on the palatine bones are shorter than those on the mtermaxillaries, and, in old indiv- iduals, scarcely attain half the length of the latter. The upper jaw never longer than half of the head. The pec- torals, in young examples scarcely */,, im full-grown males about */, of the total length, are in the former distinctly notched along their outer margin. Lateral line double, being divided immediately posterior to the origin of the pec- torals into a medio-lateral and a ventral branch ; indistinct in full-grown specimens. Pyloric appendages wanting. Length reaching 595" (female) or 622"" (male), and above. M. B. 6. D.+7/,C. 102—118; A. + 7 C. 88—102 ; P. 20—23; V. 4. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The banks off Lofoten, in Norway. The north-west coast of Spitzbergen. Stat. 124. Stat. 363. 325 Kil. WSW.of] 115 Kil. W. of | 60 Kil. W. of Bodø, Norway. |Norskøerne,Sptb.|Norskøerne.Sptb. 459 Fathoms Stat. 362. Exact Locality. 350 Fathoms 260 Fathoms Depth. (640™), » (8397). (475™), Temp. at Bottom.| — 0.9° C. — 1.0° C. + 1.1 C. Bottom. Clay. Bluish-grey Clay.| Blue Clay. * Date. 19th June 1877.|14th Aug. 1878.]14th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim.|1Ind.(very young). 2 Indiv. 1 Indiv. (young). Remarks on the Synonymy.— The which of the species of Lycodes hitherto known the 4 in- dividuals taken on the North Atlantic Expedition, which, in my previous, preliminary reports, are mentioned under the name L. vahlii, should be referred, has proved somewhat difficult to decide. In the said reports I have shown that, in all essential particulars, they agree with Reinhardt’s description of L. vahlii; and hence I deemed they might be correctly referred to that species, notwithstanding the original specimens in the zoological museums of Copenha- gen and Berlin, which Dr. Liitken and Professor Peters kindly afforded me an opportunity of examining, with regard to certain features, exhibited a striking dissimilarity; none of these specimens, however, were in the same. stage of growth as those taken on the Expedition; their state of question, as to ikke vel vedligeholdte, saaledes at flere Characterer under dén flygtige Gjennemgaaelse ikke lode sig med Sikkerhed erkjende. Dr. Liitken har imidlertid senere under Revisionen af de Individer af denne Slægt, der opbevares i Kjøben- havner-Musæet, bleven opmærksom paa visse,-af Reinhardt overseede eller lidet paaagtede Ejendommeligheder hos L. vahlii, og det er i Overensstemmelse med disse sidst vundne Resultater, som han har nedlagt i sit sidste, ovenfor nævnte * Artikel om denne Slægts grønlandske og islandske Arter}, at jeg har troet det rettest at holde Nordhavs-Expeditio- nens Individer ud fra den typiske L. vahlii, væsentlig paa Grund af Forskjel i Sideliniens Bygning, i Hovedets og Kjævernes relative Længde, i Tandbygningen, foruden i Farven. . Medens L. vahlii typisk besidder 1 Sidelinie, der «er ventral, har Nordhays-Expeditionens Individer 2, nemlig tillige en medio-lateral; dog maa hertil bemærkes, at et af Typ-Exemplarerne af L. vahlii tillige viser Spor af en medio lateral Nidelinie. Medens Hovedets Længde hos ZL. vahliz indeholdes hos yngre Hun-Individer 5,4 Gange i Totallængden, og saaledes er forholdsvis lidet, hos gamle Hanner derimod 4.3. er For- holdet hos Nordhays-Expeditionens Individer hos intet Kjøn over 4,6, selv hos smaa Unger. Fremdeles er Tandrækken paa Palatinbenene hos L. vahlii i Regelen længere, end Rækken i Mellemkjæven (ialfald ikke, eller kun lidet kor- tere, end denne), medens den hos Nordhays-Expeditionens Individer altid er kortere, tildels naaende blot den sidstes halve Længde. Endelig er Farven hos begge ulige, hvor- ved dog maa erindres, at Typ-Exemplarerne af L. vahlii ikke ere fuldt ud skikkede til at oplyse dette Forhold, dels fordi de ere gamle (fra 40-aarene), dels fordi de i Regelen have været udtagne af Ventriklerne paa Hajer; enkelte ere dog forholdsvis vel vedligeholdte. Medens nemlig ZL. vahlii er forsynet med større mørke Tverfelter ned ad Le- gemet og de verticale Finner, mellem hvilke Felter findes omtrent lige saa brede Partier af en lysere Bundfarve (der hos gamle Individer synes ganske at forsvinde, saaledes. at Legemet her bliver næsten, ensfarvet brunsort), have Expe- ditionens Individer paa brunsort Bundfarve et Antal skarpt begrændsede hvidgule Tverbaand, der ere forholdsvis smale, og paa Dorsalen ere næsten hvide, ligesom der hos alle de undersøgte Individer findes en hvid Plet ovenfor hver Gjællespalte. Med Hensyn til Benævnelsen L. esmarkii, og de nye Individers Identification med denne Art. efterat jeg tidli- gere havde opført dem under Navnet L. vahlii, kan fol- | gende bringes i Frindring. Da jeg i 1874 udarbejdede min Afhandling om ,.Nor- ges Fiske* (Tillægsh. til Forb. Vid. Selsk. Chra.), forelaa til Bestemmelse i Universitets-Musæet 3 store Individer af * Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 307. 86 preservation, too, is anything but good, so that several of the characters could not be accurately determined from a cursory examination. But Dr. Liitken, when re-examining the specimens of this genus preserved in the Copenhagen Museum, had his attention drawn to divers characteristics distinguishing L. vahlii, which Reinhardt must have either overlooked or thought undeserving of notice; and in conformity with these results, which he has embodied in his latest Memoir, on the Greenland and Iceland species of this genus! I have seen fit to regard the individuals taken on the North At lantic Expedition as distinct from the typical L. vahlii, chiefly by reason of differences in the character of the lateral line, in the relative length of the head and jaws, in the structure of the teeth, and in the colour. L. vahlii is typically distinguished by one lateral line, which is ventral, ‘whereas the specimens from the Ex- pedition have two, a ventral and a medio-lateral; it must however be admitted, thaf one of the typical specimens of L. vahlii exhibits traces of a medio-lateral line. The,length of the head in ZL. vahlii is in young female individuals 5.4 of the total length, and therefore compara- tively short, in old males 4.3; whereas in the specimens from the North Atlantic Expedition, the proportion does not exceed in either sex 4.6, even in very young individ- uals; moreover, the row of teeth on the palatine bones in L. vahlit is as a rule longer than that on the inter-maxil- lary, and, when shorter, but very little, whereas it is invariably shorter in the specimens obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition, sometimes reaching not more than half the length of the latter. Finally, they differ in colour; it must, however, be borne in mind, that the typical specimens of L. vahlit ave not m a condition fully calculated to elucid- ‘ate this question, partly from their age (upwards of 40 years in the Museum), and partly from their" having in the majority of cases been taken from the ventricles of sharks; one or two are, however, comparatively well preserved. L. vahlii is distinguished by large, dark transverse quarterings down the body and the vertical fins, with rather broad patches between, of a lightish ground-colour, which in old individuals would appear to become obsolete, the body here bemg almost uniformly brownish-black; the specimens of the Expedition have the brownish-black ground-colour , marked with a number of sharply defined whitish-yellow (on the dorsal almost white) transverse bands; a white spot occurs too above each of the gill-openings. As regard the name ZL. esmarkii, and the identifica- tion of the new individuals with that species (I had pre- viously referred them to ZL. vahlii), the following remarks should be borne in mind. ; In 1874, when I was occupied in writing my treatise on “Norges Fiske” (Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra.), the University Museum had 3 large specimens of a Lycodes, 1 Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 307. å 3 en Lycodes, fangne i Varangerfjorden i Finmarken, de 2 nedsendte af Lensmand Klerk i 1864, det 3die erhvervet i 1865 paa Stedet af Professor Esmark. Senere har jeg (1876) under et Ophold i Finmarken erholdt 2 nye Indi- vider fra denne Localitet; alle ere de fuldstændig overens- stemmende indbyrdes, og da deres Totallængde ligger mel- 575 og 622”, udgjøre de Kjempe-Individer af denne Slægt. Da de neynte Individer i flere Henseender frembøde en Uoverensstemmelse med Remhardts Beskrivelse af L. vahlii, hvilket end mere bestyrkedes, efterat jeg gjennem Dr. Liitken havdé erholdt et af Typ-Exemplarerne udlaant til umiddelbar Sammenligning, opstilledes de i den næynte Afhandling som en ny Art, L. esmarkti. Senere har jeg dog, inden Dr. Liitken har iværksat sine nye Undersøgel- ser af L. vahlii, troet at burde opfatte disse Uoverens- stemmelser som mindre væsentlige, og at opføre L. esmarkii i Synonymernes Række, hvad jeg ved et Par Lejligheder, og sidst i den omtalte foreløbige Beretning om Nordhavs- Expeditionens Materiale, har gjennemført. Den ene af de Characterer, der adskilte L. esmarki L. vahlii, var Farven, der nemlig var brunsort med et Antal smale, hvidagtige Tverbaand, som dels i Midten inde- sluttede Felter af den mørke Bundfarve, dels vare opløste i ringformige Tegninger, der nedtil kunde være indbyrdes forbundne med Ringene af næste Tverbaand?. Det er dvervejende sandsynligt, at -Nordhays-Expedi- tionens nye Individer udgjore de yngre Stadier af denne, som L. esmarkii beskrevne Form. Overensstemmelserne mellem - dem ere gjennemgaaende; i de samme Puncter, hvori Nord- havs-Expeditionens Individer afvige fra den typiske L. vahlit, stemme de overens med Typ-Exemplarerne af L. esmarkii, ihvorvel en mindre Forskjel hist og her kan iagttages, der dog vel kan tilskrives den store Forskjel i Alder og Størrelse. Dette er saaledes Tilfældet med Farvetegnin- gen; fremdeles har Skjælbeklædningen faaet en større Ud- strækning hos Typ-Exemplarne af L. esmarkti,idet der for- uden spredte Skjæl paa Panden og fuldt Skjælbelæg paa Nakken, ogsaa her vil findes et lignende paa den indre Del af Pectoralerne. Det endelige Resultat bliver saaledes, at Nordhays- Expeditionens Individer, der samtlige ere yngre, vistnok ere identiske med den hidtil blot i fuldt udvoxede Indivi- 1 Den anden Character, ifølge hvilken jeg ved Opstillingen af den nye Art troede at burde adskille den fra L. vahlii, og som var hentet fra Sjælbeklædningen, er af mindre Betydning, men maa her berøres, fordi den i den originale Beskrivelse var Gjenstand for Mis- tydning. Naar L. esmarkii nemlig opgaves som skjælbeklædt lige ud til Snuden, medens L£.vahlii havde nøgent Hoved, var dette ucorrect, idet de som Skjæl antagne Dannelser hos den førstnævnte Art blot vare de tætstaaende, næsten cirkelrunde Indtryk i Huden, der vare fremkomne under dennes Sammentrækning. Blot efter en senere omhyggelig Undersøgelse af de foreliggende 5 Individer har jeg kun- net opdage enkelte isolerede Skjæl paa Panden, der utvivlsomt. ere tilkomne i den senere Alder. 87 from the Varanger Fjord, in Finmark; 2 of the individuals had been presented by Lensmand Klerk, in 1864, the third was obtained on the spot by Professor Esmark, in 1865. During a short stay in Finmark (1876), I succeeded in procuring 2 new examples from the same locality. All of these specimens agree closely inter se, and their total length, ranging from 575”” to 6227”. they must be regarded as unusually large examples of the genus. These individuals differing, I conceived, in several respects from L. vahlit as described by Reinhardt, a sup- position still further confirmed by a direct comparison with one of the typical specimens, lent me for that pur- pose by Dr. Liitken, they were established as a new species, L. esmarkii, in the said treatise. Subsequently, however, before Dr. Liitken had completed his latest examination of the original specimens of L. vahlii, I was lead to regard these distinctive characteristics as comparatively unessential, and to include L. esmarkii in the list of synonyms, a view I continued to retain on one or two subsequent occasions, the last being that of the above-mentioned preliminary re- port of the North Atlantic Expedition. One of the characters distinguishing L. esmarkii trom L. vahlii was the colour — brownish-black, with a num- ber of narrow, whitish transverse bands, some of which had patches of the dark ground-colour enclosed in the middle, or were broken up into annular spots, continuous below with the rings of the next transverse band". It is in the highest degree probable, that the new individuals obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition re- present immature stages of the form described as L. es- mark. The resemblance between them is constant; in the same features that serve to distinguish the former from the typical L. vahli they agree with the type-specimens of L. esmarkii, though here and there some minor distinction may be observed, doubtless arising from the great differ- ence in age and size. This applies, for instance, to the distribution of colour; the scaled surface, too, is of greater extent in the type-specimens of L. esmarkiz, which, ex- clusive of isolated scales on the forehead, has also the nape fully scaled and the inner portion of the pectorals. The final conclusion, therefore, is this, that the indi- viduals from the North Atlantic Expedition, all of them com- paratively young, are certainly identical with L. esmarkii 1 The other character — derived from the scaling — which led me, when establishing the new species, to distinguish it from Z£. vahliz, is of minor importance; it must not however be passed by * unnoticed, having in the original description given rise to misunder- standing. The scales in Z. esmarkii were stated to extend as far as the snout, whereas L. vahlii had the head maked; this was incorrect, the closely set, almost circular impressions in the skin, resulting from its contraction, having been mistaken for scales. Not till the 5 indiv- iduals before me had been submitted to a close examination, did I succeed in detecting a few isolated true scales on the forehead, which had unquestionably developed in an advanced stage of growth. der kjendte L. esmarkii fra Finmarken, og at de tilsammen udgjøre en fra den grønlandske L. vahlii forskjellig Art. Men med det forholdsvis ringe Materiale, der for Tiden staar til vor Raadighed, er det umuligt at komme til fuld Klarhed i dette, saavelsom i flere andre Spørgsmaale ved- rørende denne Slægt. Ved Godhed. af Dr. Tarleton Bean og Prof. Spencer Baird har jeg efter Anmodning erholdt tilsendt et fuldt udvoxet De af den store Lycodes-Art, som erholdtes under U. S. Fish. Commission udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia paå Americas Østkyst, og som i SN er op- ført som L. vahlii i Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p. 209. Dette Exemplar (Smiths. Inst. No. 24, 239), har en ae af 645””", en Hovedlængde af 152”. Exemplaret er ex- viscereret, saa Kjønnet ikke kan bestemmes, ifølge - Hovedlængdens Forhold til Totallængden (4,04), synes In- dividet at have været en Han. Jeg har nøje sammenlignet dette Exemplar med de omtrent ligestore Typ-Exemplarer af L. esmarkti fra Finmarken, og finder dem i enhver Henseende overensstemmende. Faryetegningen er næsten fuldstændig den samme, alle Legemsproportioner ligeledes, og det samme er Tilfældet med det characteristiske For- hold mellem Tandrækken paa Palatinbenene og Mellemkjæ- ven. Jeg nærer derfor ingen Tviyl ved at identificere begge, og Arten har herved faaet nn interessant Udvidelse i sin geographiske Udbredelse. men a. b. (ec. Han. d.Hun. Udmaalinger. Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | Stat. 1 1245 | 1363: 10362: 11362; Totallængde . SJmm|f J47m 265mm 995 mm Hovedets Længde . .118,5-| 25 -] 60-| 65 - Overkjævens Længde . de te ASS) BUNS Pele Legemets Hojde over een af Dorsalen ; 8-| 13-| 34-| 44 - Legemets Højde over Begy ekorn | af Analen. ; Nae Cone DEE Snudens Afstand fra Perlen .| 21 -129-| 70-| 80 - Kroppens Længde (Snudespidsen til Anus) . Jer . 31,5-| 45 - 1105 - 1160 - Halens Længde (Anus ‘til Fe | | | spidsen) VAGN 49,5- 69 - 160-171 - Smudens Afstand fra Get ye eth OE 26. =| EEE Lindsens Diameter. . 25) 3 -| G-| Ts Øjets Længde (Diameter af 199) 52) 65-55-1925 Fra Lindsen til Gjælle laagets Spidse cy gaweeti å +s | 10-14-1134 =) 36 - Afstanden mellem ae Swope) EE MOY) IBY = Hovedets Hojde over Øjnene . 6,5-| 11 -| 23 -| 25 - Hovedets Bredde over Kinderne . 8- 14-) 30- 33 - Hovedets Højde umiddelbart bag Wentralerie . 4 . . ee iO kell eeu Afstanden fra Ventralerne til us 16 -| 23 -| 56 -1 69 - Pectoralens største Længde . . 11- 17-) 36-, 40 - Afstanden fra Pectoralspidsen til Anus 3-| 4-|20-| 18- 88 and those on the intermaxillary. from Finmark, of which none but full-grown examples were previously known, and that both constitute .a species distinet from the Greenland form L. vahlii. But with the materials at present before us, it is not possible to decide this ques- tion satisfactorily, as indeed is also the case with various other doubtful points connected with the genus Lycodes.. At my special request, Dr: Tarleton Bean and Pro- fessor Spencer Baird kindly sent me an example of the large species of Lycodes, taken on the cruize of the U. S. Fish Commission, off the coast of Nova Scotia, and which, in 1879, was referred to L. vahli in Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 2, p. 209. This specimen (Smith’s Inst. No. 24, 239) has a length of 645””: the length of the head is 1527”, Having been exviscerated, the sex cannot be determined; but judging from the proportion which the length of the head bears to the total length (4.04), the individual would appear to be a male. I have carefully compared this spec- imen with the typical specimens of L. esmarkii, about equal in size, from Finmark, and found the closest resemblance between them. The distribution of colour is almost exactly the same; the proportions of the body correspond, in like manner, as does also the characteristic relation sub- sisting between the series of teeth on the palatine bones Such being the case, no hesitation can be felt in identifying the two forms, which shows an interesting extension in the range of L. esmarkii. | ab. |eMale/d.Eem. Measurements. | Stat Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | 22010863. | 362. | 362. Total length. gt Sm 11 4mm' 265") \295% Tjength ofhead’s 29% SSE SEIGE | 65 - , Length, of upper jaw. . - 2] GSV M9E24 10268 Depth of the body above origin | ou dorsal. a)3 0 | 8-| 13 -|.34-) 44 - Depth of the body be origin | | | of anal. | 11 -| 30 -| 37 - Distance of ‘snout from en å | 21 -| 29-| 70 -| 80 - Length of the body proper (from | : point of snout to vent) : 831.5- | 45 - 105 - 160 - Length of the tail (from vent to tip of tail) : . 49.5- 69 - 160 - 171 - Distance of snout from eye . . | 6-| 8-| 18-| 21 - Diameter of the lens. | Oa Se ee Length of the eye (diameter of iris) 5.5 - 6.5 - 111.5- |12.5- Distance from the lens to the ex- | | tremity of the opercle | 10 -| 14- 34-, 36-- Distance between the lenses 19.5 - 4+- 10- 15- Height of the head above the eyes 6.5 -| 11 -| 23 -) 25 - Breadth of head across the cheeks 8 I EGGE pas Height of the head immediately posterior to the ventrals. | 8-| 18- | 30 -| 33 - Distance from ventrals to vent . 16- 23- 56- 69- Greatest length of pectorals :. .| 11-| 17-| 36 -| 40'- Distance from extremity of pec- | | | torals to vent . | 3-| 4-| 20-/485 Til Sammenligning vedføjes et Par Maal af de 5 fuldt udvoxede Individer fra Finmarken. FEE ED || AB | Han. | Hun | Han. | * | (Skel.) (tørr.) 89 For comparison are subjoined a few measurements of the 5 full-grown individuals from Finmark. | Must SJ NG ANN . BT 5mm HBQ™ Hm G10mm g 220m . (126 - |133.- |128 - 143 - |138 - Overkjevens Længde. 55-| 64-| 56-| 68-| 65- Legemets Højde ken eae ee 2 Kroppens Længde (Snuden | |. til Anus) . . 1220 - |226 - |255 - 242 - 250 - Halens Længde (Anus til | ig Halespidsen) . : 360 2962-1350 1371-1875 Totallengde . Hovedets Lengde . ~~ 5 Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Neer beslegtet med L. vahlii, fra hvilken den, som ovenfor neeynt, er skilt ved sin (dog blot i yngre Alder tydeligt) dobbelte Sidelinie, de korte Kjæver, det altid forholdsvis store .Hoved, den korte Ganetandrække, og Farven. Legemet er af typisk Lycodes-Bygning; den største - Højde indeholdes hos de ældre Individer omtrent 7—8 Gange i Totallængden, hos Ungerne 9, eller endog 10 Gange i denne, og Legemet. bliver saaledes noget undersætsigere under Opvæxten. Hovedet er forholdsvis stort, og har en høj og stump Snude, Hovedet imdeholdes fra 4'/, til noget over 41/2 Gange i Totallængden; hos intet af Individerne har Hovedlængdens Forhold til Totallængden været under 4,7, selv hos smaa Unger. Hos 2 udvoxede Han-Individer fra Finmarken er Forholdet 4.50 og 4,26, hos en ligeledes udvoxet Hun 4,64; sammenlignes 2 noget der er temmelig kort. nær ligestore Individer af forskjelligt Kjøn, sees Hoved- længden hos den yngre Han fra Nordhavs-Expeditionen at indeholdes i Totallængden 4,41, hos den ligeledes yngre Hun 4,53, ligesom hos den fuldvoxne Han fra Finmarken 4,26, hos Hunnen 4,64, saaledes at Hannen, hvad der ogsaa var at vente, altid synes at have et større Hoved, end Hunnen. Underkjæven er betydeligt kortere, end Overkjæven, og dette er allerede særdeles stærkt fremtrædende hos det mindste foreliggende Individ (med en Totallængde af blot SIAN MG Overkjæven er altid kortere. end den halve Hoved- lengde, hvad der vil fremgaa af de ovenfor meddelte Ud- maalinger, og naar" tilbage under Midten, eller henimod Bagranden af Øjet. Sammenlignet med L. vahlii maa saa- ledes L. esmarkii siges at have et forholdsvis kort Ansigts- parti, skjønt Hovedet idethele er større. De skaalformige Fordybninger langs Randen af Kjæ- verne, der ere characteristiske for denne Slægt, ere stærkest synlige hos Ungerne, hvor Hovedets Hud er tyndest; i Bunden sees her en tydelig og aaben Pore, men denne bliver svagere fremtrædende hos de ældre. | Collett : Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Fiske. Mee | | Male. | Fem. | Male. | (Skel. ) (dried).| (dried). | | | Morelnena PE ST 5820 595 mm 61 0mm Go mm Length of the head . . .126- 133- 128- 143 - 138 - Length of the upper: jaw 55-| 64-| 56-| 68-| 65- Depth of the body © . .| ? | 80-| ? | 84-| ? L. of the body (from snout | | | to vent) 220 - 1226 - |255 = |242 - 250 - | | | 360 - 1362 - |350 - [871 - (375 - L. of the tail (from vent to tip of tail) General Deseription. Structure of the Body. — Nearly related to L. vahlii, from which, as above stated, it is distinguished by a double lateral line (conspicuous however in young specimens only), the short jaws, the head, always comparatively large, the short series of palatine teeth, and the colour. ; The body is of the typical Lycodes structure; its greatest depth equals, in mature individuals, from */; to 1/s, in young examples, not more than */y or 1/1 of the total * length; hence the body increases in thickness with the growth of the fish. The head is comparatively large, and terminates. in an obtuse and elevated snout; the length of the head is contained from 4'/, to a trifle over 4/2 times in the total length; the proportion berne by the length of the head to the total length was in no case under 4.7, not even in the very young examples. In two full-grown males from Fin- mark, the proportion is as 1 to 4.30 and 4.26; in a full- grown female, as 1 to 4.64. : equal in size, but of different sexes, be compared together, the length of the head in the young specimens obtained on the Expedition will be found to be 4.41 in the male, and 4.53 in the female; in the full-grown male from Fin- mark it is 4.26. in the female 4.64: hence the male, as was indeed to be expected, has invariably a larger head than the female. : The mandible is considerably shorter than the upper If two individuals nearly jaw, and this character shows very conspicuously even in the smallest ‘of the specimens examined (total length only Sule) The upper jaw is invariably shorter than half, the head, as appears from the measurements given above, ex- tending back under the middle of the eye, or very nearly to its posterior margin. Compared with L. vahlii, L. es-* markii has the region of the face comparatively short, although the head itself is larger than im the former species. The bowl-shaped depressions along the margin of the jaws are peculiar to this species; they are most conspicuous in the early stages of development, when the skin on the head is thinnest, terminating in a distinct and open pore; as the growth progresses, they gradually become less distinct. 12 Disse Porer føre oventil ind til den lange Række af de tynde Infraorbitalben, der ere forholdsvis store. og hvoraf hver danner en udad aaben Cavitet, der er be- grændset af Benets nederste Del, samt af den øvre over- bøjede Rand; den hele Række af disse Caviteter danne . tilsammen en fælles slimafsondrende Canal. Paa Under- kjæven føre Porerne ind til en lignende Canal, der løber ind i selve maxilla inferior, og som udad danner store rundagtige Aabninger i Lighed med de udad aabne Cavi- teter i Infraorbitalbenene; noget tilsvarende i Kjævernes Bygning finder Sted hos Zoarces viviparus, hvilket yderligere bidrager til at nærme disse 2 Slegter til hinanden. Næseborene ere enkelte, rørformige. og sidde noget opløftede over Kjæveranden; deres indbyrdes Afstand er betydeligt mindre, end Pectoralens Grundlinie. Øjnene ere aflange, med en tydelig tilspidset Øjekrog fortil og bagtil; de indeholdes hos middelsstore Exemplarer . mellem 6 og 64/2 Gange i Hovedlængden, men ‘ere forholds- vis mindre hos de fuldt udvoxede, hvor de indeholdes 7—8 Gange i denne. Iovrigt er Øjuenes rette Begrændsning vanskelig at drage, da denne viser sig forskjellig, eftersom Individerne ere bedre eller mindre vel vedligeholdte. Gjællespalten er fuldkommen vertical, .og forholdsvis * trang; dens nedre Vinkel ligger omtrent lige foran Pecto- ralernes nederste Fæste. Gjællerne ere 4 i Antal: Pseudo- branchier ere tilstede. Gjællestraalernes Antal er 6. Tenderne, der ere tilstede i Mellem- og Underkjæven, paa Palatinbenene, og paa Vomer, som hos alle typiske Lycoder, ere forholdsvis lange og stærke, svagt krummede, samt noget cylindriske. Det er characteristisk for L. es- markii, sammenlignet med L. vahlii, at Tandrækken paa Palatinbenene aldrig er længere, end Rækken i Mellemkjæ- ven, men oftest (især hos udvoxede Individer) betydeligt kortere. lige indtil neppe Halvdelen af denne. Saaledes er den absolute Længde af de nævnte ? Tandrækker hos de 2 største af Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individer, samt af de foreliggende 5, fuldt udvoxede Individer fra Finmarken, føl- gende: Total- Længden af Tandrækken ER paa Palatin- | paa Mellem- de. benene. kjæverne. c: Stat. 362. Ung Han . ./265™™| 10—11 | 11—11™ d. Stat. 362. Ung Hun 2955 MOENS A. Finmarken. (Skelet) . .575- | 15—16 - | 26—27 - B. -- Gl. Han. .582- | 16—18 - | 27—28 - 0. — Gl. Hun .595-| 14—16 - | 26—26 - D. = GREGG 0 TS BOSE E. — (tørret) . .622-| 12—13 - | 82—34 - Hos de fuldvoxne Individer danne Tænderne i Mel- lemkjæven bagtil en enkelt, fortil en 3dobbelt Række. hvori de yderste Tænder ere de længste. Underkjævens Tænder danne fortil 3—4 uregelmæssige Rækker, bagtil en dobbelt Række, der gaar betydeligt længere tilbage, end. den tilsva- rende i Overkjæven, og Tænderne i denne Kjæve corre- 90 Above. these pores extend inwards to the thin infra- orbital bones. which are comparatively large, forming each a cavity, open exteriorly, which is bounded by the inferior portion of the bone and the superior overlapping margin; these cavities constitute together a mucous canal. On the mandible, too, the pores terminate in a secretory canal, which is produced interiorly into the maxilla inferior, and constitues a series of large circular openings similar to the cavities, open exteriorly, in the infraorbital bones. To this peculiarity of structure the jaws in Zoarces vivi- parus present. analogous features. a circumstance tending still further to increase the resemblance between the two genera. . The nostrils are single, tubular, and situated slightly above the margin of the jaw; their distance from each other measures much less than the base of the pectorals. Eyes ovate, distinctly angular anteriorly and poster- iorly; their diameter, in examples of moderate size, is to the length of the head as 1 to 6—6*)/,; in full-grown indiv- iduals they are proportionately smaller — as I to 7—8. For the rest, the limits of the eyes are difficult to deter- mine, varying as-they do with the state of preservation of the specimens. The gill-opening a strictly vertical slit, and compara- tively narrow; its inferior angle almost immediately in front of the lowest extremity of the pectorals. Gills 4; pseudo-, branehiæ present: branchiostegals 6. Teeth, as in all typical Lycodes, on the inter and inferior maxillaries, the palatine bones, and the vomer; they are comparatively long and powerful, slightly curved and cylindrical. A characteristic feature of L. esmarkii, as compared with L. vahlii, is the length. of the dental series on the palatine bones, which is never greater than that of the series on the inter-maxillary, but as a rule (more especially in full-grown examples) considerably less, sometimes by as much as one-half. Thus, for instance, the two series in the two largest of the specimens taken on the North Atlantic Expedition, and in the five full-grown examples from Finmark, measured respectively as follows: — Length of Dental Series | Total | | yz, | On Palatine | On Inter- bones. | maxillaries. c. Stat. 362. Young Male .|265"™| 10—11™| 11—11™ d. Stat. 362. Young Female 295- | 10—11 - | 11—11 - A. Finmark. (Skeleton). .575- | 15—16 - | 26—27 - B. — Old Male . .1582- | 16—18 - | 27—28 - C. — Old Female .595- | 14—16 - | 26—26 - D. — Old Male. ./610-| 17—17 - | 80—31 - E. — (dried specim.) 622- 12—13 - 32—34 - In adults, the teeth constitute on the inter-maxillary posteriorly a single, anteriorly a triple series, the exterior teeth being the longest. The teeth in the mandible con- stitute anteriorly 3—4 irregular series, posteriorly a double row, which extends considerably farther back than that corresponding with it in the upper jaw; indeed the man- «Zontalt. spondere nærmest med Palatinbenenes. I den yderste Række ere de’ rettede skjævt udad, eller ligge tildels næsten hori- Paa Palatinbenene findes paa hver Side 9—11 Tænder samlede i en enkelt, eller undertiden i en dobbelt Række. Endelig findes en Samling Tænder (af samme Stor- relse, som de øvrige) paa Vomer. Hos yngre Individer ere Tænderne noget færre, og Rækkerne fortil blive først efterhaanden fuldtallige. Kjæverne ere, som hos alle Lycoder, dækkede af en tyk, fedtholdig Hud, der paa Underkjæven danner en ned- hængende, noget aflang Flig. Anus ligger i en Afstand fra Snudespidsen, der in- deholdes omtrent 24. Gange i Totallængden. dibular teeth correspond rather with those on-tlie palatine bones. In the exterior series they incline obliquely out- wards, or are some of them almost horizontal. The palatine bones are furnished on each side with 9—11 teeth in a single, sometimes a double row. Finally, a patch of teeth occurs on the vomer. Young individuals have somewhat fewer teeth, and the full number of the anterior series is attained gradually. As in all the Lycodes, the jaws are protected by a thick adipous skin, depending from the mandible in the form of an oval lappet. The distance from the vent to the point of the snout is to the total length about as 1 to 2. a. | b. | ce. Han. | d. Hun. | a. b.’ |e. Male. la. Female. . Totall. Totall. | Total. | Totall. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. Af Totallængden udgjør . | Sim 114mm 265mm | 2905 mm The Total Length contains | SI” Arar | 265mm 295mm Hovedets Længde . . . | Br vase oe deen 4,53 Length of the head. .| 4.37 | 458 | 4.41 4.53 Legemets Højde. ... 10,12 8.76 | 7,79 7,02 Depth of the body 10.12 8.76 7.79 7.02 Snudens Afstand fra | Distance of snout from Dorsalen. : ..... . 368 | 3,93 3,78 Sipe GE okt a. 3.68 | 3:98/| 3.78 | 3.68 Kroppen (Snuden til | Body (from snout to | eee AEE 2.57 | 2,53 ed a oir | Vente ete aie | 2.57 | 2.53 ARP Bed Halen (Anus til Hale- | Tail (from vent to tip EN ET EG Hleoaueid« De © ll. «npof dalle yesh aie e RE SE NE MG Til Sammenligning vedføjes endel Forholde, der kunne udledes af de 5 foreliggende større Individer fra Finmar- ken, hvoraf 2 opbevares i tørret Tilstand, 1 som Skelet. A. B. Han. C. Hun D. Han. E. (Skelet. ) | (tørret). | " (tørret). ; Totall: | Totall. | Totall. | Totall: | Totall. Af Totall. udgjør. . . | 57Amm 5Qomm 595mm | G1Qmm 622mm Hovedets Længde . 4,56 4.37 4,64 4.26 .52 Legemets Højde . ? 7,27 BI reer ? Kroppen (Snuden | til Anus) =>. 2.| 2,61 | 2,57 | 2,33.) 2,52 | 2,48 Halen (Anus til | Halespidsen) .-. | 1,59 | 1,60 1.70 1,62. | 1.65 Ovarierne og Testes ere enkelte. Af Expeditionens In- divider var det ene (hvis Totallængde var 265") en ung Han, med endnu ikke fuldt udviklede Testes. det noget større Individ (Totallængde 2957”) en Hun, med fuldmodne Æg i det eneste Ovarium. Disse Ae’ vare forholdsvis store, neppe over 300 i Antal, alle jevnt udviklede; desu- den fandtes et mindre Antal, der tilsyneladende ikke vilde have udviklet sig. Ovariet var enkelt. Af de store Exemplarer fra Finmarken er det ene, der har været tørret, en Hun, idet der endnu vedhænger Dele af OQvariet med (ufuldbaarne) Æg. Dette viser, at Hunnen saaledes kan opnaa en lignende betydelig Størrelse, som Hannen. Af de øvrige vare de 2 velbevarede Indi- vider Hanner, med udviklede Testes. Den venstre af disse var saa kort, at den næsten kan kaldes rudimentær (14— 17™™), den højre lang (70""). | Appendices pyloricae mangle. | | | For comparison are subjomed a few proportions deduced from .measurements of the 5 large Finmark spec- imens, 2 dried, and 1 a skeleton. A. |B, Male.|C. Fem. D. Male) E. ba | (Skel). | (dried). | (dried). | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. The Total Length cont.) 575"m | BSP | 59pm) 61077 2am Length of the head 4.56 | 4.37 | 4.64 | 4.26 | 4,52 Depth of the body ? TT | 2 | 7.26 | ? Body (from snout | | oe. 2.61 | 2.57 | 2.33 | 252 | 2.48 Tail (from vent to | | gp oa. ANG 1860 1.70 1.62 1.65 testes single. Of the two largest in- dividuals obtaimed on the Expedition, one (total length 265””) was a young male, with the testes not fully devel- oped, the other, of somewhat larger size (total length 295"), a female, with mature ova in the single ovary. These ova, hardly. more than 300 in number, were comparatively large, all of them uniformly developed, exclusive of which Ovaries and was a smaller number that in all probability would not have arrived at maturity. The ovary was single. Of the large specimens from Finmark, one, which had been dried, was a female, portions of the ovary, with (im- mature) ova, being still attached to the abdomen. This shows that females can attain as large a size as males; of the remaining examples, the 2 well preserved .specimens That on the left side is so short as to be almost rudimentary (14—17"”), that on the right is long (70"”), i No pyloric appendages. were males, with well developed testes. Finnerne. Straaleantallet hos de 4 under Expeditio- nen erholdte yngre Individer yar folgende (Caudalen ind- befattet i Dorsalen og Analen): Gis ON Ble C. | d. Dor (44 en) | 103 103 108 | 102 Analen ( ok 'audal) | 88 91 | 92 | 90 Pecioralemenna = . | 20—21 | 22—23 | 22—23 | 21—22 Hos de store Individer fra Finmarken lod Straalean- tallet sig kun hos de 2 med nogenlunde Sikkerhed tælle, og dette viste sig at vere folgende: A C Dorsalen (+ */» Caudal) | Es eS Analen (-++ 4/2 Caudal) . . .. . | 102 | 97 Becioraeme EE Wales 23—23 | 223 At Straaleantallet hos disse fuldt udvoxede Individer er større, end hos de yngre, maa forklares paa den Maade, at der har vedblevet at afsætte sig Hvirvler med tilhørende Straaler under hele Opvæxten. Dorsalen, i en Afstand fra Nakken, der er omtrent lig en halv Pectorallængde, indeholder saa- ledes 102 til 103, eller hos særdeles gamle Individer lige til 118 Straaler, om den halve Caudal (6 Straaler). med- som udspringer regnes. Dorsalstraalerne ere alle kløvede indtil Grunden, og fra Midten af fint articulerede; hos de længste Straaler (paa Midten af Halepartiet) er ligeledes hver Halvdel atter kløvet. Den hele Finne er, ligesom Analen, indhyllet i en tyk og fedtholdig Hud, der meget ligner den, der findes hos Anarrhichas-Arterne. Analen tiltager, ligesom Dorsalen, Alderen, og 92, hos fuldt udvoxede ind- til 102 Straaler. nedre Halvdel (5 Straaler) i Straaleantal med Caudalens iberegnet. Den er iøvrigt bygget ligesom Dorsalen, og en Dobbeltklovning finder ogsaa her Sted hos de længste Straaler. Caudalen har sandsynligvis hos alle Lycoder den samme gning, og er dannet af et øvre Straaleknippe, bestaaende 6, et nedre af 5. Straaler, les tætstaaende, tælle. : Pectoralerne tælle 20 til 23 Straaler, og Tallet er ofte ulige paa hver Side hos samme Individ. De ere forholds- vis længst hos yngre Indiyider; hos den mindste foreliggende Unge (hvis Totallængde er 81””) indeholdes de 6,7 Gange i Totallængden, hos et fuldt udvoxet omtrent 8,5 Gange i alle korte, spinkle og særde- saa at de kun med Vanskelighed lade sig denne. Fremdeles undergaar denne Finne en Forandring i sin Form under Opvæxten, hvortil jeg ikke har seet noget tilsvarende hos de øvrige Arter. nederste Straaler Hos alle yngre ere de 6 noget forlængede, saaledes at de kjendeligt frem forbi de mellemste Straaler; derved bliver Finnens Rand tydeligt indskaaret. Hos de ældre Individer ere derimod de nedre Straaler og et- rage gradvis forkortede, 92 Fins. — The number of rays, inclusive of caudal, in the 4 young individuals obtained on the Expedition was as follows: | a. ith,” | C. d. Dorsal (+ 4/, caudal) | 103 | 103 | 108 | 102 Anal (+ 1/, caudal)! 88 | 91 | 92 90 Pectorsr eeener 20-21 22—23 Doe 23 | 21—22 | | In 2 only of the VEN individuals’ ae Finmark could the number of fin-rays be determined with comparative ac- curacy; the formula was as follows: Bake Dorsal Gt ytceaudal), (JERN Anal (+ 4/. caudal) 102 97 Pectorals ET 23-— 28 | es The fact of the rays in these full-grown examples having been more numerous than in the young individuals may be explamed by assuming vertebræ to have succes- sively developed along with the rays throughout the whole period of growth. The dorsal, commencing at a distance from the nape about equal to half the length of the pectorals, contains from 102 to 103, or, in very old examples, as many as'118 rays, including half of the caudal (6 rays). The dorsal rays are all cleft to the base, and from the middle finely articulated; moreover, in the longest rays (middle of caudal region) each half is cleft. As with the anal, the whole fin’ is enveloped in a thick adipous skin, closely resembling that observed in the genus Anarrhichas. As in the dorsal, the number of rays in the anal in- 92, creases with the growth, being in young examples 88 and in adults reaching 102, inclusive of the lower half of the caudal (5 rays). The structure of the’ anal is similar to that of the dorsal; the longest rays of this fin, too, are double-cleft. The structure of the caudal is probably the same in all the Lycodes; there is an upper fascicle of rays, consisting of 6, and a lower one, consisting of 5 rays, all short, slender, and exceedingly close, which renders it a matter of no little difficulty to count them. The pectorals are- furnished with from 20 to 23 rays, and the number is not infrequently different on each side in the same individual. They are relatively longest in young examples; in the smallest of the young specimens (total length 81””), their length is to the total length as 1 to 6.7; in an adult, nearly as 1 to 8.5. This fin undergoes, too, a change in its form during the period of growth, to which I have observed nothing All young indivi- causing analogous in any of the other species. duals have the 6 lowest rays somewhat elongated, them to project perceptibly past the middle rays, which gives to the margin of the fin a notched appearance. In more mature examples, the inferior rays gradually decrease nvert Spor af denne Ejendommelighed forsvundet. Disse nedre Straaler ere beklædte med en tykkere Hud, end de øvrige, samt have fri Spidser, et tydeligt Bevis paa, at de tjene Dyret til Krybe- eller Føleorgan. Straalerne ere delte til Grunden, og ere i Spidserne, der ere fint articu- lerede, i Regelen tvedelte. Naar Pectoralerne ,bojes frem- over, naa de til Lindsens Forrand eller hos enkelte til dens Midte. Ventralerne ere korte, og indeholde I enkelt og yderst spinkel Straale, samt derefter 3 noget tykkere, der ere klø- vede til Grunden. Hud, og lade sig blot ved Dissection tælle; den første udelte Straale har blot de øvriges halve Længde, og er yderst let at overse. Alle ere leddede. ; Hvirvlernes Antal var hos det ovennævnte Skelet af et udvoxet Individ fra Finmarken 23 ++ 95, saaledes tilsam- men 118. Skjælbeklædning. Som hos alle Lycoder synes Skjæl- beklædningen at udbrede sig videre over Legemet under In- dividets hele Væxt, og er saaledes mindst. udbredt hos Un- gerne, endskjønt Forskjellen er forboldsvis ikke stor. Hos Expeditionens 2 største Individer (Totallengden 265—295") er Skjælbeklædningen udbredt til et Stykke foran Begyn- delsen af Dorsalen, og paa Bugen hen til Ventralerne; ligeledes er saavel Dorsalen som Analen skjælbeklædte lige ud imod Randen, eller i omtrent */, af Finnernes Hojde. Derimod er Hovedet og Nakken nøgne, ligesom Pectora- lerne og Ventralerne. Hos de fuldt udvoxede Exemplarer fra Finmarken, hvor Totall. er 5007” eller derover, strækker Skjælbeklæd- ningen sig frem over Nakken, hvorimod Hovedet regulært De ere samtlige indhyllede i en tyk synes at være nøgent; blot efter den omhyggeligste Under- søgelse har det været mig muligt at opdage enkelte spredte Skjæl paa Siderne af Panden, og disse synes ikke engang at være. tilstede hos Dorsalen og Analen er tæt skjælbeklædte lige ud til deres yderste Rande, og Skjællene gaa paa Halen lige ud, til Caudalens Spidse. Fremdeles ere Pectoralerne, der hidtil have været nøgne, alle Individer. skjælbeklædte paa sin indre Trediedel. Hos de 2 Unger fra Expeditionen er Skjælbeklæd- ningen 1 det hovedsagelige allerede fremkommen i sin Hel- hed paa Legemet; hos det største Individ (b, Totall. 114"”) ere Finnerne, saavelsom (runden langs disse, endnu nøgne; hos det mindste (a, Totall. 81””) er Skjælbeklædningen paa hele Halepartiet endnu sparsom, og blot i sit Frembrud. Skjællene ere runde eller noget elliptiske, og ligge nedsænkede i Huden med saa stort Mellemrum, at deres Rande ikke berøre hinanden. Paa Bugen staa Skjællene mest spredte, paa Halen tættest. De Skjæl, der beklæde Finnerne, ere mindre, end Legemets. Skjællene ere be- klædte af en yderst fin, noget mørkfarvet Hud. Sidelinien er hos denne Art dobbelt. og hos vel con- serverede Exemplarer af Middelstørrelse ret tydelig. Den udspringer enkelt ved Gjællespaltens øvre Ende, gjør en liden skarp Bue over Gjællelaagets Flig, deler sig derpaa kort bagenfor denne i 2 Grene, hvoraf den øvre, medio- laterale, der er den tydeligste, løber langs hele Legemets in length till every trace of this peculiarity has disappeared. These inferior rays are enveloped in a thicker skin than the rest, and have free points, a sure sign that they serve the animal as a means of creeping or as an organ of sen- sation. The rays are cleft to the base, and, at the points, which are finely articulated, as a rule double-cleft. If pressed forwards, the pectorals extend to the anterior mar- gin or to the middle of the lens. The ventrals are short, and consist of one exceed- ingly slender ray and 3 somewhat thicker rays, cleft to the base. They are all enveloped in a thick skin, dissec- tion being necessary in order to count them; the first simple ray is only half as long as the others, and may be easily overlooked; they are all articulated. The number of vertebræ in the above-mentioned skele- ton of a.full-grown example from Finmark was 23 + 95 pet Scales. — As in all Lycodes, the scaled mtegument continues, it would seem, to spread over the body during the entire period of growth; and hence it covers a smaller surface in young specimens, though the absolute difference is comparatively but slight. In the 2 largest examples taken on the Expedition (total length respectively 265” and 2957”), the scaling extends almost to the origin of the dor- sal, and on the belly as far as the ventrals; both the dorsal and anal, too, are scaled nearly to the margin, or about three quarters of the height of the fin. The head and nape, however, are naked, as also the pectorals and the ventrals, In the full-grown specimens from Finmark (total - length exceeding 500”), the scaled integument extends for- wards over the nape, the head being apparently as a rule naked; nof till after a most careful examination did I suc- ceed in detecting a few isolated scales on the sides of the forehead, and even these would seem not to occur in all individuals. The dorsal and anal are densely scaled to their extreme margin, and on the tail the scales extend to the tip of the caudal. are now scaled on their inner third. The pectorals, too, previously naked, In the 2 young specimens taken on the Expedition, the scaled integument is for the most part fully developed on the body; in the largest individual (0, total length 114™”), both the fins and the skin along their base are still naked; in the smallest (a, total length 81”), the scales on the tail are just beginning to’ develop. : The scales åre round or slightly elliptic, and lie em- bedded in the skin, the space between them being just suf- On the belly, the scales are most distant, densest on the tail. he scales covering the fins are smaller than those on the body ; all are inyested with an exceedingly thin, darkish membrane. Lateral Line. — The lateral line in this species is double, and in well preserved specimens of moderate size ficient to prevent contact. distinctly perceptible. It originates single on the upper extremity of the branchial opening, makes a sharp bend above the flap of the gill-cover, and then divides a short distance posterior to the latter into two branches, the su- Midtlinie lige ud til Caudalen. Den nedre Gren, den ven- trale, løber skraat nedad mod Analen, og naar dennes Grund omtrent ved den 16de Straale, hvorefter den følger langs denne Finne henimod Caudalen. Paa Stykket fra Gjællespalten til det Sted, hvor den øvre (mediolaterale) Linie naar Legemets Midtlinie (hvilket finder Sted omtrent ved Pectoralens indre Trediedel), findes omtrent 24 Porer, idet de paa dette Stykke ere særdeles tætstaaende; paa det næste Stykke indtil Perpendiculæren over Anus staa om- trent 14 Porer. Hos de fuldt udvoxede Individer fra Finmarken, der lenge have været opbevarede paa Spiritus, ere Sidelinierne idethele lidet synlige. og kunne blot efter ombyggelig Un- dersøgelse paavises, men ere dog ikke ganske forsvundne. Den mediolaterale er dog undertiden neppe til at paavise, og synes saaledes under Opvæxten efterhaanden ganske at forsvinde. Hos den mindste Unge (a, Totall. 81””) ere begge Linier endnu utydelige, men allerede synlige hos den større Unge (b, Totallængde 114”), Farven. Denne er hos alle Expeditionens Individer, ogsaa hos de smaa Unger, dyb brunsort med smale, skarpt- begrændsede, hvidgule Baand, hvis Antal varierer fra 5—8, løbende verticalt nedad Legemet. Desuden findes, som An- tydning til et yderligere Baand, en hvidgul Plet paa hver Side af Nakken, umiddelbart over Gjællespalten. er ubetydeligt lysere. Bugsiden Af Tverbaandene begynder det første noget bagenfor Begyndelsen af Dorsalen; det sidste kan bedatkke Hale- spidsen, eller ligge kort foran denne. De stige alle fra Dorsalens yderste Rand ret nedover Legemet; de bagre gaa lige ud over Analen, de forreste naa blot til, eller noget Midtlmien. Baandenes Bredde er omtrent lig en Lindsediameter; deres Farve er hvidgul, og da de ere temmelig skarpt begrændsede, staa de særdeles tydeligt mod den sorte Bundfarve. over Hovedet er graabrunt, med mørkere Skygning paa Gjællelaagets Flig; Skjællene ere noget lysere, end Bundfarven, og have paa de Partier af Legemet. hvor de lyse Tverbaand findes, ligeledes disses hvidgule Farve. Den ovenfor beskrevne Farvetegning tilkommer sand- synligvis alle Individer, hvis Totallængde ikke overskrider 4007", eller der omkring. ligesom den allerede findes hos Ungerne, naar disse have naaet en Totall. af 807" (den spæde Yngel af denne Art er endnu ukjendt). Hos Expe- ditionens 2 Unger er imidlertid Nakkepletten endnu ikke fremkommen; men Baandene. hvis Antal hos begge er 8, ere alle tydeligt ansatte. Derimod har Farven hos de fuldt udvoxede (Fin- markske) Individer. som det vil sees af den medfølgende Figur, undergaaet en ret mærkelig Forandring, der synes at være constant, da den (blot med visse uvæsentlige Varia- tioner) har optraadt hos alle de hidtil paaviste 5 Individer. perior, mediolateral branch, which is the most distinct, running parallel to the mesial line of the body, and passing straight to the caudal. The inferior, ventral branch des- cends obliquely-towards the anal, reaching the base of that fin at about the 16th ray, after which it accompanies the latter to the caudal. In the portion extending from the branchial opening to the point at which the mediolateral branch reaches the mesial line of the body (about at the inner third of the pectoral) there are about 24 pores, their arrangement here being exceedingly close; the succeeding . portion, reaching to a point perpendicular to the vent, has 14 pores. In the full-grown specimens from Finmark, preserved a long time in spirits, the lateral lines are far less distinct, nay very considerable difficulty is experienced in tracing them; but they are not wholly obliterated. In some indiy- iduals the mediolateral branch can hardly be distinguished, and would seem therefore to disappear altogether during the progress of growth. In the smallest of the immature examples (a, total length 817”), both branches are as yet indistinct, but al- ready perceptible in the largest (b, total length 114”). Colour. — In all the specimens taken on the Expe- dition, including the immature examples, the colour is a deep brownish-black, with narrow, clearly defined whitish- yellow bands, from 5 to 8 in number, extending vertically down the body. Exclusive of these, there is a rudimentary indication of another band, in the shape of a whitish-yellow patch on either side of the nape, immediately above the branchial opening. The ventral surface is a trifle lighter. The first of the transverse bands commences a little posterior to the origin of the dorsal; the terminal band sometimes covers the tip of the tail, or, if not, extends in close proximity to it. They descend all of them from the margin of the dorsal straight down the sides of the body; the posterior bands extend across the anal, the an- terior ones reaching only as far as, or a short distance above, the mesial line. The width of these bands is about equal to the diameter of the lens; they are whitish-yellow in colour, and being rather sharply defined form a strong contrast to the black ground-colour. The head is greyish- brown, with a darker clouding on the flap of the gill-cover; the scales are a trifle lighter than the ground-colour, some- times of the same colour as the transverse bands. The coloration described above is probably common to all individuals with a total length not exceeding 4007”, or thereabouts; it is characteristic, too, of young examples which have attained a total length of 807” (the fry of this species is as yet unknown). In the two young specimens taken on the Expedition, the nuchal patch, however, has not yet developed, but the bands, numbering 8, are all of them distinctly obvious. . On the other hand, the colour in the (Finmark) specimens, as will be seen from the accompanying figure, has undergone a remarkable changes which would full-grown appear to be constant, seeing that it characterises (with but few and immaterial variations) each of the 5 indi- Hos disse ere de verticale hvidgule Tverbaand i sin Midte opfyldte af den sorte Bundfarve, eller tildels opløste til hvidagtige, aflange Ringe; Baandenes Antal og Beliggenhed er den samme, som hos Expeditionens Exemplarer, men undertiden kunne de være indbyrdes forenede nedtil, og danne her sammenhængende, guirlandeformige Tegninger. Deres Begrændsning er mindre skarp, end hos de yngre Individer. Hos et af Individerne ere de paa det egentlige Legeme ganske utydelige, men endnu paa Dorsalerne skarpt begrændsede; hos dette er saaledes Legemet næsten ens- farvet mørkt brunsort. Nakkepletterne kunne være sammen- hængende, og danne et tversover Nakken løbende distinct Baand. Føde. - I Ventrikelen af det største af Expeditionens Individer, en Hun (fra 459 Favnes Dyb), fandt jeg Røret af en Annelide, maaske af en Terebella, fremdeles adskillige Individer af Themisto libellula, Mandt, samt endelig en Del Grus fra Bunden, hvoriblandt saaes mange smukke Fora- miniferer, især af en af de Nautilus-lignende Slegter (Ro- talina?). Hos det noget mindre Han-Individ fra samme Localitet og Dybde fandtes blot Levninger af Themisto libellula. ; å Hos 2 gamle Hanner fra Finmarken, optagne paa et Par hundrede Favnes Dyb i Varangerfjorden, har jeg fun- det alene knuste: Echinodermer, hvoriblandt kunde kjendes Ctenodiscus crispatus, (Retz.), Ophiacantha spinulosa, Mill. & Tr., samt Antedon sarsii (Dub. & Kor.). Endskjont disse Individer saaledes vare henviste til denne kalkholdige Føde, vare deres Tænder dog ikke synderlig slidte. Udbredelse. L. esmarkii foreligger allerede saavel fra den europæiske, som fra den americanske Side af At- lanterhavet. Af HExpeditionens Individer erkoldtes de 3 i Trakterne af Spitsbergen i 1878, det ene i faa Miles Af- stand fra denne Øgruppes Nordyestkant. Det 4de, en spæd Unge, optoges fra Bankerne udenfor Helgeland i Norge i 1877. Endelig foreligge 5 fuldt udvoxede Individer fra Fjordene i Finmarken, erholdte i Aarene 1864—76; de 4 ere fangede paa Dybsagn (Line) i Varangerfjorden i Øst- finmarken, hvor jeg ligeledes har erfaret, at andre (ikke opbevarede) Individer i de sidste Aar have været erholdte; det sidste erholdtes i Øxfjord søndenfor Hammerfest (Vest- Finmarken). Som tidligere bemærket, henhøre ligeledes de under Navn af L. vahlii foreløbig opførte Individer fra Nord- Americas Østkyst wider forhaandenværende Art. Paa den sidstnævnte Localitet erholdtes i Aarene 1878—79 4 fuld- voxne Individer udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia. hvor dog Havfaunaen endnu er ganske arctisk. Det ene af disse opbevares paa Univ. Mus. i Christiania. viduals. In these specimens, the middle portion of the ver- tical whitish-yellow transverse bands is filled up with the black ground-colour, or broken up into whitish elliptic rings; the number of these bands and their position is the same as in the specimens taken on the Expedition; some- times, however, they are united together and form contin- uous chaplet-shaped markings; they are less sharply defined than in the younger examples. In one of the individuals they are quite indistinct on the body, but continue to be sharply defined on the dorsals; this specimen, therefore, has The nuchal a transverse the body of an almost uniform brownish-black. patches are sometimes continuous, forming band across the nape. Food. — In the ventricle of the largest specimen taken on the Expedition, a female (brought up from a depth of 459 fathoms), I found the house of an Annelid, possibly a Terebella, several examples of Themisto libellula, and a quantity of gravel from, the bottom. which were many fine Foraniniferw, belonging chiefly to one of the Nautilus-like genera (Rotalina?). The stomach of the male, a somewhat smaller individual, from the* samé locality, contained only fragments of Themisto libellula. In the ventricles of two old males from Finmark, taken at a depth of a couple of hundred fathoms, in the Varanger Fjord, I found only crushed Echinodermata, amongst which could be determined Ctenodiscus crispatus, (Retz.), Ophiacantha spinulosa, Mill. & Tr., and Antedon særsti (Diib. & Kor.). - Although the individuals in question had subsisted on this calcareous food, their teeth were but little worn. Distribution. — L. esmarkii has been met with both in the European and the American tracts of the North Atlantic. Three of the specimens of L. esmarkii collected on the Expedition were taken in the tract adjacent to in Spitzbergen, in 1878, one of them but a few miles from the north-western extremity of that group of islands; the fourth, a very young individual, was taken on the banks off Helgeland, in Norway, in 1877. Finally, 5 full-grown specimens were obtained from the fjords of Finmark, in the period from 1864 to 1876, 4 of them from the Varan- ger Fjord, in East Finmark, where, as I am given to under- stand, other individuals, not preserved, have been taken of late years, that last obtained having been captured in the Øxfjord, south of Hammerfest (West Finmark). As already observed, the specimens from the eastern coast of North America, provisionally referred to L. våhlii, belong likewise to the present species. In that region were obtained in the years 1878 and 1879 four full-grown ex- amples off the coasts of Nova Scotia, where the marine fauna has quite an Arctic character. One of the specimens ‘is preserved in the University Museum, Christiania. 19. Lycodes frigidus, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.). PI. III, Fig. 23—24. Lycodes vahlii, pt. Coll. (nee Reinh.) Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 11 (1878). Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 45. (1878). Diagn. Farven ensartet rødligt graabrun, uden Baand eller Pletter. Skjællene beklæde hele Legemet indtil Hovedet, samt hos fuldt udvoxede tillige Grunden af Dorsalen og Analen; hos de yngre er oftest Bugen i Midten, Finnerne, samt Grunden langs disse nøgne. Legemets Højde indeholdes 6/2, hos de yngre indtil 4. Gange i Totall. Hovedet er fladtrykt, og indeholdes i Totallengden 4 til Sj. Gange. Sidelinien enkelt, ventral.. Pandens Bredde idelioldes 20 Gange 7 Hovedets Længde. Appendices pyloricae mangle. - Størrelsen indtil 510""” (og derover). M. B. 6. D. +70 99—104; A. + 7/,C. 85—90; P. 20—21. SAR Nordk. Exped. 15 Individer, de fleste halvvoxne, 1 sandsynligvis fuldt udvoxet, optoges fra Havet omkring Beeren Hiland og Spitsbergen; 2 (Yngel-)Indivi- der optoges fra Bankerne udenfor Helgeland og Lofoten i Norge. 19. Lycodes frigidus, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.). Pl. II, fig. 23—24. Lycodes vahlii, pt. Coll. (nee Reinh.) Forh. Vid. Selsk Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 11 (1878). Lycodes frigidus, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878,. No. 14, p. 45 (1878). Diagnosis. — Colowr a uniform greyish-brown, tinged with red, no bands or spots. The entire body scaled, and in adults the base of the dorsal and anal; young individuals have generally the middle of the belly, the fins, and the region beneath naked. The height of the body is to the total - length as 1to 6/2, in immature examples the proportion can be as 1to9'/,. Head depressed, its length being to the total length as 1to 4—4|>. Lateral line single, ventral. Width of interorbital space equals 4/2) of the length of the head. Py- | loric appendages wanting. Length reaching 510", and above. M. B.6. D. +7,0. 99—104; A. +1,0. 85 P. 20—21. 90; Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Fifteen individuals, the greater part half grown, one probably an adult. were captured in the tract of ocean surrounding Beeren Hiland and Spitzbergen; and two (fry-specimens) on the banks off Helgeland and Lofoten, in Norway. Stat. 124. Stat. 164.|Stat. 295.| stat. 303.| Stat. 312.|Stat. 353.|Stat. 363.| Stat. 124.1 Stat. 164. Stat. 295.| Stat. 303.|Stat. 312.1Stat. 353. Stat. 363. = ed — — — — — = | — EE EE —|— —— — a Relig. 1322 Kil. } 117 Kil.|453 Kil. }450 Kal.} 108 Kil.|230 Kil. [60 Kil. V.| Zxact |325 Kil. [117 Kil.) 453 Kil.|450 Kil. | 108 Kil. | 230 Kil. |}60Kil.W. : ME V. |V. Lofo-|V. Ham-| V. Bee-| V. Bee-| V. Isfj.,| Norskø.| Zocat | W. W. Lo-|W. Ham-]W. Bee-| W. Bee- | W. Isfj., | Norskø. genned | Bodø. ten. |merfest. |ren Eil. |ren Eil.| Spitsb. | Spitsb. | ty. Bodö. foten. | merfest. |ren Eil. | ren Hil. | Spitzb. | Spitzb. 8 dør ue ko LE melde | =| ae a Reale % aa 350 457 1110 1200 s| 655 333 260 350 457 1110 1200 658 1333 * 260 Dybde. | Favne | Favne | Favne | Favne | Favne | Favne | Favne | Depth. | Fathoms|Fathoms | Fathoms | Fathoms | Fathoms | Fathoms | Fathoms, (6407). | (8367). | (2030™), |(21957). | (1203), | (2438). | (475). | (640). | (8367). |(2030™). | (2195). | (1203), |(2438™).| (4757), Temp.p- or -0 20 TY al 900 re og |Zemp.at oon 0.796 20 0 20 op a o iene Oe C.|— 0,79 C.|— 1,8" 0.|— 1,6°C.]— 1,2°C.|— 1,4"C.1+ 1,1 Ol Bottom. 0.99 C.J— 0.7°C.}— 1.39 0J— 1.69 C.)— 1.2°C.|— 1.4°C.)+. 1.1 °C, I EN: | redd p . Graat. | Biloculi-| Brunt Brunt og} Biloculi- | El Grey Bilocu- | Brown Brown Bilocul. Blue Bunden.| Ler. Ghee machen Te grønt | na-Ler | Blaaler. | Bottom.| Clay. |sabulous erioihea Net and Grey|Clay and Clay ; j Fv: aa Ler. jog Sten. | Clay. y- »G Clay. | Stones. y: Dai 19deJuni|29deJunil14de Juh}1i9de Julij22de Julil10deAug,|14deAug. Dia 19thJune|29thJune|i4th July|19th July|22th July|10thAug.|14thAuge. ammet 877. | 1877. | , 1878. | 1878. | 1878. | “1878. | 1878. SE EG Ek Se EE (1378-5) ESN | AGE Antal |1 Yugel-|1 Yngel-|5 Indiv. 1 Indiv seme!) 3 Indiv.| 1 Indiv | oy 1 Indiv. | 1 Indiv. [Bb Indiv. 1 Indiv 5 Indiv. 3 Indiv.|1 Indiv Individ.| Indiv. | Indiv. |(udvox.) “| Indiv. |* 3 ; Specim (fry). (fry). |(1 adult). SVI (young). | å oa I If Bemerkninger til Synonymien. Da jeg i Februar 1878 (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. No. 4) afgav den forelobige Beretning om de under de 2 forste af Expeditionens Tog- ter indsamlede Fiske (1876—77). forelaa et Par Yngel- Individer af en Lycodes, som henfortes under L. vahlii, uagtet de ikke udviste Spor af de for denne Art characte- ristiske Tverbaand. Tilværelsen af en stor, skjælbeklædt. og i alle Aldre ensfarvet Lycodes var dengang endnu ukjendt. De nævnte 2 Yngel-Individer omtaltes derfor og beskreves (sammen med en samtidig erholdt Unge af L. es- marki) som L. vahlii, da der i Legemsbygning og Straale- antal forekom mig intet at være til Hinder for en saadan Rémarks on the Synonomy. — When, in February 1878, I made a preliminary report of the fishes collected on the two first voyages of the Expedition (1876—77), a couple of fry-specimens of a Lycodes had been obtained, which. though exhibiting no traces of the transverse bands characteristic of that species. I referred to L. vahlii. The occurrence of a large, scaled Lycodes of a uniform colour Hence, the 2 fry-specimens were named and described along with the young example of L. esmarkii, taken at the same time, under the name L. vahlii, there being nothing in the struc- in all stages of development was as yet unknown. ture of the body and the fins to oppose the assumption of Sammenstilling. Efterat det sidste Aars Togt (1878) har bragt L. frigidus, der ikke tidligere var beskrevet, for Da- gen i sin fuldt udvoxede, Stand, henfører jeg uden Betænk- ning, de. neynte 2 Yngel-Individer under denne Art, og afbilder det mindste af dem, sammen med et noget over halvvoxent Individ af Typ-Exemplarerne. Udmaalinger. De 2 Yngel-Individer fra Bankerne udenfor de norske Kyster (1877) havde følgende Maal: | | Legemets s Snudens | * | Højde Snudens | Total- | Hovedets pa) Afstand | NG længde. | Længde. | mle thee gyndelsen | fra Anus. | Dorsalen. | af Dors.) | eR | 13,9" 24 - A. (Stat. 164) B. (Stat. 124) | | QG mm | 14 - orm a | Ar | 37m | Ham JO 7m 16 - Gps Å (GE De øvrige Individer fra Havet omkring Beeren Ei- land og Spitsbergen, erholdte under sidste Togt. 1878, havde følgende Maal: 97 identity. brought to light L. frigidus, not previously deseribed, in the adult stage of growth, I feel no hesitation in referring the said fry-specimens to that species; the smaller of the two I have figured,. along with one of the typical spec- imens, rather more than half grown. But the last voyage of the Expedition having Measurements. — The two fry-individuals from the banks off the Norwegian coast (1877) measured as follows : — | Height of | otal | Length Body | ne | Distance Pate of å (at com- pee of PERN 5 (the Head. mencem. from Vent. | of Dorsal). | Dorsal. | = eS = Ål : | gal (Stat. 164) S7 nm 9 mm | 4,5 nm 107m | 13.57m B. (Stat. 124)| 62 - 14 - 6.5 - 16 - 24 - The remaining individuals, taken in the tract of ocean surrounding Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen (1878), mea- sured as follows: — | : Legemets | _ | Height of _. = : | Højde = mudens Snudens 96 Length | Body Daae Distance eee Hovedes (ved Be- 5 eta Afstand I Leje of (at com- of SERGt of Snout Re ende gyndelsen ae fra Anus. | | Fength: are Head. | mencem. SE from Vent. i YARS) Dorsalen. | | lof Dorsal).| Dorsal. a. (Stat. 312) 118” | DZ min 12mm 32mm 48 mm a. (Stat. 312) 118mm | og mm | 12mm 32mm 48 mm b. (Stat. 312)| 189 - | “31 - ENG 55 Sh “NBL (State SØ SO re BE 36 =) bvl- ce. (Stat. 312)| 161 - 36 - 17 - 42 - 61 - | c. (Stat. | LGM 3622) eetie = 42 - 61 -- di (stat. 312)| 179- | 38- | 20-| 42. | 70-. | d. (Gide. 312)/ 179- > 38-| 20- | 42~ 70- esta sly 182 =") 140 Ne (44-70 Ve. (Staé.812)) 182- | 40) 208 | 440-9) 70 = f (Stat. 295)| 288- | 55-| 28-|' 6T- | 100- || fi (Stat. 295)| 238- | 53'- | 28- | 67-'| 100 - g. (Stat. 368) 270 - | 65 - 45 - | 80 - 115 - g. (Stat. 365) | 270 - | 65 - | 43- 80 - | 115 - h. (Stat. 303) | 525 - | SI - 45 - | 108 - 148 - h. (Stat. 305) 325 - SL - | 45 - 103 - 148. - 2. (Stat. 295) 352 - | 82 - 42- | 108 - | 146 - | 2. (Stat. 295)| 332 - | 82 - 42 - 103 - | 146 - k. (Stat. 295)| 339 - 85 - 46 - 108 - 15% = | k. (Stat. 295)| 339 - | 85 - 46 - 108 - 157 - l. (Stat. 295)| 342 - | 86 - 48 - 107 - 150 - 1. (Stat. 295)| 342 - | « 86 - 48 - 107 - 150 - m. (Stat. 358) 345 - | 88- DO - 112 - 159 - m. (Stat. 253)| 345 - | 88 - 50 - 112 - 159 - nm. (Stat. 353)| 372- | 90- | -48- | 114- | 162- | m. (Stat. 353)| 372 > | 90- | 48- | 114- | 162 - o. (Stat. 33) | ato | 9b = 49 =, | 115 |, 170"- o. (Stat. 353)| 375 - 95 - 49 - | 15 ENGE p. (Stat. 295)| 510- | 124- | 79- | 165- | 290 - p. (Stat. 295)| 510 - | 124- | 79- | 165- | 220 - : : . Beskrivelse. Legemshygning. Med Lycodes esmarkti deler den nye Art omtrent Straaleantal og Skjælbeklæd- ning, ligesom Legemsproportionerne: idethele ere næsten overensstemmende hos begge Arter. Derimod adskiller den sig ved første Øjekast fra denne ved sin enkelte, lavtlig- gende NSidelinie, samt fra saavel L. esmarkii, som fra de øvrige Arter af samme Gruppe ved sit i alle Aldre ens- farvede Legeme. Legemet er af typisk Lycodes-Bygning, saaledes hver- ken særdeles langstrakt, eller kort. Ungerne ere noget mere «langstrakte, end de ældre, men selv Yngel af et Par Tom- mers Længde har en Legemshøjde, der er forholdsvis ‘Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. General Description. Structure of the Body. — The fin-ray formula and the scaled integument distinguishing the new species are very nearly the same as in Lycodes esmarkii; the dimensions of the body, too, correspond closely in the two species. On the other hand, it is seen at a glance to be distinct from L. esmarkii, by reason of the lateral line. which is single and ventral, and also from this and the other species of the same group, by the uni- form colour of the body im all stages of growth. The body is of the typical Lycodes structure, neither particularly elongate nor short. The young specimens are somewhat more elongated than the older examples, but even fry an inch or two in length have a depth of body 15 større. end hos nogen af de anguilliforme Artet. Hos Un- gerne indeholdes Legemets Høyde mellem 8*/> og 9*/> Gange i Totallængden, hos de fuldvoxne blot 6'/, Gange. Hale- partiet er fra Siderne af temmelig stærkt sammentrykt (mindst hos Ungerne). Hovedet er bredt, oventil temmelig fladtrykt, har for- holdsyis lav Snude. og indeholdes i Totallængden 4 til 41/» Gange. Snudens Længde indtil Lindsen er omtrent lig Ho- vedets Højde over Øjnene, og indeholdes i Hovedlængden 21), til 3 Gange. Hovedets Længde bagenfor Lindsen er omtrent lig Hovedets storste Bredde over Kinderne, og ubetydeligt større, end Hovedets største Hojde midt over Nakken. Underkjæven er betydeligt kortere, end Overkjæven. og denne sidste er kortere, end Hovedets halve Længde. Pan- den er forholdsvis bred; hos et Ex. (0), der er præpareret som Skelet, viser Interorbitalrummets smaleste Parti sig at udgjøre '/.) af Hovedets Længde. Som hos alle Lyco- der findes faste begge" Kjæver skaalformige Fordybninger. i hvis Bund der skjuler sig en Pore. Næseborene ere enkelte, rørformige, lig nær Kjæveranden, og i en indbyrdes omtrent lig Pectoralens Grundlinie. og sidde temme- Afstand, der er Øjnene «ere forholdsvis smaa; deres rette Begrænds- ning er vanskelig at drage, da Cornea tildels er bedækket af Hovedets Hud, hvorfor alle Dimensioner bedst regnes til eller fra Lindsen. De ere temmelig Mel- lemrummet mellem Lindserne indeholdes næsten 2 Gange i deres Afstand fra Snudespidsen. Tænderne ere, som hos alle typiske Lycoder, tilstede paa Mellem- og Underkjæven, paa Vomer og paa Palatin- benene. De ere forholdsvis ikke store; hos udvoxede Indi- vider sidde de i Mellemkjæverne bagtil i en enkelt, paa Midten i en dobbelt, og fortil i en omtrent 3-dobbelt Række: paa Underkjæven danne de overalt flere Rækker. Paa Palatinbenene, hvor Tandrækken strækker sig tilbage lige hen under Øjnene, sidde de ligeledes i en enkelt Reekke : Vomer danne de omtrent 3 Rækker. Hos de yngre Individer ere Rækkerne, som sædvanligt, færre; hos de ? Yngel- Individer ere ikke alle Tænder synlige over Tandkjødet. Anus er omgiven af en hvidagtig, opsvulmet Hud, og ligger i en Afstand fra Snudespidsen, trent 21/, Gange i Totallængden. tætstaaende:; paa der indeholdes om- p | > p > * N Af Totallæng-| A. | B. a. | 6 h. n. O215|snp: den udgjør . | 37mm | G2mm 118mm) 4 G4 mm\9* Sum 305 mm 379mm 375mml: 51Qmm == a =i i På Å | 98 greater ‘than any of the anguilliform species. examples, the depth of the body is to the total length as 1 to 8'/,—9*/.; in full-grown specimens, as 1 to 6'/.." The tail is rather one (least so in imma- ture examples). Head broad, the upper part flattish, with the snout in the total length from 4 relatively In young depressed, and is contained to 41/, times. The length of the snout, as compared with iS diameter of the lens, is about equal to the height of the head above the eyes, and is contained in the length of the head from twice and a half to three times. The length of the head posterior to the lens about equals the greatest breadth of the head across the cheeks, and slightly exceeds the great- est height of the head above the nape. The mandible is considerably shorter than the upper the latter measuring less than half the length of the The forehead comparatively imen (0), preserved as a skeleton, the interorbital space measures where it is narrowest tag of the length of the jew, head. broad; in one spec- As in all the Lycodes, circular depressions extend both jaws, each concealing at the bottom a pore. The nostrils are single, tubular, and placed in com- paratively close proximity to the margin of, the jaw, the distance between them being about equal to the length of the pectorals at base. Å Eyes comparatively small; exact limits are dif- ficult to determine, the cornea being in part covered by the’ skin of the head; all dimensions should, therefore, be calculated: to or from the lens. They rather closely set, the space between the lenses being contained almost twice in their distance from the point of the snout. Teeth, as in all typical Lycodes, on the inter-maxillary and in the lower jaw, the vomer, and the palatine bones; they are not large, comparatively. On the inter-maxillaries in adults, they are disposed, posteriorly in a single, mid- double, anteriorly im a triple series; in the head. along their are wards in a lower jaw, they constitute several series. On the pala- tine bones, where the teeth extend back under the eyes, they are also arranged in a single series; on the vomer, In immature ex- the 2 they constitute as a rule three series. amples, the series are as a rule less numerous; in fry-specimens, the teeth are not all perceptible. The yent is surrounded by a whitish, tumid skin, its distance from the snout being to the total length as I to 21/5. The T. Length) A- | B- ar | @ Å h. mn. | 0. yp. contains. . . .| 37mm | 62 9 mm pga 16 fm 238mm 395 mm 372mml3 75 mm 51 Qmm Høredets | is id "Længde . .| 4,11 | 4,42 | 4,21 | 4,47|'4,49| 4,01 | 413 | 3,04 4,17 Legemets 1 Højde . . .|8,32|9,59|9,83 | 9,47 | 8,50| 7,22 | 7,75 | 7,65 | 6,45 Snudens Af | | 5 | stand fra D.| 3,70.| 3,87 | 3,68 | 3,83 | 3,55 | 3,15 | 3,26 | 3,26 | 3,09 Snudens Af- | | | | stand fra Å.| 2,74 | 2,58|| 2,45 | 2,63 | 2,38 | 2,19 | 2,20 | 2.90 | 2,31 Length ofthe | | | | | head . .| 4.111 4.42] 4.21) 4.47! 4.49} 4.01| 4.13) 3.94 Bole Depth of the | 0 | body . 8.32| 9.591 9.83) 9.47 8.50| 7.22 7.75| 7.65) 6.45 Dist. of snout EE i fr. dorsal. . 3,70) 3.87 3.68 3.83 Dist. of snout | fr. anal. ; .| 2.74) 2.58 2.45) 2 3.55) 3.15) 3:26. 3.26] 3.09 . | 2.38) 2.19) 2.20) 2.20) 2.31 bil Appendices pyloricae har manglet hos de af mig aab- nede Individer. ; Finnerne. — Straaleantallet fandtes hos en Del un- dersøgte Individer at være folgende (i de verticale Finner er indbefattet den halve Caudal): | A. FE GOE GE c Dorsalen . .| 102 103/99 103104 102 | 103 108 | 102 Analen 88 | 85°) 87 | 88 | 90 | 87 | 87 | 87 | 87 | | 20 | Pectoralerne | 19 |.19 | 20 | 20 | 20 |.21 | 37 | 20 | 20 Dorsalen udspringer i bagre Flig, der somoftest er lig Lindsens Afstand fra Snu- Dens Afstand fra Snudespidsen indeholdes hos de storre Individer omtrent 3 Gange, hos de mindre omtrent 3'/2 Gange i Totallængden; Dens første Straale ligger omtrent lige langt mellem Anus og Øjets Bagrand. despidsen, eller ubetydeligt mindre. dog er. dette Forhold noget varierende. Af Bygning, er Dorsalen ganske, som hos de øvrige “Lyco- der. med" sin største Højde i den forreste Del. og svagt at- tagende bagtil. Straalerne, som hos de større Individer ligge indhyl- lede i en tyk Hud. som ofte gjør dem vanskelige at tælle, ere: mellem 93 og 98 i Antal, hvortil kommer Caudalens øvre Halvdel med 6 Straaler, tilsammen 99 til 104 Straa- ler. De ere alle (ogsaa den første) klovede til Grunden, men begge Halvhele ere yderst spinkle og tætstaaende, ved Grunden uleddede, men udad fint artieulerede, og serne divergerende. i Spid- Analen, der udspringer et Stykke bagenfor Anus, er af Bygning som Dorsalen, og teller mellem 80 og 85 (gjennemsnitlig 82) Straaler, som, tilligemed Caudalens nedre Halvdel (der bestaar af 5 Straaler), udgjøre tilsammen 85 til 90 Straaler. Caudalen danner 2 sammenhængende Straaleknipper,' '* Dorsalsidens bestaaende af 6. Ventralsidens af 5 Straaler, der ere særdeles fine og yderst tætstaaende. og derfor van- skelige at tælle. Dens hele Længde er omtrent lig Læng- den af Ventralerne (eller hos de ældre Individer noget der- over). Pectoralerne have 19—21 Straaler, oftest 20. af hvilke de øvre ere de længste; hos enkelte Individer er Finnens nederste Del atter noget længere. saaledes at Randen hos disse bliver svagt concav. De nedre Straaler ere beklædte med en tykkere Hud, end de øvrige, og have fri NSpidser. end den mellemste. Straalerne ere forholdsvis korte, saaledes at Finnen, naar den bøjes fremover, med sin Spidse blot hos de yngste Individer naar frem til Bagran- hos det største (et sandsynligvis fuldt udvoxet Individ) endog en hel Øjendiameter fjernet fra denne. Hos dette sidste opnaar Pectoralen blot Hovedets halve Længde, hos de yngre noget mere, 'end denne. Straalerne ere alle kløvede til Roden. og fint articulerede. den af Lindsen, men er hos de større en halv, en Afstand fra Gjællelaagets Dorsal. . . .| 102 | 103 Pyloric appendages wanting in all the specimens: examined. Fins. — The number of rays found in divers indiv- iduals examined was as follows (half of the caudal in- cluded in the vertical fins): — A. B. Bee rår AG m. 0. yp. 99 1103 104 102 103 103 102 | | 88 | 85 | | DAMA | 87 | 88 | 90 | 87 | 87 | 8% | 87 ; | | | 20 | | Pectorals . | 19 | 19 || 20 | 20 | 20) 21 | 5 | 20 | 20 The dorsal commences at a distance from the post- erior flap of the operele generally equal to the distance from the lens to the point of the snout, or a trifle less. Its distance from the snout, in the larger specimens, is to the total length about as 1 to 3: in the smaller, about as 1 to 34/2; this proportion varies however to some extent: Its first ray is about equidistant from the vent and the posterior margin of the eye. The structure of the dorsal as in all species of Lycodes, the greatest height of the fin being in its anterior portion. v The rays, which in the larger individuals are envel- oped in a thick cutaneous integument, rendering them often difficult to count, number from 93 to 98, to which must be added those in the upper half of the caudal; so that the total number is from 99 to 104. They are all (inelud- ing the first) cleft to the base; but both halves are ex- ceedingly ‘slender and close, simple at the base, but in the outer part finely articulated, and diverging at the points. . The anal, commencing a short distance posterior to the yent, structure as the furnished with from 80 to 85 (generally 82) rays. or. including the 5 rays in the lower half of the caudal, 85 to 90. The caudal is composed of 2 continuous bunches of is of the same dorsal, and rays, that on the dorsal side with 6, that on the ventral side with 5 rays, exceedingly slender and very closely set, The length of this fim about equals that of the ventrals (in the older specimens it ex- therefore difficult to count. ceeds it). The pectorals are furnished with from 19 to 21 rays, most frequently with 20, of which the upper ones are the longest; in some individuals, the inferior portion of the fin is a trifle longer than the middle part, and its margin there- fore slightly concave. The lower rays are enveloped in a thicker skin than the upper, and have free points. The rays are comparatively short, their points reaching forward to the posterior margin of the lens in the youngest spec- imen only. “being in the larger examples distant from it one-half of the diameter of the eye, and in the largest in- dividual a whole eye-diameter; in the latter, the pectorals do not attain more than half the length of the head; in the younger specimens, the proportion is greater. Rays all cleft to the base, and finely articulated. å oe Ventralerne' ere korte, især hos de ældre, hvor de udgjøre 1/y af Hovedets Længde; de ere altid kortere, end Øjets Længdediameter. Hver af dem er indhyllet i en tyk Hud, der gjør det umuligt uden ved Dissection at ad- skille de enkelte Straaler; .disses Antal synes at være 2, der begge ere kløvede til Grunden (idetmindste er dette Tilfældet hos de ældre). Skjelbekledning. Denne har hos L. frigidus en be- tydelig Udbredelse, og har allerede hos forholdsvis unge Individer opnaaet den største Del af sin Udvikling. Dog optræde mindre, individuelle Afvigelser, idet enkelte mindre Partier kunne være nøgne, som hos andre Ind. af samme Størrelse ere skjælbeklædte. Hos det største af de erholdte Individer (p) har Skjælbeklædningen naaet sin største Ud- bredelse; hos alle de øvrige ned til Indiv. å (med en To- tallengde af 118””), er den i det store taget temmelig lige- ligt udviklet. Det Tidspunkt, da Skjælbeklædningen begynder at udvikle sig hos Yngelen, synes at. være, naar denne har naaet en Længde af omtrent 507”. de erholdte Yngel-Individer, hvis Totallængde er blot 37””, er Legemet endnu ganske nøgent; hos det noget større Individ, hvis Totallængde er 62”, ere Skjællene fremspi- rende paa Legemets forreste Dele, medens Halen og Fin- nerne endnu ere nøgne. Skjællene ere hos denne Art forholdsvis smaa og tæt- stillede. De ere størst paa den forreste Del af Halen og paa Legemets Sider; op imod Ryg- og Buglinien blive de betydeligt mindre, og ere særdeles smaa, hvor de optræde paa selve Finnerne, ligesom de blive mindre ud mod Hale- spidsen. I sin fulde Udvikling er Legemet skjælbeklædt lige hen til Hovedet, og paa Bugsiden lige hen mod Grunden af Ventralerne. Ligeledes er Skjælbeklædningen her tilstede langs hele Grunden nærmest Dorsalen og Analen, og stræk- ker sig ud over disse Finner indtil henimod deres Midte, længst paa Dorsalens mellemste Del, men ophører ganske henimod Finnernes Slutning. Paa Hovedet kan aldrig op- dages Skjæl:; ligeledes ere Pectoraler og Ventraler altid nøgne. Hos de ikke fuldvoxne Exemplarer er i Regelen Nak- ken nøgen, ligesom Grunden langs Analen og Dorsalen, tiligemed disse Finner selv. Dog have enkelte mindre Individer ogsaa disse Partier skjælbeklædte, ligesom de ud- voxede. Bugen er hos enkelte af disse yngre Individer fuldt skjælbeklædt, hos andre blot paa Siderne, ligesom Skjællene langs dennes Midte kunne delvis eller fuldkommen mangle. For at vise Skjælbeklædningens Varieren hos de for- skjellige Individer, meddeles kortelig dennes Fordeling hos alle de hidtil erholdte Exemplarer. . % 1. Fuld Skjælbeklædning lige hen mod Hovedet og paa Undersiden af Ventralerne; paa Finnerne er Grunden af Dorsalen og Analen skjælbeklædt (Æx, 1, p). . 2. Fuld Skjælbeklædning, som foregaaende, men Skjæl- beklædningen strækker sig ikke ud over Analen (/). Hos det mindste af 100 The ventrals are short, particularly in the older ex- amples, which have them one-ninth of the length of the head; they are invariably shorter than the longitudinal diameter of the eye. Each of them is enveloped in a thick cutaneous integument, dissection being necessary to disting- uish the separate rays. The number would appear to be 2, both cleft to the base (at least in the older specimens). Scales. — In L. frigidus the scaled integument is of considerable extent, and almost developed even in com- paratively immature individuals. The scaling, however, can- not be termed strictly constant, exhibiting as it does minor individual differences, some examples haying a few small patches naked, which in others of the same size are scaled. In the largest of the individuals obtained (2), the scaled integument has attained its greatest development; in all the others, including specimen a, total length 118”, it is on the whole very nearly of uniform extent. The exact point of time at which the scales commence developing in the fry, would appear to be, when they have attained a length of about 507”: In the smallest of the fry-specimens, total length only 87””, the entire body is as yet naked; in the other, somewhat larger individual, total length 62”", the scales have begun to appear on the anterior parts of the body, whereas both the tail and the fins are as yet naked. In this species, the scales are comparatively small, and closely set; the largest oceur on the anterior portion of the tail, and down the sides of the body; near the dorsal and ventral lines they diminish considerably in size, being exceedingly small on the fins, and towards. the tip of the taal. When fully developed, the body is scaled up to the head, and, on the under surface, up to the base of the ven- trals. The scaled integument extends, too, along the whole of the basal tract contiguous to the dorsal and anal, reaching nearly to the middle of those fins; it is longest on the middle of the dorsal, terminating near the extremity of the said fins. On, the head, no scales can ever be detected; the pectorals and ventrals, too, are «both invari- — ably naked: In the specimens not quite full-grown, the is as a rule sealeless, also the base of the body along the dorsal and anal, and the entire surface of those fins. One or two of the immature individuals, however, have these parts scaled, in common with the full-grown specimens. The belly in one or two of these immature examples scaled all over; in others, the sides only; the scales covering the middle portion sometimes wanting, wholly or in part. _ The extent to which the scaling varies in the different specimens will be seen from the subjoined statement, brietly showing the distribution of the scales in all the individuals nape obtained. 1. Fully sealed to the head, and, on the under sur- face, within a short distance of the ventrals: the base of dorsal and anal sealed (Æ, Å, p). 2. Fully scaled, as in the. foregoing specimens; the scaled integument however not extending over the anal (/). 3. Næsten fuld Skjælbeklædning, men Nakken, Fin- nerne, samt Ntykket mellem Anus og Analen ere nøgne (4). 4. Nakken, Finnerne, samt oftest tillige Grunden nærmest Dorsalen og Analen nøgen. Bugen ‘er i Midten enten ganske nøgen, eller har blot en kort isoleret Skjæl- stribe fortil, medens Siderne af Bugen altid ere skjælbe- klædte (a, b, c, d, e, g, m, 0). ; 5. Som foregaaende; paa Legemets Sider strækker Skjælbeklædningen sig blot noget indenfor Pectoralens Spidse ‘(h, 1). Sidelinien er enkelt, og særdeles lavtliggende (ventral). Den er hos de fleste Individer forholdsvis særdeles tydelig, og lader sig i Regelen med Lethed forfølge, ialfald i sin første Halvdel. Den udspringer ved Gjællespaltens øvre Ende, løber derfra hurtigt og skraat nedover omtrent midt under Pectoralens Midte, hvorfra den bøjer næsten ret bagover, og løber parallelt med Buglinien i ringe Højde over denne, indtil den har naaet omtrent over’ den 25de Straale af Analen (eller næsten Midten af denne Finne). Her synes den hos de fleste Individer at ophøre eller blive utydelig; hos enkelte lader den sig dog forfølge videre, idet den ved det nævnte Punkt gjør en liden Bøjning næ- sten lige ned til Grunden af Analen, og løber nu langs denne lige ud mod Halespidsen. Porérne i Sidelinien ere forholdsvis smaa, hvidagtige, og forbundne indbyrdes med en smal Linie af samme Farye; de ere overalt temmelig tætstaaende, og jeg har talt om- trent 53 Stykker indtil Sidelmiens Bøjning over Analens Midte. Af Hovedets Slimporer kan mærkes en Række, be- staaende af omtrent 7 Porer, der udspringer paa" hver Side af Panden, omtrent i en Øjendiameters Afstand bag Øjnene, og løber bagover mod Nakken, hvor den møder en tvergaaende, kortere Række af omtrent 5 Porer paa hver Side. Paa Gjællelaagene staar en vertical Række af omtrent 6 Porer. Endelig løber en Række, der i Regelen kun med Vanskelighed kan sees, fra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende bagover 1 ringe Afstand under Dorsalen: Mellemrummet mellem hver Pore er vexlende, men altid betydeligt større, end mellem Porerne i Nidelmien. Den bagenfor Legemets Midte. ophører noget Farven er hos alle Individer ensartet mørkt rødag- tig graa eller brungraa, uden Spor af Baand eller Pletter i nogen Alder. Skjællene ere ubetydeligt lysere, end Grund- farven. De yngre Individer ere noget lysere, end de ældre, og have brunligrød Dorsal og Anal. Bugsiden er kun ube- tydeligt lysere, end Oversiden; hos yngre Individer er den blaasorte Bughinde gjennemskinnende. Alene Hovedets Underside er noget lysere, end Legemets øvrige Del; Anus’ Rande ere hvidagtige. Mundhulen er hvid. Efterat have været opbevarede paa Spiritus er Farven bleven noget mattere. Generationsorganerne vare hvilende. Det største In- divid (p) var en Han; blot højre Testis var udviklet, medens den venstre var rudimentær, og havde en Negls Størrelse. 101 3. Almost fully sealed, the nape, fins, and the space between the vent and the anal only being naked (9). 4. The nape, the fins, and generally too the basal tract next to the dorsal and anal naked. The belly either wholly naked in the middle or with a scaly strip, which is short and isolated; the sides of the belly invariably scaled (a, 0; ¢, d, 6 g, m, 0). 5. Similar to the foregoing; on the sides of the body, the scaled integument extends but very little far- ther than the extremity of the pectorals (h, mn). Lateral line single and low in position (ventral). In most of the individuals very distinct, comparatively, and may be easily traced, the first half at least. It commences at the upper extremity of the gill-opening, passing from thence obliquely downwards, about under the middle of the pec- torals, where it bends almost straight backwards, running parallel to the ventral line, at a slight elevation above it till about over the 25th ray of the anal (or. nearly to the middle of that fin); here, in most of the specimens, it would appear to terminate, or to become obsolete; in some, how- ever, it may be traced some distance further; when such is the case, it makes at the said point a small bend, des- cending obliquely almost to the base of the anal, and ac- companying that fin straight to the tip of the tail. The pores in the lateral lime are comparatively small, whitish, and connected together by a narrow line of the same colour; they are rather closely set, and I have counted as many as 53 from the origin to the bend above the middle of the anal. Of the mucous pores of the head, may be mentioned a series consisting of 7 pores; it originates on each. side of the forehead, distant about an eye-diameter from behind the eyes, extending backwards towards the nape, where it meets a transverse, shorter series of pores, mostly 3, on is a vertical series of a rule difficult to dis- upper extremity of the either side. On the opercles, there about 6 pores. Finally a series, as tinguish, extends backwards from the gill-opening, a short distance under the dorsal; the space between these pores yaries in extent, but is always consid- erably greater than that between the pores in the lateral line. The series terminates a little posterior to the middle of the body. Colour in all specimens a uniform dark reddish-grey or brownish-grey, without a trace of bands or spots im any stage of development. ,. Scales considerably lighter than the ground-colour. . The younger individuals are somewhat lighter than the older, and have the dorsal and anal of a brownish-red. The under surface is but very little lighter than the upper; in the young specimens the bluish-black yentral membrane is translucent. The under surface of the head alone is somewhat lighter than the rest of the Gape white. The action of spirits causes the colour to fade. The generative organs were quiescent. The largest individual (p) (a male) had’ the right testis only developed; the left was rudimentary, and about half an inch in length. body; margin of vent whitish. Føde. Hos de Individer, der aabnedes for at under- søge Ventrikelens Indhold, fandtes dette at udgjøre i Re- gelen mindre Dyr, især Crustaceer. Individet 7, optaget fra 1110 Favnes Dyb, indeholdt af bestembare Dele ‘et Par Amphipoder, hvoriblandt en Phoxus crenulatus, (Boeck), samt en Dulichia, sp.; frem- deles et Exemplar af den blodrøde Deeapode Hymenodora glacialis (Buchh.), et stort Individ af en Isopode, der tid- ligere var opført som Idothea sabini, Kr., men som af Prof. G. O. Sars i 1880 er beskreven som en ny Art under Navn af Chiridothea megalura. Endelig fandtes en ‘Del Calanus finmarchicus, (Gunn.). - Individet m, optaget fra 1533 Favne. havde i Ven- trikelen et usædvanligt stort Individ af Themisto libellula, (Mandt), et Exemplar af Hwrycope cornuta, G. O. Sars, samt Dele af en Spongie. ine Individet 0, optaget sammen med foregaaende fra 1333 Favne, indeholdt et Exemplar af Hymenodora glacia- lis, (Buchh.), et Exemplar af den samme nye Chiridothea megalura, G. O. Sars, samt af Amphipoder Themisto libel- lula, (Mandt), samt en Stegocephalus, sp. Endelig fandtes Dele af Kappen af en Cephalopode, der maaske tilhørte den under Expeditionen. fra et.lignende Dyb optagne Art af Sleeten Cirrotheutlvis. Individet g, optaget fra 260 Favnes Dyb, indeholdt af Amphipoder flere Exemplarer af Themisto libellula, (Mandt), samt et Exemplar af en Anonyx; af Isopoder Hurycope cornuta, G. 0. Sars; af Copepoder Calanus finmarchicus, (Gunn.) i adskillige Exemplarer, samt et Individ af en endnu * ubestemt Sleet af Calanider, der af Prof. ansees for at staa nær Slegten Huchaeta ; endelig af Cuma- ceer en Diastylis stygia, G. O. Sars. Endelig fandtes i det største Individ (p), optagen fra 1110 Favnes Dyb, en stor Pasiphaé tarda, Kr. Det fremgaår af disse Lycoders Næringsmidler, at de fleste af de velbekjendte, ægte pelagiske Sodyr, der til visse Tider i enorme Masser ere udbredte i de allerøverste Vand- lag, ogsaa formaa at trænge ned til de allerstørste Dybder. hvor vi hidtil have kunnet granske Ishavets Dyreliv; og at Lycoderne maa opfattes som udprægede Bundfiske, og derfor blot kunne hente sine Næringsmidler ved eller paa Bun- den, fremgaar bl. a. af den Omstændighed, at der blandt Næringsmidlerne hos L. frigidus indgaa Former, som den ovennævnte Chiridothea, der neppe er istand til at have sig Synderligt op fra Bunden. i Opbevarede levende i et Kar ombord. udviste Indivi- derne ringe Livlighed, men holdt sig gjerne stille i halvt sammenrullet Tilstand, omtrent saaledes. hos Zoarces viviparus; Svømningen skeede med Da de lagdes paa Spiritus, vare de dog yderst voldsomme, og viste sig, som de fleste Bund- fiske, temmelig seiglivede. Sars som man kan se Svingninger af Legemet. Udbredelse. Under den, Forudsætning, at de oftere nævnte 2 spæde Yngel-Individer, der optoges paa Havbro- ens ydre Skraaning udenfor Lofoten og Helgeland i Norge, ere identiske med L. frigidus, foreligger Arten fra den -is- stærke | 102 Food. — In the individuals opened with the object of examining the contents of the ventricles, the food was found to consist chiefly of small’ animals, in particular crustaceans. Specimen /, taken at a depth of 1110 fathoms, had in its stomach determinable parts of Amphipods, amongst which were a Phoxus crenulatus, (Boeck), and a Dulichia, sp.; also an example of the crimson Decapod, Hymenodora glacialis, (Buchh.), a large Isopod, formerly mentioned as Idothea sabini, Kr., but which Prof. G. O. Sars, in 1880, described as a new species under the name of Chiridotliea megalura; finally, divers examples of Calanus finmarchicus, (Gunn.). : Specimen m, taken at a depth of 1333 fathoms, had in its ventriclean exceptionally large individual of Themisto libellula, (Mandt), an example of Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars, and parts of a sponge. : Specimen o, taken with the foregomg example at a depth of 1333 fathoms, had in its stomach an example of Hymenodora glacialis, (Buchh.), an individual of the new , species Chiridothea megalura (G. O. Sars), and of Amphipods, Themisto libellula, (Mandt), and a Stegocephalus, sp.: finally, parts of a Cephalopod, possibly belonging to the species of _ the genus Cirrotheuthis obtained on the Expedition from a similar depth. ; Specimen g, taken at a depth of 260 fathoms. had in its stomach — of Amphipods: divers examples of Themisto libellula, (Mandt). and an Anonyx; of Isopods: Euwrycope cornuta, G. O. Sars; of Copepods: Calanus finmarchicus, (Gunn.) divers examples, and an individual of a genus of Calanids, not yet determined, which Prof. Sars believes to be a near congener of the genus Hucheta; finally, of Cuma- ceans: a Diastylis stygia, G. O. Sars. The ventricle of the largest specimen (p), taken at a depth of 1110 fathoms, contained a large Pasiphaé tarda, Kr. It is evident from the food on which these Lyco- des subsist, that most of the well known, true pelagic an- imals, which, at certain seasons, occur in vast quantities near the surface, can descend to the greatest depths in which we have as yet been able. to investigate the Fauna of the Polar Seas; and that the Lycodes — which must un- . questionably be regarded as strongly marked bottom-fishes — do seek means of subsistence on or near the bottom, is shown, for instance, by the circumstance, that the food of L. frigidus comprises forms such as the above-mentioned . Chiridothea, which can hardly ascend far from the bottom. Preserved alive on board in a tub of water, the ‘in- dividuals displayed but little vivacity, remaining the greater part of the time half rolled up and motionless, much the same as Zoarces viviparus; in swimming, the body is pow- erfully vibrated. On being exceedingly violent in their tenacious of life. immersed in spirits, they were movements. and proved rather Distribution. — Assuming the 2 fry-specimens (of — whieh mention has been repeatedly made) that were taken on the outer slope of the great bank, or “sea-bridge,” (Havbro), off Lofoten and Helgeland, in Norway, to be 103 kolde Area lige fra Spitsbergens Vestkyst, og ned forbi Finmarken indtil sondenfor Polarcirkelen. Da Trawlnettet gjentagne Gange har bragt flere Individer for Lyset i det samme Kast, synes de ikke at være sparsomt fordelte, men høre maaske blandt de ægte Dybvandsarter til de hyppi- gere Bundtiske. ; Samtlige Individer optoges fra en betydelig Dybde, 260 til 1330 Favne, ‘og alle, paa en enkelt Undtagelse nær, fra det iskolde Vand. 20. Lycodes liitkenii, n. sp. PI. II, Fig. 25. Lycodes reticulatus, Coll. (nec Reinh.) Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 59 (1878). Diagn. Nærmest beslægtet med L. reticulatus, Reinh. Farven lyst graaagtig, med utydelige mørke Felter nedad Legemet, og hvidt Nakkebaand; disse Felter ere i Dorsalen næsten sorte. Hovedet iøvrigt uplettet. Skjællene beklæde hele Legemet til et Punkt lige under Pectoralens indre Trediedel ; Finnerne, Hovedet, Bugen, Nakken, samt Grunden langs Analen og langs Begyndelsen af Dorsalen nøgen. Legemets Højde indeholdes neppe 6’), Gange, Hovedets Længde ikke - fuldt 4 Gange å Totall. Stdelinien enkelt, medio-lateral. Pandens Bredde indeholdes 16 Gange i Hovedets Længde. Pectoralerne særdeles store, indeholdes 5"). Gange i Total- lengden. 2 yderst korte Appendices pyloricae. — Størrelsen (af det eneste Individ, en Hun) 370, M. B. 6. D.(+ 0) 94; A.(+70.) 76; P. 23. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Havet vestenfor Nord- Spitsbergen. Stat. 362. identical with L. frigidus, the range of the species in the cold area extends from the west coast of Spitzbergen past Finmark to some distance south of the Arctic cirele. Several individuals having been frequently brought up at once in the trawl-net, it would not appear to be sparingly distributed, and of the true deep-sea forms it possibly be- longs to the commoner bottom-tishes. The specimens were all of them taken at a consider- able depth, from 260 to 1330 fathoms, and, with one ex- ception, all in water of a temperature below that of ice. 20. Lycodes liitkenii, n. sp. Pl hes 25 Lycodes retieulatus, Coll. (nec Reinh.) Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 59 (1878). Diagnosis. — Nearly related to L. reticulatus, Reinh. Colour a light grey, with indistinct dark patches (almost black on the dorsal) down the body, and white nuchal bands ; the vest of the head uniform. - The entire body scaled to a point opposite the inner third of the pectorals; the fins, head, belly, nape, and basal tract along the anal and commence- ment of the dorsal naked. The height of the body is con- tained not quite 6'/, times, the length of the head nearly 4 times, im the total length. Lateral line single, medio-lateral. Width of the frontal bone |, of: the length of the head. Pectorals exceedingly large, contained 5’), times in the total length. Pyloric appendages two, very short. Length (of the only specimen: a female) 370™", M. B. 6. D.(4 7.0) 94; A(+7,0)76; -P. 23. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open sea, west of North Spitzbergen. Stat. 362. Beleaganind: 115 Kal. V. Norskgerne, PT onelcder Ft oralt 115 Kil. W. Norskøerne, Spitsbergen. Spitzbergen. Dybde. 459 Favne (8397). Depth. y 459 Fathoms (839). Temp. paa Bunden. : Mig 1,0° C. Temp. ce Bowen — 1.0° C. Bunden. Blaagraat Ler. Bottom. TS 'Bluish-grey Clay. Datum. ‘4 dde ‘August 1878. i R Date. 1dth August 1878. — Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. —Forhaandenvæ- rende Individ, det eneste, der foreligger, henførte jeg ved den foreløbige Beretning om Udbyttet af sidste Aars Togt under L. reticulatus, Reinh. (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14), da Individet i alle Hovedtræk, saaledes i Tandbyg- > ning, Straaleantal i de verticale Finner, Skjælbeklædning, Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — The individual here described, the only specimen yet obtained, I referred in my preliminary report on the results of the last voyage of the Expedition to L. reticulatus, Reinh. (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14). -agreeing as it did in all salient features, viz. the dentition, the number of rays in the vertical fins, . Sidelinie, samt tildels Legemsbygning stemmede overens med den nævnte Art, medens det dog var indlysende, at der fandt enkelte Uoverensstemmelser Sted mellem dem. Den fornyede Undersøgelse, som jeg ved Dr. Liitkens og Prof. Steindachner's Velvillie har været istand til at an- stille ogsaa i det sidst forløbne Aar over Typ-Exemplarerne af L. reticulatus fra Grønland i Kjøbenhavner-Musæet og i - Musæet i Wien, sammenholdt med de Resultater, hvortil Dr. Liitkens egne Undersøgelser over disse Individer have ført (Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 307), har dog bevirket. at jeg i Overensstemmelse med den nævnte Forsker anser det rettest at opføre det spitsbergenske Individ under en egen Art, for hvilken Navnet L. liitkenii foreslaaes. Sammenlignet med L. reticulatus udmærker .den nye Art sig væsentlig ved følgende: Medens Farven hos alle de i Kjøbenhavner-Musæet opbevarede udvoxede Ind. af L. reticulatus, tilligemed et, lige- ledes udvoxet og udmærket vel bevaret Ind., der opbevares i Musæet i Wien, er characteristisk ved sine (oprindelig af mørke Felter fremgaaede) reticulerede sorte Linier, der omgive Felter af den lysere Bundfarve, og som ere stillede i mere eller mindre regelmæssig Række nedad Legemet, er hos det nye Individ (ZL. liitkenii) neppe Spor af disse sorte Linier, men Bundfarven er her lyst graaagtig, kun med yderst svage Antydninger til mørke Felter over Kroppen, medens derimod Dorsalen viser afvexlende sorte og lyse Partier; endvidere mangler Snuden de hvide, skarpt markerede ring- formige Tegninger. der findes hos næsten alle Individer af L. reticulatus. Legemsbygningen er hos L. liitkenitt mere undersætsig. Hos L. reticulatus indeholdes Legemets Højde 7—8 Gange i Totallengden, hos L. liitkenit neppe 61/2 Gange i denne. Den, som det synes. mest’ paafaldende Ulighed mel- ‘lem begge Arter frembyder Pectoralernes Bygning. Hos L. liitkenii ere nemlig disse større og bredere, end hos no- gen af de øvrige bekjendte Lycoder, og udbredes de vifte- formigt, rage de, uagtet Individets betydelige Legemshøjde, et godt Stykke udover Legemets Ryg-'og Bugside. I To- tallængden indeholdes de blot 5'/> Gange, medens de hos L. reticulatus indeholdes 7—9 Gange i denne. Fremdeles er Straaleantallet højere hos L. liittkentt, nemlig 23, medens Dr. Liitken hos den anden Art har kun sjeldent fundet 21, men i Regelen blot 19—20. å Tøvrigt ere, som ovenfor berørt, Overensstemmelserne mellem begge Arter ganske betydelige, og der findes ingen vesentlig Forskjel i Sideliniens og Tændernes Bygning, eller i Skjælbeklædningens Udstrækning, ligesom de 2, Ar- ter idethele maa siges at være overensstemmende i sit al- mindelige ydre Habitus. Sandsynligvis bør de dog opfattes som 2 nærstaaende Arter, der i sin udvoxede Stand kunne adskilles ved de ovenfor paapegede Forskjelligheder i Far- vetegning, Legemshøjde, og i Pectoralernes Bygning: om de derimod i sine yngre Stadier vise en ligesaa paatagelig Forskjel, er os endnu ganske ubekjendt, men idethele min- dre -sandsynligt. 104 the lateral line, the scales, and to a certain extent the structure of the body, with that species, though several minor points of divergence evidently existed between them. The subse- quent examination which Dr. Liitken and Prof. Stein- dachner kindly enabled me to make last year of the typ- ical specimens from Greenland, preserved in the museums of Copenhagen and Vienna, tested by the results with which Dr. Liitken’s own researches in connexion with the said individuals have been attended (Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 307), induces me to establish the Spitzbergen example, in accordance with the views, of that naturalist, as a separate species, for which the name of L. liitkenii is suggested. Compared with L. reticulatus, the new species is chiefly distinguished by the following characteristics: — The coloration in all the full-grown examples of L. reti- culatus preserved in the Copenhagen museum, and in one, also an adult and in an excellent state of preservation, in the museum at Vienna, is characterised by reticular black lines (issuing from dark patches), which surround large patches of the lighter ground-colour, and are arranged in a more or less regular series extending down the body, whereas there is scarcely a trace of these black lines in the spec- imen of L. liitkenii; the ground-colour in this individual is a light grey, with but the faintest indications of dark patches over the body; the dorsal, on the other hand, exhibits an alternation of dark and light patches; moreover, the snout has none of the white annular markings observed in almost all individuals of L. reticulatus. The structure of the body in L. liitkenii is more thick- set. In L. reticulatus, the height of the body is contained 7—8 times in the total length; in JL. liitkenii, not quite 61/2. But the most striking dissimilarity between the two I think, exhibited in the structure of the pectorals. In L. liitkenii, these fins are larger and broader than in any of the other Lycodes, and, spreading like a fan, they project, notwithstanding the very considerable depth of body, some distance above and below the dorsal and ventral margins. They are contained only 5 times and a half in the total length, whereas in L. reticulatus they are contained 7—9 times. Moreover, the number of rays is greater in L. liitkenii, viz. 23, whereas in the other species Dr. Liitken has only once found 21, generally not more than 19—20, For the rest, the two species resemble each other closely, and there is no material difference in the lateral line, or in the structure of the teeth, or in the extent of the scaled integument; on the whole, too, they must be said to agree in their habitus. Probably.. however. they should be regarded as nearly related species, which in the adult stage of growth may be distinguished by the differen- ces pointed out above in the coloration, the height of the body, and the structure of the pectorals: but whether they exhibit an equally obvious distinction in the earlier stages of development, is a question which we are as yet . wholly unable to answer; that such should be the ease is however not very probable. : species is, Det bliver i denne: Forbindelse nødvendigt kortelig at omtale et Par Yngelformer af Lycoder, der hidtil ere blevne opforte som distinete Arter, medens de sandsynlig- vis blot udgjøre de unge Stadier af 1, eller maaske.? Ar- ter, der i sin fuldt udvoxede Tilstand ere dem betydeligt ulige i Farvetegning og Skjælbeklædning. ere: L. perspicillum, Kr. 1844, fra Grønland, L. rossi, Malmer. 1864, fra Spitsbergen, samt L. gracilis, M. Sars 1866, fra Norge; det er sandsynligt, at alle disse blot ud- gjøre Ungdomsstadiet enten alene af L. reticulatus, eller tillige af en anden Art, der staar denne nær. maaske L. liitkenii. Disse Former I 1844 anmeldte Krøyer med en kort og foreløbig Diagnose en ny Lycodes fra Grønland under Navn af L. perspicillum, og afbildede den nye Art i Gaimards Voy. etc. Poiss., pl. 7, men gav den først i 1863 i Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B. en udførlig Beskrivelse. + Af denne Art forelaa 2 Individer med en Totallængde af 39—65"”, af hvilke jeg ved Dr. Liitkens Imødekommen har kunnet un- dersøge det største i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn. Paa den brun- gule Bundfarve har det 8 brede, i Midten lysere Felter, ligesom et hvidagtigt Baand forbinder begge Gjællespalter; denne Farvetegning viser en saa paafaldende Oyerensstem- melse med den, der findes hos det mindste af Typ-Indivi- derne af L. reticulatus; der og hvis Totall. er 223”", en Formodning om begge ligeledes opbevares i Kjøbenhavn, at der nødvendigvis maa opstaa Arters Identitet. Den ligste Forandring. der er foregaaet med det omhandlede unge Individ af L. reticulatus er. at de mørke Felter. der findes hos L. perspicillum, ere blevne mindre skarpt be- grændsede, Heesom de begynde at bære Spor af de mør- væsent- kere reticulerede Linier, der hos de mere udvoxede Indivi- der blive de mest fremtrædende Trek i Farvetegningen* hos denne Art. Finnestraalernes Antal, som hos L. reticulatus, ifølge Dr. Liitken, varierer i Dorsalen mellem 91 og 95, i Ana- len mellem 75 og 76 (eller en Gang 70), er hos L: per- spicillum, ifølge Kroyer, D. 80, A. 65; de ere saaledes vistnok noget færre, men Tallet tør maaske ikke være cor- rect, hvad Kroyer selv anfører tildels tør være Tilfældet!, eller man kunde antage Muligheden af, at der yderligere under Væxten vilde udvikle sig et Par nye Hvirvler og tilsvarende Straaler. Derimod beror Uoverensstemmelsen i NSkjælbeklæd- ningens Udstrækning utvivlsomt paa Individets unge Alder, sammenlignet med de udvoxede Individer af L. reticulatus. Medens nemlig de sidste ere skjælbeklædte 'paa Legemet hen til Pectoralens ydre Trediedel, medens hele Bugen og den forreste Del af Ryggen er nøgen, ere Skjeellene hos L: perspicillum, efter hvad jeg selv har kunnet overbevise mig om, netop i sit første Frembrud paa Halepartiet, me- dens Skjælbeklædningen paa Legemets Sider strækker sig frem til Midten af Pectoralen. Det er saaledes klart. 1 Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Ret Biip 291 Collett: Fiske. 105 Here it is necessary to make brief mention of cer- tain fry-specimens of one or two forms of Lycodes hitherto regarded as distinct species. though in all probability - merely representing 1, or possibly 2, species in the early stages of development, which, when full-grown, are found to have undergone a striking change in coloration and the extent of the scaled integument: The forms ques- tion are as follows: — L. perspicillum, Kr. 1844, from Greenland; L. rossi, Malmgr. 1864, from Spitzbergen; and L. gracilis, M. Sars, 1866, from Norway; and they are probably all of them examples either of L. reticulatus or of some other species nearly related to it, possibly L. lit kentt in an early stage of development. in In 1844 Kroyer announced, with a preliminary diagnosis, the occurrence of a new Lycodes off the coast of Greenland, under the name of Z. perspiciliun, and figured it in Gai- mard’s Voy. &e. Poiss, pl. 7, but did not furnish a detailed description till 1863, in Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B. Of this species two examples had been obtained, total length respectively 39 and 65%”, the largest of, which, preserved in the Copenhagen Museum, br. Liittken kindly mitted me to examine. Over the brownish-yellow ground- colour are distributed 8 broad patches, lighter in the middle ; and a whitish band connects the gill-openings. Now, this peculiarity of coloration exhibits so striking a resemblance per- to that distinguishing the smallest of the typical specimens of L. reticulatus, also preserved in Copenhagen (total length 223”), that the identity of the two species cannot but suggest itself. The principal change which this imma- ture example of L. reticulatus has undergone, consists in the dark patches characteristic of L. perspicillum having become less sharply defined, and in their commencing to show indications of the dark reticular lines, which, in a more advanced stage of development, are the most prom- inent characteristics of coloration in this species. The number of fin-rays, which in L. reticulatus, ac- cording to Dr. Liitken, varies in the dorsal between 91 and 95, in the anal, between 75 and 76 (in one specimen 70), is in L. perspicillum, according to Kröyer, D. 80, A. 65: this is certainly a somewhat smaller number; but it may possibly be incorrectly given, which Kréyer himself suggests as not improbable, to a certain extent'; or the development during the further progress of growth of one or two additional vertebræ and rays might be assumed. On the other hand, the want of agreement in the extent of the scaled integument, as compared with that distinguishing adults of L. reticulatus, must unquestionably be ascribed to the immaturity of the individual. The former are scaled on the. body as far as the outer third of the pectorals, the whole of the belly and the anterior part of the back being naked, whereas in L. perspicillum the scales, (a fact of which from my own examination I am convinced) are just beginning to develop over the caudal region, but on the sides of the body they extend to the middle of the 1 Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B. p..291. at Skjællene efterhaanden skulle beklæde et større Parti af Legemet, end det, som Krøyer i sin Beskrivelse angiver, idet han ikke synes at have iagttaget de fremspirende Skjæl paa Halen. L. perspicillum er med andre Ord en spæd Unge, som godt kan antages senere at ville forandre sin Farve- tegning, ligesom den endnu ikke havde faaet sin fulde Skjælbeklædning. Da Legemsforholdene iøvrigt hos begge ere overensstemmende, er det ikke usandsynligt, at i de nærmest paafølgende Stadier af denne Forms Liv ville de mørke Tverfelter efterhaanden lysne, og blive forandrede til mindre Pletter eller reticulerede Linier, saaledes som 106 det netop viser sig hos det ovenfor omtalte unge grønland- ske Individ af L. reticulatus med en Totallængde af 223”, Den næste i Rækken er L. ross?, opstillet af Malm- gren i 1864 i Ofv. Kel. Vet. Akad. Förh. efter ét Individ fra Spitsbergen, erholdt under en af de første svenske Ex- peditioner til denne Øgruppe. Dette Individ havde en To- tallængde af blot 32””, og et Straaleantal af: D. 82, A. "63; i Farvetegning var det fuldkommen overensstemmende med L. perspicillum, men Individet var, i Modsætning til dette, helt nøgent. Det var paa Grund af det sidstnævnte Forhold, at Malmgren troede at burde opstille det som en distinet Art, skilt fra L. perspicillum. Men da L. perspicillum, som ovenfor nævnt, netop befandt sig i, det Stadium, da Skjællene vare i Frembrud, og NSkjælbeklædningen endnu ikke var fuldt udviklet, skjønt det beskrevne Individ havde en Totallængde af 65””, er det ikke uventet, at en sped Unge med en Totallængde af blot 527", som L. rossi, endnu intet Spor viser af nogen Skjælbeklædning. Ved velvillig Imødekommen af Prof. Smitt har jeg erholdt til Undersøgelse dette Individ, og jeg kunde ingen væsentlig Forskjel opdage mellem dette og L. perspicillwm. Da endelig Prof. M. Sars i 1866 i Christiania Viden- skabs-Selskabs Forh. opstillede sim L. gracilis efter et i Drøbaksund i Christianiafjorden erholdt Individ med en Totallængde af 43””, skeede dette alene af den Grund, at hans Exemplar havde 10 mørke Tverfelter over Legemet, medens L. rossi blot havde 8, og da fremdeles hans Exem- plar var nøgent, ligesom L. rossi, kunde det ikke henføres under L. perspicillum. Men allerede Kroyer har paavist, at hans 2 Typ-Exemplarer af L. perspicillum ingenlunde vare fuldt overensstemmende i Tegningen af Kroppen; og hvad Skjælbeklædningen angaar, gjælder det samme, som ovenfor er anført under L. rossi. Dog maa paa dette Sted bemærkes, at Krøyers ene Typ-Exemplar blot var 39”” langt (saaledes mindre, end L. gracilis), og dog nævner han intet om, at der var nogen ' Forskjel mellem de 2 Individer med Hensyn til Skjælbe- klædningen; men selv om denne i Virkeligheden hos begge! har været lige, haves der Exempler paa, at dennes Udvik- ? Dette Forhold lader sig ikke længere oplyse. Ifølge Dr. Liitken er saavel det mindste Exemplar af ZL. perspicillum, som det eneste af L. nebulosus ikke til at finde paa Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, og sandsyn- * ligvis ere de forsvundne. pectorals. Hence it is evident, that a larger part of the body will gradually become scaled than is stated by Kroyer, who does not appear to have observed these incipient scales on the tail, L. perspicillum is, in short, a very young individual, in which a subsequent change of coloration may not un- reasonably be assumed: as we have seen, the scaled inte- gument had not yet attained its full development. The proportions of the body being in all respects the same in both, it does not appear unprobable that, in the succeeding stages of growth, the dark transverse patches will gradu- ally become lighter, and change to smaller spots or reticular lines, as is seen to be the case with the smallest Green- land specimen of L. reticulatus, total length 225”. The next of the proposed forms is L. rossi, estab- lished by Malmgren, in 1864 (Ofy. Kel. Vet. Akad. Forh.), from a specimen taken off Spitzbergen on one of the first Swedish expeditions to that group of islands. This indiv- idual had a length of only 3827”, the number of fin-rays being: D. 82;. A. 63; in coloration, it agreed precisely with L. perspicillum, but differed from that form in being naked. It was this feature which Malmgren deemed sufficient to warrant his establishing it as a separate species. But the specimen of L. perspicillum, though with a total length of 657”, having, as stated above, not yet reached tke stage of growth in which the scales begin to form (of some of the scales indications had only just begun to appear), it is not surprising that a very -young indiv- idual such as L. rossi, having a total length of only 32”, ° should as yet be without the slightest trace of scales. On application to Prof. Smitt, this individual was kindly lent me for examination, but I failed to detect any essential feature distinguishing it from L. perspicillum. Finally, when Prof. M. Sars in 1866 (Christiania Videnskabs Selskabs Forh.) described his L: gracilis, from an individual with a total length of 437", taken m Drøbak Sound, in the Christiania Fjord, his sole reason for doing so lay in.the said example having 10 dark transverse patches across the body, imstead of 8, the number in L. rossi; and his specimen being, like the latter, naked, it could not be referred to L. perspicillum. But Kroyer had already shown that his two typical specimens of L. perspicilum did not by: any means exhibit perfect agree- ment in the marking of the body; and with regard to the scaled integument, what has been said in connexion with L. rossi, will apply with equal force ‘here. The fact, however, must not be passed by, that one of Kröyer's typical specimens was only 39”” long (accord- . ingly of.smaller dimensions than L. gracilis); and yet no mention whatever is made of any difference between the two individuals as regards the scaled integument; but even assuming it to have been the same in both,! instances 1 Unfortunately, it is no longer possible to settle this question. Ac- cording to Dr. Litken, the smallest specimen of L. perspicillum and the only one yet obtained of ZL. nebulosus, could not be found in the Copenhagen Museum, and are no doubt both of them lost. ling foregaar højst forskjelligt hos de forskjellige Individer (cfr., hvad nedenfor anføres under L.muraena). Den umid- delbare Sammenligning mellem L. rossi og L. gracilis har desuden fuldstændigt overbevist mig om. tiske., at disse ere iden- | are not wanting to show that its development can vary to a great extent in different individuals (vide what is stated overleaf in connexion with L. murena). A direct comparison of L. rossi with L. gracilis has fully convinced me of their identity. L. gracilis, M. Sars. de ovenfor anførte Bemærkninger er, at medens der er overvejende Sandsynlighed for, at Hovedsummen af L. perspicillum, Kr. 1844, L. rossi, Malmgr. 1864, og L. gracilis, M. Sars 1866, ere alle identiske, vil det først med et større Materiale, end det, som for Tiden forelig- ger i Musæerne, kunne afgjøres, om disse Ungdomsformer tilhøre den som mere udvoxet under Navnet L. reticulatus, Reinh. 1838, bekjendte Art, eller maaske tillige en anden nærstaaende Art, i dette Tilfælde kunde være L. liit- kenit. der Udmaalinger. Totallængde (Hun) 2 VP Fe07n Legemets største Højde (ved Begyn deen aE Dae SE 58 - Legemets Højde ved Begyndelsen af Analen . , 47 - Snudens Afstand fra Dorsalen alii Snudens Afstand fra Anus er 175 - Anus’ Afstand fra Halespidsen (Halens Længde) 195 - Beredetsabenede nr na tt ay ei ODIs Snudens Længde (til Iris). se kor = Øjets Længde (lris' Længdediameter) . . . . . 13- Hovedets postorbitale Del (fra Bagranden af Iris) 52 - Interorbitalrummet (mellem begge Irides) 12 - Myersarens Lænsdet. aud vit ds syr 4 22 - Hovedets Højde over Øjnere. . ....=.. . OU- Hovedets Højde lige bag Ventralerne . . . . . 48 - Ventralernes Afstand fra Anus . 107 - Rectoralens Grundlimie... 4 6 . © « 1 » 9%, 20 - Pectoralens største Længde . . ...... = «O64- Pectoralens Afstand fra Anus a0) = Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. 1 det hovedsagelige stemmer L. liitkeni?, som ovenfor under Bemærkningerne til Synonymien er paapeget, i, sin Skjælbeklædning, Legemsbyg- ning og Straaleantal overens med L. reticulatus, den kan: skilles fra denne bl. a. ved sit kortere og Legeme, ved Pectoralernes betydelige Størrelse, samt ved Farvetegningen. men stærkere Legemet er forholdsvis særdeles undersætsigt og stærkt- bygget; dets Højde indeholdes ikke fuldt 6*/3 Gange i To- tallængden (et Forhold, der blot er naaet af det største Individ af ZL. frigidus, en Han, hvis Totallængde var noget over 500"), Hovedet er forholdsvis stort, skjønt Individet er en Hun, og indeholdes ikke fuldt 4 Gange i Totallængden. Snuden er temmelig fladtrykt; Øjnene ere relativt smaa, og indeholdes i Hovedlængden 91/5 Gange. Paa Craniet contained 91/. Christiania- Fjord, Norge (4). From the data set forth in the above observations there is, I opine, every reason to infer, that L. perspicillum, Kr. 1844; L. rossi, Malmgr. 1864; and L. gracilis, M. Sars 1866, are all three identical; but whether the individuals representing these early stages of development belong to L. reticulatus, Reinh. 1838, or possibly to some other nearly related species, which in that case might be L. liit- kenii, must be left an open question till more extensive materials shall have been furnished us than our at present afford. museums Measurements. Total length (female) 370mm Greatest height of body (at origin a dorsal} KSSE Height of body (at origin of anal). . 2 å > 47 - Distance of snout from dorsal ie Distance of snout from vent . ; Wit) Distance of vent from tip of tail lene of tau 195 - Idencthwoteuhe heads seta, 50 a. loner 5 Length of snout (to iris) SUE Length of the eye (longitudinal diameter of rn 13 - Postorb. region of head (from post. marg. of iris.) 52 - Interorbital space (between the irides) . . . . 12 - Length of upper jaw ee Height of head above the eyes . . SE Height of head immediately posterior ic ale . 48 - Distance of ventrals from vent 107 - Baseuot pectorals Musee SE Greatest length of pectorals . . . . ... . G4- Distance of pectorals from vent. . ©... .. 30 - Structure of the Body. —+As previously observed when treating of the synonomy, L. liit- kenii agrees in all essential particulars, viz. the development of the scaled integument, the structure of the body, and the number of fin-rays, with L. reticulatus, but may be distinguished from that species by its body, which is shorter and stronger General Description. . the very considerable size of the pectorals, and by the coloration. L. liitkenii has comparatively strongly built body; a very thickset and its height is contained not quite 61/, times in the total length (a proportion met with in the largest specimen of L. frigidus alone, total length upwards of 500"), Head comparatively large, though the individual des- eribed is a female, equalling not quite 1/; of the total length. Snout slightly depressed; eyes rather small, being times in the leneth of the head. Measured 14* * udgjør Pandens Bredde */,; af Hovedlængden, og dette Parti er saaledes forholdsvis bredt. Overkjæven er kortere, end Hovedets halve Længde, og naar tilbage hen under Lindsens Bagrand. I Totallængden indeholdes: Hovedets Længde 3,59 Legemets største Højde 6,37 Snudens Afstand fra Dorsalen 3,33 Snudens Afstand fra Anus Ave le ‘Halens Længde ... . . : . 1,89 Af Tender findes i Mellemkjæverne en længere Række af omtrent 15 paa hver Side, hvoraf de forreste ere de længste; hertil kommer en kortere Række i Spidsen bagenfor den første Række. Samtlige disse Tender ere forholdsvis smaa, og blot de 2 end de øvrige. I Underkjæven, hvis tandbærende Del er længere, end den tilsvarende i Overkjæven, findes 12 læn- gere og grovere Tænder, foruden et Antal finere Tænder foran disse i Spidsen. Palatinbenene bære fremdeles i en enkelt Række 15, Vomer 5 Tænder, der alle ere forholds- allerforreste ere længere, vis grove. Finnerne. Dorsalen, som (fraregnet den halve Cau- dal) tæller 89 Straaler, begynder i en Afstand fra Snude- spidsen, der indeholdes 3*/; Gange i Totallængden. Ana- len har paa samme Maade 71 Straaler; og da Caudalen har paa sin dorsale Side 6, paa den ventrale 5 Straaler, bliver det samlede Antal Straaler i Dorsalen 95, i Ana- len 76. Pectoralerne ere overordentlig store og brede, have paa begge Sider 23 Straaler. Udbredt optager Fin- nen en større Højde, end hele Legemshøjden og Dorsal- højden tilsammen; fremslaaet naar den omtrent midt paa Øjet, tilbageslaaet i en Snudelængdes Afstand fra Anus. Dens Længde indeholdes i Totallængden blot ubetydeligt over 5'/, Gange. Straalerne ere i Spidsen særdeles brede. Skjælbeklædning. paa Hovedet og Finnerne, paa ‘hele Bugen, samt langs Grunden af Analen indtil en halv Hovedlængde bag Anus; fremdeles er hele Nakken og Grunden langs Dorsalen om- trent indtil Verticalen fra Anus nøgen. strækker sig saaledes paa Legemets Midte frem indtil et Punkt under Pectoralens indre Trediedel. Skjællene ere forholdsvis ikke store. Finnerne ere nøgne; dog gaa paa Halens nedre Del enkelte Skjæl ud et kort Stykke over Finnernes Grund. Sidelinien. udspringer, som hos de øvrige Arter, over Gjællespalten: i en skraa Retning gaar den med et Antal af omtrent 17 tætstillede Porer ned til Legemets Midtlinie, som den fol- ger til Halespidsen. Intet Spor af nogen lavere (ventral) . Sidelinie kan opdages hos det foreliggende Individ; derimod strækker sig en Række af 10—12 Porer fra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende langs Ryggen, og slutter omtrent ved Legemets 3die mørke Felt. Paa forskjellige af Hovedets Dele findes Slimporer, tildels. forsynede med en ophøjet Rand. yo og Skjælbeklædningen mangler, foruden Skjælbeklædningen Denne er mediolateral og enkelt, samt spredte Saale- 108 on the cranium, the interorbital space equals '/ig 'of the length of the head, and is therefore comparatively broad. Upper jaw shorter than the head by one half, and extending backwards under the posterior margin of the lens. < The Total Length contains: — Nhenlenetihor ihehead . ADEN 3.89 The greatest height of the body . . »« .. . 6.37 The distance of the snout from the dorsal. . 3.33 The distance of the snout from the vent . . . Zeal il The lengthofeathe talks. we. : Pe ects 5) Nicer) The intermaxillaries are furnished with a row of 15 teeth on either side, the foremost being the longest; and a shorter series at the extremity, posterior to the first. All of these teeth are comparatively small, the two foremost only being somewhat longer than the rest. In the mandible, of which the part furnished with teeth is longer than the corresponding part in the upper jaw, occur 12 longer and stouter teeth, exclusive of a number of minute teeth anterior to them at the extremity. The palatine bones have 15 teeth, the vomer 5, all of which are rather strong. Fins. — The dorsal, which, exclusive of half of the caudal, is. furnished with 89 rays, commences at a distance from the ‘pomt of the snout contained 31/; times in the total length. The anal 71 rays, and the caudal having on the dorsal side 6, on the ventral 5 rays, the total number of rays in the dorsal: amounts to.95, in the anal to 76. - The pectorals are exceedingly large and broad, with is furnished in like manner with 23 rays on either side; when spread out, their height exceeds that of the body and of the dorsal put together; the spread forwards reaches almost to the middle of the eye; back- wards, within the length of the snout from the vent; its length compared to the total length slightly exceeds the pro- portion of 1 to 51/,; rays remarkably broad at the points. Scales. — Scales wanting on the head, fins, the entire belly, and the base along the anal to within half the length of the head posterior to the vent; the whole of the nape, too, and the base along the dorsal, naked to a point per- pendicular to the vent. Hence the sealed integument extends along the middle of the body to a point opposite to the inner third of the pectorals. The scales are not large, comparatively. Fins naked; on the inferior portion of the tail, however, a few scales cross their base. Lateral Line. — Single and medio-lateral, commencing, as in the other species, above the gill-opening; taking an oblique direction, it runs on to the mesial line of the body, accompanying it to the tip of the tail. There is no trace of a lower (ventral) lateral line in the spec- imen here described, but a series of 10 or 12. pores extends from the upper extremity of the gill-opening down along the back, terminating at about the third dark patch on the body. ; On several parts of the head oceur isolated mucous pores, some of them with an elevated margin. Thus, for des staa paa Kinderne hen mod den øvre Rand af Oper- culum paa hver Side i en Triangel 3 Porer; bag Øjnene fimdes 2 mindre, og atter nedenfor disse 3 større Porer. En stor Pore aabner sig ved den nedre Vinkel af Opercu- lum, ligesom den normale Række er tilstede langs Kjæ- verne. Farve. Legemets Bundfarve er blegt graaagtig brun; under passende Belysning kan skimtes, men højst utyde-- ligt, 6 mørkere Felter, der i Midten ere lysere, og have enkelte sorte Smaapletter, som: danne en Tilnærmelse til de reticulerede Linier, der findes hos L. reticulatus. Tyde- ligst ere disse mørke Felter henad Dorsalen, hvor deres Rande ere næsten sorte, og skarpt markerede. Mellemrum- met mellem Felterne er paa Legemet kun lidet lysere, end Felterne selv, men næsten renhyidt paa Dorsalen og Ha- lespidsen. Hovedet har ingen andre Tegninger, end et hvidt Baand, der strækker sig tverse over Nakken fra den ene Gjællespalte til den anden, og er begrændset af en utyde- lig sort Linie: iøvrigt er Hovedet blegt rødlig graat, noget lysere, end Kroppen, hvilket ogsaa er Tilfældet med Pec- toralerne, Føde, etc. Individet var en Hun, med umodne Æg i det eneste Ovarium. Ventrikelen, der var meget mus- euløs, indeholdt et noget fordøjet Individ af Cottamculus nvicrops, Coll. (med en Totallængde af 1107”), samt Dele af en anden mindre Fisk, der var stærkere fordøjet, og ubestemmelig. ; 2 afrundede Udvidelser af Tarmen ved Pylorus kunne opfattes som et Par rudimentære Appendices pyloricae. Udbredning. Det eneste hidtil bekjendte Exemplar af denne Art optoges fra betydeligt Dyb og iskoldt Vand i Havet nogle Mile vestenfor Nord-Spitsbergen, omtrent under 80" N. B. Af den nærstaaende Art L. reticulatus findes, ovenfor neynt, udvoxede Individer fra Grønland i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, samt et i Wiener-Musæet, alle erholdte i Aarene 1830—40. . Af L. perspicilhun, Kr., fra Grønland findes ligeledes et Individ i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn; af L. rossi, Malmgr., fra Spitsbergen opbevares det eneste Indi- vid i Riks-Museum i Stockholm, og endelig findes Indivi- det af ZL. gracilis, M. Sars, fra Christianiafjorden, i Univer- sitets-Musæet i Christiania. Alle disse 3 sidstnævnte Arter maa, som ovenfor omhandlet, antages at udgjøre Ungdoms- formerne af L. reticulatus, eller af L. liitkenii (eller af begge?) som instance, on the cheeks, near the upper margin of the oper- culum, a triangular figure is formed by pores, three in each of its sides; behind the eyes are two smaller ones, and below these pores three larger ones. A large pore occurs at the inferior angle of the operculum, and the normal series along the jaws is also present. Colour. — The ground-colour of the body is a greyish-brown; 6 dusky patches can be discerned, very indistinetly however; they are lighter m the middle, in a good light, and marked with a few small black spots, an approximation to the network of lines in L. reticulatus.’ These dark patches show most distinct down the dorsal, their margins on that On the body, very little lighter than fin being almost black, and sharply detined. the space between the patches is are the patches themselves, but on the dorsal and the tip of the tail, it is nearly pure white. The only marking on the head consists of a white band stretching across. the nape from one gill-opening to the other, and margined by an indistinct black line; the. rest of the head is of a uniform pale reddish-grey, a shade lighter than the body, which is also the case with the pectorals. Food, ete. — The individual here described was a female, with immature ova in its single ovary. The ventricle, which was very muscular, contained an example of Cottun- culus microps, Coll, in a partially digested state (total length 1107”), together with parts of a smaller fish, which did not admit of being determined. Two globular swellings of the intestine at the pylorus may be regarded as a pair of obtuse pyloric appendages. Distribution. The only example of this species as yet obtained was brought up from a considerable depth in the frigid area of the ocean, a few leagues west of the north coast of Spitzbergen, in lat. about 80° N. Of its nearly related congener L. reticulatus, Reinh. full-grown specimens from Greenland are, as above stated, preserved in the Museum at Copenhagen and in the Vienna Museum, all of which were obtained in the decade from 1830 to 1840; of L. perspicillum, Kr., also from Green- land, there is, too, an example in the Museum at Copen- ° hagen; of L. rossi, Malmgr. from Spitzbergen, the only spec- imen taken is preservéd in the *Riks Museum” at Stockholm; and finally, the specimen of L. gracilis, M. Sars, from the Christiania Fjord, is in the Christiania University Museum. The three above, be regarded as representing the early stages of last-mentioned mdividuals must, as suggested development of L. reticulatus, or of L. liittkenit (or pos- sibly of both). 160 21. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.) - Pl: I, Fig. 26—27. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 70 (1878). Diagn. Furven (hos yngre Individer) blegt graabrun, med en Række (5—6) sorte Felter nedad Dorsalen, samt et enkelt, længere Felt af samme Farve paa Analen hen imod Spidsen. - Skjællene forholdsvis store, og beklæde Legemet indtil henimod Pectoralernes Grund; Hovedet, Finnerne, samt Midten af Bugen ere nøgne. Legemets Hojde indeholdes 9’), Fange, Hovedet nesten 4’), Gange i Totallengden (hos yngre Indiv.) Sidelinien enkelt, ventral, løber Sra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende skraat nedad mod Anus. Størrelsen hos de fore- liggende unge Individer indtil 1647", M. B. 6. D. 98—101; A. 84—86; P. 18—19. 21. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.) Pl. ITT, Fig. 26—27. Tycodes pallidus, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 70 (1878). Diagnosis, — Colowr (in young examples) pale greyish- brown, with a series (5—6) of black patches extending down the dorsal, colour, near the extremity of the anal. Scales relatively large, covering the body almost to the base of the pectorals; the head, the fins, and the middle of the belly naked. The height of the body is to the total length (in immature individ- uals) as 1 to 9'/,; the length of the head, nearly as 1to L[». Lateral line single, ventral, passing from the upper extrem- ity of the gill-opening obliquely downwards to the vent. The length in the specimens obtained reaching 164", M. B. 6. D. 98—101; A. 84—86; P. 18—19. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The sea off NW. Spitzbergen. Stat. 362. 115 Kilom. W. Norskøer.: Spitzb. Stat. 363. 60 Kilom. W. Norskøer, Spitzb. Exact Locality. Depth. 459 Fathoms (839). | 260 Fathoms (475 ™). Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Havet udenfor NY. Spitsbergen. Stat. 362. Stat. 363. ee 115 Kilom. V. _ 60 Kilom. V. Norskøerne, Spitsb. | Norskøerne, Spitsb. Dybde. 459 Favne (839”). | 260 Favne (47 om): Temp. paa Bunden. — 10°C. at il 1°C. Banden ; Blaagraat Ler. Blaaler, = Datum. ; 14de Aug. 1878. 14de , Aug. 1878. å Antal>Tadiv. 1 yngre Indiv. | 1 Unge. Udmaalinger. a. b. (Stat. 365). (Stat. 362). Totalleengde ye ee ee Bee IG Længde til sidste Halsheirvel PE DE DES 161 - Hojde ved Begyndelsen af Dorsalen . . 10 - 17 = Højde ved Begyndelsen af Analen. 8,5 - 14 - Snudespidsen til Begyndelsen af Pørsalen 25 - 46 - Snudespidsen til Anus. . . 37 - 64 - ‘Anus til Halespidsen (Halens Terada) 56 - 100 - Hovedets Længde . ... 20 at = Snudens Længde (til Beer af ag) 7 - 13 - Øjets Længde (Længde-Diameteren af Iris) * 4 - TE Hovedets postorbitale Del. . . . . 10 - gr Underkjævespidsens Afstand fra V len 16 - 27 - Ventralernes Afstand fra Anus. . . . 19- 34 - Venrnalermesttede SE 4 - Pectoralernes Tenedes Hr SEE 16 - Beskrivelse... Legemsbygning. I Legemsbygning. Si- delinie og Skjælbeklædning væsentlig overensstemmende med L. frigidus; dog ere Skjællene forholdsvis større, Pectoraler og Ventraler noget kortere. og Øjnene (især dre, end hos denne Art. Lindsen) min- Som characteristisk for denne Temp. at Bottom. {4 GE +iA%C Bottom. — Bluish-green Clay. Blue Clay. Date. |. 14th Aug. 1878. 14th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. | 1 Indiv. (young). 1 Indiv. (young). Measurements. a. b. (Stat. 363). (Stat. 362). Total length ae 20 er 3 pm Koala ‘Length to last caudal votes sui HODE 161 - Height: at origin, of dorsal) Sag) see. OE EE Height at origin of anal 8.5 - 14 - From: point of snout to origin of dorsal! 25 - 46 - From point of snout to vent .-. aT - 64 - From vent to tip of tail Geen of tail) 56= 100 Length of head . . . . An OE 37 - Length of snout (to origin of iris). she TGS 13 - Length of the eye (longit. diam. of i) doe (re Postorbital region of head .°. .'. . 10 - 17 - From extremity of mandible to ventrals. 16 - 27 - Distance of ventrals from vent . 19 - 34 - Tienethiot ventralss JAN. sr ME 4 - bength-ofipectorals. = ys. NE DE 16 - General Description. Structure of the Body. — In the structure of the body, the lateral line, and the scales closely agreeing with L. frigidus; the scales are however somewhat larger, the pectorals and ventrals somewhat shorter, and the eyes (particularly the lens) smaller than in and a patch of greater length, but similar in- re Arts Ydre kan endvidere nævnes den med sorte Felter forsynede Dorsal og Anal. Legemet er, som hos alle de typiske Lycoder, om- trent jevnhøjt fra Nakken af og til forbi Anus, derfra af- smalnende, og efterhaanden lobende ud i en tilspidset Hale- spids; hele Halepartiet stærkt sammentrykt. Den største Højde (ved Begyndelsen af Dorsalen) indeholdes i Total- længden omtr. 91/, Gange; ved Begyndelsen af Analen er Højden kun lidet aftaget, og indeholdes her lidt over 10 Gange 1 Totallængden. Afstariden fra Snudespidsen til Anus indeholdes 2'/» Gange, Halen 19% Gange i Total- længden. ; Hovedet er temmelig fladtrykt, og indeholdes i Total- lengden næsten 4!/, Gange. Overkjeven naar tilbage hen under Midten af Lindsen; hos det mindre Exemplar er Snuden noget stumpere og højere, QOverkjæven er tillige noget kortere, og naar her blot hen under Lindsens For- rand. De skaalformige Fordybninger langs Randen af Kjæ- verne ere særdeles fremtrædende, især hos det mindste Individ. Næseborene sidde temmelig nær ved Mellemkjæve- randen, ere enkelte, og have, som hos de øvrige Arter, en lang hvidagtig Tube. Øjnene ere forholdsvis mindre, end hos L. frigidus. Sammenlignes det største Individ af L. pallidus med et ligestort (ungt) Ind. af L. frigidus, sees Lindserne hos den sidste at være omtr. dobbelt saa store, som hos den første. a. | b. Totallængde | Totallængde I Totallængden indeholdes 937mm 164mm Hovedets Længde 4,42 4,43 Legemets. Højde. . . . . . 9,30 9,64 Snudens Afstand fra Dorsalen . Bae | 3,56 Snudens Afstand fra Anus . EE Li 2ip6 Halens Længde . SÅ 1,66 1,64 Pectoralens Længde | T,15 10,25 Tænder ere tilstede i Mellemkjæverne, i Underkjæven, som hos de øvrige stærke, stillede i 2 Rækker; i Un- Da Individerne udyoxede, har An- paa Vomer, og paa Palatinbenene, nordiske Lycoder. De ere forholdsvis Mellemkjæven fortil i 2, bagtil i 1 eller derkjæven danne de fortil flere Rækker. endnu ikke kunne antages at være fuldt tallet af Tænderne og disses Rækker maaske endnu ikke naaet sin fulde Udvikling. | Finnerne. Dorsalen, der hos det større Individ tæl- ler omtrent 92, hos det mindre omtrent 95 Straaler, eller, sammenlagt end den halve Caudal, 98—101, begynder 1 en Afstand fra Snudespidsen, der indeholdes i Totallæng- “den ikke fuldt 4 Gange. Analen har hos det større Individ omtrent 79, - hos det mindre omtrent 81 Straaler, hvilket sammen med Cau- dalens nedre Halvdel udgjør 84—86 Straaler. NStraalerne ere hos de 2 undersøgte Individer vanskelige at tælle, hvor- that species. Ås a conspicuous exterior feature character- ising L. pallidus, may be mentioned the black patches on the dorsal and anal. As in the typical Lycodes, the height of the body is very nearly uniform from the nape till past the vent, at which point the body gradually tapers, terminating in a pointed tail; the whole of the caudal region greatly com- pressed. Greatest height (at the origin of dorsal) is to the total length about as 1 to 9'/,; at the origin of the anal the height is but little diminished, equalling rather more than +/,) of the total length. The distance from the point of the snout to the vent is to the total length as.1 to 21/2; the length of the head, as 1 to 19. "Head rather compressed; its length compared to the total length is nearly as 1 to £/>. Upper jaw extending backwards under the middle of the lens; in the smaller specimen, the snout is somewhat more obtuse, and higher, the upper jaw not reaching further back than under the anterior margin of the lens. The bowl-shaped depressions extending along the mar- gin of the jaws are very distinct in the smaller specimen. Nostrils placed in close proximity to the margin of the inter-maxillary; they are single, and furnished with a whit- ish tube. Byes relatively smaller than in L. frigidus. On com- paring the largest example of L. pallidus with a (young) specimen of equal size of L. frigidus, the lenses in the latter are found to be about twice as large as in the former. a. | b. Total Length Total Length The Total Length contains . 93 mm 164 mm The length of the head 4.42 4.45 The height of the body pe et) 9.64 The dist. of the snout from the dors. 3.72 3.56 The dist. of the snout from theanus | 2.51 72256 The length of the tail 1.66 1.64 The length of the pectorals . Cpl) 10.25 Teeth on the intermaxillaries, in the mandible, on the vomer, and on the palatine bones, as in the other. northern species. They are comparatively strong, arranged on the intermaxillary anteriorly in 2, posteriorly ‘in 1 or 2 series; in the mandible they constitute several series. The individuals having none of them, it is conceived, at-. tained the adult stage of development, the number alike of the teeth and of their series is possibly not yet complete. Fins. — The dorsal which, in the larger individual, is furnished with about 92, in the smaller with about 95 rays, or, including half the caudal, with 98 and 101 respectively, commences at a distance from the point of the snout not quite equal to one-fourth of the total length. In the larger individual, the anal is furnished with about 79; in the smaller, with about 81 rays; or, including the lower half of the caudal, with 84 and:86 respectively. The rays in the two specimens examined cannot be accu- for Antallet maaske i hver af Finnerne ere et Par flere eller færre. Pectoralerne have hos det større Individ paa begge Sider 18, hos det mindre 19 Straaler, og ere forholdsvis korte, især hos det større Individ, hvor de fremlagte ere med sine Spidser fjernede mindst en Lindselængde fra, Lindsen; hos det mindre Exemplar naa de derimod frem til Lindsens Bagrand. - I Totallængden indeholdes de hos det yngste Individ kun lidt over 7, hos det ældre endog over 10 Gange i Totallængden. De nedre stærkt forkortede. Straaler ere Ventralerne ere ligeledes forholdsvis kortere, end hos de øvrige Arter, og synes at indeholde 2 yderst spinkle Straaler. Skjælbeklædning. Næsten hele Legemet er skjælbe- klædt; Hovedet, Nakken; Bugens Midte og Finnerne ere nøgne. Skjællene ere forholdsvis store, iøvrigt af Bygning, som. hos de øvrige Lycoder. Fortil strækker Skjælbeklæd- ningen sig frem mod Grunden af Pectoralerne; Bugen er derimod nøgen i Midten, men skjælbeklædt paa Siderne. Finnerne ere ligeledes nøgne, men der er ingen nøgen Rand langs deres Grundlinier; paa Hovedet og Nakken findes ingen Skjæl. Det mindre Exemplar er ligesaa stærkt beklædt. som det større, og Skjællene strække sig her endog noget læn- gere frem, eller umiddelbart til Pectoralernes Grund, lige- som der blot findes en smal Stribe langs Bugens Midtlinie, der ikke er skjælbeklædt. Sidelinien er hos de forhaandenværende (yngre) Indi-. vider vanskelig at forfølge; dog er den utvivlsomt ven- tral, idet den udspringer ved Gjællespaltens øvre Ende, gjør en liden Bue over Gjællelaagets Flig, og gaar derpaa i skraa Retning, uden at have noget ret Parti, lige ned mod Anus; herfra er den paa begge de 2 Individer utyde- lig, men kan dog tildels øjnes som løbende langs Grunden Porernes Antal indtil Anus.er omtrent 34. Af nogen mediolateral Sidelinie kan ikke sees Spor. af Analen ud mod Halespidsen. Farven er paa selve Legemet blegt graabrun, uden Tegninger; Skjellene ere overalt lysere, end Bundfarven, der under Lupen sees at have forholdsvis store og skarpt farvede Pigmentpunkter. Derimod ere Dorsalen og Analen paa hvidagtig Grund forsynede med en Række sorte Fel- “ter, der 6 i Antal. Det første af disse begynder umiddelbart ved Dorsalens den paa førstnævnte Finne ere 5 første Straaler; de øvrige ere stillede med omtrent lige langt Mellemrum, som det. de selv optage, henad hele Fin- nens Længde. I Lighed med, hvad der finder Sted hos de med Tverbaand forsynede Lycoder, ere de dog noget for- skjellige hos begge Individer; saaledes er det sidste Felt utydeligt hos det større Individ. hvorved dette faar en længere hvid Halespids, end det mindre. Analen har et enkelt, meget langt sort- eller sortagtigt Felt henimod Spid- sen, men er forresten ensfarvet hvidagtig. rately counted, and hence the true number in. each of the fins may be greater or less by one or two rays. The pectorals in the larger individual have on both sides 18, in the smaller 19 rays, and are comparatively short, more especially in the larger individual, the tips. when the fin is spread forwards, being removed at least the leneth of the lens from the lens; in the smaller indi- vidual they reach to its posterior margin. In the youngest specimen, the length of the pectorals compared to the total length slightly exceeds the proportion of 1 to 7; in the older example, of 1 to 10. The inferior rays are much shortened, The ventrals. too, are relatively- shorter than im any of the other species, and would seem to the composed of 2 rays. Scales. — Almost the whole of the body in this species scaled; the head,-the nape, the middle of the belly, and the fins naked. The scales are comparatively large, in other respeets of the same structure as in the other species. Anteriorly, the scales extend towards the base of the pec- torals; the belly; however, is naked in the middle, but scaled on the sides. Fins likewise naked, but there is no naked: part along their basal Imes; the head and nape are with- out scales. ’ The smaller example as extensively scaled as the larger, the scales reaching even somewhat farther in ad- vance, or up to the base of the pectorals; indeed there is only a narrow strip along the mesial line of the belly that is scaleless. The lateral line can with difficulty be traced throughout in these young individuals; it is, however, unquestionably ven- tral, commencing as it does at the upper extremity of the gill- opening, and passing from thence, after a slight bend above the gill-cover, straight down to the vent; here, in both specimens, it begins to be indistinct, but can however. be distinguished, taking a course along the base of the anal to the extremity of the tail, Number of pores from origin to vent about 34. No trace of a medio-lateral line can be detected. Colour on the body proper pale brownish-grey, with no markings whatever. The scales are everywhere of a ‘lighter shade than the ground-colour, which, seen through a lens, appears dotted over with comparatively large and sharply defined pigmentary spots. The dorsal and anal are, on the contrary, distinguished by a series of black patches extending over a whitish ground, on the former fin 5 or 6 in number. The first of these blackish patches covers the first rays of the the ranged, with interspace about equal to their own breadth, down the whole extent of the fin. As is the case witli the Lycodes that have transverse bands, they slightly differ, however, in the two: individuals; thus, the last of the dorsal, rest are ar- patches is indistinct im the larger specimen, giving greater length to the white termination of the tail. The anal has a solitary black or dusky elongated spot neat its extremity; with this exception it is uniformly whitish. Fe . medio-lateral, enkelt. Disse mørke Felter ere hos det mindre Exemplar ‘ kulsorte og skarpe, hos det større noget mindre tydelige og graasorte; de gaa lige ud til Randen af Finnerne, men ikke ud over Legemet, endskjønt der sees en næsten umær- kelig mørk Skygning under hvert af dem. Hovedet har ingen Tegninger, undtagen forsaavidt, som Gjællelaagets Flig er ubetydeligt mørkere, end Hovedets' øvrige Dele. Bughinden er hos det mindre, Exemplar blaasort gjennem- skinnende. | Det er sandsynligt, at den ovenfor beskrevne Farve- tegning, der tilkommer de forholdsvis unge Individer, vil forandres, eftersom Individerne voxe til. og da sandsynlig- vis paa den Maade, at Dorsalens og Analens sorte Felter blive end mere utydelige. Udbredelse. Hidtii foreligge blot de 2 under Nord- havs-Expeditionen ved Spitsbergens Nordkyst fundne unge Individer, der optoges fra 260—459 Faynes Dyb, og under en Temperatur paa Bunden, der i det ene Tilfælde var lidt over, i det andet lidt under 0° C. 22. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838. PI. IV, Fig. 28. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh., Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 221 (1838). Diagn. Farven i alle Aldre blegt graabrun, uden Pletter eller Baand. Skjelbekledningen mangler paa Lege- mets forreste Parti omtrent indtil Verticalen fra Anus, samt paa Hovedet og Finnerne. Legemets Højde indeholdes hos et yngre Individ nesten 8'/, Gange i Totallengden, hos et ældre ( Typ-Individet) 7 Gange i denne. Hovedet forholdsvis * stort, dets Længde indeholdes hos yngre Individer 4 Gange 91/ (hos et ældre neppe 3'|, Gange) i Totallengden. Sidelinien Halepartiet og Pectoralerne forholdsvis korte. Appendices pyloricae 2 (Reinh.). Størrelsen indtil 450™, Me BG. Di 91292 A. 73—75; P. 19—22. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Spitsbergen. Stat. 363. In the smaller specimen, these dark patches are black and sharply defined; in the larger, less distinct and ‘dusky. They extend to the margin of the fins, but do not encroach upon the body, though a scarcely perceptible clouding of a darker shade may be discerned under each of them. No markings on’ the head, save inasmuch as the flap of the gill-cover is a trifle darker than any other part of it. Ventral membrane in the smaller specimen trans- lucent bluish-black. | It is probable that the coloration above described, characteristic of comparatively young individuals, will un- dergo a change as the course of development progresses, the black patches on the dorsal and anal becoming more and more indistinct. Distribution. — The only individuals as yet met with, are the 2 young examples obtained on the North At- lantic Expedition off the northern shores of Spitzbergen, which were taken at a depth of 260 and 459 fathoms respectively, one in water a little below, the other in water a little above, the temperature of ice. ~ 22. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838. PI. IV, fig. 28. Lyeodes seminudus, Reinh. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 221 (1838). Diagnosis. — Colowr in all stages of development a- pale greyish-brown, destitute of spots or bands. Scales want- ing on the anterior part of the body to a perpendicular from the vent, as also on the head and the fins. The height of the body is to the total length in one young individual nearly as 1 to 8'/,; in a maturer (typical) individual, as 1 to 7. Head comparatively large, its length in one young individual being to the total length as 1 to 4; in an older example the proportion was not quite as 1 to 3'|,. Lateral line single, medio-lateral. Caudal region and pectorals com- paratively short. Pyloric appendages 2 (Reinh.). Length reaching 450", ‘MBG. DiGi 92, AS ee Locality (North Atl. Exped): — Spitzbergen. Stat. 363. Beliggenhed. 60 Kil. V. Noiskøerne, Spitsbergen. Exact Locality. 60 Kil. W. Norskøer, Spitzbergen. Dybde. 260 Favne (475). Depth. * 260 Fathoms (475), Temp. paa Bunden. = ee na OF | Temp. at Bottom. = 1.19 C. Bunden. Blaaler. | Bottom. Blue Clay. " Datum. | 14de Aug. 1878. Date. ; shan had Aug. 1878, vi Antal Individer. 1 ungt Indiv. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett; Fiske. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. (young). 15 -— holdes omtr. 8! Bemærkninger til Synohymien. Ffterat denne Art i 1838 blev beskrevet! af Reinhardt efter et (fuldvoxent?) Individ med en Totall. af 445”” fra Grønland, synes den ikke at have været gjenfunden; den er ikke senere bleven omtalt af nogen Forfatter efter Autopsi, idet Giinther's og Gill’s Diagnoser ere affattede efter Remhardt's Beskrivelse. Det nye unge Individ fra Spitsbergen, der er udmærket vel vedligeholdt, stemmer, uagtet sim unge Alder, i alle væsent- lige Dele overens med Reinhardt's Typ-Exemplar, som jeg i 1878 ved Dr. Liitken’s Velvilje havde Lejlighed til at undersøge i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn; og de mindre væsentlige Afvigelser kunne neppe endnu begrunde nogen Artsdistine- tion mellem dem, saalænge blot disse 2 Individer foreligge. I sit Bidrag til Kundskaben om de grønlandske og island- ske Lycoder i det zoologiske Musæum i Kjøbenhavn hår. Dr. Liitken (Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 325) nærmere afhandlet Artens Characteristik (efter det fore- liggende Typ-Exemplar), og paapeger der den store Over- ensstemmelse, der i det hele finder Sted mellem L. senvi- nudus og L. reticulatus. Udmaalinger. Totallængde 128% Hovedets Længde ; B22 Legemets Hojde over Beg. Me Doreen 15 - Legemets Højde over Beg. af Analen. . . . . 125 - Snudens Afstand- fra Dorsalen B= Snudens Afstand fra Anus 57 - Halens Længde are ul = Snudens Afstand fra Øjets forsonte fa 9- Lindsens Diameter 3,5 - Øjets Længde (Diameter a ris) 7 - [0 0] ' Afstanden fra Lindsen til Gjællelaagets Side lg Afstanden mellem Lindserne . Hovedets Højde over Øjnene KSP ie Hovedets Bredde over Kinderne . . . . . . 15- Hovedets Højde lige bag Ventralerne . eal i Afstanden fra Ventralerne til Anus 34 - Pectoralernes største Længde. 14 - Pectoralspidsens Afstand fra Anus . 14 - Beskrivelse. Legemsbygiing. De mest characteri- stiske Kjendemærker for denne Art er det blot halvt skjæl- beklædte Legeme, i Forbindelse med dettes ensartede graa- brune Farve uden Baånd eller Pletter paa nogen af Lege- mets Dele, og den enkelte, medio-laterale Sidelinie. . Legemet er forholdsvis kort og noget bredt, med stort Hoved og stærkt sammentrykt Haleparti; det er temmelig jevnbredt indtil noget bagenfor Anus, men løber derfra ud i en hurtig tilspidset Spidse. Halen er relativt kort, idet den blot er en Pectoralfinnelængde længere, end det foran Anus liggende Parti af Legemet. Legemets Højde inde- |» Gange i Totallængden, medens Typ-Exem- maaske var fuldt udvoxet, var blot indeholdtes 7 plaret fra Gronland, der forholdsvis kortere, idet Hojden her Gange i Totallængden. Remarks on the Synonymy. Since 1838, the year in which Reinhardt described this species, from an (adult?) individual — total length 4457” — taken on the coast of Greenland, no author has recorded it from au- topsy. both Giinther’s and Gill's diagnoses having been com- piled from Reinhardt's description. The new specimen; a young individual from Spitzbergen, exceedingly well pre- served, agrees in all essential features with Reinhardt’s typical example, whieh, in 1878, Dr. Litken kindly afforded me an opportunity of examining in the Zoological Museum at Copenhagen; and the minor points of difference can hardly be deemed sufficient to warrant our assuming a specific distinction with only these two specimens before us. In his contributions to our knowledge of the Green- land and Iceland Lycodes preserved in the Zoological Mu- © seum at Copenhagen, Dr. Liitken (Vid. Medd. Nat. Foren. Kbhvn. 1880, p. 325) has treated of the species and its characteristics (from the typical specimen), and calls atten- tion to the great general resemblance existing between L. seminudus and L. reticulatus. Measurements. Norallencthwee NE SE 128 mm Length of head ME 32 - Height of the body above origin of dd 15 - Height of the body above origin of anal. 12.5 - Distance of snout from dorsal 37 - Distance of snout from vent . 57 - Length of the tail ; 71 - Distance of snout from the ek margin of ne eye 4) = Diameter of the lens 5,5 - Length of the eye (diameter of 5) 7 - Dist. from the lens to the extremity of the gill-cover 18 - Distance between the lenses . > 7 - Height of the head above the eyes. 11 - Breadth of the head across the cheeks -. 15 - Height of the head immediately posterior to ventrals . 13.5 - Distance from ventrals to vent . b4 - Greatest length of pectorals 14 - Distance from extremity 6f pectorals to vent 14 - General Description. Structure of the Body. — The most salient characteristics of this species consist in one- half only of the body being scaled; in the uniform grey- brown colour, unmarked by bands or spots on any part of the body; and in thé single, medio-lateral line. Body comparatively short, and somewhat broad; head large, and the caudal region greatly compressed; the breadth of the body is nearly uniform till within a short distance posterior to the vent, from whence it gradually tapers, term- inating in a pointed 'extremity. Tail comparatively short, being longer than the part of the body anterior to the vent by the length of the pectoral fin only. The height of the body is to the total length about as 1 to 8'/2; but the typical specimen from Greenland, possibly an adult, was relatively shorter, the height equalling’!/; only of the total. length. 115 Underkjæven er forholdsvis kun lidet kortere. end Overkjæven; Snuden er flad, Øjnene forholdsvis store, idet Diameteren af Iris næsten er lig Snudens Længde. Hove- det indeholdes i Totallængden præeis 4 Gange, medens Typ- Exemplaret, der var udvoxet, havde et større Hoved. indeholdtes neppe 31/2 Gange i Totallængden. Spidsen af Gjællelaagets Flig er opadbøjet. Næseborene bere nær Kjæveranden. Tænderne ere tilstede paa alle de hos de typiske Ly- coder tandbærende Ben (Mellem- og Underkjæven, Palatin- benene, og Vomer). De ere forholdsvis ikke store. men danne blot en enkelt Række. der temmelig lange Tuber, og sidde talrige, og undtagen fortil i Underkjæven og paa Vomer, hvor de danne en dobbelt Række. I Totallængden indeholdes: Hovedets Længde .'. . . . 4,00 Legemets Højde . . . . MA AE 8058 Snudens Afstand fra Bereiten 3,45 Snudens Afstand fra Anus 2,24 Halens Længde 1.80 Pectoralens Længde 9.14 Finnerne. Dorsalen teller hed del dorehøpende unge Individ 86 Straaler, hvortil kommer Caudalens øvre Halv- del med omtr. 6 Straaler, Straaler. havde 68 Straaler, eller, sammen med de 5 nedre Caudal- straaler, ialt 73 Straaler. Dorsalen udspringer i en Af- stand fra Snudespidsen, der indeholdes i Totallængden ikke fuldt 3'/, Gange. Pectoralerne ere særdeles korte, og tælle paa den ene Side 19, anden 20 Straaler, hvis yderste Spidser ere fri; de nederste Straaler ere betydeligt kortere, end de øvrige. I Totallængden indeholdes de noget over 9 Gange ; fremslaaede ere de fjernede omtrent en Øjendiameter fra Lindsen. Hos Reinhardt’s Typ-Exemplar havde Dorsalen 91, Analen (ifølge Dr. Liitken) 75 Straaler, Caudalen medreg- net; fradrages dennes Halvdel paa hver Side (med 5 neden- til, og 6 oventil), fremkommer D. 85, A. 70, ‘eller meget nær det samme Tal, som hos Individet fra Nordhavs-Expe- ditionen. Pectoralerne havde 21, paa den anden Side 22 Straaler, og vare saaledes noget flere, end hos Ungen fra Nordhavs-Expeditionen. Skjelbekledning, Ligesom hos Typ-Exemplaret, maa antages at have været udvoxet, mangler hos den fore- tilsammen 92 Analen paa den der liggende Unge Skjælbeklædningen paa hele Legemets for- - Hele Halen er skjzel- reste Parti, ligesom paa Finnerne. beklædt; fortil strækker Skjælbeklædningen sig frem i en Spidse, der naar ubetydeligt frem . foran - Verticalen fra Anus, medens Grunden langs Dorsalen og Analen er nøgen et godt Stykke bagenfor denne Linie. NSkjællene ere for- holdsvis smaa, størst paa det forreste Parti. Hos Typ- Exemplaret i Kjøbenhavn strækker Skjælbeklædningen sig knapt frem til Anus. saaledes at Forkroppens nøgne Parti her er noget større. ; Sidelinie. Sidelinien, er medio-lateral og enkelt. udspringer foran Spidsen af Gjællelaagets Flig, gjør en der Mandible but little shorter comparatively than the upper jaw; snout depressed, eyes rather large, ‘the diameter of the iris nearly equalling the length of the snout. The head measures exactly one-fourth of the total length, whereas the typical specimen, a full-grown individual, had a larger head, which was contained not quite 3'/, times in the total length. Flap of gill-cover curving nende Nostrils — placed near the margin of the jaw —pr ovided with longish tubes. Teeth all the bones furnished with them in the typical Lycodes (the inter and inferior maxillaries, the pala- tine bones, and the vomer). They are not large compara- tively, but numerous, and constitute a single séries, except on the anterior part of the inferior maxillary and on the vomer, where they are arranged in a double row. The Total Length contains: — on The length. of the head 4.00 The height of the body Ary. 8.53 The distance of the snout from the Roel 3.45 The distance of the snout from the vent 2.24 The length of the tail 1.80 The length of the pectorals . 9.14 Fins. — The dorsal in the ‘ramen example obtuted 86 upper half of the caudal — is furnished with rays, or, including the rays im the about 6 — in all with 92. The anal had 68 rays, or, imeluding the 5 lower caudal rays, in all 73. The dorsal commences at a distance from the point of the snout contained not quite three times and a half in the total length. Pectorals exceedingly short, and furnished on one side with 19, on the other with 20 rays, the extreme points of which are free; the lowermost rays considerably shorter than the rest. The fin measures rather more than one- ninth of the total length; when spread forwards, they are removed an eye-diameter from the lens. In Reinhardt’s typical specimen, the dorsal had 91, the anal (according to Dr. Liitken) 75 rays, including the caudal : deducting on each side half of that fin (the lower part with 5, the upper with 6 rays), we get — D. 85; A. 70, or very nearly the same number as in the'specimen from the North Atlantic Expedition. The pectorals had 21—22 rays, accordingly a somewhat greater number than in the young example taken on the Expedition. Scales. — As in the typical specimen (most probably an adult), scales wanting im this young example on the whole of the anterior portion of the body, and on the fins. The tail scaled all over; anteriorly, the scaled integument extends forwards as an angle, to a point reaching but very little in advance of a perpendicular from the vent; the basal tract stretching along the dorsal and anal is naked for some distance’ posterior to that limit. Scales compara- tively small; largest on the anterior part. In the typical specimen preserved at Copenhagen, the scales hardly reach to the vent, whereby greater length is given to the naked now, anterior part of the body. Lateral Line. — Medio-lateral, single, originating immediately anterior to the extremity of the flap of the 15* kort Bue over denne, gaar derpaa i skraa Retning nedover indtil noget nedenfor Legemets Midtfure, men har omtrent ret over Anus atter naaet op til denne, og løber nu henad denne ud til Halespidsen. Indtil Anus er Antallet af Porer omtrent 35; paa Halens bagerste Parti ere Porerne temme- lig utydelige. En anden, næsten umærkelig Række Porer, der ere betydeligt mindre og mere fjerntstaaende, løber fra Gjælle- fligen bagover noget ovenfor Legemets Midtlinie. Antallet af Porer i denne (dorsale) Sidelinie er indtil Anus blot 7 (Reinhardt fandt hos Typ-Exemplaret 11° i denne Linie); senere tabe de sig mellem Skjællene. Ogsaa hos enkelte andre Arter har jeg kunnet se Spor af denne supra- laterale Sidelinie, men paa Grund af Skjælbeklædningens større Udstrækning hos disse mindre tydeligt; sandsynligvis maa den opfattes som en Fortsættelse af Hovedets Slim- pore-Net, men ikke som nogen egentlig Sidelinie. Paa Gjællelaaget lober endvidere i en Halvkreds en Række Porer, ligesom en kort .Rekke løber tvers over Snudespidsen lige ved Randen. Farven. Farven er ensartet hvidagtig graabrun, uden Pletter og Baand. En utydelig mørkere Stribe lober langs henad Midtlinien, en anden langs den bagre Del af Dor- salens Grund. Paa Hovedet er der et mørkt Parti paa Gjællelaaget hen mod Spidsen. —Pectoralerne ere hvid- agtige, ligesom Analen og Hovedets Underside; Bugen blaa- sort, Randene omkring Anus hvide. Skjællene ere ligeledes lysere, end Bundfarven. Udbredelse. Af denne Art har hidtil blot været omtalt det ene, Typ-Exemplaret, nedsendt til Musæet i Kjøbenhavn fra Omenak (Umanak) i Grønland i 1837. Dets Totallængde var omtrent 449””, hvoraf Hovedets Længde var 123”, Det nye Individ fra Spitsbergens Nordkyst er, som ovenfor nævnt, en Unge, der optoges fra den tempererede Area (Bundtemperatur + 1,1" C.) frå Ler- bund i August 1878. : 23. Lycodes muraena, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.). Pl. IV, Fig. 29—31. Lycodes muraena, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 15; No. 14, p. 74 (1878). Diagn. Særdeles langstrakt. Furven ensartet grad- brun. Skjælbeklædningen sildigt og wregelmæssigt frembry- dende; Skjællene i fuldt udviklet Stand udbredte over hele Legemet, medens Hovedet og Nakken, samt Finnerne ere nøgne. Tænderne forholdsvis stærke; Rækken paa Palatin- benene særdeles kort. Legemets Højde indeholdes 20—22" > Gange i Totallengden. Hovedet er fladt med opadvendte 116 gill-cover, above which it makes an abrupt bend, passing from thence obliquely downwards till a little below the mesial furrow of the body, but reaching it again at a point almost straight above the vent, and running along it to the tip of the tail, Number of pores from origin to vent about 55; they are indistinct on the posterior por- tion of the tail. OG. Another, almost imperceptible series of pores, consid- erably smaller and farther apart, extends from the branch- ial flap backwards, somewhat above the mesial line of the body. Number of pores in this (dorsal) line only 7 from origin to vent (Reinhardt counted 11 in his typical specimen); the remainder cannot be distinguished among the scales. In one or two other species I have also found traces'of this supra-lateral line, but less distinct, owing to- the greater extent of the scaled integument; probably, how- ever, it must be regarded as a continuation of the mucous pores of the head, and not strictly as a lateral line. : On the operculum, too, occurs a semicircular series of pores, and a short series extends straight across the point of the snout, close to the margin. + Colour. — A uniform whity greyish-brown, without spots or bands. An indistinct dusky stripe extends along the mesial line, and another along the posterior portion of the base of the dorsal. On the head, there is a dark patch, near the extremity of the gill-plate. Pectorals whitish, as also the anal and the under surface of the head; belly bluish-black, margin of vent white. The scales are lighter than the ground-colour.. Distribution. — The only individual of this species ever recorded, is the typical specimen sent to the Zoologi- cal Museum’ at Copenhagen, from Omenak (Umanak), in Greenland, 1837. Its total length is about 449"; the length of the head 1237”, The new specimen from the north coast of Spitzbergen — a young indiyidual — was, as mentioned above, taken in the temperate area (temperature at bottom + 1.1° C.) on a clay bottom, in August 1878. 23. Lycodes murena, Coll. 1878 (a. sp.). PI. IV, fig. 29—31. Lycodes murena, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 15, No. 14, p. 74 (1878). _ Diagnosis. — Exceeilingly elongate. Colour a uniform greyish-brown. The scales (they develop late and irregularly) cover in the fully developed stage the whole of the body, whereas the head, the nape, and the fins are naked. Teeth comparatively strong; the series on the palatine bones exceed- ingly short. The height of the body is to the total length as 1 to 20—22'|,. Head depressed, with the eyes turned Øjne, og indeholdes i Totallengden 8, hos Ungerne 7 Gange. - Gjellehindens Straaler 5. — Sidelinien ventral, gaar fra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende skraat ned mod Anus, derfra langs Grunden af Analen ud mod Caudalen. Størrelsen (hos de foreliggende yngre Individer) indtil 217". M. B. 5. D. 101—118; A. 97—103; P. 13—17. upwards ; its length is one-eighth of the total length, in young individuals one-seventh. Branchiostegals 5. Lateral line ventral, descending from the wpper extremity of the gill- opening obliquely to the vent, and from thence passing along the base of the anal to the caudal.. Length (in the young specimens) reaching 217. i M. B. 5. D. 101—118; A. 97—105; P. 13 ie Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Banks lying off Loealit. fra Nordk. Exped. Bankerne udenfor | Helgeland i Norge;: Havet udenfor Beeren Kiland og | Helgeland, in Norway’; the open sea, off Beeren Eiland and Spitsbergen. Spitzbergen. Stat. 124. Stat. 312. Stat. 362. Stat. 124. Stat. 312. Stat. 302. ee | eek SV.) 10g Ra We (GeV OP ee 200 | 325 Kil We |), 108 ROL We [ade Ka Woot 99 2 Bodø, Norge. | Beeren Eiland. |Norskgerne,Sptb. | gå 7 | Bodø, Norway. | Beeren Eiland. |Norskøer, Spitzb. Er 350 Favne G58 Kavne 459 Fave! | På 350 Fathoms 658 Fathoms 459 Fathoms Å de (640). (1203), (S39), ae (640). (12037). (839), Temp. paa Bunden. — 0.99 C, — 1.29 OC. ~— 1.09 C, Temp. at Bottom. — 0.99 C, x 1.29 C. — 1.0" C, Bunden. Ler. BR g grønt Blaagraat Ler. Bottom. Clay. * Brown and Bluish-grey Clay. er. C ereen Clay. pa 7 Datum. 19de Juni «1877. | 22de Juli 1878. |14de Aug. 1878. Date. 19th June 1877.) 22th July 1878. |14th Aug. 1878. Antal Individer. 1 Indiv. 1 sped Unge. 2 Indiv. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. ilnd(very young). 2 Indiv. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Ved sin særdeles Remarks on the Synonymy. — The rémarkabl 8 Ne y MÅ y langstrakte Legemsbygning, i hvilken Henseende den næsten overgaar selv de større Individer af Lumpenus-Arterne, af- viger den betydeligt fra de øvrige i denne Afhandling om- handlede Lycoder. 3 andre’ Arter have imidlertid til- nærmelsesvis den samme langstrakte Legemsbygning, nemlig L. sarsii, Coll. 1871, fra Hardangerfjorden i Norge (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1871, p. 62), L. verrillii, Goode & Bean 1877, fra Nova Scotia, Nord-America (Dana and Silliman, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 3 Ser. vol. 14, p. 470, Dec. 1877), samt L. paxillus, Goode & Bean 1879, ligeledes fra Nova Scotia (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. II, p: 44, 1879). Der bliver saaledes et Spørgsmaal, om nogen af alle disse Arter falder sammen. L. sarstt er beskreven efter en Unge med en Total- længde af blot 438””, optagen fra 100—150 Favnes Dyb i Hardangerfjorden i Sept. 1869. Endskjont denne ved sit elongated form of the body, in which respect it almost sur- passes the largest individuals of the Lumpenus species, is a feature essentially distinguishing it from the other Lycods deseribed in this Report. have approximately a similar structure of body, viz. L. sarsti, Coll. 1871, from the Hardangerfjord, Norway (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1871, p. 62); L. verrillii Goode & Bean 1877, from Nova Scotia, North America (Dana and Silliman, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 3 Ser. vol. 14, p. 470, Dec. 1877); and L. pavillus, Goode & Bean 1879, likewise Three other species, however, ‘from Nova Scotia (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. IT, p. 44, 1879): hence the question arises, are any of these spe- cies identical. L. sarsii is described from a young specimen, total length only 43", taken at a depth of 100—150 fathoms in the Hardanger Fjord, Norway, in Sept. 1869. Though Lycodes sarsii, Coll. Hardanger-Fjord, Norge (4). Udseende tydelig bærer Præget af at være en Unge, kan den ikke være identisk med L. muraena, dels paa Grund af de temmelig afvigende Legemsforholde, som det vil frem- gaa af nedenstaaende Sammenligning mellem begge Arter, dels fordi L. sarsi7, skjønt en Unge, dog øjensynlig er langt videre udviklet, end den mindste foreliggende Unge af L. muraena, hvis Totall. er 1127”, Legemet er nemlig hos L. særs fuldstendig pigmenteret, som hos udvoxede Ly- coder, medens den 2 til 3 Gange større Unge af L. muraena endnu er halvt transparent, og Legemet næsten uden Pig- ‘ment. Sandsynligvis udgjør L. sarsii Ungen af en i sin udyoxede Tilstand endnu ukjendt Art, der paa Grund, af den foreliggende Unges 'forholdsvis langt fremskredne Ud- its general appearance plainly shows this specimen to have been a young individual, it cannot be identical with L. mu- rena, partly by reason of its differing not immaterially in the proportions of the body (as will appear from the compari- son given below of the two species), and partly from the fact of the specithen of L. sarsi;, though a young individual, having attained a far more advanced stage of development than the smallest of. the young specimens of L. muwrena, with a total length of 1127". In L. sarsii, the coloration of the body is complete, as in full-grown Lycods, whereas * the young specimen of L. mwrena, of from double to treble its dimensions, was still semi-translucent, and the body almost without a trace of pigment. Probably L. sarsti is — vikling utvivlsomt maa antages at være en af de anguilli- forme Arter. L. verrillii er opstillet efter 5 Individer, hvoraf det beskrevne Typ-Exemplar havde en Længde af 5 eng. Tommer (omtrent 127””), og som vare optagne i August 1877 fra 90—100 Favnes Dyb 'udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia i Nord-Ameriea. L. uden ved sine 6 Gjællestraaler, tillige ved sit med mørke .T'verfelter forsynede Legeme, saavel som ved bestemte For- skjelligheder i Legemsbygningen, saaledes et større Hoved, stærkere Tænder, .og større Legemshøjde; med denne Art kan L. muraena aldrig falde sammen. .Da jeg ved Pro- fessor Spencer Baird's Velvillie har erholdt et authentisk Exemplar af L. verrillii, har jeg kunnet anstille en fuld- kommen afgjørende Sammenligning mellem begge de om- handlede Arter. Af L. pazillus foreligger blot et enkelt Individ med en Totallængde af 363", Stand (maaske fra en Fiskemave) udenfor Kysterne af Nova Scotia i 1879. er Arten kjendelig ved de overordentlig stærkt udviklede Kjævemuskler, der give det næsten Udseendet af en Gift- slanges; Legemets største Højde indeholdes over 16 Gange i Totallængden. Kjæverne ere ejendommeligt krummede mod hinanden; blandt de øvrige Uoverensstemmelser mel- optaget i mindre vel vedligeholdt Ifølge den af Forfatterne givne Beskrivelse lem begge Arter kunne nævnes de langt kortere Pectoraler hos L. paæillus. L.muraena, L.muraena.| L. sarsii, |L. verrillii. L. paxillus. | jun. jun. | Totall. |-Totall. | Totall. | Totall. | Totall. Af Totall. udgjør. . . | 112mm | o17mm | 43mm | 115mm | 368mm Hovedets Længde . le 700 8,34 | 5,97 Sp — Tegemets største | | ae Højde 9003 | 22.40 | 21,70 | 14,33 | 12,70 | 16,00 Snudens Afstand | | fra Dorsalen. .. | 5,09 5,56 3,90 | 3,84 = Snudens Afstand | fra Ventralerne . 8,61 | 10,85 | 6,61 6,04 | -— Snudens Afstand | | | fra ADUso aud 2. B78) ee AOL | BiOT I) aya Da Legemsproportionerne hos L. verrillii og L. sarsti synes at vere temmelig overensstemmende, kunde det kes, at disse Arter vare identiske. For Øjeblikket, længe som de mellemliggende Stadier mangle, lader den sidstnævnte sig med Lethed skille fra L. sarsii bl. a. ved sine mørke Tverfelter ud over Legemet, og ved de stærkere Tender. — Det kan ligeledes nævnes, at Dr. Liitken i sin oven- tæn- Fra L. muraena afviger L. verrillit, for- Ssaa-". 118 verrillii, Goode & Bean. . patches ; a young individual of a species as yet unknown in the adult stage, which, judging from its advanced development, must unquestionably belong to the anguilliform species.’ L. verrillii is described from 5 individuals: the typ- ical specimen, with a total length of 5 inches (about 127”), was taken in August, 1877, at a depth of from 90 to 100 fathoms, off the coast of Nova Scotia, North America. L. verrillii differs from L. muræna in having 6 Nova Scotia (4). branchiostegals, and the body flecked with dark transverse also its general structure, viz. a larger head, stronger teeth, and greater depth of body: hence L. muræna cannot possibly agree with this species. Professor Spencer Baird having kindly sent me an authentic example of L. verrillii, I have had the means of instituting a direct and conclusive comparison | between the two species. j by reason of differences in Of L.paæillus, but one individual has as yet been ob- tained, total length 363””; it was met with, in rather a mutilated condition (having possibly been taken from a fish’s stomach), off the coast of Nova Scotia, in 1879. Ac- cording to the description given of the species, it may be recognised by the remarkable development of the maxillary muscles, giving them almost the appearance of a venomous serpent’s. Greatest height of the body slightly exceeding one-sixteenth of. the total length; the jaws incurvating towards each other. Amongst other distinctive features in L. pdxillus, may be mentioned the shortness of the pectorals. Iz. muræna, L. murena.| L. sarsii, Ds verrillii, L. paxillus. | jun. | jun. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. | Total L. The Total L. contains. | 112”m | or 7mm | 43mm | 115mm | 363mm | | | The Li of the head |. 7.00 | 8.34] 5.97| 5.77) — The greatest height | Le of the body 22.40 | 21.70 | 14.33 | 12.70 | 16.00 Thedist.ofthesnout | | | ; from the dorsal. . | 5.09 | 5.56 | 3.90. 384 | — Thedist.ofthesnout | | from the ventrals.-| 8.61 |-10.85 | 6.61 | 6.04) — The dist.ofthe snout | | | | from the vent... 8.73 | 4.01 | 3.07 3.09 | — The dimensions of the body in L. verrillii: and LL. sarsii agreeing, it appears, so closely, these two species might by some be regarded as identical. But, till specimens in the intermedial stages of development shall havé been discovered, the former may be readily distinguished from L. sarsii by the dark transverse spots on the body, and by the, strong ‘teeth. It may likewise be observed, that Dr. Liitken, in the 119 for ofte, berørte Afhandling om de grønlandske og island- ske Lycoder angiver som en Mulighed, at L. verrillii udgjør et yngre Trin af L. vahlii, eller anden nær- staaende Form. Til denne Anskuelse har Forfatter vanskeligt for at slutte sig paa Grund af den ud- prægede anguilliforme Habitus, der udmærker L. verrillii, medens L. vahlii hører til de typiske Former, hvis Unger maa have den samme relativt betydelige Legemshøjde, som f. Ex. L. frigidus og L. esmarkii have i Unge-Stadiet. en nærværende memoir frequently alluded to above, on the Greenland and Iceland Lycods, states that L. verrillii possibly represents an immature stage of Z. vahli or some other closely allied I can hardly myself share, L. verrillii being so decidedly its habitus, whereas L. vahlii belongs to the typical forms, the young of which must certainly be characterised by a height of body as that of L. frigidus and species. This view, howeyer, anguilliform in as considerable, for instance, L. esmarkii*in the earlier stages of growth. dentlig langstrakt og smalt, alene over Hovedet og Bugen trindere, men forresten stærkt sammentrykt fra Siderne, Da Anus er forholdsmæssig langt fremrykket, er det hoved- sagelig Halen, der har faaet denne betydelige Længde. Idethele er L. muraena den mest langstrakte af alle "hidtil kjendte Arter. Legemets største Højde ved Begyn- delsen af Dorsalen indeholdes saavel hos Ungen, som de større Exemplarer 20—22!/, Gange i Totallængden; denne Hojde aftager yderligere lige over Anus, og paa Midten af Halen er Forholdet omtrent, som 1 til 36—40. Hoyedet er stort i Forhold til Legemshøjden, paafal- dende fladtrykt, og fortil temmelig bredt, med særdeles tykke og fremfaldende Læber; dets Bredde over Kinderne er ikke synderlig større, end over Snuden, men dog bety- delig større, end dets største Højde. Overkjæven rager betydeligt frem over Underkjæven. Hovedet indeholdes i Totallængden hos et Yngel-Indiwid 7, hos det største Indi- vid næsten 8,4 Gange i Totallængden. Øjnene ere, paa Grund af det fladtrykte Hoved, næsten - ganske opadvendte; deres Længdediameter er; som hos de - body, jaw considerably overlapping a. b. |e. Han.|d@ Hun, a. b. |c.Male. d. Fem. Udmaalinger. | Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | Stat. Measurements. Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | Stat. | 312. 1 124. | 362. | 362. | | 312. | 124. | 362. | 362. Totallængde . - Hmm “| 4 fmml19Gmm|g 7mm | Total length. LIE I 1127! { 41m) 193mm 9 7mm Hovedets Længde . | 16-| 18 -| 25-| 26- | Length ofthe head . >. . . « | UG HSE EO aia eA Ge Legemets Hojde over Bosyndelken | | Height: of the body above origin | | at Dorsalen SEE of dorsal AG Sis He they Bsa aly Legemets Hojde over Begynilslaan | | | Height of the body nae origin | | . af Analen. P 13,5-| 6-| 8-|7,5- of anal. pg då BY oll JONES (lay Snudens Afstand fra Barsulon 99. ducted flyet 39) Distance of snout from Jarol | 99:30 24104121 390 Snudens Afstand fra Anus. | 30 -| 39 -| 55 -| 54 - Distance of snout from vent 30=| 39 -| 55 -| 54 - Halens Længde (Anus' Afstand fra | Length of the tail (distance of vent | - Halespidsen) . ; see EZ loans from tip of tail). JsgEmeG EØS GSE Snudens Afstand fra Øjet NEDENES MOE Dist. of the snout from the eye | 5 =| Beale yet ak) 2 Øjets Diameter (Længden af Iris) | 3,5-| 4-| 5-| 5- | Diameter of the eye (length of iris) 35-| 4-| 5-| 5- Afstanden fra Lindsen til Gjælle- | | Distance from the lens to the ex- | | laagets Spidse øyen Ce lz ho) Ne | tremity of the opercle bed wheeler _ Afstanden mellem Tae 2,5-| 3-|3,8-| 4- | Distance between the lenses . .|2.5-|: 3-|3.8-| 4- Hovedets Højde over Øjnene .. . 4,5 an 6 - 85- 8- | Height of head above the eyes .|4.5-| 6- | 8.5-| 8- Hoyvedets Bredde over Kinderne.| 8-18,5-| 14-) 12- Breadth of head across the cheeks | 8-|8.5-| 14 -| 12 - Hovedets Højde lige bag Ven-| ° | | Height of the head immediately | tralerne ela a= | OE 1915 posterior to the ventrals. Bel Helt dtbe Afstanden fra ke til ER 17 -| 25 -| 33 -| 33- | Distance from ventrals to vent .| 17-| 25 -| 33 -| 33- Pectoralens største Længde 10-|12-17,5-| 18.- | Greatest length of pectorals 10-| 12 - 7.8 -| 18 - Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Legemet er overor- Description. Structure of the Body. — The body is exceedingly narrow and elongated, a trifle rounder across the head and belly only; at the sides very much com- pressed. The vent being far in advance, it is more espec- ially the tail that exhibits this very considerable elongation. . L. murena is the most elongate in form of all the species yet known. The greatest height of the body at the origin of the dorsal, alike in the very young specimen and the maturer examples, is to the total length as 1 to 20— 22.5; nay, even this height diminishes immediately above the vent, the proportion in the middle of the tail being about as I to 36—40. The head .large compared to the height of the remarkably depressed, and rather broad anteriorly, with very thick and prociduous lips; its breadth across the cheeks not much greater’ than across the snout, though greatly exceeding its extreme height. The upper the lower. The length of the head in the fry-specimen is to the total length as 1 to 7; in the largest example, as 1 to 8.4. The eyes, owing to the depressed form of the body, directed almost straight upwards; their longitudinal diameter øvrige Arter, større, end deres Høyde, og indeholdes 4!/,—5 Gange i Hovedlængden. Interorbitalrummet er ganske smalt, men Lindserne store. Næseborene ere enkelte og rørformige; Tubens Længde er næsten lig en halv Lindsediameter. Gjællestraalerne ere hos denne Art blot 5 i: Antal. Pseudobranchier ere tilstede; Gjællerne ere normale. Tænderne, der ikke mangle paa noget af de regulært tandbærende Ben, ere forholdsvis lange og noget eylindriske, (dog kortere. end hos L. verrillii). I Mellemkjæven danne de en enkelt Række af omtrent 10 Tænder paa hver Side; i Underkjæven findes hos de mindre Exemplarer blot en enkelt, hos de større flere Rækker. Mindre Tandsamlinger findes paa Vomer og paa Palatinbenene. Rækken paa det sidstnævnte Ben er særdeles kort. De ‘langs Over- og Underkjæven optrædende store og aabne Porer ere hos ingen anden Art saa distincte, som “hos denne (maaske, fordi disse Individer samtlige ere for- holdsvis- ganske unge). Især ere de 5 langs Overkjæven, og de 6 langs Underkjæven særdeles dybe. og sidde i brede, skaalformige Fordybninger, svarende til Caviteterne i Infra- orbitalbenene ‘og i Underkjæven. Paa Hovedets Overside, paa Gjællelaagene, samt paa Nakken findes et stort Antal enkeltstaaende, eller i kortere Rækker fordelte smaa Slim- porer; enkelte af disse kunne sees at ende i særdeles korte Tuber. a b. Car d. Totall. Totall. Totall. Totall. I Totallængden mdeholdes | 112" 14mm” 9} 108m alti Hovedets Længde . . . 7.00 7,83 7,92 8,34 Legemets Hojde ved Beg. af Dorsalen. . | 22.40..| 20,14 | 2200 | 21.70 Legemets Hojde ved | Beg. af Analen.. .| 32,00 23,50 24.75 29.05 Snudens Afstand' fra | Dorsalenser «os 5,09 | 5,87 4,82 | - 5,56 Snudens Afstand fra . | TATIUSHA mel taht. SS 03 61 | 3,60 | 4.01 Halens Længde (Anus | | til Halespidsen). . . 36 le lees 1,38 1,33 Anus er længere fremrykket, end hos nogen af de øvrige Lycoder, eller med andre Ord, Halepartiet er usæd- vanligt langt, og -udgjor omkring */, af Totallængden. Finnerne. Straaleantallet synes hos denne Art at være særdeles lidet constant. ligesom det Punkt, hvor Dor- salen tager sin Begyndelse, kan være forholdsvis længere fremrykket hos et Indidid, end hos et, andet. Antallet af Straaler var hos de 4 foreliggende Indi- vider følgende (i de verticale Finner ere Caudalstraalerne medregnede): . | 18—14 | 13—18| 17—17| 15-—16 faye | b. | (ol d. | . Totall. | Totall. | Total. Totall. | 112"™™ | y4imm | 198mm 243mm Dorsalen Nur 118 | 104 | 108 Analen. Ker 100 98 103 | Pectoralerne . 120 jaw, , and in the lower jaw. both in this and in the other species, is greater than the vertical, and compared to the length of the head, as 1 to H/.—35. Interorbital space narrow; lenses large. Nostrils single and tubular. The length of the tube almost equal to half the diameter of the lens. Branchiostegals in this species 5 only. Pseudobranchiæ present; gills normal. The teeth, wanting on none of the bones regularly furnished with them, are comparatively long (shorter, how- ever, than in L. verrillii), and somewhat cylindrical. On the intermaxillary, they constitute a single series of about 10 teeth on each side; in the lower jaw, the smaller examp- Small les have only a single row, the larger several series. patches of teeth occur on the vomer and the palatine bones; the series on the latter is exceedingly short. The large pores disposed along the upper. and lower jaws are in none of the other species so distinct as in this (possibly from the specimens being all of them relatively young individuals). The 5 extending along the upper j and the 6 along the lower, are in particular exceed- ingly deep, occupying broad, bowl-shaped depressions corresponding with the cavities in the infraorbital bones On the upper surface of the head, on the opercles, and on the nape, are a largé number of small mucous pores, either isolated or arranged in short rows, part of them terminating in exceedingly short tubes. a: | b. fr | d. Total L. | Totat L. | Total L. | Total L. The Total Length contains | 112” 14imm LOR) 2 The length of the head - 7.00 | 7.83 7.92 8.34 The height of the body |). at origin of dorsal . | 22.40 | 20.14 | 22.00 | 21.70 The height of the body | re | at origin of anal ..| 32.00 | 23.50 | 24,75 | 29.05- The dist. of the snout | . | : from the dorsal...) 5.09 5.87 4.82 | 5.56 The dist. of the snout | Sa from the vent....| 3.73 3.61 5.60 4.01 The length of tail (from | ~ | vent to tip of tai). | 1.36 | 1.25 | 1:38| 1.33 The vent is farther in advanee than in any of the other Lycods; hence the caudal region is exceptionally long, well nigh three-fourths of the total length. Fins. — The number of fin-rays in this species would appear to be anything but constant; the point, too, at which the dorsal commences, lies farther in advanee in some indi- viduals than in others. : The fin-ray formula in the 4 specimens examined was | as follows (caudal rays included in ‘the vertical fins): — a. | b. | ES JPG d. | Total Li | Total Li | Total L, | Total L. | Loen edit | 198mm 21 mm Dorsal a at ee ele | 118° | 104 | 108 Ah es AD MI (aul 21 0-0) 98 | 103 Pectorals . * IE sa ela ir ales Dorsalstraalerne varierede saaledes i Antal fra 101 —118; fradrages den øvre Halvdel af Caudalen med 6 Straaler, bliver den hele Række 95—112, et Straaleantal, som blot de ældre Individer af L. vahlii og L. esmarkii . have opnaaet. Hos et af Individerne (0) ligger Dorsalens .Begyndelse betydeligt nærmere hen mod Nakken, end hos de andre. Dorsalens største Hojde er omtrent lig 1/3 af Legemshøjden: dog er Straalernes virkelige Længde, paa Grund af deres skraa Stilling, noget større, eller omtrent lig Legemets halve Højde, men de kunne neppe nogensinde rejses til sin fulde Hojde. Analens Straaler variere i Antal fra 97—103; fra- drages den nedre Halvdel af Caudalen, der sandsynligvis tæller 5 Straaler, bliver Rækken 92—98, et Antal, hidtil ikke er fundet hos nogen anden Art. som Pectoralerne ere forholdsvis lange og slanke, noget tilspidsede, og have faa Straaler, idet Antallet har vist sig at variere mellem 13 og 17. Ventralerne ere ligeledes temmelig lange (dog kor- tere, end Øjets Længdediameter), og indeholdes i Hoved- længden 6—6!/, Gange. Straaleantallet kan ikke med Sik- kerhed opgives. Skjælbeklædning. TI én Henseende frembød Skjæl- beklædningen hos Individerne af denne Art en højst mær- kelig Variation, nemlig med Hensyn til det Tidspunct, da denne begynder at udvikle sig under Individernes Væxt. Typ-Exemplaret af denne Art, beskrevet i den første af de foreløbige Beretninger om Nordhavs-Expeditionens Fiske, og som havde en Totall. af 141””, havde tæt Skjælbeklæd- ning paa hele Legemet, medens Hovedet med Nakken, samt Finnerne vare nøgne. Af de 3 nyerholdte Exemplarer fra 1878 havde den ene, en spæd Unge, intet Spor af Skjæl, hvad der heller ikke var at vente. da Legemet endnu var halvt gjennemsigtigt. og næsten uden Pigment. Det 2det Exemplar, hvis Totallængde er 1987”, stemmer i alle Dele overens med Typ-Exemplaret, og var, som dette, fuldt skjæl- beklædt. Det allerstørste Individ derimod, hvis Totallængde er næsten dobbelt saa stor, som Typ-Exemplarets, nemlig 2177”. var, mærkeligt nok, endnu næsten ganske uden Skjæl. Blot enkelte Skjæl, der øjensynlig netop befinde sig i Frem- brud, kunne opdages henad Halen, men paa hele den for- reste Del af Legemet er der ikke Spor af saadanne. I alle andre Henseender ere disse 2 største Individer, der begge erholdtes paa samme Localitet og ved samme Lejlighed, fuldstændig overensstemmende. Det maa saaledes antages, at Skjælbeklædningen baade anlægges paa et forholdsvis sildigt Stadium, og ganske uregelmæssigt, hos enkelte Individer langt sildigere, end hos andre. Saafremt man vil antage, at Hannerne hos. denne Art, i Lighed med, hvad der er paavist hos andre Lycoder, kunne opnaa en betydeligere Størrelse, end Hunnerne, var det at vente, at Skjælbeklædningen anlagdes tidligere hos de sidste, end hos Hannerne. Men det største, og næsten ganske nøgne Individ er netop en Hun, medens det noget mindre, der er tæt skjælbeklædt, er en’ Han. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. 121 The number of the dorsal rays ranged accordingly from 101 to 118. If we deduct the 6 rays in the upper half of the caudal, the whole series,will contain 95—112, a number greater than is met with in any of the other species, save in maturer examples of L. vahlii and L. es- markit. One of the specimens (6) has the origin of the dorsal considerably nearer the nape than have the others. The greatest height of the dorsal about equals one-third of the height of the body; but the true length of the rays, owing to their obliquity, is somewhat greater. or about equal to half the height of the body. The anal rays range in number from 97 to 103. If we deduct the rays in the lower half of the caudal, pro- bably 5, this series will contain 92—98, a greater number than has yet been met with in any other species. The pectorals are comparatively long and slender, somewhat elongated, and with but few rays, the number having been found to vary between 13 and 17. The yentrals are also rather long (shorter however than the longitudinal diameter of the eye). being contained from 6 to 6, times in the length of the head. The number of rays cannot be accurately stated. Scales. — In one respect. the scaled integument in the specimens of this species exhibited a most remarkable variation, viz. as to the exact point of time at which it begins to develop during the growth of the individual. The typical specimen of this species, described in the first of the pre- liminary reports treating of the fishes collected on the Ex- pedition, total length 141””,. had the whole body covered with scales; the head, the nape, and the fins were naked. Of the 3 individuals newly obtained (1878), one, a fry- specimen, exhibited no trace of scales, as was indeed to be expected, the body being still semi-translucent and almost colourless. The second example, total length 198””, agrees perfectly with the typical specimen, being. like that, en- tirely scaled. The largest individual, on the contrary, with a total length twice as great as that of the typical specimen (217””), was, strange to say, well nigh scaleless. A few scales only, and obviously in the first stage of development, could be detected along the tail; on the whole of the anterior part of the body there was no trace of any. In all other respects, these two largest individuals, both of them taken in the same locality and at one time, agree perfectly. There is, accordingly, every reason to infer, that the scaled integument makes its appearance at a comparatively late stage of growth, and quite irregularly, much earlier in some individuals than in others. Now assuming that the males of this species, in common with what has been shown to hold good with other Lycods, can attain a greater size than the females. the scaled integument would naturally develop earlier in the latter than in the males. But the largest and well nigh naked example, is a female, whereas the smaller specimen, which is densely scaled, is a male. 16 122 Det vil heraf være indlysende, hvor vanskeligt det er efter et enkelt eller nogle faa Individer at fremsætte sikre Artscharacterer inden denne Slægt, hvorfor Arternes Be- grændsning endnu idethele er i flere Punkter usikker. Skjællene, ere, som hos alle skjælbærende Lycoder, runde, adskilte, og nedtrykte i Huden, hvidagtige af Farve, samt overalt af temmelig lige Størrelse, blot ubetydeligt mindre paa Halen. Langs Ryglinien staa de ubetydeligt tættere, end paa andre Steder af Legemet; dog berøre Skjællenes Rande intetsteds hinanden. Sidelinien. En Sidelinie, er tilstede, om den end blot med Vanskelighed lader-sig forfolge i sin Helhed. Fra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende nedlober i skraa Retning indtil et kort Stykke bagenfor Anus en Rekke temmelig tætstaaende, særdeles smaa Porer. forbundne ind- byrdes ved en fin Linie; efterat have naaet ned næsten til Grunden af Analfinnen, løber Rækken langs med denne et Stykke ud mod Caudalen, uden at det med Nøjagtighed kan angives, hvor den ophører. Maaske vil den hos fuldt udvoxede Exemplarer lade sig forfølge lige til Halespidsen. Den er tydeligst hos det største Individ, hvis Skjælbeklæd- ning endnu blot er 1 sit Frembrud. der er ventral, Samtidig kan under gunstig Belysning spores hos et Par af Individerne en Række yderst smaa og fjerntstillede Porer langs Legemets Midtlinie, men. uden at denne Række har Characteren af nogen Sidelinie. Farven er ensfarvet lyst graabrun; Skjællene Nedenfor Midt- Farve. overalt lysere, end Legemets Bundfarve. linien er Legemet hos et af Individerne ubetydeligt lysere, end ovenfor denne. Bughinden er gjennemskinnende sort, selv hos de største Exemplarer, hvilket i Forbindelse med Skjælbeklædningens Udvikling antyder, at intet af dem har naaet sin fulde Udvikling. Størrelse. Flere Omstændigheder tyde saaledes hen paa, at intet af Individerne endog tilnærmelsesvis have naaet sin fulde Størrelse. Vi have .i det foregaaende paa- vist, at Yngelen af L. frigidus er fuldkommen normalt ud- viklet og har fuld Pigmentering, som de Udvoxede, med en. Totallængde af 37 og 627", og Arten kan dog opnaa en Størrelse af over 500”"; hos L. esmarkti, der kan opnaa en Størrelse af over 600”", var det samme Tilfældet hos en Unge med en Totallængde af 81”. Da det mindste Exemplar af L. muraena, hvis To- tallængde er 1127”, endnu var transparent, og har fuld- kommen Characteren af en spæd Yngel, ligesom fremdeles Skjælbeklædningen hos et Individ med en Totallængde af 217”” endnu blot befandt sig i sit første Frembrud, er det sandsynligt, at man i Fremtiden vil lære at kjende Arten som en mærkelig, aalelignende Form af ganske betydelig Størrelse, naar Apparaterne til Dybvandsfiskes Erhvervelse blive saa fuldkomne, at de ere istand til at ophente saa- danne Former, (som det paa Grund af deres Legems- bygning maa antages ere særdeles hurtige), i sin fuldt ud- viklede Tilstand. Hence we see how difficult it is from a single speci- - men, or several individuals even, to work out specific char- acters for this genus; and the limits of its species are therefore in many respects as yet uncertain. As in all of the scaled Lycods, the scales are round, non-contiguous, and imbedded in the skin, whitish in colour, and everywhere nearly equal in magnitude, those on the tail only being a trifle smaller. Down the dorsal line they lie a little closer than on the other parts of the body, the margins however coming nowhere in contact. Lateral Line. — A lateral line (ventral) is present, though difficult to trace throughout its entire length. From the upper extremity of the gill-opening, a, series of small, and rather closely set, pores, passes obliquely downwards to within a short distance behind the vent; after descending nearly to the base of the anal, the series accompanies that fin a short distance in the direction of the caudal; the exact point at which it terminates not admitting how- ever of being determined. In full-grown examples; it will, perhaps, be traceable to the tip of the tail. It most distinct in the largest individual, on which the scales are just beginning to appear. of the a series of minute may be discerned, in a good light, in one or two of the specimens, extending along the mesial line of the body; but this series has not the character of a lateral line. is Exclusive above, pores Colour. — Å uniform light greyish-brown; the scales everywhere lighter than the ground-colour of the body. Below the mesial line, the body, in one of the specimens, is somewhat lighter than above it. The ventral membrane a lustrous black, even in the largest individuals, from which, along with the peculiarities of development in the scales, we may infer that they have none of them attained maturity. Size. — Several circumstances, therefore, give reason to infer that none of the individuals were full-grown. , We have already shown, that the fry-specimens of L. frig- idus, total length from 37" to 637", have all the charac- ters of the adult fish, including the coloration, and yet the species can attain a length of 500”", and above; this was the case, too, with a specimen of L. esmarktt, with a total length of 817", the extreme length in this species being upwards of 600””. The smallest example of L. murena, total length 1127”. being still semi-translucent, and its general appear- ance precisely that of a fry-specimen; and moreover, the scales in one individual, with a total length of 217”, having only just commenced developing, — it is not improbable, that at some future period the species will be met with as an anguilliform Lycodes of very considerable dimensions, when the apparatus for the capture of deep-sea fishes shall have been so far improved, as to admit of bringing up such forms (which from the structure of their body must be assumed to be rapid swimmers) in the final stage of development. Føde. Det største af de erholdte Individer var en Hun, og havde umoden Rogn i det eneste Ovarium. Det noget mindre, fuldt skjælbeklædte Individ var en Han. Ventrikelen af det største Individ indeholdt udeluk- kende Dele af Themisto libellula, Mandt; det noget mindre ligeledes Levninger af Themisto, samt et Individ af den af G. O. Sars nylig beskrevne diminutive Isopode Nannonis- cus bicuspis, hvoraf tidligere blot et Par Individer vare fundne. k Udbredelse. L. muraend foreligger for Tiden i 4 Individer, alle optagne fra betydeligt Dyb og iskoldt Vand langt fra Land. Det første erholdtes under Nordhavs-Ex- peditionens 2det Togt, i 1877, paa Bankerne udenfor Helge- land! i Norge, saaledes søndenfor Polarcirkelen; de øvrige fra Expeditionens sidste Togt, i 1878, fra Dybderne udenfor Beeren Hiland og Spitsbergen op til 80° N. B., eller i det Hele saa langt mod Nord, som hensigtsmæssige Dybvands- skrabninger hidtil ere foretagne. Gen. Gymnelis, Reinh. Overs. 1832—33, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. XXI og XXII. 1837. ,Gymnelus* (1832—33). Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 116 og 131. 1838. ,,Gymnelis* (1838). Legemet langstrakt, aalformigt, nøgent. Side- linie tilstede, tildels utydelig. Hovedet rundagtigt, med lige lange Kjæver. Finnestraalerne bløde, ar- ticulerede og kløvede; Caudalen utydelig, og er uden Ven- Gjællespalten temmelig trang og Overgang forenet med Dorsalen og Analen. tralerne mangle. højtliggende: Gjællehinderne ikke indbyrdes sammen- voxede paa Hovedets Underside. Tønder i Kjæ- verne, paa Vomer, og paa Palatinbenene. Gjælle- straalerne 6; Pseudobranchier tilstede. Svømmeblære mangler: Appendices pyloricae rudimentære. 24. Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.) 1780. PIN DV, Bios 32. Ophidium viride, Fabry. Fauna Groenl., p. 141 (1780). Ophidium unernak, Lacép. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 2, p. 280 (1800)*. Gymnelus viridis, Reinh. Overs, 1832—33, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. XXI, Kbhvn. 1837 (1832—33). 1 Allerede under det første Aars Expedition, i 1876, erholdtes omtrent paa samme Sted et Exemplar af en Zycodes, der ved et Uheld blev bortkastet. Prof. Sars erklærer, at det utvivlsomt har tilhørt samme Art, som ovenfor er benævnt L. muraena. ? L'an VIII de la République. Food etc. — The largest of the specimens was a female, with immature ova in the single ovary. The some- what smaller, fully scaled individual, was a male. The ventricle of the female contained exclusively parts of Themisto libellula, Mandt; that of the male con- tained likewise fragments of Themisto, and also an example of the diminutive Isopod Nannoniscus bicuspis, lately described by G. O. Sars, and of which one or two individuals only had previously been known, Distribution. — Of L. murena 4 specimens have been obtained up to the present time, all of which were brought up from a considerable depth in the cold area, far from land. The first was taken on the second yoyage of the Expedition, in 1877, on the banks off Helgeland,t im Nor- way, accordingly south of the Arctic circle; the remaining three were brought up, on the last cruize, in 1878, from the depths off Beeren Hiland and Spitzbergen, — as far north as deep-sea dredging has been undertaken (809). Gen. Gymnelis, Reinh. Overs. 1832—33, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. XXI og XXII. 1837. *Gymnelus” (1832—33). Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 116 and 131. 1838. “Gymnelis” (1838). Body elongate, anguilliform, naked: lateral line Head roundish, with jaws equal in length. Frn-rays soft, articulate, and the Gill-openings present, but rather indistinct. branched; caudal indistinct, continuous with dorsal and anal. Ventrals wanting. rather narrow, and elevated; the. branchial membranes non-continuous on the inferior surface of the head. Teeth in the jaws, on the vomer, and on the pala- tine bones. Branchiostegals 6; pseudobranchie pres- ent. Air-bladder wanting: pyloric appendages rudi- mentary. 24. Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.) 1780. TEAL, OG sarees SG Ophidium viride, Fabr. Fauna Greenl., p. 141 (1780). Ophidium unernak, Lacép. Hist. Nat. Poiss. tom. 2, p. 280 (1800).? Gymnelus viridis, Reinh. Overs. 1832 -33, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. XXI, Kbhvn. 1837 (1832—33). 1 On the first voyage of the Expedition, (1876), in the same locality about, an example of a Lycodes had been obtained, which was afterwards unintentionally thrown away. Professor Sars states it to have been unquestionably of the same species as that here termed Z. muræna. 2 Lan VIIT de la République. 16* Gymnelis viridis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 116 og 131 (1838). Cepolophis viridis, Kaup, Wieg. Arch. f. Naturg. 1856, 1. B., p. 96 (1856). Gymnelis pictus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 324 (1862). Diagn. Furven varierende; ensfarvet, eller med rund- agtige mørke Tverfelter; langs Grunden af Dorsalen staa i Regelen 1 eller flere sorte Øjenpletter. Dorsalen begynder over Pectoralens bagre Trediedel. Hovedet indeholdes 6—7 Gange i Totallengden. Størrelsen indtil 300"", M. B. 6. D. 90—100; A. 70—72; C. 8—11; P. 11—38. Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Jan Mayen; Spits- bergen. Stat. 237. =r Pie uy å Pr tae Norskøerne. Beliggenhed. Jan Mayen. N.V.-Spitsbergen. Dybde, 263 Favne (481 ™). Af Ventrikelen af Temp. paa Burden. Gadus morrhua. Bunden. GrovtGrusogSmaastene. Datum. 3die Aug. 1877. 15de Aug. 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. 3 Indiv. Bemerkninger til Beskrivelsen. En detailleret Be- skrivelse af denne Art er meddelt af Kröyer i 1862 (Na- turh. Tidsskr. 3 Række, 1 B. p. 258), hvorfor jeg her. blot giver et Par Bemærkninger, vedrørende de foreliggende Specimina. Totallængden af det første Exemplar er 76”; heraf. udgjorde Hovedets Længde 12””, og indeholdtes saaledes lidt over 6 Gange i Totallængden; hos de øvrige erholdte Exemplarer har Forholdet ligget mellem 5,7 (det største Individ) og 7,3 (det mindste). Bundtarven var hos Exemplaret fra Jan Mayen (1877) graagul med talrige (17) noget lysere Tverbaand, der vare smalere, end det mellemliggende Felt af Bundfarven. I Dorsalen stod, som vil sees af Figuren paa PI. IV, Fig. 32, 3 Pletter, 2 tæt sammen noget bagenfor Finnens Udspring, og en enkelt omtrent paa dens Midte. Endskjont Kröyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B.) opstiller 33 forskjellige Farve- varieteter, gaar det forhaandenværende Exemplar ikke ind under noget af disse, hvilket viser denne Arts næsten ube- grændsede Varieren. De 3 Exemplarer fra det sidste Aars Togt (1878), bleve alle udtagne af Ventrikelen af Gadus morrhua ved Norskøerne paa Spitsbergens Nordside. Alle ere noget angrebne af Fordøjelsen, saaledes. at Farvetegningen blot paa det ene er for en Del bibeholdt; Finnerne ere hos alle fortærede. Torskene fangedes paa et Dyb af mellem 5 og * 10 Favne. Totallængden af det mindste af disse Exemplarer er 78"n, Hovedlængden 10,67”, Hos dette og det næste Exem- plar, der begge ere yngre, ere Kjæverne relativt langt kor- tere, end hos de udvoxede Exemplarer, og naa blot hen under Midten af Øjet: Hovedet er ligeledes relativt større i Forhold til Legemet, og indeholdes blot 2*/; Gange i Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til Anus. ; Gymnelis viridis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 116 og 131 (1838). Cepolophis viridis, Kaup, Wieg. Arch. f. Naturg. 1856, '1 B. p. 96 (1856). Gymnelis pictus, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 324 (1862). Diagnosis. — Colour varying; uniform or with dark, roundish, transverse patches; along the base of the dorsal, as a rule one er more black occelli. Dorsal commencing above the posterior third of the pectorals. Head contained from 6 to 7 times in the total length. Length reaching 3007". M. B. 6; D. 90—100; A. 70—72; C. 8—11; P. 11—13. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Jan Mayen; Spitzbergen. Stat. 237. - Norsk Islands, — Eee, DOE NW. Spitzbergen. Jan Mayen. 263 Fathoms (481). | From the Ventricles — 0.39 C. of Depth, pe . Temp. at Bottom. Gadus morrhua. Bottom. Coarse Sand and Shingle. Date 3rd Aug. 1877. 15th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. på 1 Indiv. 3 Indiv. Descriptive Observations. — Å detailed description of this species having been furnished by Kröyer in 1862 (Naturh. Tidsskrift, 3 Række, 1 B. p. 258), I shall con- fine myself to a few remarks on the specimens obtained on the Expedition. Total length of the first individual 76””; length of the head 127”, being accordingly to the former as I to 6; in the remaining examples. the proportion varies between 5.7 (the largest individual) and 7.3 (the smallest). The ground-colour in the specimen from Jan Mayen (1877) was greyish-yellow, with numerous (17) transverse bands of a somewhat lighter shade, and narrower than the space between. The dorsal had, as will be seen in the figure (Pl. IV, fig. 32), 3 spots: 2 close together, a little posterior to the origin of the fin, and 1 about in the middle. Kroyer (Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B.) has established 33 differently coloured varieties; but this specimen does not agree with any one of them: which shows the almost unlim- ited extent to which the species is found to vary. The 3 specimens obtained on’ the last voyage of the Expedition (1878) were all taken from the ventricles of Gadus morrhua, captured off the Norsk Islands, on the north coast of Spitzbergen. All three are in a partially digested state; in one only can a few vestiges of the coloration be discerned, the fins are entirely gone in all. The cods were taken at a depth of from 5 to 10 fathoms. Total length of the smallest of these examples 78”; length of the head 10.67”, In this, and m the specimen next in size, both of them immature, the jaws are relatively much shorter than in the full-grown individuals, not reaching farther back than under the middle of the eye; the head, too, is relatively larger in proportion to the body, being contained only 2*/» times in the distance from the point of the snout to the vent. Totallængden af det andet Individ er 80””, Hoved- længden 127”, Farven er nogenlunde vel bibeholdt paa Legemets Sider, og viser omtrent 11 brede brunsorte ring- formige Tverpletter, der i Midten ere lysere; dette Exem- plar svarer idethele til den Form, som af Giinther (Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vol. IV, p. 325) opføres som en distinct Art under Navn af G. pictus, men som neppe kan ansees som skilt fra den typiske G.viridis, hvilket allerede Malm- gren tidligere har paavist (Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 914). Af de Kröyer-Remhardt'ske Varieteter gaar det nærmest ind under var. y, uden dog ganske at svare til denne. (Cfr. Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B., p. 260, Kbhvn. 1861—63). ; Totallængden af det største Individ er 143””, Hoved- længden 25"”; Kjæverne naa tilbage til Bagranden af Øjet. Hovedet indeholdes 21; Gange i Afstanden fra Snudespid- sen til Anus. Ligesom hos Nlægten Lycodes ere Dorsal- og Anal- straalerne leddede, samt ved Grunden delte med et tyde- ligt Mellemrum, hvorimod hver Halvdel senere er sammen- «hængende. Straaleantallet var hos det største Individ: D. goe ÅL 70. I Munden af det sidste Individ fandtes et Exemplar af Modiolaria laevigata, Gray. Udbredelse. Fr maaske circumpoler, og er truffet saavel i Berings-Strædet, som ved Kysterne af det arctiske America og Europa. I størst Antal er den indsamlet ved Grønlands Kyster, hvor den synes at maatte henregnes til de almindeligste Fiskearter. I Øst-Grønland blev den den engelsk-arctiske Expedition indsamlet i 1875—76 mod Nord lige op til 81° 52’ N. B. Allerede de svenske Polar- Expeditioner have fundet den, men først under det sidste Togt (1872) i nogen Mængde, ved Spitsbergen, og den gaar her op til de nordligste Punkter, der have været undersøgte; derimod er den endnu ikke paavist paa Ame- ricas Østkyst søndenfor Grønland, eller ved det europæiske Continent. 1 Næsten alle unge Individer, optagne ved Spitsbergen under de sidste Expeditioner (1864—72), og som opbevares i Riks-Museum i Stockholm, hvor jeg i 1879 ved Prof. Smitts Velvillie havde Lejlighed at undersøge dem, tilhøre Formen pictus, idet Legemet er tegnet med sadelformige Tverbaand; enkelte Individer ere i Midten af Legemet næsten ganske sorte, og havde blot oventil Spor af lysere Tver- baand. af 125 Total length of the second specimen 80””; length of the head 12””, The coloration is comparatively well re- tained on the sides, exhibiting about 11 broad, brownish- black, annular transverse spots, lighter im the middle; this specimen agrees in all essential features with the form re- ferred by Giinther (Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vol. IV, p. 325) to a separate species, under the name of G. pictus, but which, as already shown by Malmgren (Öfv. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 514),! can hardly. be distinct from the typi- cal G. viridis. Of the varieties established by Kröyer and Reinhardt, it comes nearest to that indicated by var. y; but even with this form it does not strictly agree (vide Naturh. Tidsskr. 3 R. 1 B., p. 260, Kbhvn. 1861—63). Total length of the largest individual 148””; length of the head 25””: jaws reaching back to the posterior margin of the eye; head contained twice and one-third in the distance from the point of the snout to the vent. As in the genus Lycodes, the dorsal and anal rays articulated, and distinctly cleft to the base, the halves, how- ever, being from thence connate. Number of fin-rays in the - largest specimen:'— D. 92; C. ?; A70. The last-mentioned individual had in its mouth an example of Modiolaria levigata, Gray. Distribution. — Possibly cireumpolar; it has been met with both m Behring’s Straits and on the shores of Arctic America and Europe. The greatest number of spec- imens have been: collected on the coasts of Greenland, where it would seem to be one of the commonest fishes. Off the coast of East Greenland, it was taken on the Eng- lish Arctic Expedition in 1875—76, as far north as 81° 52’, The species had previously been met with on the Swedish Polar Expeditions; but not in any great abun- dance till 1872, off the coast of Spitzbergen, its range here extending to the most northerly localities; it has not as yet been observed on the eastern coast of America, south of Greenland, or on the shores of the European continent. 1 Nearly all the young individuals taken off the coast of Spitz- bergen on the latest of the Swedish Expeditions (1864—72), and which are preserved in the Riks Museum at Stockholm, where, in 1879, Professor Smitt kindly permitted me to examine them, belong to the form pictus, the body being marked with saddle-shaped trans- verse bands; some of the individuals, however, are almost black on the middle of the body, the upper part only exhibiting traces of transverse bands. j ‘ Subord. Anacanthini. Fam. Gadidae. Gen. Gadus, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 435 (1766). 25. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774. Pl. IV, Fig. 33. Gadus saida, Lepech. Nov. Comm. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. tom. 18, 1774, p. 512, Tab. 5, Fig. 1 (1774). Gadus aeglefinus, Fabr. (nec. Lin.) Fauna Groenl. No. 100, p. 142 (1780) Merlangus polaris, Sab. Suppl. App. Parry's First Voy. p. 211 (1824). Gadus fabricti; Richards. Fauna Bor.-Am. vol. 3, p. 245 (1836). Gadus polaris, Richards. Fauna Bor.-Am. vol. 3, p. 247 (1836). Gadus agilis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Natur. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 126 (1838). Pollachius polaris, Gill, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 48 (1861). Gadus (Boreogadus) saida, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 337 (1862). Gadus (Boreogadus) fabricii, Ginth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 336 (1862). Boreogadus polaris, Gill, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad.; 1863, p. 233 (1863). Gadus glacialis, Peters, 2te D. Nordpol.-Exp. B. II, p. 172 (Leipz. 1874). Diagn. .Underkjæven længere, end Overkjæven|: En rudimenter Skjægtraad tilstede. Hovedet imdeholdes 4 Gange i Totallengden; Øynene store, indeholdes 3—4 Gange i Ho- vedlængden. Legemet langstrakt og slankt, Haleroden sær- deles smal. Caudalen dybt kløftet; Finnerne adskilte ved et tydeligt Mellemrum. Anus ligger under Aste Straale af 2den - Dorsal. Tænderne særdeles fine; i Overkjæven ere ide 7 den ydre Række ubetydeligt større, end de 'øvrige Tender. ' Skjællene cirkelrunde, smaa, adskilte. Sidelimien farvelos, ofte bagtil utydelig, noget sænket under 2den Dorsal; iøvrigt ret. Ht fremtrædende System af Slimporer paa Hovedet. Farven oventil rødlig graabrun, nedtil sølvhvid; Finnerne mere eller mindre sortagtige. Størrelsen indtil 220" (og derover ). 1 D. 12 (13—14); 2 D. 12—15 (16); 3 D. 19—20 (17—18, eller 21—23); 1 A. 17 (16 eller 18); PA 19225 (23)): IP 18 Van: Subord. Anacanthini. Fam. Gadide. Gen. Gadus, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 435 (1766). 25. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774. Pl. IV,-fig. 33. Gadus saida, Lepech. Nov. Comm. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. tom. 18, 1774, p. 512, Tab. 5, Fig. 1 (1774). Gadus eglefinus, Fab. (nec Lin.) Fauna Grænl. No. 100, p. 142 (1780). Merlangus polaris, Sab. Suppl. App. Parry’s First Voy. p. 211 (1824). Gadus fabricii, Richards. Fauna Bor.-Am. vol. 3, p. 245 (1836). fadus polaris, Richards. Fauna Bor.-Am. vol. 3, p. 247 (1836). Gadus agilis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Natur. Math. Afh. 7 Del, Å p. 126 (1838). Pollachius polaris, Gill, Proc. Acad..Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 48 (1861). Gadus (Boreogadus) saida, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus: vol. 4, p. 337 (1862). Gadus (Boreogadus) fabricti, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 336 (1862). ; Boreogadus polaris, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p. 233 (1863). Gadus glacialis, Peters, 2te D, Nordpol.-Exp. B. IT, p. 172 (Leipz. 1874). Diagnosis. — The lower jaw longer than the upper, and bearing a rudimentary barbel. Length of head to total length as 1 to 4; eyes large, the diameter being from 1/, to */, of the length of the head. Body slender and elongated ; peduncle of tail narrow. Caudal deeply forked ; the fins separated, a distinct space intervening. The vent placed under the Ist ray of the 2nd dorsal. Teeth extreme- ly minute; in the upper jaw, those in the outer series are a trifle larger than the other teeth. The scales circu- lar, small, and non-contiguous. Lateral line colourless, the posterior part often indistinct, slightly inclining under the second dorsal. On the head, a well-defined system of mucous pores. Colour above reddish-brown and grey, under sur- face of a silvery white; fins blackish. Length reaching 220™ (and above). 1 D. 12 (13—14); 2 D. 12—15 (16); 8 D. 19—20 (17—18 or 21—23); 1 A. 17 (16 or 18); 2 A. 19—22 (23); P. 17—18; V. 6. 127 Localit. fra Nordh.-Exped. Havet mellem Beeren Eiland og Spitsbergen, samt Magdalene-Bay paa Npits- bergen. Stat. 226. — Stat. 366. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open sea, between Beeren Biland and Spitzbergen; Magdalene Bay, on the coast of Spitzbergen. Stat, 226. — Stat. 366. 105 Kil. N. | Norsk-Øerne, Magdalenebay, eggene. Beeren Hiland. Spitsbergen. | N. Spitsbergen. Dybde. ? Ubetydelig. Ubetydelig. Temp. paa Bunden. + 1,69 ao FG 2 — 0,2 til — 21°C. Datum. 3die Aug. 1878. | 15de Aug. 1878.I17de Aug. 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 yngre Indiv. 1 Unge. 72 unge Indiv. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. Det. kan neppe længere være Tvivl underkastet, at alle de Former, som . ere beskrevne under Navnene G. polaris, (Sab.) 1824, G. fabricii, Richards. 1836, eller G. agilis, Reinh. 1838, fra Spitsbergen, Island, Grønland og andre Punkter af det arctiske America, i Virkeligheden gaa ind under den af Lepechin i 1774 fra det hvide Hav beskrevne Gadus saida, hvilket allerede Malmgren i sin Fortegnelse over Spitsber- gens Fiskefauna af 1864 har antaget for sandsynligt', og Prof. Smitt har udtalt samme Anskuelse i en Meddelelse til Vetenskaps-Akademien i Stockholm i 1876. Vistnok er Lepechin's originale Beskrivelse ingenlunde udtømmende, eller endog synderlig nøjagtig*” Men en umiddelbar Sam- menligning, som jeg har kunnet anstille mellem Exempla- rer af G. sada fra Archangel, afgivne til Universitets- Musæet af Lieutn. Sandeberg, og de Individer, som Musæet i de seneste Aar modtaget fra Grønland, Spitsbergen og Novaja Zemlja, har bestyrket den Antagelse, at de alle ere identiske. At Individerne fra Hvidehavet i Regelen have havt mørkere Finner, kan vistnok alene tilskrives, at de tilfæl- digvis havde en betydeligere Størrelse, idet de Individer fra de øvrige Localiteter, hvortil jeg har havt Adgang, saagodtsom alle have været mindre, end halvvoxne. Men jøvrigt stemme de alle i sin Skjælbeklædning, Tandbygning, Stillingen af Anus og i ethvert Punkt af Legemsbygningen saa fuldkommen overens, at nogen Adskillelse mellem dem som distincte Arter ikke er mulig. I Overensstemmelse hermed opføres Arten under det ældste Lepechin'ske Navn, Gadus saida>. En betydelig Lighed udviser Arten med den af Peters i ,,2te Deutsche Nordpolar-Exp.*, B. IL, p. 172 (Leipz. 1874) 1 Ofv. Kel. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 531. Arten opføres dog paa dette Sted under Navnet Boreogadus polaris, (Sab.). 2 Det er saaledes sandsyhligvis efter denne Tegning, at Giinther i Diagnosen for &. saida beskriver Stillingen af Anus i Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 337. 3 Navnet saida er dannet af det Trivialnavn, hvorunder Arten er kjendt paa den russiske Kyst, og da dette utvivlsomt er det samme, som Nordmændenes ,Sei* (G virens), antydes herved en Overens- stemmelse i det Ydre mellem disse 2 Arter. Denne Lighed er dog ikke større, end at Arterne allerede ved et hurtigt Blik kunne ad- skilles, saaledes ved Skjælbeklædningen, Legemsbygningen, Stillingen af’ Anus, etc. eat 105 Kil. N. "Norsk Islands, Magdalene Bay, Exact Locality. Beeren Eiland. Spitzbergen. | N. Spitzbergen. Depth. ? Tritling. Trifling. + 1.6°C. ? —0.2 to —2.1°C. Temp. at Bottom. Date. 3rd Aug. 1877. |15th Aug. 1878.) 17th Aug. 1878. Numb. of Specim. |1 Indiv. (young). | 1 Indiy. (young). |72 Indiv. (young). Remarks on the Synonymy. — There can be very little reason to doubt, that the divers forms occurring on the coast of Spitzbergen, Iceland, Greenland, and Arctic America, described as G. polaris, (Sab.) 1824; G. fabri- ci, Richards., 1836; or G. agilis, Remh. 1838, identical with Gadus saida, the species diagnosticated by Lepechin in 1774, from an example taken in the White Sea: an assumption supported by Malmgren’ in his List of Spitzbergen Fishes, published 1864; Professor Smitt, too, arrived at the same conclusion in 1876, as appears from his communication to the Swedish Vetenskaps Aka- demi. The diagnosis originally furnished by Lepechin is doubtless far from complete, and leaves, too, not a little to be desired in point of accuracy?; but direct, au- toptical comparison between examples of G. saida from Archangel, procured for the University Museum by Lieut. Sandeberg, and individuals sent to the Museum from Green- land, Spitzbergen, and Novaja Zemlja, has still further convinced me of the plausibility of this hypothesis. The darker colour of the fins characterising the ma- jority of the White Sea specimens, must be unquestionably ascribed to their having been of a larger size, since the in- dividuals from other localities that I have had opportunity are of examining, were all of them in more or less early stages of growth. For the rest, however, they agree so closely, viz. in the arrangement of the scales, in the dental characters, the position of the vent, and every feature connected with the structure of the body, as to preclude the possibility of distinction. Hence the species is classed here with Lepechin’s original name, Gadus saida.>. This species bears a close resemblance to G. glacialis, diagnosticated by, Peters in “Zweite Deutsche Nordpolar- 1 Öfv. Kgl. Vet. Ak. Förh. 1864, p. 531. The species is referred here, however, to Boreogadus polaris, (Sab.). ‘ 2 2 Probably, it was Lepechin’s representation from which Giinther determined the position of the vent in his diagnosis of @ saida, in Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 337. 8 The designation saéda,.is adopted from the trivial name by which the species is known on the Russian coast; and this term being ob- viously a corruption of the Norwegian “Sei” (G. viens), serves to indicate an external similarity in the two species. The resemblance, however, is not greater, but that a glance will suffice to distinguish them: viz. by reason of the deviation in the arrangement of the scales, the position of the vent, the general structure of the body, &c. 128 beskrevne G. glacialis, opstillet efter et enkelt i 1870 ved Sabine-Øen paa Grønlands Østkyst erholdt Individ, og det er sandsynligt, at denne ligeledes gaar ind under G. saida. Dette Individ havde Tænder ogsaa paa Palatinbenene, en Ejendommelighed, der dog sandsynligvis maa opfattes som en blot individuel Variation, som ikke kan tillægges Vægt som Artscharacter, idet den samme Ejendommelighed, ifølge Dr. Liitkens Undersøgelser, nylig er bemærket und- tagelsesvis ogsaa hos den ægte Gadus sada. Iovrigt er dette Individ i alle Henseender overensstemmende med den sidstnævnte Art. Dr. Giinther har (1862) henført G. saida under Un- derslægten Boreogadus, characteriseret (blandt Arterne med Underkjæven længst) ved, at Tænderne i Overkjævens ydre Række ere større, end i den indre Række (Cat. Fish. vol. 4, p. 336). Tmidlertid synes denne Character hos G. saida at være af temmelig underordnet Betydning, da baade Overkjævens Tænder samtlige ere ganske smaa, og Forskjellen mellem dem særdeles ringe. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. G. saida udmærker sig fremfor de øvrige europæiske Arter ved sit langstrakte og smækre Legeme, den tynde Halerod, der indeholdes omtrent 4 Gange i Underkjævens Længde, den langt til- bagetrukne Anus, de smaa og runde Skjæl, og ved’ det stærkt udviklede System af Slimporer og Papiller paa Ho- vedet: fremdeles ved den næsten farveløse og noget bøjede Sidelinie, de forholdsvis store Øjne, og ved den dybt kløf- tede Caudal. Det største af de under Expeditionen erholdte Individer har havt en Totallængde af 203””, hvoraf Hovedlængden udgjorde 49””, Det mindste Exemplar havde en Total- længde af 65””, en Hovedlængde af 16,5"; de fleste Indi- vider i det store Stim, der optoges i et enkelt Kast med Trawlnettet i Magdalenebay, + vare Unger, der havde en Længde af 90 til 1107”. T Totallængden indeholdes Hovedets Længde saaledes næsten nøjagtigt 4 Gange, Legemets Højde omtr. 7 Gange. Underkjæven * rager tydeligt frem foran Overkjæven, og Mundvinkelen naar ikke fuldt hen under Øjets Midte. Øjnene ere forholdsvis store, og udgjøre hos Ungerne (med en Totall. af 70””) omtrent 1/3, hos de ældre næsten 1/, af Hovedlængden. Hos de første er Øjets Diameter omtrent af Snudens Længde, hos ældre Individer betydeligt kortere. E En liden Skjægtraad paa Hagen er altid tilstede; hos Ungerne er denne dog lidet fremtrædende, men naar hos de ældre en Længde af omtrent *; Øjendiameter. Tænderne ere fine, men yderst skarpe. krummede indad, og danne en sammenhængende Række i Mellemkjæ- verne og i Underkjæven; indenfor denne kan spores en indre Række, bestaaende af yderst fine Tænder. der blot fortil ere nogenlunde tydelige. Disse sidstnævnte Tænder ere ubetydeligt lavere, end den ydre Rekkes. Vomer er lige- ledes tandbærende, medens Palatinbenene ere regulært glatte. undtagelsesvis (ifølge Dr. Liitken og Prof. Peters) tand- bærende. Exped.,” B. IT, p. 172. and described from one individual, . taken in 1870, off Sabine Island, on the east coast of Green- land; G. glacialis, too, must probably be referred to G. saida. This example had also teeth on the palatine bones, a peculiarity of dentition that should probably be regarded as a mere individual feature, and to which no weight can be attached as a specific character, seeing that the same peculiarity, according to the result of Dr. Liitken’s exami- nation, has been lately observed eyen in the true Gadus saida. For the rest. the individual in question agrees in all respects with that species. Dr. Giinther has classed (1862) G. saida under the sub-genus Boreogadus, characterised (amongst the species that have the lower jaw longer than the upper) by having the teeth in the outer series on the upper jaw larger than those in the inner series (Cat. Fish. vol. 4). But this character in G. saida would appear to be of minor importance, seeing that the whole of the teeth in the upper jaw are exceedingly small. and the difference between them very trifling. General Description. Structure of the Body. — This species is distinguished from its other congeners in Northern Europe as follows: — Body slender, elongated; peduncle of tail slender at the base, which is to the length.of lower jaw nearly as 1 to4; position of vent far behind; scales small, circular; head furnished with a well-developed system of mucous pores and papillæ; lateral line almost colourless, and slightly bending; eyes comparatively large; caudal fin deeply forked. The largest of the individuals taken on the Expedi- tion had a total length of 203”", the length of the head being 497". Total length of the smallest example 657"; length of head 16.5”, Most of the individuals in the draught brought up with the trawl-net in Magdalene Bay, had a total length of from 90" to 110”, Length of head equalling almost exactly */ of total length; depth of body about +/; Lower jaw projecting per- ceptibly beyond upper; angle of mouth reaching back very nearly under the middle of the eye. Eyes comparatively large; longitudinal diameter, in young examples (total length 70”), about 1/3; in adults, almost /, of the length of the head. In the former, the diameter of the eye nearly corresponds with the length of the snout; in mature individuals, it is considerably less. A small cirrus on the chin, never wanting; in young examples almost rudimentary; it attains in adults a length about equal to */; of the diameter of the eye. Teeth minute, but exceedingly sharp, curving inwards; on the intermaxillaries and in the lower jaw constituting a continuous series; within this row extends another, com- posed of exceedingly minute teeth, distinct in the forepart only; these inner teeth are a trifle shorter than those forming the exterior series. The vomer likewise dentiferous ; the palatine bones as a rule smooth; exceptionally, how- ever, according to Dr. Liitken and Prof. Peters, also dentiferous. Anus er forholdsvis langt tilbagerykket, saaledes, at det er stillet verticalt enten under den første Straale af 2den Dorsal, eller ialfald kun ubetydeligt foran denne. Finnerne. Finnestraalernes Antal er hos denne Art, som hos de fleste øvrige Gadidae, saa store Variationer underkastet, at det ikke er skikket til at afgive bestemte Artscharacterer. Malmgren har i sin ,Spetsbergens Fisk- fauna“ (1864) talt Straalerne hos 8 Individer, og fundet Antallet at variere mellem følgende Tal: 1 D. 12, undertiden 13 eller 14. 2 D. 12—15. 3) Ds 19—20, 1 A. 17, hos 2 A. 19—22. P. 17—18. Hermed stemmer idethele overens Angivelserne hos Fabritius (,G. aeglefinus*, Fauna Groenl.), og Richardson (Merlangus polaris); dog har den sidste fundet 16 Straaler i 2den' Dorsal, og 23 Straaler i 2den Anal. De Tællinger, som jeg har foretaget hos Individer fra Spitsbergen, Novaja Zemlja og Archangel, have idethele ligget indenfor de oven- for nævnte Angivelser; dog har jeg fundet Tallet i 3die Dorsal at ned til 17, [ste Anal at til 18: Mellemrummet mellem hver Finne er distinct, hele storre, hos et enkelt Individ 23. et enkelt Individ 16. gaa og 1 gaa op og idet- end hos de nærmest staaende Arter. Hos de ældre Individer er dette Mellemrum omtrent ligt en Øjen- diameter, hos de yngre Individer kortere. Pectoralerne ere spinkle og tilspidsede; 2den Ventralstraale ender i et kort Filament. Caudalen er dybt kloftet. Skjælbeklædning. Skjællene ere yderst smaa, ikke imbricate, men cirkelrunde, og have hos de ældre fuldstæn- digt fri Rande, idet de ere stillede med et tydeligt Mellem- rum indbyrdes; mere tætstaaende ere de hos Ungerne. Skjælbeklædningen er jevnt udbredt over Legemet, og stræk- ker sig fremover lige ud paa Snuden, ligesom ogsaa Gjælle- laagene ere skjælbeklædte. Sidelinie og Slimporer. Sidelinien er farveløs, eller ubetydeligt lysere, end Bundfarven; den strækker sig fra Gjællespaltens øvre Ende hen til Slutningen af 1ste Dor- sal, hvor den bøjer skraat nedad til Legemets Midtlinie, som den nu følger ud til Caudalen. Hos yngre Individer er den, især i sin bagre Del, utydelig. Særdeles characteristisk er det System af Slimporer, der hos friske og uskadte Individer danner et constant og regelmæssigt udbredt Net over Hovedet. Mellem disse større Slimporer findes talrige mindre omstrøede, ligesom der ogsaa findes enkeltvis, eller (paa et Sted) en Rekke af. særdeles korte Hudtrevler eller Papiller, der altid paa uskadte Individer rage kjendeligt længere frem, end Slim- porerne, og ikke synes at være perforerede, som disse. Skjønt disse Rækker ere noget varierende hos de for- skjellige Individer, lade sig i Regelen med Lethed gjen- finde følgende som de mest iøjnefaldende: Paa Hovedets Overside gaar en lang Række Slimporer fra Snudespidsen bagover langs den øvre Rand af Øjet, Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. 129 Vent comparatively far behind, its position being either vertical under the first ray of the second dorsal fin, or but very slightly anterior to it. Fins. — The number of fin-rays in this species, as in most of the other Gadidæ, varies to so great an extent, that the fin-ray formula is of hardly any value as a specific character. Malmgren gives in his “Spetsbergens Fiskfauna” (1864) the number of fin-rays in 8 individuals; it varied as follows: — 1 D. 12; in some examples 13—14. 2 D. 12—15. 3 D. 19—20; in one specimen 23. 1 A. 17; in one specimen 16. 2 A. 1922. P. 17—18. With these figures the fin-ray formulæ given by Fabricius (*G. æglefinus;” Fauna Grænl.) and by Richard- son (Merlangus polaris), very nearly correspond; Richardson, however, observed 16 rays in the second dorsal, and 23 rays in the second anal. In the specimens from Spitzber- gen, Novaja Zemlja, and Archangel examined by myself, the fin-ray formule lay in the majority of cases within the limits cited above, the number of rays in 3 D. having, however, been as low as 17, and in 1 A. as high as 18. The space between the several fins is distinctly defined, In mature individuals, the width of this space about equals the Pecto- rals slender and elongated; the second ventral ray termin- ating in a short filament. The caudal fin deeply. forked. Scales. — The scales exceedingly minute, not imbri- cate, but circular in form, and the margins perfectly free in adults, with a distinct space between; more closely set in young individuals. The scaling uniform, covering the whole surface of the body, and extending forwards over the snout; the gill-plates, too, covered with scales. and as a rule wider than in its nearest congeners. diameter of the eye; in young examples it is less. Lateral Line and Mucous Pores. Lateral line colourless, or perhaps a shade lighter than the colour of the ground; it commences at the upper extremity of the branchial opening, extending from thence to the termination of the first dorsal, at which point it strikes off obliquely to the mesial line, passing straight along it to the caudal. Indistinct in young individuals, particularly throughout the posterior division. , The system of mucous pores is highly characteristic, extending in healthy individuals over the surface of the head, like network. Dispersed between these pores, are num- erous smaller ones, together with minute cirri, or papillary warts, which occur either isolated or (in one place) ar-- ranged as a regular series, and, in all perfect specimens, rising perceptibly higher than the mucous pores; unlike the latter, they show no traces of being perforate. These series of pores are found to vary in different individuals; but, as arule, the most conspicuous among them admit of bemg determined without much difficulty. On the head, a long series, extending from the point of the snout along the upper edge of the eyes, and ter- 17 og standser ved dettes bagre Rand; en kortere Række gaar fra Snudespidsen hen under forreste Næsebor til det bagre Næsebor, ligesom en anden Række gaar bueformigt under denne hen mod Øjets forreste Rand. Paa Kinderne strækker en Række sig fra Snudespid- sen langs Overranden af Overkjæven, og bojer hen under Øjet. Paa Underkjæven strækker en Række sig fra Sym- physis bagover, og standser i Regelen ved Underkjævens Led. Paa Gjællelaagene gaar en Rekke fra Underkjæve- leddet hen langs Gjællelaagets Rand, og en anden kortere næsten parallelt indenfor denne. Mellem begge disse Ræk- ker strækker sig en Række af omtrent 4 yderst korte, hvidagtige Hudtrevler. Paa Panden staar en i Regelen V-formig (men ofte uregelmæssig) Samling af Slimporer, og paa Siderne og Nakken mindre Grupper, tilligemed enkelte spredte Slim- porer og Hudtrevler. Farve. Farven er hos de yngre Individer i levende Liye mat sølvglindsende, oventil mere rødlig, idet Lege- met her er bestrøet med talløse rødbrune Punkter, der paa Hovedet staa tettest; opbevarede paa Spiritus blive de lysere uden tydelige Pletter, og blot hos enkelte Individer findes mørkere Skygninger henad Ryggen, ligesom Finnerne hos enkelte have tydelige mørke Rande. Bugen er stærkere sølvfarvet. Ældre Individer ere mørkere farvede: nerne stærkt pigmenterede, og synes, naar de ere sammen- slaaede, - næsten sorte i sin ydre Del. noget lysere. især ere Fin- Analerne ere dog Føde. De under Nordhavs-Expeditionen erholdte Individer optoges, som det syntes, i de mellemliggende Vandlag, men observeredes ikke umiddelbart i eller - Vandskorpen, saaledes som tidligere under andre Expedi- Ved én Lejlighed ophentede Trawlen 1 et enkelt ved tioner. Kast 72 Stykker, alle Unger, med en jevn Størrelse af omkr. 1007”, saaledes at de utvivlsomt gaa stimevis, som de øvrige Arter: men de Dyrelevninger, som fandtes i deres Ventrikel, tilhørte hovedsagelig (tildels udelukkende) Calanus Jfinmarchicus, Gunn., eller hos et Individ Themisto libellula, Mandt, blandet med Calaner, saaledes pelagiske Former, der færdes i enhver Dybde. å Paa Gjællerne af et af Individerne snyltede en Lernæ (af Slægten Haemobaphes); et Par andre smaa Snyltekrebs vare fæstede til Huden af samme Individ. Udbredelse. Under den Forudsætning, at de oven- for nævnte, under Navnene Merlangus polaris, Gadus fa- bricu, Gadus agilis og Gadus glacialis opstillede Former ere identiske med Gadus saida fra Hvidehavet, optræder denne Art talrigt i Europas og Americas Polartrakter, og hører til de Fiske, der ere observerede længst mod Nord. Den færdes helst mellem Drivisen, og tilhører udelukkende den kolde Area. 130 minating at their posterior margin; a shorter series, extend- ing from the point of the snout under the anterior nostril; and another, bending archwise beneath the latter to the anterior margin of the eye. On the cheeks, a series extending from the point of the snout along the superior margin of the upper jaw, passing from thence obliquely under the eye. On the lower jaw, a series commencing at the symphysis, and terminating at the articulation of the inferior maxillary bone. On the gill-plates, a series extending from the arti- culation of the inferior maxillary along the margin of the opercle; and a shorter, inner series running almost parallel to the former. Between these two series of pores, a row of about 4 whitish cirri, exceedingly short. ; On the forehead, too, there is a collection of mucous pores, having, asa rule, the shape of the letter V; and on the sides of the head and on the nape there occur smaller groups, together with a few isolated mucous pores and cutaneous filaments. Colour: — Live individuals. comparatively young, dis- tinguished by a silvery lustre; upper surface reddish, being freckled with innumerable points of reddish-brown, more especially on the head; specimens preserved in spirits fade, the spots becoming indistinct; darkish cloudings down the back are, however, observed in a few individuals, and the margin of the fins, too, keeps dark in some. The abdomen argenteous. Mature examples the fins, which, owing to the pigment secreted under the skin, almost the black. The anals somewhat lighter. eradually relatively darker, in particular on have appearance of being bordered with Food. — The individuals ‘obtained on the Expedition, contrary to the experience of former observers, were taken in the intermedial strata of the ocean, having on no occa- sion been met with at or near the surface. In Magdalene Bay, 72 individuals, all of them young, the total length averaging about 100”", brought up together in the trawl-net, doubt that this species, in common with its congeners, moves in shoals; but the animal remains found in the yentricles of the specimens examined, belonged chiefly (in some instances exclusively) to Calanus finmarchicus, or consisted of fragments of The- misto libellula, along with Calani, accordingly pelagic forms, occurring at all depths, from the surface to the bottom. ‘On the gills of one specimen was found an example of a Hæmobaphes; two other small parasitic crustaceans had attached themselves to the skin of the same individual. were showing beyond Distribution. Assuming the forms established as Merlangus polaris, Gadus fabricii, Gadus agilis, and Gadus glacialis to be identical with Gadus sada, inha- biting the White Sea, this species is common in the Polar tracts of Europe and America, and is one of the fishes observed farthest north. It is met with mostly between the drift-ice, its habitat being exclusively confined to the frigid area, I Europa er den af Parry fundet lige op til 82° 40’, ovenfor Spitsbergen; den er idethele talrigt udbredt om- kring denne Øgruppe, og er observeret stimevis at svømme. om mellem Isstykkerne i Fjordene. Fra Novaja Zemlja ejer Universitets-Musæet Exemplarer, indsamlede af en Sæl- fanger ved Barentz-Oerne under 76° 20’, ligesom den af Heuglin i 1871 fandtes noget sydligere, i Matotskin Sharr; men den er hidtil ikke fundet ved Finmarkens Kyster. Derimod er den særdeles talrig i det hvide Hav, og fanges der i stort Antal, og bringes tiltorvs i Archangel. Den er fremdeles (ifølge Ginther, Cat. Fish. vol. 4, p. 337) erholdt ved Island. : Endelig er den mer eller mindre talrig ved Grønland og i det aretiske America, hvor den er iagttaget under de fleste Expeditioner; Exemplarer fra Baffinsbugten, der i 1876 ere hjembragte til Universitets-Musæet af Hvalfange- ren C. Brun, ere fuldkommen overensstemmende med de spitsbergenske Individer. I Americas Polartrakter gaar den ligesaa Jangt mod Nord, som i Europa, og er i 1876 hjembragt af den engelske Polar-Expedition fra Grinnell Land, under 82° 27’ N. B. Gen. Onos, Risso. Hist. Nat. de Hur. Mér. tom 3, p. 214 (1826)! 26. Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) Mser. 1852. Pl. IV, Fig. 34. 2 Motella argentata, Reinh. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX, Kbhvn. 1837 (1835—36). Motella mustela, Reinh. (nee Lin.) Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 115 (1838). Uden Beskr. Motella reinhardti, Kr. (en skreven Etiket i Musæet i Kbhvn., omtr. 1852). Uden Beskr. 2 Couchia argentata, Gimth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 363 (1862). Onos reinhardii, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p. 241 (1863). Uden Beskr. Motella reinhardi, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 83 (1878). Diagn. 3 Skjægtraade (2 ved Næseborene, 1 paa Hagen). Snuden temmelig kort, har en Længde af omtrent 1), Ojendiameter. Tænderne danne flere Rækker, hvoraf en enkelt har højere Tænder, end de øvrige. Hovedet indehol- des 5 Gange i Totallengden. ste Straale i Iste Dorsal 1 Onos, opstillet af Risso i 1826, har Prioriteten for Motella, der først forekommer i 2den Udgave af Cuviers ,,.Régne Animal“, som udkom i 1829. Begge Slegter have de samme Arter som Typer. ' Motella reinhardt, In Europe, this species was taken by Parry, north of Spitzbergen (82° 40’); it is abundant in most localities on the shores of that group of islands, and has been observed The University Museum (Christiania) is im possesion of several specimens, taken off the Barentz Islands, in lat. 76°20’ N.: and Heuglin met with it (in 1871) a little farther south, at Matotskin Sharr; but it has not as yet been observed on the coast of Finmark. In the White Sea, the species is exceedingly abundant, being captured there in great numbers, and sent for sale to the Archangel market. Ac- cording to Giinther, it has been met with on the shores of Iceland. Finally, it is a more or less common fish on the in shoals between the fragments of ice in the fjords. shores of Greenland and in the Artic regions of America, where it has been observed on most Expeditions. Specimens from Baffin's Bay, presented to the University Museum by the master of a whaler, C. Brun, correspond in every respect with the examples obtained from the coast of Spitz- bergen. In America, the range of the species extends as far north as in Europe, specimens haying been taken on the English Polar Expedition (1876), off Grinnel Land, in lat. 82° 27’ N. Gen. Hist. Nat. de l’Eur. Onos, Risso. Mér. tom. 3, p. 214 (1826). 26. Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) MS. 1852. PL IV, fe. 94 ? Motella argentata, Reinh. Overs. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX, Kbhyn. 1837 (1835—36). Motella mustela, Reinh. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nath. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 115 (1838). No deseription. Motella reinhardti, Kr. (from a manuscript label in the Zool. Mus. Copenh. about 1852). No description. 2 Couchia argentata, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 363 (1862). Onos reinhardii, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p. 241 (1863). No description. Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 83 (1878). Diagnosis. — Three barbels; 2 close to the nostrils, 1 on the chin. Snout rather short; its length is to the dia- meter of the eye about as LT, to 1. Teeth arranged in several rows, those in one of the series being longer than the rest. Length of head about one-fifth of total length. First 1 Onos, suggested by Risso in 1826, is entitled to rank before the synonym Motella, applied for the first time in the 2nd Edition of Cuvier's *Reégne Animal,’ published in 1829. Both genera have the same species as types. ce kort, kun ubetydeligt længere, end Snuden. Anus ligger midt mellem Snudespidsen og sidste Halehvirvel. Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til 2den Dorsal indeholdes 3,3 Gange i Totallængden. Ensfarvet rødgraa, med Skjægtraadene og Finnernes' Spidser røde. Liængden indtil 318", M. B. 7. D. 54—59; Å. 45—46; P. 22—24; V. 8; 0. 28. 132 ray in first dorsal short, being very little longer than snout. Vent placed nudway between the point of the snout and the last caudal vertebra. Distance from snout to second dorsal is to total length as 1 to 3.5. Colowr a uniform reddish- brown; cirri and fin-points red. Length reaching 318". M. B.7. 2 D. 54—59; A. 45—46; P. 2294. V. 8; C 28. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Havet vestenfor Bee- Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The open. sea ren Hiland. | west of Beeren Hiland. Stat. 312. Stat. 312. i 108 Kil. V. — ae 108 Kil. W. tagge Beeren Eiland. Haack Locate: of Beeren Eiland. Dybde 658 Favne (1203 my, 7 | Depth. 658 Fathoms (1203), Temp. paa Bunden. — 1,29 C. Temp. at Bottom. — 1:20 G Bunden, Brunt og grønt Ler. Bottom. Brown & green Clay. Datum. 22de Juli 1878. Date. 22th July 1878. Antal Indic. 2 Indiv. | Numb. of Specim. 2. Indiv. . | . . Bemærkninger til Synonymien. Denne Art, hvoraf | Remarks on the Synonymy. — This species, of - Nordhays-Expeditionen erholdt 2 Individer, kunde hidtil ikke opvise nogen Diagnose, og var ikke nogensinde bleven be- skreven, endskjont den allerede for omtr. 50 Aar siden erholdt det Navn, hvorunder den fremdeles opføres, og under hvil- ket den flere Gange er bleven omtalt. Henforelsen af Nordhays-Expeditionens Individer under denne Art har derfor blot kunnet gjøres efter en umiddelbar Sammenlig- ning med Typ-Exemplarerne i Kjøbenhavn. Allerede i 1823 erholdt Musæet i Kjøbenhavn gjennem Holböll nedsendt et Exemplar af denne Art fra Grønland, og senere erholdtes yderligere 3, ligeledes fra Grønland. Det ene af disse, der er det største af alle, indsendtes den 24de Noy. 1836; af de øvrige bærer det ene Angivelsen 26de Aug. 1841, og det sidste er sandsynligvis indkommet omtrent samtidigt. Først i 1838 findes et (det første) af disse Individer omtalt, nemlig i Reinhardt's Fortegnelse over Grønlands Fiske (Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 Del, p. 115), men er her blot opført uden videre Angivelse som , Motella mustela, Lin. Holböll, Godthaab*. Med Krøyer's Haand- skrift er Reimhardt's Benævnelse paa det nævnte holböllske Exemplar senere rettet til M. reinhardti, hvilket Navn og- saa er tildelt de øvrige Individer; under dette Navn er den ogsaa af Krøyer opført i den haandskrevne Catalog over Musæets grønlandske Fiskesamling, men uden at han nogetsteds har meddelt den nye Arts Diagnose eller Be- skrivelse. Den næste Gang, Arten findes omtalt, er i 1857 i Reinhardt's (jun.) , Naturhistoriske Tillæg til Rinks Grøn- lands Beskrivelse* (B. 2, Appendix p. 25), hvor den op- føres med det af Krøyer givne Navn uden videre Diagnose eller Beskrivelse. Det er øjensynlig efter dette Skrift, at Arten i 1861 omtales af Gill i hans ,Catal. Fishes Hast which two examples were obtained on the North Atlantic Expedition, had not previously been diagnosticated at all, and never once described, notwithstanding. it was given the name by which it is still known, and under which it has been repeatedly recorded, upwards of 30 years Hence the identification of the two individuals taken on the Expedition necessarily involved a direct, autoptical ago. comparison with the typical - specimens preserved in Copenhagen. In 1825, the Zoological Museum at Copenhagen first came into possession of an example of this species, sent from Greenland by Holbøll; and subsequently three other specimens were obtained, likewise from Greenland. One of these individuals reached its destination Nov. 24th 1836; of the other two, one bears date Aug. 26th » 1841, and the third probably came to hand about the same time. : No one of these examples was recorded till 1838, when Reinhardt included one of them in his List of Greenland Fishes (Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Ath. 7 Del, p. 115), merely recording it however, without further remark, as “Motella mustela, Lin. Holböll, Godt- haab.” Reinhardt's designation for this specimen was after- wards corrected, in Kröyer's handwriting, to M. remhardti, and this name also assigned to the other individuals; with this name, too, Kröyer has classed the species in his manuscript Catalogue for the Collection of Greenland fishes, but without having anywhere furnished a diagnosis or description of the new species. The species was next recorded in 1857, by Rein- hardt jun., in his “Naturhistoriske Tilleg til Rinks Gron- lands Beskrivelse” (B. 2, Appendix p. 25), where it is classed with the synonym given by Kroyer, no diagnosis or description, however, being annexed. It was obviously to this work Gill had recourse in 1861, when recording Coast North America from Greenl. to Georgia” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, Append. p. 48) under Navnet Mo- tella reinhardi, Kr., fremdeles af samme Forfatter i 1863 i hans *Synopsis of the North America Gadoid. Fishes” (samme Tidsskr. f. 1863, p. 241) under Navn af 'Onos reinhardii, Gill, samt endelig 1873 i den reviderede Cata- log af 1861, der er indtaget i U. S. Fish Commission, Re- port 1871—72, p. 796 (Wash. 1873). Gill giver iøvrigt ingen anden Oplysning om Arten, end følgende Ord, tilføjede i hans “Synopsis”: “Closely related to the O. mustela, of Europe, and agreeing in hav- ing five barbels, one to each nostril, and one at the chin,” en Diagnose, som det vil sees, er ganske ucorrect. Den sidste Gang, Arten findes omtalt, er 1 1875 i Liitken’s “Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Greenland” (Man. Nat. Hist. ete. Greenl., prep. for the Aret. Exped. of 1875). Den kaldes her Motella reinhardti, Kr.; men er, ligesom de øvrige i Fortegnelsen opregnede Arter, ikke meddelt Diagnose eller Beskrivelse. Flere end de 4, i Kjøbenhavns zoologiske Musæum opbevarede (udvoxede) Individer have hidtil ikke været fundne. Opdagelsen af 2 nye Exemplarer, der desuden for første Gang optræde paa det europæiske Gebet, er derfor ikke uden Interesse. Endskjønt det ikke er i Overensstemmelse med Pri- oritetslovenes strengeste Principer, at’ en Arts Benævnelse blot begrundes ved et i en Catalog og paa en Etikette nedskrevet Navn, bør Arten dog fremdeles opføres under dette hidtil benyttede Navn, der ikke kan volde nogen For- virring; dog lader dette Navn sig ikke med fuld Sikkerhed henføre til det bestemte Aar, 1852. Imidlertid omtaler Reinhardt i en af sine tidligere Meddelelser om Grønlands Fiske, en anden Art, som han kalder Motella argentata, der ojensynlig udgjør Ungdoms- stadiet af en af de 3-traadede Moteller (0. reinhardi, eller O. ensis). Af M. argentata erholdt Reinhardt i Aarene 1831—36 fra Syd-Grønland, især fra Julianehaabs District, talrige Exemplarer, der samtlige havde en jevn Størrelse af 2 Tom. 7 Lin., til 2 Tom. 11 Linier. I Oversigten for 1835—36 af Danske Vidensk. Selskabs Skrifter characteri- serer Reinhardt M. argentata ved dens ,sølvblanke Farve, det forrelagtige stumpe Hoved, og især ved den fladt ind- skaarne Halefinne*. I 1838 giver han i 7de Del af samme Selskabs Skrifter, p. 128, yderligere en Del Bemærkninger om denne Art, der omtales som bærende 2 Hudtrevler paa Snuden, og 1 paa Hagen; Gjællestraalernes Antal var 7, Tydelige Forplantningsorganer fandtes ikke hos de aabnede Exem- plarer. Appendices pyloricae 8; Svømmeblære manglede. Efter den Undersøgelse af disse i Kjøbenhavns zoolo- giske Musæum endnu opbevarede talrige Individer af M. argentata samt af 4 i Berliner- og Wiener-Musæet, i sin Tid sendte af Reinhardt, som jeg i 1878 og 1879 havde Anledning til at foretage, fandtes deres Størrelse at være mellem 70 og 80””, hvoraf Hovedets Længde indeholdtes the species in his “Catal. Fishes East Coast North Ame- rica from Greenl. to Georgia” (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1861, Append. p. 48), by the name of Motella reinhardi, Kr.: also (1863) for his “Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes” (same journal for 1868, p. 241), where it is termed Onos reinhardii, Gill; and finally (1873), for the revised Catalogue of 1861, inserted in U. S. Fish Com- mission, Report 1871—72, p. 796 (Wash. 1873). All that Gill says about the species is contained in the following words in his Synopsis: — “Closely related to the O. mustela of Europe, and agreeing in having five barbels, one to each nostril, and one at the chin,’ — as will be seen, a diagnosis absolutely incorrect. This species was last noticed in Liitken’s “Revised Catalogue of the Fishes of Greenland” (Man. Nat. Hist. ete. Greenland, prep. for the Arct. Exped. of 1875). Here it bears the name of Motella reinhardti, but, like the other species enumerated in the List, without being made the subject of any diagnosis or description. Other individuals, exclusive of the 4 full-grown pre- served in the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, have not as Hence, this addition to specimens of the species, and moreover from within the yet been observed. the extant European limits of its range, cannot but prove of interest. It is not indeed in strict accordance with the prin- ciples determining the right of priority, that the designation of a species should be derived solely from a name taken from a manuscript label: or a Catalogue; but it will be best to retain the synonym hitherto employed, seeing that no confusion can arise from so doing; this name, however, will. hardly admit of being referred to the year 1852. But Reinhardt records in one of his earlier com- munications on the fishes of another spe- *Motella argentata,” of the three- bearded species (O. reinhardi or O. ensis) in an early Of M. argentata Reinhardt obtained, during the period extending from 1831 to 1836, from South Greenland, chiefly from the distinct of Julianehaab, numer- ous examples, all of which averaged in length from 2 inch. 7 lines to 2 inch. 11 lines. In the “Oversigt” of the Pro- ceedings. of. the “Danske Vidensk. Selskab,” Reinhardt characterises M. argentata by its “bright silvery hue, ob- tuse head, resembling that of the trout, and more espec- ially by the slightly forked caudal fin.” In 1838, he com- municated in Part 7 of the Proceedings of the said Society, p. 128, divers supplementary observations on this species, cirri on the snout, and 1 on the Brancheostegous rays 7; pyloric appendages 8; swim- Greenland eies, clearly one stage of growth. which is stated to have 2 chin. ming-bladder wanting. On dissection, no trace of sexual characters could be detected. From an examination which I had opportunity of making in 1878 and 1879 of numerous specimens of M. ar- gentata still preserved in the Zoological Museum of Copen- hagen (and of 4 in the Museums of Berlin and Vienna, ori- ginally sent by Reinh. sen.), their extreme length may be given as averaging between 70”” and 80”", to which the 5—5d'!/. Gange i Totallengden; den første Straale i Iste Dorsal udgjorde '/; af Hovedlængden. Afstanden mellem Snudespidsen og 2den Dorsal indeholdtes omtrent 3,5 Gange . i Totallengden, Skjelbekledningen var endnu ikke fuld- stændig, - idet den paa Legemets forreste Del øjensynlig endnu blot var i Frembrud. At M. argentata blot er en Ungform, er især paa Grund af det sidstnævnte Factum øjensynligt, og det ligger vistnok nærmest at antage den for Ungen af 0. reinhardi. Dette Sporgsmaal kan ikke afgjøres, førend sikre Ungdomsstadier af de 2 nærstaaende Arter, O. reinhardi og 0. ensis, blive kjendte. Viser det sig altsaa i Fremtiden, at Reinhardt's Mo- tella argentata udgjør Ungformen af 0. reinhardi, vil Ar- tens rette Navn følgelig blive Onos argentatus, (Reinh.) 1838. Den næynte anden Art, Onos ensis, er den, som 0. rein- hardi i sin udvoxede Stand utvivlsomt staar nærmest. 0. ensis er ligeledes en grønlandsk Form, og opstilledes af Reinhardt (samtidigt med Motella argentata) i Overs. 1835 —36 af det oftere nævnte Selskabs Forhandlinger, 6 Del, p. CX, og senere i 7de Del, p. 116 og 128 (Kbhvn. 1837), efter 2 Individer, der i noget beskadiget Stand i 1834 vare udtagne af Ventrikelen af en Cystophora cristata ved Omenak OG de Den af Reinhardt paa de ovenanførte Steder givne korte Characteristik er dog saa ufuldkommen, at Dr. Giin- ther ikke deraf har kunnet opstille nogen Diagnose, og Arten findes derfor i 1862 i hans Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. ikke optagen som selysteendig Art (vol. 4, p. 366). De 2 originale Exemplarer, der endnu opbevares i det zoologiske Musæum i Kjøbenhavn, ere fremdeles. saavidt tides, de eneste, som existere, og de have hidtil ikke været Gjenstand for nøjagtigere Undersøgelse og Beskrivelse. terne har hidtil været afbildet. Ved den flygtige Gjennemgaaelse af denne og de øv- rige nærstaaende Former, som jeg ved Dr. Liitkens Vel- villie havde Lejlighed til at foretage i October 1878, viste det sig strax, at 0. ensis og 0. reinhardi ere fuldkommen distinete. om end beslægtede Arter. De mest iøjnefaldende Characterer hos 0. ensis ligge i den stærkt forlængede Iste Straale i Iste Dorsal, det mindre Hoved, og den sva- gere Tandvæbning. Totallengden hos de 2 Individer var omtrent 310"” og 392mm 1 Ingen af Ar- 1 Onos ensis, (Reinh.) 1835—36. Overs: 1835—36. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Naturv. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX, Kbhvn. 1837 (1835—36). 3 Skjagtraade; Hovedet imdeholdes omtrent 5°/, Gange i Totallæng- Tæn- Anus ligger midt mellem Snudespidsen den. Aste Straale i Iste Dorsal lang, omtrent af Hovedets Længde. derne forholdsvis svage og ensartede. og Begyndelsen af Caudalen. Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til 2den Dorsal indeholdes 3,7 Gange i Totallængden. 2 D. 59; A, 45—46; P. 22—23. Til Sammenligning kan vedføjes følgende Maal af et Par om- trent lige store Individer af de 2 Arter, begge fra Musæet i Kjøben- havn. 134 length of the head bears the proportion of 5—5'/,. First ray in first dorsal one-third of the length of the head. Distance from point of snout to second dorsal is to total length as 1 to 3.5. The scales not yet fully developed; on the anterior part of the body indeed almost ineipi- ent. Hence, M. argentata must represent one of the earlier stages of growth, in whieh case it comes nearest to O. reinhardi. This question cannot, however, be de- cided until the stages through which the two closely related species, O. reinhardi and O. ensis, pass before reaching maturity, have become known. Should future researches show that Reinhardt's M. argentata is merely O. reinhardi in an early stage of dey- elopmeut, the name of the species will be Onos argentatus, (Reinh.) 1838. Onos ensis is unquestionably the species presenting the closest resemblance to O. reinhardi in its adult stage of development. 0. ensis is likewise a Greenland form; it was described by Reinhardt (along with Motella argen- tata) in Overs. 1835—36, Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Afh. D. 6, p. CX, and subsequently in Part 7, pp. 116 and 128 (1837), his specimens being two individuals, in a some- what mutilated condition, which had been taken in 1834 from the stomach of a Cystophora cristata, near Omenak, in lat. 70° N. The brief characterisation furnished by Reinhardt is very imperfect however, so much so indeed that Dr. Ginther could not elaborate from it a diagnosis; and the species figures as undetermined in his “Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.” (vol. 4, p, 366), published 1862. The two original individuals still preserved in the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen, are the only specimens known to exist, and up to the pres- ent time they have not been accurately examined and de- scribed. Neither of the species has hitherto been figured. The cursory examination of this and the other nearly related forms which, thanks to the kindness of Dr. Liitken, an opportunity was afforded me of making in October 1878, conclusively proved the specific distinction existing between the congeners 0. ensis and O. reinhardi. The most conspicu- ous characters in 0. ensis are the produced first ray in the first dorsal fin,-the small size of the head, and the feeble dentition. Total length in the two specimens, respectively SlOmavand a2 eS 1 Onos ensis, (Reinh.) 1835—36. Overs. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk.: Naturv. Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX, Kbhvn. 1837 (1835—36). Three barbels; length of head is to total length as 1 to 594. First Teeth The vent placed midway between the vray in Ist dorsal produced, its length equalling that of the head. comparatively feeble, and uniform. snout and the commencement of the caudal fin. Distance from point of snout to 2nd dorsal is to total length as 1 to 3.7. 2D. 59; A. 45—46; P. 22—23. For comparison are appended measurements of two individuals, about equal in size. of the two species — both specimens preserved in the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen. Da 0. reinhardi saaledes hidtil ikke er bleven be- skreven, meddeles en Beskrivelse efter de 2 foreliggende Exemplarer, hvoraf fuldvoxent, sammenholdte med de i Kjøbenhavner-Musæet opbevarede Typ-Exemplarer. det ene sandsynligvis er Udmaalinger. i a. b. Motallænede 4... ss 954m = 293 mm Hovedets Længde 285) = 59 - Øjets Diameter 9 - 11 - Snudens Længde . å 14: = Lys Hovedets postorbitale Del. 27 - 34 - Legemets Højde ; 40 - 45 - Snudespidsen til Iste Donal? 46 - 55 - Snudespidsen til 2den Dorsal TT - 88 - Snudespidsen til Anus . Iti 142 - Anus til sidste Halehvirvel 117 - 130 - . Anus til Spidsen af Caudalen . . 143 - 159 - Anus til Begyndelsen af Caudalen . 109 - 113 - Halerodens Hojde 14 - 17 - Interorbitalrummets Bredde 11 - 15 - Pectoralernes Længde di - 44 - Ventralernes Længde 49 - 49 - Længden af Iste Straale i Iste pe å Ise Beskrivelse. Legemsbygming. Legemet er langstrakt; dets Hojde, Bugen ikke er slap eller udspilet. næsten, men ikke fuldt lig Hovedets Længde, og des omtrent 5°/, Gange i Totallængden. Hovedet er forholdsvis lidet, med temmelig jevnt af- rundet Profil, muskuløse Kinder; dets Længde udgjor hos 4 Individer 4,8, hos 1 Individ 4,9, hos 1 (det mindste) 5,1 af Totallængden. Underkjæven er kortere, end Qverkjæven; Mundspalten er af middels Længde, idet Overkjæven strækker sig til- bage omtrent ret under Bagranden af Øjet (eller hos et yngre Individ ikke fuldt saa langt): Tænderne ere tilstede i Mellemkjæverne og i Under- kjæven, samt paa Vomer; overalt danne de flere Rækker, hvoraf en enkelt rager op over de øvrige; denne Række sidder i Mellemkjæven forrest, i Underkjæven inderst, paa Vomer omtrent i Midten. Snuden har paa hver Side 1 Skjægtraad, fæstet til den bagre Rand at det forreste Næsebor; en tredie Traad findes paa Hagen. Gjællehindens Straaler ere 7 i Antal. Øjnene ere forholdsvis store, lateraltstillede; Længde- naar er indehol- og stærke, 0. nosticated, a description is given here, from a careful examin- ation of the two specimens obtained, one of which, probably, reinhardi having accordingly not as yet been diag- is an adult (compared to the typical examples preserved in the Copenhagen Museum), Measurements. il. b. Total length 24mm 293 mm Length of head 49 - 59 - Diameter of eye 9 - 11 - Length of snout . gle le 14 - 15 - Postorbital region. of head . ... . 27 - 34 - Depth of body 40 - 45 - From point of snout to fe Sosa 46 - Doe From point of snout to second dorsal ie 88 - From point of snout to vent 117 - 142 - From vent to last caudal vertebra. 117 - 1300 From vent to extremity of caudal . 145 - 159 - From vent to commencément of caudal 109 - 115 - Depth of tail at base å 14 - 17 - Interorbital space 11 - SE Length of pectorals . ST - 44 - Length of ventrals EE 49 - 49 - Length of Ist ray in lst dorsal . 16.5 - 18 - General Description. Structure of the Body. Body elongated; depth, when the abdomen is neither re- laxed nor distended, almost equal to the length of the head, being to total length about as 1 to 5%/4. Head comparatively small, the upper profile line cheeks strong and muscular; length of head, in 4 individuals, is to total length as 1 to 4.8; in 1 individual, as 1 to 4.9; in the smallest, as 1 to 5.1. Lower jaw shorter than upper; mouth of moderate length, the upper jaw extending backwards almost under the posterior margin of the eye (m a younger example not quite so far). Teeth the vomer ; teeth the outermost, vomer the medial series. On either side of the snout 1 barbel, the posterior margin of the foremost nostril ; bel on the chin. Brancheostegous rays 7. Eyes comparatively large, position lateral; the longitud- rounded; jaw, and on one with longer intermaxillaries this row is ‘the innermost, on the on intermaxillaries, in lower each bone several rows, than the rest; on the in the lower on jaw attached to a third bar- diameteren indeholdes ikke fuldt 19, Gang i. Snudens inal diameter of the eye is to the length of the snout very O, reinhardi. O. ensis. i O. reinhardi. O. ensis. Totalleneden . 318mm Bm | Total length 318™™ 310mm Hovedets Længde 66 - 52 - | Length of head 66 - | 52 - Overkjævens Længde 30 PENGE Length of upper jaw 30 - 92.5 = Fra Snudespidsen til Beg. af 2den Ter kal 96 - 83 - From point of snout to com. of ond Gh 96 - | 83 - Længden af 1sté Straale i iste Dorsal . 20 - | 45 - | Length of ist ray in 1st dorsal . . . | 20 - | 45 - 136 Længde, og omtrent 51/, Gange i Hovedlængden. Inter- orbitalrummet er forholdsvis smalt, eller ubetydeligt større, end Øjendiameteren. Anus ligger midt mellem Snudespidsen og sidste Hale- hvirvel: Halerodens Højde er omtrent lig Snudens Længde (Hovedets præorbitale Del). Finnerne. ste Dorsals Grundlinie er forholdsvis lang, omtrent lig Længden af Hovedets postorbitale Del; dens Iste forlængede Straale er ubetydeligt større, end Halerodens Hojde, eller Snudens Længde, og er næsten lig 2 Gange Øjets Diameter. 2den Dorsal, der tæller hos det mindre Exemplar 54, hos det større 59 Straaler, udspringer i næsten en Øjen- diameters Afstand fra Iste Dorsal, og i en Afstand fra Snudespidsen, der omtrent svarer til Gjællespaltens Afstand fra Anus. Den er omtrent jevnhøj: dog ere de bagre Afstanden fra den sidste Dorsalstraale til Hvirvelsojlens Ende svarer omtrent til Afstafden fra Snudespidsen til Bagranden af Øjet. Straaler noget længere, end de forreste. 'Analen, der tæller hos det mindre Exemplar 45, hos det større 46 Straaler, udspringer umiddelbart bag Anus, og ophører ubetydeligt foran Verticalen fra Slutningen af Iste Dorsal. Dens Bygning og Højde er ganske, som hos den sidstnævnte Finne. Pectoralerne tælle 22—24 Straaler, ere forholdsvis brede, og have de nedre Straaler kortest: deres Længde er noget større, end Afstanden fra Øjets forreste Rand til Gjællespalten. Ventralerne tælle 8 Straaler; den anden fra oven er forlænget, saaledes at Finnens største Længde omtrent bli- ver lig Hovedlængden, hos det mindre Exemplar endog større end denne. Den første Straale er omtrent ?/; saa Tilbageslaaet naar Finnens Spidse hos det yngre Individ bagenfor Pectoralernes Spidse, og er her blot en halv Finnelængde fjernet fra Anus; hos det ældre Individ ere Straalerne forholdsvis kortere, naa ikke fuldt Pectoralernes Spidse, og ere næsten i en Finnelængdes Afstand fjernede fra Anus. lang, som 2den. Caudalen er svagt afrundet, og tæller omtrent 28 lange Straaler, foruden et Antal kortere Støttestraaler paa begge Sider af Roden. Dens største Længde, regnet fra sidste Halehvirvel, omtrent lig Længden af Hovedets postorbitale Del. er Sidelinien og Slimporer. En fuldstændig Sidelinie er tilstede, men Porerne ere, som hos alle Moteller, stillede med temmelig langt Mellemrum indbyrdes. Den strækker sig fra Gjællespaltens øvre Rand først i noget skraa Ret- ning opad, men bøjer noget bag sal skraat nedad mod Legemets omtrent ret over Begyndelsen af Analen; herfra følger den Midtlinien ret ud til Caudalen. Antallet af Porer er om- trent 27: paa Legemets bagre Del ere Mellemrummene mellem disse større. end fortil. Af de Rækker Slimporer, som udbrede sig over Ho- Begyndelsen af 2den Dor- Midtlinie, som den naar nearly as 1 to 1/2, to the length of the head about as 1 to 51/2. Interorbital space but slightly exceeding the diam- eter of the eye. The vent midway between the point of the snout and the last caudal. vertebra; depth of tail at base about equal to the length of the snout (preorbital region of the head). Fins. — Base of first dorsal long, about equal in length to the postorbital region of the head; the first elongated ray slightly exceeding in length the depth of the tail at base, or the length of the snout, or about equal to twice the diameter of the eye. Second dorsal — in the smaller specimen with 54, in the larger, with 59 rays — is distant at its commencement the length of the diameter of the eye from the first, its distance from the point of the snout being about equal to that between the branchial opening and the vent. Depth nearly uniform, the posterior rays however slightly exceed- ing in length those in the anterior part of the fin. The distance from the last dorsal ray to the termination of the vertebral column about equal to that- between the snout and the posterior margin of the eye. The anal — in the smaller example with 45, in the larger with 46 rays — commences immediately behind the vent, terminating a little in advance of the last ray of first dorsal. Depth and structure as in that fin. The pectorals, furnished each with 22—24 rays, com- paratively broad; lower rays shortest; length slightly ex- ceeding the distance from the anterior margin of the eye to the branchial opening. The ventrals furnished with 8 rays; second anterior ray elongated, the length of the fin about equalling the length of the head; in the smaller specimen exceeding it even. The second ray longer than the first by about two- thirds. Spread backwards, the tip of the fm, in the younger specimen, reaching beyond the extremity of the pectorals, at which point it is removed not more than half the length of the fin from the vent; the rays in the older individual relatively somewhat shorter, not quite reaching the extremity of the pectorals, and removed almost the length of the fin from the vent. The caudal slightly convex, furnished with 28 long rays, exclusive of anumber of shorter rays protending along both sides of the base. Length, measured from the last caudal vertebra, about equal to that or the postorbital region of the head. Lateral Line and Mucous Pores. — A lateral line, distinct throughout its entire length. extends from the upper margin of the gill-opening, at first somewhat obliquely up- wards, but slants off at the commencement of the second dorsal which it meets almost immediately above the origin of the anal, passing from thence straight along the said line to the caudal. Number of pores about 27; on the posterior part of the body, the spaces between are larger than in _ the anterior region. Of the several series of mucous pores disposed over in the direction of the mesial line, Var - omtrent 9 «hindens og Caudalen vare - Dorsal. "Ser. en sølvglindsende Svømmeblære var dog endnu tilstede, ere følgende" de mest iojnefaldende. En Rekke af Porer strækker sig fra Snudespidsen langs Ran- den af Oyerkjeven indtil bagenfor Mundvinkelen, Fra den vedet. - sidste af disse. Porer stiger verticalt nedad en Række finere oftest 4 i Antal, indtil den nedre Rand af Prae- operculum; herfra fortsætter sig en Række af omtrent 6 grovere Porer langs Randen af Praeoperculum bagover og opover, indtil den standser omtrent i Højde med Gjælle- spaltens øvre Ende. Endelig strække sig langs Underkjæven 2 næsten parallelle Rækker, den indre med 5 mindre, den ydre med 3 grovere Porer. Mellem Øjnene danne 3 (lige- ledes grovere) Porer en fortil aaben Vinkel. Paa Siderne af Panden strækker sig fra Øjet hen til Gjællespaltens' øvre Ende en Række af 4 Porer. paa Panden, Porer. Tøvrigt findes spredte Porer ligesom ogsaa Antallet i de normale Rækker viste sig at være noget varierende hos de 2 undersøgte Individer. Skjælbeklædning. Skjællene ere udbredte over hele Legemet. Paa :Hovedet , strækker Skjælbeklædningen sig frem indtil mellem de jens Næsebor, hvorimod selve Snu- . den er nøgen; paa Hovedets Underside er Skjælbeklædnin- gen ligeledes udbredt overalt paa den ubedækkede Del af Gjællehinden indtil selve Spidsen af Underkjzeven, nøgen. . Paa Dorsalen og Analen strække Skjællene sig ud næsten lige til Spidsen af Straalerne; findes de blot ved Roden. Farve. Farven var i levende Live Na paa Ho- vedet og Bugen .gaaende over i blaagraat; paa Hovedets Undérside strækker denne Farve sig frem overalt paa Gjælle- ubedækkede Dele. Spidsen af Dorsalen, Analen, smukt røde; samme Farve havde de 3 Skjægtraade, samt den. første forlængede Straale i Iste Pectoraler og Ventraler vare hos det ene Exem- plar i Spidsen røde, hos det andet blaalige med lysere Spid- Mundhulen var hvid. Efterat Individerne have’ været opbevarede paa Spiritus, er Farven bleven mere ensfarvet rødgraa overalt; Hovedets Skjægtraade, straale have tabt sin røde Farve,' hvilket ogsaa er Tilf»ldet med Ventralerne og tildels med Pectoralerne. De sidste have der er paa Pectoralerne derimod faaet lysere Pletter paa den rødlige eller blaalige * Bund. Føde. I Ventriketen af det Gen fandt jeg Skelettet af en liden Fisk, hvis Længde var omtrent 1007"; men Arten lod sig ikke bestemme, da Hovedet var næsten for- tæret. Desuden fandtes diverse Stykker af Decapoder, som det Fyntes,, å af Be Det andet Individ havde Ventrikelen fyldt af The- misto libellula, en’ Amphipode* af Hyperidernes Familie, der - saaledes trænger ned til en anselig Dybde, skjønt den maa ansees for at have sit Hovedtilhold i de højere Vandlag; fremdeles en Anonyx, sandsynligvis A. lagena. Udbredelse. Foruden Nordhavs-Expeditionens 2 In- divider fra Havet mellem Spitsbergen og Beeren Eiland ere, Collett’: Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Fiske. samt Iste Dorsal-- the surface of the head, the following’ are the most con- spicuous: — A fow, composed of about 9 pores, extending from the point of the snout -along the margin of the upper jaw a little behind the of. the mouth. Branching ‘vertically downwards from the last of these pores, a series of about 4 smaller pores is seen extending to the lower margin of the preoperculum; from this point a series of about 6 large pores runs along the: margin of the preoper- culum, backwards and upwards, terminating in a. line with the upper .extremity of the, gill-opening. + On the lower jaw oceur two rows almost parallel, the inner composed of 5 small, the outer. of 3 large, pores. Between. the eyes are 3 pores (these, too, comparatively large), marking off angular space, open anteriorly. On. either side of the fore- head, from the: eye to the upper extremity of-the branchial opening, extends a row of 4 pores. Moreover, isolated . pores occur on the forehead; and the number in the nor- mal series varies somewhat in the 2 mdividuals examined. Scales. — The scales cover the entire surface of the body. On the head, they extend forwards between the posterior nostrils, leaving the snout naked; on the under surface of the head, they likewise envelop the whole of the uncovered portion of the+ branchial: membrane, saving the extreme point of the lower jaw, which is naked. On the dorsal and anal, the scales extend almost to the points of the rays; on the pectorals, they oceur only on the base. angle Colour to bluish-grey- Colour, * changing in: live examples reddish-grey, on the head and abdomen; the latter shade extends, too. over the’ whole of the uncovered portion of the branchial membrane. Tips of dorsal, anal, and caudal of a fine red; this colour likewise distinguishing the barbels and the first elongated Yay in first dorsal. Tips in the other, . The ‘the colour has changed to, a more uniform reddish-grey; the and the. first’ dorsal ray have lost their brilliant this is the case too with the ventrals, and, to in the latter, the reddish or bluish ground has become flecked with lighter spots. of pectorals and ventrals in one example red; the. tips were bluish. Cavity of the mouth white. specimens having been. preserved some time in spirits, barbels red colour; . some extent, with thie pectorals ; Food. — In the ventricle of one of the individuals was the skeleton of a small fish, length about. 100””; the swimming-bladder, of a ‘silvery lustre, was still present, but” the head being very nearly digested, there was no means of determining the species; the stomach also contained divers fragments of Decapods, apparently of the Hippolyte. The' other individual had the ventricle distended with Themisto libelluta, of the family My yperide, a species de- scending therefore to a considerable depth, though its true habitat has been held to be exelusiyely the upper strata of the ocean; an Anonyx, probably A. lagena, was: also found. genus Distribution. — Exclusive of the two individuals taken on the Nomis Atlantic Expedition between Spitzberg gen and 18 «138 som tidligere neynt, blot kjendte 4 udvoxede Individer, der alle vare erholdte ved Kysterne af Grønland mellem 1823 og 1841, i Kjøbenhavn. Nordhav s-Expeditionens nye Individer optoges fra be- tydeligt Dyb (mellem 600 og 700 Fayne), og fra. det iskolde Vand. Hertil kommer et Antal Bitadaruetenties (Motella ar- gentata, Reinh.),. der, efter hvad ovenfor er udviklét, med hoj Grad af Sandsynlighed tilhore denne Art, og som lige- ledes ere erholdte ved Grønland i Aarene 1830—1840, og hvoraf de fleste opbevares i Musæet i Kjøhenhavn, enkelte i Musæerne i Berlin og Wien. Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.) 1874. PAE P1.-IV, Fig. 35—36. Motella septemtrionalis, Coll. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser..4, vol. 15, p. 82, Nov. 1874 (1874). i Diagn. 3 Skjægtraade (2 paa Næseborene, 1 paa Hagen), sant en Række af 8 kortere, tildels rudimentære Traade langs Overleben. Øjnene forholdsvis smaa, indehol- des (hos ældre. Individer) 2 Gange i Snudens Længde. ‘Mundspalten strekker sig bagover langt bagenfor Øjnene. Tænderne temmelig smaa, af ulige Størrelse. holdes ubet: ydeligt over 4 Gange i Totallengden. i Aste’ Dorsal kort; omtrent lig g Snudens Lengde. Anus lig- ger midt mellem Snudespidsen og sidste. Analstraale. Side- limien synlig, med omtrent 20 store Porer. Farven ensartet graabrun. Totallengden (hos det største undersøgte Individ) PI ss ; : M. Bi 7, 2 D. 49—52; A. 41—43; P. 15—16; | Veer ON eee at Loealit. fra Nordh. Exped. Røst, Lofoten (Norge). Hovedet inde- - Iste Straale * ved Indløbet til i Aarene’ og som ere ‘opbevarede i Musæet Beare Eiland, 4 full-grown specimens’ only are etre to exist of this species, which, as previously stated, were all obtained off the coast of Greenland; : they are preserved in the Zoological Museunt at Copenhagen. The individuals last obtained were taken at a “con- siderable depth (6—700 fathoms), and in water of the temperature of. ice. geo There occur besides a number of forms in the earlier stages of growth (Motella argentata, Reinh.), which, as ex- plained above, may be referred witha high degree of pro- bability to the species in question; the specimens of these, too. were taken on the coast of Greenland (1830—1840), and are most of them preserved in the Copenhagen Mu- seum, some in the Museums of. Berlin and Vienna. 27. Onos pda (Coll.) 1874. PI. IV, 35 - 51 EG Motella septemtrionalis, Coll. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. Bee 4, vol. 15, 82 Nov. 1874 (1874). « å p- ‘Diagnosis. — Three barbels (2 at the nostrils, 1 on the chin ), and a row of shorter, in part rudimentary barbels along the upper lip. Eyes comparatively small, their dia- meter (in mature individuals) half. the length of the snout. The angle of the mouth extending backwards far beyond the eyes. Teeth rather smialt; of: unequal size. The head is contained a little more than 4 times in the total length... ‘First ray in first dorsal short, about equal to. the length of the snout. The vent placed’ midway between the point of — the snout’ and the last anal ray. Lateral line obvious, com- , posed of about 20 large pores. Colour a uniform greyish- brown. . Total length (in the largest individual examined) ~ Lae ; ig BTG "48; P. 15-16; V7" 0. 28—30. Locality (North At1. ep Rost, Inlet to. Lofoten (Nor way DE KE: Røst, Beliggenhed. Lofoten (Norge). Exact Locality. ee enn Dybde. 50 Favne (91). Depth. 50 Fathoms (917), Temp. paa Bunden.* + 5° C, Temp. at Bottom. + 5° C. Pane n. Sandbun d. Bottom. Sand. Å Datum, 26de Juni 1877. Date. » 26th. June 1877 Antal HA +i Unge. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. 0. septemtrionalis, der opstilledes i 1874 efter 2 Exemplarer fra Norges Vest- kyst (det største med en Totallængde af omtr. 67/, Tomme Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. (young). Remarks on the Synonymy. — 0. septemtrionalis, described in 1874, from 2 examples taken on the west coast 1." of Norway (length of the largest about 61/2 inches, or i Musæet i Kbhvn., 139 (eller 173"), har hidtil ikke været kjendt fra andre Punk- ter, end fra de norske Kyster*. Imidlertid har jeg i 1878 Bhar Lejlighed til at undersøge et Exemplar af denne Art, der under et prov isorisk, med Kroyer’ s Haandskrift (omtr. 1852) vedføjet Navn opbevares i den grønlandske Samling men som aldrig hidtil har været omtalt. Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Fra alle de. øyrige Arter.af denne Slegt kan denne kjendes ved sit relativt store Hoved med de lange Kjæver, samt ved en Række af rudimentære Skjægtraade (foruden de normale) langs Over- leben. Jeg med de Supplementer, -som de senere fundne Exemplarer have foranlediget, og giver. tillige en ny Afbildning at Typ- Exemplaret. De Individer, "alle fra de norske Kyster, foreligget til Undersøgelse, dér have have hayt følgende Maal og gjengiver her Artens oprindelige Beskrivelse, - 173”), has not hitherto been known to occur in other local- ities: than on the coasts of Norway.! In 1878, however, I examined a specimen of this species, which, with a, provisional name, in Kröyer's handwriting (probably about 1852), is preserved in the Greenland Collection in the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen. -General Description. Structure of the Body. *_ Onos septemtrionalis is distinguished from all the other species by a comparatively large head, long jaws, and by a series of rudimentary barbels extending (besides the ~ normal ones) along the upper jaw. I give here the de- scription originally furnished, together with supplementary data derived from .the examination of later specimens, and annex a new representation, . The all from the ‘coasts of Norway, are distinguished by. the following dimensions and very individuals examined, Legemet er forholdsvis kort og simmentrængt; dets Hojde, der er betydeligt kortere, end Hovedlængden, inde- holdes omtrent 5?/,; Gange i Totallængden. Anus ligger næsten nøjagtigt midt mellem Underkjæ- vens: Spidst og Slutningen af Analen. Haleroden har en Højde, der er lig Interorbitalrummets Bredde, og indehol- des: næsten 3 Gange i Overkjævens Længde. Hovedet er stort, stærkt fladtrykt ovenfra og neden- fra, og med tykke, muskuløse Kinder; dets Længde indehol- des ubetydeligt over 4 Gange i Totallængden. ven er kortere; end Overkjeven.. Mundspalten er særdeles vid, og større, eiid hos nogen anden Art, idet den, især hos de større Exemplarer, stræk- ker sig bagover langt forbi Øjet. Længden af Overkjæven er nemlig lig Hovedets. postorbitale Del, saaledes at Snu- dens Længde er ikke ubetydeligt mindre, end Afstanden fra Øjet til Mundvinkelen. | Tender. ere tilstede -i Kjæverne og paa Vomer. I Kjæverne danne de flere Rækker, men disse.ere af ulige Størrelse; idet. i Overkjæven den ydre Rækkes Tender ere de største, og-stærkt indadkrummede. medens der i Under- kjæven sidde flere grovere Tænder (der her idethele ere større; end Overkjævens), i den indre Række. 1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4, vol. 15, p. 82 (1874); aNorges » Fiske“; Tillegshefte til Forh. Vid. PRE ae 1874, p. ee Tab; 2; Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. _ Underkje-, Paa For- siden af Vomer findes et halveirkelformigt Baand af finere - Tænder. Straaleantal: fin-formulæ. a. Røst, | 2. Bodø, | ce. Florø a. Røst, | b. Bodø, | c. Florø, = _ Aug. | Aug. | Juli | Aug. /|, Aug. July 1877. 1874. 1873 | ISP. 187 1873. Totallængde . ee tome ieee) 69 mm |- 100™| 173™ | Total length . 69 mm | «100 mm | 173 mm Elovedets Længde i 2) ts 55) 16,8 | 245 - Ve dør | Length: of-head . ik ean = 42 - Straaler i 2den Dorsal 49-43 49 -) 52 - Number of raysin 2D. ..| 49 - 49 - 52 - Straaler i Analen 43 - 41 - 43 - Number of rays in A. 43 - 41,- 43 - Straaler i Pectoralerne .. .+ 16 - 15 - 16 - | Number of rays in P. 16 - 15 - 16 - Body comparatively short and compressed ; considerably less than the length of ve head, length about as 1 to 5%/s. The vent placed nearly midway between the extrem- ity of the lower jaw and the termination of the anal fin. its depth, is to total Pedunele of tail about equal to the width of sie interorbital space, . Head large, depressed, ne with ne museilar cheeks ; its length is contained rather more than 4 times in the total length. Lower jaw shorter than upper. The gape remarkably wide, more. so indeed than in any other species, extending as it does, especially in. large examples, far behind the eye. The upper jaw nearly as long as the postorbital part of the head, and the snout: measuring accordingly a good deal less than the, distance from the eye to the ‘angle of the mouth. y Teeth in the jaws and on the vomer.. In the jaws, arranged in several rows, which, however, are of unequal length on the upper jaw, the teeth in the exterior series being the largest, and curving considerably imwards; the lower jaw has several stouter teeth (the teeth in this jaw, being generally larger than those in the upper) in the interior row. On the fore part of the vomer extends a semicircu- lar patch of smaller teeth. Nat. Hist. Ser. 1 Ann. Mag. 4, vol. 15, p. 82 (1874); “Norges ‘Fiske,’ Appendix to Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 117, Pl. 25 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 4, p. 20. 18*.. Øjnene ere forholdsvis smaa, og, paa Grund af Hove- dets fladtrykte Form, temmelig stærkt opadvendte; de inde- holdes hos større Individer 2 Gange i Snudens Længde, og omtrent 74. Gange i Hovedlængden. Hos de yngre ere Øjnene forholdsvis større: hos Nordhavs-Expeditionens In- divid, der har en Totallængde af blot 69"”, er Øjets Længdediameter ikke langt fra lig Snudelængden, og inde- - holdes blot 5 Gange i Hovedets Længde. Interorbital- rummet er: forholdsvis bredt, og indeholdes 1*/» Gang i Øjets Hojdediameter. ; ; Skjegtraadene oventil ere 2 lange, og en hel Række kortere langs Overlæben. De første sidde; som sædvanligt, ved den bagre Rand af det forreste Par Næsebor: De 140 sidste ere 8 i Antal,’ hvoraf de yderste ere ganske rudimen- | tære; det mellemste Par ere de længste, uden dog at opnaa en Længde af en. Øjendiameter. Paa Hagen findes en enkelt, lang Traad. å Gjællespalten er særdeles vid; Gjællehindens Straaler ere 7 i Antal. 4 Finnerne. . 1ste Dorsal er kort; dens Grundlinie er omtrent lig Afstanden fra Snudespidsen til Øjets bagre Rand; dens første forlængéde Straale har samme Længde, som Finnens halve Grundlinie,: eller 2 Gange Øjets Dia- meter. Den begynder ubetydeligt foran Pectoralernes Rod, og ender ret over Begyndelsen af samme Fintiers ydre Trediedel. ; hie 2den Dorsal, der teller 49—52 Straaler, udspringer lige bag Iste i en Åfstand fra Snudéspidsen, der er ube- tydeligt længere, end Afstanden fra Anus til Kjævernes” bagre Kant. Den er næsten jevnhøj overalt, og slutter i omtrent en Øjendiameters Afstand fra Caudalens Rod. Dens største Hojde er omtrent lig Grundlinien' af lste Dorsal. Analen, der teller 41-—43 Straaler, udspringer umid- delbart bag Anus, og ophører, som hos de fleste Arter, _ubetydeligt før sidste Straale af 2den Dorsal. Dens Hojde "er næsten lig 2den Dorsals Hojde. Pectoralerne, der haye 15—16 korte og afrundede, idet deres Længde " Underkjævens. Straaler, ere brede, ' head as I to 5 only. Eyes rather small, and directed, from the depressed form of the head, considerably upwards; the diameter, in comparatively large individuals, is to the length of the snout * as 1 to 2, and to the length of the head about as 1 to 7/s, In young individuals, the eyes are relatively larger; in the * specimen taken on the Expedition, total length not more than 69””, the longitudinal diameter of the eye very nearly equals the length of the snout, and is to the length of the Interorbital space comparatively wide, being to the vertical diameter of the eye as I to 1/2. Of the cirri on the upper jaw, 2 are long, and a - whole series of shorter (partly rudimentary) barbels extends along the upper lip; the former placed as usual at the poste- rior margin of tlie foremost pair of nostrils; the latter’ are 8 in number, the outermost quite rudimentary,. the medial pair longest, their length, however, not equalling the diamieter of the eye. One+long barbule on the chin. Sie pt Branchial opening exceedingly wide; brancheostegous rays 7. ies ; V Fins. — First dorsal short, length about equalling the distance from the point of the snout to the posterior margin of the eye; the first elongated ray equal in length to half the fin, or to twice the diameter of the eye. It commences a little in advance of the pectorals, terminat- ing immediately above the exterior third: of that fin. Second dorsal, ‘furnished with from 49 to 52 rays,, - commencing immediately posterior to the first, at -a dis- neppe er større, end . * Ventralerne tælle 7 (ikke 8) Straaler, og have den. | 2den Straale noget forlænget, længst hos de yngre Indivi- . | der, hvor den naar forbi Pectoralernes Spidse: hos de ældre er Spidsen fjernet næsten en Finnelengde fra ‘Anus, og naar ikke Pectoralernes Spidse.: Den første og sidste Straale ere enkelte, hvorimod de øvrige, ere kløvede. til Grunden. p 5 et - Caudalen teller 28—30 Straaler, og er noget afrundet, skjønt Hjornerne ere tydeligt fremtrædende. Skjælbeklædning. Skjællene ere smaa og fastsiddende, samt beklæde hele Legemet lige ud paa Snuden, saavelsom : Grunden af Finnerne: mindst skjælbeklædte ere Ventralerne. ’ Hos Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individ, hvis Totallængde blot of lower jaw. tance from the point of the snout slightly exceeding the distance from the vent to the posterior edge of the jaws. Depth nearly uniform throughout. “The fin terminates at a distance about equal to the diameter of the eye from the base of the caudal. Greatest depth about equal to length of basal line of first dorsal. The anal, furnished with from 41 to 43 rays, com- mences. immediately posterior to the vent, terminating, as in most of the species, a little before the last ray of the 2nd ‘dorsal. * Depth nearly equal to that of 2nd dorsal. The pectorals, which have from 15 to 16 rays, are broad, short, and rounded; length hardly exceeding that The yentrals, furnished with 7 (not 8) rays, haye the 2nd ray somewhat produced; it is longest in young indi- viduals, the point reaching beyond the extremity of the pectorals. In comparatively old individuals, the extrem- ity is distant almost the-length of the fm from the vent, -and does not reach the extremity of the pectorals.: The’ er 69”, er Snuden og Hovedets Sider endnu nøgne, lige- - som Skjælbeklædningen endnu ikke er. fremkommet paa ~ first and last rays are simple, the rest cleft to the base. The caudal, furnished with from 28 to 30 rays, slightly, convex, the angles however distinctly perceptible. | Scales. — Scales small, and firmly attached to the skin; extending over the whole surface of the body out upon the snout, and also along the base of the fins; ven- trals furnished with fewest scales. In the specimen taken on the Expedition, total length not more than 697”, the snout and the sides of the head are as yet naked, and the ~ Finnerne; hos et noget ældre Individ, med en Totallængde af 100”, ere Skjællene blevne synlige paa Grunden af Cau- . | dalen, medens de øvrige Finner endnu ere nøgne. Sidelinie. — Sidelinien er ikke overalt tydelig, især paa Legemets mellemste og bagre Del; den bestaar af en ‘Rekke af omtrent 20 Porer, der med. forholdsvis lange . Mellemrum strække sig fra Gjællespaltens øvre Rand hen under lste Dorsal, men bøje ved de første Straaler af 2den Dorsal (ide Pore) ned mod Legemets Midtlinie, som de nu følge ud mod Caudalen. Å Farve. Denne er mørkt graabrun uden Pletter, blot ubetydeligt lysere paa Undersiden; Iris er blaasort, Mund-, hulen hvid. Yngre Individer have forholdsvis lysere Far- «ver oventil. Udbredelse.. 0. septemtrionalis er en hordisk, maaske arctisk Art, hvoraf 3 Individer : (med en Totallængde af 69 til 178””) hidtil foreligge fra Norges Kyster, foruden 1 fra Grønland. De norske Individer ere alle optagne fra, det noget grundere Vand (20—50 Fayne); det mindste af dem var det, der erholdtes under Nordhays-Expeditionen ved Rost, den yderste af Lofotøerne (66'/,° N: B.). Den syd- ligste Localitet, Florø udenfor Søndfjord, ligger under 6111 N. B. | Det grønlandske Individ, «der opbevares i Universitets- Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, har en Totall. af omtr. 170". Det er sandsynligvis allerede i Aarene omkring 1840 indsendt til det nævnte Musæum fra Grønland; en nøjere Angivelse af Localiteten findes ikke. pe Fam. Pleuronectidae. Gen. Platysomatichthys, Bleek. Versl. Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterd. D. 13, p.*426 (1862). Højrevendt. Tænderne stærke, omtrent lige ud- viklede paa begge Sider; i Qverkjæven danne de 2, i Underkjæven 1 Række. der mangle. Mundaabningen vid; OQverkjæven gaar Vomerin- og Palatintæn- tilbage til Øjets Bagrand. De nedre Svælgtænder Side- Skjællene danne en enkelt Række. > Analtorn mangler. linien næsten ret. Caudalen indskaaren. smaa og glatte. Blindsiden stærkt museuløs. 141 |. posterior margin of the eye. seales* have not begun to develop on the fins; in another individual, total length; 100”, the scales are perceptible along the=base of thefeaudal, the other fins being still naked. , ._Lateral Line. — Lateral line not everywhere distinct; more especially, however, on the medial and posterior parts of the body. It is composed of a series of about 20 pores, and extends, with comparatively wide interstices, from the upper margin. of the branchial aperture beneath the base of the first dorsal, but strikes off obliquely at the first rays of the second dorsal (7th pore) to the mesial line, passing from thence straight along it to the caudal. Colour. — A uniform greyish-brown, without spots, somewhat lighter on the surface; irides bluish- * black: -cavity of the mouth white. Young individuals com-* paratively lighter. under Distribution. — 0. septemtrionalig is a northern, |. possibly. an Arctic species, of which only 3 examples (total length, ranging from 69”” to 173””) have as yet béen ob- tained from -the Norwegian coast, and 1 from Green- land. The Norwegian specimens were all taken in com- paratively shallow water (20—50 fathoms), the smallest’ being that obtamed on the North Atlantic Expedition, off Lofoten, in lat. 66'/.° N.; the most southerly locality, Florø, on the, coast. of Søndfjord, is in lat. 614/59 N. The Greenland specimen, preserved in the University “Museum, Copenhagen, has a total length of about 170; it. was probably sent to the Museum from Greenland, cer- tainly not later than 1840; the ‘exact locality is not given. Fam. Pleuronectide. Gen. Platysomatichthys, Bleek. Vers]. Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterd. D. 13, p. 426 (1862). Body dextral. development on both sides; in the ‘upper, jaw 2 Teeth strong, «nearly equal in series, in the. lower 1; vomerine and palatine teeth wanting. Mouth wide, maxillary reaching back to the The lower pharyngeal teeth forming a single row. Preanal. spine absent. Lateral line nearly straight. Caudal fin emarginate. Scales small and smooth. The blind side very mus- » cular. 28... Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Walb.) 1792. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Fabr. (nec Lin.) Fauna Gtoenl. No. 118, p- 163 (1780). Bo Pleuronectes hippoglossoides, Walb. Art. Gant Pise. Pr TH, Di ele (1792). ry Bas Pleuronectes pinguis, Fabr. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math.. Afh. 1 D., p- 43 (1824). ; : Hippoglossus pinguis, Reinh. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 D., p..116 11838). pr: ; . Reinhardtiis hippoglossoides, Gill, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, , App. p. 50 (1861). i Platysomatichthys pinguis, Bleeker, Versl. Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. Am- sterd. D. 13, p. 426 (1862). å Hippoglossus ‘groenlandicus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit.: Mus. vol. 4, p. 404 (1862), i, . Platysomatichthys hippaglossvides, Goode & Bean, Buil. Ess. Inst. vol. ee Fan RSTO): sit i Diagn. Det øvre Øje ligger å Pr ofilranden, og er halvt opadvendt. Dorsal- og Analstraaler ne ere alle udelte. Legemets Højde indeholdes 3 |, Hovedets Len gde 4 Gange i Totdllengden.. Dorsalens Afstand fra Caudalen er større, end Halerodens Højde. Legemet skjælbeklædt indtil mellem Ojnene; Finnerne tæt skjælbeklædte: -Interorbitalrummet fladt. "Ensfarvet mørkt graa--eller gulbrun; Blindsiden, der er ligesaa muskuløs, som Øjensiden, er kun ubetydeligt lysere, end denne. D. 92—102;' A. 74-75; V.6; P+» 14—15; C.. 20. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Havet mellem Hammer- fest. og Beeren Hiland. . directed half upwards. _ side, 28. Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Walb.) 1792. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Fabr. (nee Lin.) Fauna Groenl. No: 118, Del 163 (1780). ‘ Pleuronectes hippoglossoides, Walb. Art. Gen. Pise. Pars IT, p- 115 (1792). PP Pleuronectes pinguis, Fabr. p. 43 (1824). Hippoglossus pinguis, Reinh. Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. LENS Afh. 7 TD, p. 116 (1838). . Reinhardtius hippoglossoides, Gill, Proc. ~~ Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 50 (1861). Platysomatichthys pinguis, Bleeker, «sterd. D. 13, p. 426 (1862). Hippoglossus grenlandicus, Gimth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 404 (1862). Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, sti, p. 7 (1879). App. Versl. Med. Kon. spicy Wet. Am- Goode & Bean, Bull. Ess. Inst. vol. The, upper eye on the marginal line, Dorsal and anal rays simple. depth’ of the body is to total length as 1 to 3*/s, the length of the head as 1to 4. Distance of dorsal fin from caudal greater than the depth of the tail at base. Scales extending hetueen the eyes; the fins closely scaled. ‘Interorbital space flat. Colour a dark greyish- or yellowish-brown; the blind which is almost as muscular as the upper, only a shade lighter. i D. 92—102 ; A. Diagnosis. — V6; P. 14-15; C. 20: 7175; . Locality (North Atl. Exped): — The open 'sea, between Hammerfest and Beeren Hiland. Stat. 286. . Stat. 286. = —= r = 3 = = - Beliggenhed. 215 Kil, SV. Beeren Eiland. | "Bxåct, Locality. 215 Kil. SW. Beeren Eiland. Dybde. 447 Favne (817 7), | Depth. 447 Fathoms (8177). Temp. paa Bunden. — 0,81 C. ie Temp. at Bottom. —-0.8° C. . Bunden. Graagrønt Ler. Bottom. Greyish green Clay., Datum. 6te Juli 1878. Date. 6th July, 1878. Antal Individer. 1 yngre Indiv. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. Art er forholdsvis ikke særdeles nær anden Form, idet den besidder flere udprægede Characte- beslægtet med nogen rer, der dog en’ Rekke Synonymer at.opvise. og dens rette Benæv- nelse har lige til den sidste Tid ikke været endelig fastsat eller anerkjendt. ae nee Fabricius, der var, den første. som i sin landica* (1780) beskrev Arten, henførte den under Linné's Pleuronectes cynoglossus, hvilken Fejl han selv rettede i en Afhandling .Zoologiske Bidrag*. der udkom i 1824 (i-Iste Del at Videnskabs-Selskabets Naturv. og Math. Afhand- linger), og hvor han kalder den Plewronectes pinguis. begge 'Steder er Arten kjendeligt beskreven, men den Af- bildning, der ledsagede hans sidstneynte Afhandling, er fuldstændig fejlagtig. . _ Denne slette Figur ledede Giinther. til i sin Cat. Fish: Brit: Mus. vol. 4 (1862) at anse Fabsicii Pl. cyno- Endskjønt denne * baade ere lette at opfatte og beskrive, har den. Paa - .Fauna Groen- | Numb. of Specim. ‘1 Indiv. (young). Remarks on the Synonymy. This species, albeit in a comparative sense not very closely related to any other form of the genus, distinguished as it is by divers salient characters, easy alike to apprehend and deseribe, has never- theless received a number 'of synonyms, and even now its true designation has not. been finally determined or agreed upon. par KP Fabricius, who was the first to describe the species; in his “Fauna Grænlandica” (1780), classed it under Lin- * neus's Pleuronectes cynoglossus, an error which he corrected himself in a Memoir entitled *Zoologiske Bidrag.” publish-, — ed 1824- (in Part I of “Videnskabs-Selskabets Naturv. og Math. Afhandlinger’ ’), giving it the new name of Plewron. pinguis. In both of these papers recognisable descriptions are furnished of the species: but a figure accompanying the * last of the papers is a complete failure. This eminently defective vepresentation induced Giin- ther, when compiling his Cat. Fish, Brit. Mus. vol. 4 (1862), Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. at Math. Afh. 1 D., The * . glossus (hans senere pin guis) som identisk med Linne’s . ten oftest er omtalt, til 15, "hvor den allerede er 143 PU cynoglossus, en Anskuelse, som gjendreves af Gill allerede i 1864 (Proc. .Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864). Ginther havde imidlertid sivet Arten, der efterhaanden ogsaa gjen- nem andre var blevert bekjendt, det nye Navn Hippoglossus groenlandicus, hvorhos Fabricii PI. hippoglossus opføres som dens Synonym; dette sidste. var imidlertid ucorrect, da PI. hippoglossus; -abr.; utvivlsomt er den rette Hippogl. vulgaris. Navnet Hippoglossus pinguis (Fabr.), under hvilket Ar- end Walbaum's Plewronectes indeholder det ældste er yngre, hippoglossoides (1792), der Artsnavn. * Da forhaandenværende Art å ad- skiller sig, fra Slegten Hippoglossus, med hvilken, den i Regelen er slaaet sammen, har Gill allerede i 1861 henført den under en ny Slægt, Reinhardtius (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad, 1861, App.), men da denne Slægt her, uden at være characteriseret, blot er vil Bleekers Navn Platysomatichthys, saaledes flere Henseender nævnt 1 en Fortegnelse, opstillet i 1862 for den samme Art (13de Bind af Med. Kon. Akad. Wet. i Amsterdam), blive at anv ende. Det under Nord- havs-Expeditionen erholdte Individ var yngre, og, havde føl- gende. Maal: Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. Totallæng de : abet ioe Shen 435 mm - Legemets Længde til En Halehvirvel 378 - Legemets Højde 190 = - Halerodens Højde . d4- * Hovedets Længde 104 - Pectoralens Længde paa Blfdeden . 40 - Tænderne hos dette Individ vare paa pre oven- hvoraf: de inderste vare meget smaa, nedentil 7. ør lange og naalspidse.. Paa Blindsiden fandtes oventil 2 nedentil 6, samtlige af samme By: ening, som de Hede paa Øjensiden. ' Straaleantallet P. 14. Farven paa Busser var kun lidet Tysere, end Øjen- 1902 AEE 20 V6: var: sidens. Interorbitalrummet var hos dette yngre dig id for- || -holdsvis smalt, sammenlignet med Øjnenes Størrelse; Bredde var omtrent, som Øjets Tverdiameter, men , mindre, end Længdediameteren. dets Udbredelse. aretisk Art, der tidligst har været kjendt fra Grønland, beskreven i 1780 af Fabricius: den synes her at være talrig paa det noget dybere Vand. Mod Syd gaar den. i Nordåmerica (ifølge Goode & Bean) lige ned til Dybderne udentor Essex og Massachusetts i New England-Staterne - (429 N. B.). I de preke Farvande har den hidtil blot vane omtalt. fra Finmarken, hvor enkelte Exemplarer i de: senere 'Aar ere fundne og opbevarede, men neppe søndenfor 70° Prahysomatektju hippoglossoides er en: - «Kon. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam, | (in lat. 4200N). to regard Fabricii Pl. cynoglossus (subsequently pinguis) as identical with Linneus's JED cynoglossus, an assumption | confuted by. Gill in 1864 (Proce, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864). Giinther, however . had given the species (which had * meanwhile been also Fl by others). the new name, Hippoglossus grenlandicus, regaiding Fabricius’s PI. hippoglos- sus as its synonym; but the latter was erroneous, and PI. hip- poglossus Fabr. is unquestionably the true Hippogl. vulgaris. Hippoglossus pingwis; (Fabr.), the name under which this species has been most frequently mentioned, is antici- pated by Walbaum's Plewronectes hippoglossoides (1792), the earliest specific designation of the fish. The species described being in , several respects es- sentially. distinct’ from the genus Hippoplossus, to. which it has generally been referred, Dr. Gill, back as 1861, saw ‘fit to*elass it as the type of a new genus, Reinhardtius (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, .App.); but the name of this genus being merely recorded in a Cata- ° logue, and no characters. enumerated, Platysomatichthys, established’ by Bleeker in 1862 for the same type (Med. — D. 18), mist be the. correct so far: designation. «— The individual obtained and measured . Descriptive Observations. on the-Expedition was comparatively young, as follows: Total length" . 455m" Length of body to last ‘candal vértebra 5378 - Depth of body. 120 - Depth of tail at base 34 - «Length of head 104 - . Length of pectoral on blind side" 40 - The teeth on the coloured side, above, in this indiy- idual 15, the innermost exceedingly small; below 7, all long and acicular; on the blind side the number above was 22, below 6, similar in struéture to. those corresponding with them on the coloured side. The fin-ray formula was as follows: — DO 2 PAGE 20 Vo: PA The colour of the skin on the blind side but a shade lighter than on the upper. Interorbital space in this immature example rather narrow compared to the eyes, its width being about equal to the vertical diameter of the orbit, but less than the longitudinal diameter. -. C. Distribution. — Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides is an Arctic species, first observed on the coast of Greenland, and described, so far back as 1780, by Fabricius; through- out that region it would appear to be a common fish at some depth. In North America its range southwards "(according to Goode & Bean) extends to the depths lying off the shores of Essex and Massachusetts,. in New England In the regions of Northern Europe, the species had been previously met with on the coast of Finmark only, where examples haye im later years. been taken and pre- N. B. Af en Bemærkning i Leem’s bekjendte Værk over Finmarkens Lapper (Kbhvn. 1767), p. 315, synes den alle- rede i forrige Aarhundrede at have været erholdt og kjendt af Fiskerne i disse Landsdele. | Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individ var optaget paa Havet sydvest for Beeren Biland, paa det betydelige Dyb af omtrent 450 Favne; sandsynlig- vis vil denne Art vise sig ikke at mangle paa nogen til- svarende Dybde i de arctiske Trakter mellem Europa og America. Gen. Hippoglossoides, Gottsche. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg, 1 Jahrg. 2 B., p. 164 (1835). Højrevendt. Tonderne smaa, titspidsede, paa begge. Sider lige udviklede, og danne ver en enkelt Række; De nedre Svælgtænder i begge Kjæ- Vomerin- og Palatintænder mangle. danne en enkelt Rekke.. Mundaabningen særdeles vid: gaar. tilbage til under Øjeis Midte. stede. Sidelinien næsten, rei. Overkjæven Analtorn til- Caudalen afrundet. Skjællene temmelig store, paa Øjensiden haartandede: - Siraaleaniallet betydeligt. 29. Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.) 1780. A.: Nearctiske Synonymer. * Pleuronectes platessoides, Fabr. Fatna Groenl. p. 164 (1780). Citharus platessoides, Reinh. Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 D., ~ p. 116 og 130 (1838). Platessa dentata, D. H. Storer, (nec Mitch.), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1838—389, vol. 2, p. 480 (1839); Hist. Fish. Mass. Camb. Bost. p. 197, pl. 30, Fig. 3 (1867), [teste Br. & Goode]. Drepanopsetta platessoides, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 50 (1861). ; å Hippoglossoides dentatus, Gill, Proc. Acad: Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 50 (1861): Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit, Mus. vol. 4, p. 406 (1862). ; Hippoglossoides platessdides, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 217 (1864). i Potamopsetta dentata, Gill, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 217 (1864). . : å Hippoglossoides limandoides, Goode & Bean, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, vol. 17, 1879, p. 39 (1879). ; B. Palæarctiske Synonymer. Pleuronectes linguatula, Mull. (nec Lin.) Zool. Dan. Prodr. p- 46. No. 377 (1776). : Pleuronectes limandoides, Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fische, B. 3, p. 24 KG Hippoglossoides limanda, «Gottsche, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835; Bata å | p. 168 (1835). served, though. hardly farther south than in lat. 70° N. From an observation .in Leem’s well-known work on the Lapps of Finmark (Copenhagen 1767), p. 315, it would appeår to have been known and captured by fishermen in those localities as early as the last century. The example- obtained on the Expedition was taken in the open sea, south-west of Beeren Hiland, at the very éonsiderable depth of 450 ‘fathoms; probably, the species is nowhere wanting at corresponding depths in any of .the Arctic tracts stretch- ing between Europe and America. Gen. Hippoglossoides, (Gottsche. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. a 2 B., p. 164 (1835). Body - deætral: either side equally developed; one row in each jaw; Teeth small, and pointed; vomerine and palatine teeth wanting. Lower pharyn- geal teeth forming a single row. Mouth exceedingly wide; maxillary, reaching back to the middle of . Preanal Lateral line ° Caudal rounded. Scales rather the eye. spine present, almost canals large, on the coloured side ciliated. Number of fin- rays considerable. 29. Hippoglossides då (Fabr) 1 1780. A. Nearctic Synonyms. Pleuronectes platessoides, Fabr. Fauna Grænl. p. 164 (1780). Citharus platessoides, Reinb. Kgl. D, Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 7 D., ee p. 116 and 130 (1838). Platessa dentata, D. H. Storer, (nec Mitch. ), Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1838—39, vol. 2, p. 480 (1839); Hist.’ Fish. Mass. Camb. Bost. _p. 197, pl. 30, fig. 3 (1867), [teste Br. & Goode]. Tas: Drepanopsetta platessoides, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat.. Sci. Philad. 1861, .. 4 App. p. 50 (1861). i A . kr Hippoglossoides dentatus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, App. p. 50 (1861); Gimther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 406 (1862). k Hippoglossoides platessoides, Gall, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. 217 (1864). : : Potamopsetta dentata, Gill; Proc. - Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1864, p. "907 (1864). k Hippoglossoides limandoides, Goode & Bean, Am. Tonn Sci. Arts, vol. 17, 1879, p. 39 (1879). : B. Palearctic Synonyms. Pleuronectes linguatula, Mill. (nec Lin.) Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 45, No. 377 (1776). Pleuronectes Timandoides, Bloch, Naturg. Ausl. Fische, B. 3, p. 24 (1787). . Hippoglossoides limanda, Gottsche, Wi jegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, B. 2, p- 168 (1835). 145 Pleuronectes limandanus, Parn. Edinb. New Philos. Journ. 1835, p. 210 (1835). Ko Platessa.limandoides, Jen. Man. Brit. Vert. Anim. p. 459 (1835). Hippoglossoides limandoides, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 405 (1862). Hippoglossoides platessoides, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra, 1878, No. 14, p. 92 (1878). Diagn. Legemet glat, dets Højde indeholdes 3"1, hos ældre Individer 2?/;, Hovedets Længde 4—4'|, Gange å To- tallengden. Dorsalens Afstand fra Caudalen er -betydeligt mindre, end Halerodens Hojde. Hovedet skjælbeklædt tlige ud paa Kjæverne; Finnerne ligeledes skjælbeklædte. Inter- orbitalrummet smalt; Øjnene ligge fortil å samme Plan, og indeholdes 4, hos fuldt udvorede Individer 4°), Gange i Hovedets Længde. Underkjæven længst. Rødgraa, ofte med enkelte (4—6) utydelige større Pletter langs Grunden af Dorsalen og Analen; Blindsiden hvid. M. B.8. D. 76-92 (98—101); A. 64+72.(60—79); ; JP. GE Localit. fra Nordk. Exped. Tanafjord i Finmar- ken; Havet mellem Nordeap og Beeren Hiland, samt Havet søndenfor Spitsbergen. Stat, 261. Stat. 323. Stat. 326. Balsavénhed Tanafjord, 180 Kil. SO. 105 Kil. S. oe on Finmarken. Beeren Eiland. | Spitsbergen. 127 Favne 223 Favne 123 Favne Dybde. G AQ = E (2327), (408 7). (295m), Temp. paa Bunden. +28 C. + 1,59 C. + 1,6° C. i Ler Brungraat p : Bunden. og ‘Mudder. Te Morkt Ler. Datum. |25de Juni 1878.} 30te Juli 1878. | 3die Aug. 1878. 15 Unger og 6 halvvoxne yngre Indiv. Antal Individer. Teie 1 Indiv. Bomærkninger til Synonymien. I 1780 opstillede og beskrev Fabricius i ,, Fauna Groenlandica* under No. 119 sin Pleuronectes platessoides, og i 1789 blev Arten opført _ under dette Fabricii Navn i Gmelin's 13de Udgave af Lin- nei ,Systema Naturae* (p. 1234): Endnu engang gjorde Fabricius den til Gjenstand for en temmelig udførlig Be- skrivelse, der indførtes i Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. 1 Del, p. 40 (1824), ledsaget af en Tegning, der dog var af meget primitiv Natur. Senere er Arten under denne Benævnelse kun sjel- dent, og aldrig med nogen Udførlighed eller efter Autopsi bleven omtalt, og specielt er dens rette Forhold til den -europæiske Plewronectes lmandoides, opstillet af Bloch i 1787, ikke gjort til Gjenstand for nogen sammenlignende Undersggelse!, naar undtages, at Malmgren, der havde 2 spæde Unger af, hvad han antog var denne Art, fra Npits-: 1 Den udførlige Beskrivelse af , Pleuronectes platessoides, Fabr.* fra . Island, som Faber giver i sin ,,Naturg. Fische Islands”, p. 140 (Frankf. 1829), vedrører ikke denne Art, men PI. limanda, Lin. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition, Collett: Fiske, Pleuronectes Umandanus, Parn. Edinb. New Philos. Journ. 1835, p. 210 (1835). ; Platessa Uimandoides, Jen. Man. Brit. Vert. Anim. p.-459 (1835), - Hippoglossoides limandoides, Giinth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 405 (1862). Hippoglossoides platessoides, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 92 (1878). Diagnosis. — Body smooth; depth to total length as 1 to 34, nm full-grown examples as 1 to 2?/;; length of head as 1 to 4—4'/,. Distance of dorsal from caudal considerably less than the height of the peduncle of the tail. Head scaled, out on the jaws; the fins, too, are covered with scales. Iuterorbital space narrow; the eyes equal in front; their diameter is to the length of the head as 1 to 4, in full-grown individuals as 1 to 4/2. Lower jaw longer than upper. Colour reddish-grey, frequently with a few (4—6) large, indistinct spots along the base of the dorsal and anal. The blind side white. M. B. 8. D. 76—92 (93—101); A. 64—72 (60—79); : P. 10—11 (9—12); V. 6: Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The Tana Fjord (Finmark); the open sea. between the North Cape and Beeren Filand; and the ocean tract south of Spitzbercen. Stat. 261. The Tana Fjord, Stat. 323. Stat. 326. 180 Kal. SE. Exact Locality. 105 Kilom. 8. Finmark. Beeren' Eiland. | of Spitzbergen. Peri: 127 Fathoms 295 Fathoms 123 Fathoms (2327). (4087), (225m), Temp. at Bottom,| .-+ 2.8° C. 4+ 15°C. + 1.6° 6, ee and Mad. ep Dark Clay, Date. 25th June 1878.| 30th July 1878. | 3rd Aug. 1878. 15 Ind. (hålf- grownandyoung). 6 Indiv. .(half-erown). 1 Indiv. Numb. of Speeim. Remarks on the Synonymy. — In 1780, Fabricius established and described the species Pleuronectes platessoi- des in his “Fauna grænlandiea” (No. 119); and in 1789 it was classed with this name in Gmelin’s 13th Edition of Linneus’s “Systema nature” (p. 1234). Once again Fabricius made PI. platessoides the subject of a rather elaborate de- sctiption, in Kgl. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. Math. Afh. Part 1, p. 40 (1824); and on this occasion he furnished’ a drawing, which is however exceedingly primitive in character. Under the name of PI. platessoides, the species has since been rarely recorded, and never once deseribed fully or from autopsy; nor has its true relation to the European form of Pl. lmandoides, described by Bloch in 1787, been made the subject of comparative investigation,! saving that Malmgren, who was in possession of 2 very young exam- ples (belonging, in his opinion, to this species), from Spitz- 1 The “Plewronectes platessoides, Fabr.,” from the coast of Iceland, of which Faber gave a detailed deseription in his *Naturg. Fische Is- lands,” p. 140 (Frankf. 1829), is not this species, but Pl. limanda, Lin. 19 146 bergen til Undersøgelse i 1864, troede indtil videre at burde opføre den som en fra Pl. limandoides distinct Art (Ofv. Kel. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1864, p. 525), medens Giinther _ (1862) i sin Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 405 (i Noten) kan sees at have været tilbøjelig til at betragte dem begge som identiske. De Characterer, hvorved denne østlig-aretiske Art angives at kunne holdes ud fra den europæiske Plewronec- tes limandoides, ere væsentlig et større Antal Straaler i de verticale Finner, samt en relativt større Legemshøjde. Jeg har allerede i 1878 i den foreløbige Beretning om Nord- havs-Expeditionens Fiske søgt at paavise, at disse Charac- terer ikke ere af nogen afgjørende Betydning, og. fremsat den Formodning, at begge disse Arter vare identiske. Efterat jeg i det sidstforløbne Aar, ved Dr. Liitken’s Velvillie, har havt Lejlighed til at undersøge den Række typiske Exemplarer af Fabricii Plewronectes platessoides, alle fra Grønland, der opbevares ‘i Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, har jeg fundet denne Formodning bekræftet. En directe Sammenligning mellem de nævnte Typ-Exemplarer og Nord- havs-Expeditionens Individer fra Havet søndenfor Npitsber- gen udviste, at de vare fuldstændig overensstemmende ind- byrdes, ligesom disse spitsbergenske Individer i ingen væ- sentlig Henseende ere forskjellige fra ligestore Individer fra Christianiafjorden, som nedenfor skal udvikles. Af Slegten Hippoglossoides, opstillet af Gottsche i 1835 for Bloch’s: Plewronectes limandoides, findes der idet- hele blot 3 bekjendte Arter, nemlig foruden den mnord- atlantiske MH. platessoides, Fabr., tillige 2. Arter fra de nordlige Dele af det stille Hav (H. jordami, Lock. 1879, og H. exilis, Jord. & Gilb. 1880). Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. De under Expe- ditionen erholdte Individer havde følgende Maal og Straale- antal: Stat. 326. (Sondenfor Spitsbergen). | Legemets* | Hovedets [Straaler i Straaler i Totallængde. . | Højde. | Leengde. J Dorsalen.) Analen. a | 90™ | 25mm 20 mm Sor b. 105 - 30 - 23 - da Ji 175 ae Ose 30: (eee ae SÅ JA d. LOE 2 25 - SO e. 149 - 43 - 53 - 88 71 Fa 150 47 - Sn 91 73 ga: 1720 DD - ayy a 84 68 h. 181 - 5D - 42 - 93 73 i | (182 - DG | owt ioe 92 74 80, - ° Cli 148 89 71 We) UBO SS) MO SGM hen 94 73 me WASP Pin 08 91 73 m. | 225 - | 73 - 51 - 101 79 ee dg. Bå - 88: | 69 p. 2B oy NONE 7a DO =e ol 74 bergen, saw fit to. regard it preliminarily as distinct from Pl. limandoides (Öfv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Förh. 1864, p. 525); and that Giinther (1862), in his Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vol. 4, p. 405 (as appears from the note), was inclined to regard them as identical. The characters which, as a rule, are said to distin- guish this East Arctic species from the European Plewro- nectes limandoides, consist chiefly in the vertical fins having a greater number of rays, and in the depth of the body being relatively greater. In my preliminary Report (1878) on the fishes from the North Atlantic Expedition, I sought to show that these characters were of no essential importance, and yentured to suggest the identity of the two species. » Since then, this view has received additional support, Dr. Liitken having kindly afforded me opportunity of ex- amining, last year, the specimens of Fabricius’s typical Plewronectes. platessoides’ (all from Greenland) .preserved in the Zoological Museum at Copenhagen. On instituting a direct comparison between these typical specimens and the individuals collected on the North Atlantic Expedition south of Spitzbergen, they were found to exhibit the closest agreement; nor did the Spitzbergen individuals differ ma- terially from examples of equal size taken in the Christiania Fjord, as will afterwards be shown. In the genus Hippoglossoides, established by Gottsche, © 1835, for Bloch’s Plewronectes limandoides, are comprised of known species only 3, viz: — the North Atlantic spe- cies H. platessoides, Fabr., and 2 species occurring in the northern tracts of the Pacitie (H. jordami, Lock. 1879, and H. exilis, Jord. & Gilb: 1880). Descriptive Observations. — Measurements of, and number of fin-rays in, the specimens obtained on the Ex- pedition: — ; Station 326 (South of Spitzbergen). Depth | Length Rays * Rays Total Length. På | ; ; Å | of. Body. of Head. fin Dorsal. in Anal. a. | 90nm 25mm | QQ mm 89 |. 70 b. | 105- | 30- | 23- 93 75 C. Ppa a) 3005 24. - 91 74 d. ihe onen hemes a 25 - 90 |. 71 é. 149 - 43 - dø 88,1 JA hs 150 - 47 - 36 - Ok ee Ga ug 39 - 84 | *68 h. 181 - dd - 42 - 93 73 i. 189:=: 01 Vb aul come Da) ee k. 1858 51161 NPE 89 | 7 b.|-189- 1,59" | 48- ER Et 52 - le 0 my | BÅS tg] tee ee AS a 0 DØ7 = GN ws ae 55-09 p. 235 - 75- | 59- 91 74 Stat. 323. (Sydost for Beeren Biland). Station 323 (South-east of Beeren Biland). Fed. | Legemets he Hovedets [Straaler eee dd ad ewe | DE Length Rays Rays å | Højde. Længde. | Dorsalen. | Analen. | Ne ; of Body. | of Head. fin Dorsal. in Anal. gj |. 350mm | a250m | aq fat | 6g q | 350™ | 125m 87m | 87 å 69 - | | . Stat. 261. (Tanafjord, Øst-Finmarken). | Station 261 (The Tana Fjord, East Finmark). | | | Legemets | Hus Straaler ij Straaler i | Depth Length Rays Rays | Totallængde. | å | Total Length. | rå : . | * | Højde. | Længde. Dorsalen. Anale on. | ata ei of Body. | of Head. _ in Dorsal. in Anal. (å ao 45mm oom 89 | Te pi Jorn pl 45m | 38"m 89 71 att 70, 49 - 40 - 89. | 69 Vases NSE NE Oe 89 69 hl 63 - 50 - 97 74 | GARE elt Gok. (al reece 97 74 u Bt NE 94 73 Uu 214 - 61 - 48 - 94 73 v 245 - TL > eee Nae 96 74 | v. 245 - SSE) Satie 96 74 1 254 - 78 - 60 - 91 74 Gå 254 - me = Mi 60 - 91 74 Til Sammenligning vedfojes en Angivelse af Straale- | For comparison is annexed a list of fin-formulæ in antallet hos en Del Individer af ,.H. limandoides“ fra et | divers examples of “H. limandoides” from other localities Par andre Punkter af den norske Kyst, hvoraf jeg person- lig har kunnet undersoge Individer. | å Legemets | Hovedets [Straaler i Straaler i | ovalt | Højde. | Længde. Dor salen.) Analen. Ø. Finmarken | 66™ | 19mm | f4mm | 93 | 75 = 386 - | 138- | 91 - 90 | 69 Tromsø Sprell ? ? 91 TO) +.* | 915 - | 66-"| 44- 85 66 — | 285 - 88 - | 65 - 85 69 Christianiafjorden 185 - Gre 49 - 86 64 = (ee Gs |) AB 87 64 a Sheet Gime aos A ag 63 = 19220 - | 69 -| 45 - S6 «66 — 1346 179059 - SØT Maa oP = [S58 Sah Tou 1959 = 80 66 — | 298 - 94 - 63 - 79 64 Hvad først den almindelige Legemsbygning angaar, udgjør den gjennemsnitlige Højde. af Legemet i Forhold til Totallængden hos et Antal omtrent ligestore Individer fra disse forskjellige Localiteter følgende: « Spitsbergen (9 Ind., Totall. 172—235””) 3.10 Øst-Finmarken (5 Ind., Totall. 170—254"”) 3,40 Tromsø (2 Ind., Totall. 215—285"”) 3,24 Christianiafjorden (7 Ind., Totall. 185—298””) 3,26 Vistnok sees saaledes Individerne fra Sritsbengen at have havt en relativt noget større Legemshøjde, end Indi- viderne fra Øst-Finmarken, men dette er ganske tilfældigt, da Individerne fra disse Localiteter ere absolut identiske: men mellem de nordligste (fra Spitsbergen) og de sydligste (fra Christianiafjorden) ‘er Forskjellen atter ganske ubety- delig, saaledes at sikre Distinttionscharacterer ikke kunne - hentes fra dette Forhold. Det maa her bemærkes, at,Legemshøjden er relativt større hos de fuldt udvoxede Individer, anførte, der gjælder Individerne i et noget yngre Stadium. Hos 4 af de undersøgte Typ-Bxemplarer fra Grønland, end den ovenfor on the Norwegian coast which I have had an opportunity of examining. Total Depth |Length off Rays in | Rays in Le ngth. of Body. | Head. Dorsal. Anal. East Finmark 66 mm 19 mm f4 mm. 93 Heg — | 886 - | 138 - | 91 - 90 69 Tromsø PE ? ? 91 TO -— id = 66 - 44 - 85 G6 — 285 - 88 - 65: - 55) 69 Christiania Fjord) 185 - BYE AD <2 86 64 = (ae Omg) Greet oes 87 64 us 9184-64-10] 49 IP so 63 — | 220 - |" 69 -.| 45 - 86 66 — 1946 =! 790 59 82 62 -— MOHS Moe NOG 80 66 På R298 Ege 79 64 First, as regards the general structure of the body. The proportion borne by the depth to the total length in a number of specimens, about equal in size, from the said localities is as, follows: Spitzbergen 9 Ind: (Total L. 172—235"") as 1 to 3.10. East Finmark 5 Ind. (Total L. 170—254”) as 1 to 3.40. Tromsø 2 Ind. (Total L. 215—285"") as 1 to 3.24. Christiania Fjord, 7 Ind. (Total L. 298mm) as 1 to 3.26. The majority of the Spitzbergen individuals were, in- distinguished by a depth of body relatively greater than those from East Finmark; this, however, is merely casual, the latter having been in the strictest sense identi- cal with the former; but between the examples from the most northerly locality (Spitzbergen) and those obtained farthest south (the Christiania Fjord). the difference is very inconsiderable, far too slight indeed to admjt of its furn- ishing distinetive characters. * It may be noticed, that the depth of the body in full- grown" individuals is relatively greater than that here given, which refers to examples in a somewhat earlier stage of growth. In 4 of the typical specimens from Greenland, ; 19* deed, hvor Totallængden laa mellem 350”” og 4517”, var Le- gemshøjden gjennemsnitlig 2,73; omtrent samme Forholde udviste Nordhavs-Expeditionens store Individ fra Beeren Eiland. hvis Totallængde var 350””, nemlig 2,80, et stort Individ, som jeg erholdt i Juli 1878 i Varanger- fjorden i Øst-Finmarken, hvis Totallængde var PRO nem- lig 2,79. DS As! og og Dermed vil unegtelig Straaleantallet vise sig at være constant større hos Individerne fra de nordligste Localiteter (Grønland, Spitsbergen), end fra de sydligste (Christiania- fjorden), hvad der fremgaar af de nedenfor anførte Straale- antal hos Individer, hvoraf der fra nogen Localitet have foreligget en Række til Undersøgelse, bliver endnu større, om man undersøger de forskjellige An- og denne Forskjel givelser, der foreligge fra endnu sydligere Landsdele, som fra Sverige (Sundström'), Danmark (Gottsche? og Kröyer*), samt England (Yarrell*), og Skotland (Parnell*). Grønland Mand) D93—835 407068, Spitsbergen. . . . . (15 Ind.) D.101—84; A. 79—68. Øst-Finmarken, Norge . (8 Ind.) D. 97—89; A. 75—69. Vest-Finmarken, Norge . (3 Ind.) D. 91—85; A. 70—66. Christianiafjord, Norge . (7 Ind.) D. 87—79; A. 66—62. Sverige å er JE DET EFS VA 666 Danmark [Gottsche] . . (6 Ind.) D. 87—81; A. 65—64. Danmark [Kroyer] . (9 Ind.) D. 88—78; A. 68—60. Storbritannien . D. 85—765; A. 69—64. Straalernes Middeltal i de ovennævnte Individ-Rækker har jeg fundet at være følgende paa disse forskjellige Loca- liteter : Grønland D, 88; A. 69. Spitsbergen . Fe DOOR AG 2 Ost-Finmarken, Norge ad 79 DRI92-LAN 72. Vest-Finmarken, Norge . DESET-PALI6S: Christianiafjord, ae D. 83; A. 64. Sverige D825 A 659 Danmark Eten] ‘ D SAA 165. Danmark [Kröyer] De 32 A G4: Storbritannien . D. 80; A. 668: Mellem de Finmarken-Spitsbergenske Individer og In- dividerne fra Christianiafjorden er der saaledes en gjennem- snithg Forskjel af omtrent 9 Straaler i Dorsalen, og 8 i Analen, og mellem de førstnævnte og Individerne fra Stor- britannien for Dorsalens Vedkommende: endog 12. Men Middeltallet fra de mellemliggende Stationer udviser tyde- lige Overgange, og disse ville utvivlsomt blive endnu kla- rere, naar Individer blive undersøgte fra flere af disse mellemliggende Loealiteter (saaledes f. Ex. fra Nordland i Norge). ‘ Fauna öfver Sveriges Ryggradsdjur, p. 255 (1877). * Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, B. 2, p: 168 (1835). 3 Danmarks Fiske, B. 2, p. 358 (1843—45).* 4 British Fishes, ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 312 (1841), Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 7, p. 368 (1838). Da her intet Individ-Antal kan opgives, har Middeltallet maattet uddrages directe af de angivne Ydergrændser. on = saa-, - proportional depth of the body .to average 2.73, I found the within a fraction that of the large individual taken on the Expedi- | tion off Beeren Eiland, viz. 350” (total length): 2.80; and of a large individual which I obtained in the Varanger total length ranging from 350/"".to 451”, - Fjord, East Finmark, in July 1878, viz. 386” (total length): 2.79. On the other hand,* the number of fin-rays will be regularly greater in specimens from the most northerly lo- calities (Greenland, Spitzbergen) than from those farthest south (the Christiania Fjord), as is shown by the numbers (given below) for series of individuals from several localities; and ‘this difference becomes still more ap- parent on annexing the statements. made for regions still farther south, for instance Sweden (by Sundstrém!), Den- mark (by Gottsche? and Kröyer*), England (by Yarrell)* and Scotland (by Parnell’). 93—83; (Greenland (5 Ind.) D. As. 70—68. Spitzbergen . . (15 Ind.) D.101—84; A. 68. East Finmark, Norway . (8 Ind.) D. A. 75—69. West Finmark, Norway. (3 Ind.) D. 91—85;' A. 70—66. Christiania Fjord, Norw. (7 Ind.) D. 87 A. 66—62. Sweden , DE EN STG 66—64. Denmark EE (Guindy Ds 81281 Ae 64. Denmark [Kröyer] . (9 Ind.) D. 88—78; A. 68—60: Great Britain , = D., 85- -76; Awe The mean number of rays in the said.series of indiy- iduals from these localities I found to be as follows: Greenland D882 FANG? Spitzbergen . ; D. 90 eAs aes East Finmark, Nha A D. (92 Ar wies West Finmark, Norway 1D: SAC 6s: Christiania Fjord, Norway . D. 83; A. 64, Sweden: JJ EE D. 82; A. 658. Denmark [Gottsche] . D. 84; A. 65. Denmark [Kröyer] D. 82; A. 64. Great Britain D. 80; A.66.6 Between the Finmark-Spitzbergen individuals and those from the Christiania Fjord, there is, accordingly, in the dor- sal an average difference of about 9 rays, in the anal of 8; and between the former individuals and those from Great Britain, of 12, even in the dorsal. But the mean number the stations exhibits a distinct transition tendency, which will unquestionably be found still more strikmg when individuals shall have been examined from more’ of these intermediate localities (Nordland, in Norway; for instance). for intervening 1 Fauna öfver Sveriges Ryggradsdjur, p. 255 (1877). > Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, B. 2, p. 168 (1835). 3 Danmarks Fiske, B. 2, p. 358 (1843—45). * British Fishes, ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 312 (1841). > Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 7, p. 368 (1838). ® There being no enumeration of the individuals, the mean number has to be deduced from the two extremes. Desuden falde ikke sjelden de hos Individerne fra de nordligste og de sydligste Localiteter sammen, eller de kunne endog «krydse hinariden. Saaledes udviste et af Individerne fra Havet mellem Beeren Eiland og Spitsbergen i Dorsalen 84, i Analen 68' Straaler, dens Kröyer hos et af sine Individer fra Danmark talte i _Dorsalen 88, i Analen 67 Straaler. individuelle Variationer me- Nogen Artsdistinction mellem de nordlige og sydlige Former, der kunde begrundes ved Straaleantallet i Fin- nerne, vil derfor neppe kunne forsvares. T alle andre Forholde Arten ikke til at adskille fra de sydligere. en Selvfølge, antal staar en tilsvarende Forøgelse . Porer i Sidelinien, samt af Hvirvler. Men fuldkommen con- stante Afvigelser lade sig ligesaalidt paavise i disse For- holde. som i Antallet af Straalerne. | Det er at i Sammenhæng med det forøgede Straale- i Antal af Skjælrækker, dog Paa samme Maade altsaa, som Liparis lineatus (Le- pech.) i+ de aretiske Landsdele optræder med et constant større Antal Straaler i de verticale Finner, end ved Nor- ges og Sveriges Sydkyst, samt i Østersøen, og, uden at her- paa kan begrundes en Adskillelse i Arter eller endog i - constante Varieteter, er saaledes det samme Tilfældet med Hippoglossoides platessoides; og da Arten er beskreven under dette Navn allerede 7 Aar tidligere, end den sydligere, af - Bloch opstillede Plewronectes limandoides, maa dette sidste Navn vige for det ældre. Som en Særegenhed ved en Del ditionen kan Straaler paa Blindsiden havde en ret af de under Expe- anføres, at Pectoralens afskaaren Rand, og end hos de øvrige Individer. erholdte Individer vare tillige kortere, Føde. Blandt de mellem Beeren Hiland og Spits- bergen fra en Dybde af 123 Favne ophentede Individer blev Ventrikelen og dens Indhold undersøgt hos 11 af for- skjellig Størrelse. Indholdet betandtes temmelig ensartet, hvad der ogsaa var at vente, samme Kast med Trawlnettet. da alle vare erholdte i det Foruden Themisto libellula, Mandt, der neppe savne- des hos noget af de undersøgte Individer (hos enkelte fand- tes næsten udelukkende denne Art, og i stor Mængde), var særdeles hyppig tilstede Pecten groenlandicus, Sow., tildels i talrige Exemplarer, og med fuldkommen hele Skaller. Andre Crustaceer, ikke i nogen Mængde; end den ovennævnte Hyperide, fandtes enkelte Exemplarer af en Anonyx fandtes hos flere af Individerne, typica, M. Sars, samt enkeltvis Syrrhoé crenulata, Goés, en ung Pasiphaé tarda, Kr., en Ampelisca, samt en Protome- deia fasciata, Kr. Endvidere fandtes af andre bestembare Dyr flere hele Exemplarer af en Nephthys, samt Stykker af Rørene hvoriblandt kunde kjendes Chloraema fremdeles et Par Exemplarer at Ophi- More Pla- af andre Annelider, pellucidum, M. Sars; octen sericeum, Forb., en Yoldia frigida, en . ere de arctiske Individer af fremdeles flere Munnopsis Moreover, such individual differences in examples from the most northerly and examples from the most southerly localities, nay even to pass the differential limit. one, of the specimens taken between Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen has in the dorsal 84, in the anal 68 rays; and rays are not infrequently found to meet, or congrue, Thus, for stance, Kroyer counted in one of his Danish specimens 88 in the dorsal, and 67 in the anal. A specific distinction between the northern and south- ern forms derived from the number of fin-rays, there Is, accordingly, but little reason to assume. In all other respects, the Arctic individuals of the are not to be distinguished from individuals occur- As a matter of course, how- . s, a 7 . hd the increased number of fin-rays involves a propor- species ring in southern’ localities. ever, tionate augmentation in the number of scales, vertebrae, and pores in the lateral line; but the variation observed, . in these characters is not more constant than in the number of fin-rays. i As is the case with Liparis lineatus, which im the Arctic regions has the vertical fins invariably furnished with a greater number of rays than when occurring on the coasts of Norway and Sweden and in the Baltic (this feature, however, not sufficing to warrant division into species or constant varieties even), soides platessoides. so too with Hippoglos- And the species having been diagnosti- cated under this name 7 years before the southern form Pleuronectes limandoides, established by Bloch, the latter name must give way to the earlier designation. As a peculiar feature in some of the individuals en on the Expedition, may be noticed the straight margin of the pectoral rays on the blind side; these rays were shorter, too, than in the other individuals. — Of the numerous individuals collected be- at a depth of 125 fathoms, the stomach and its contents were examined in 11, of different dimensions. The contents exhibited very little disparity, as was indeed to be expected, all of the individuals having been brought up at. one haul with the Food. tween Beeren Eiland and Spitzbergen, trawl-net. Exclusive of Themisto libellula, Mandt, which can in any one of the individuals examined (in some the ventricle was distended almost wholly with this species), Pecten grenlandicus, Sow., trequently occurred; and with the scales entire. hardly have been wanting The only crustacean was the above-mentioned | some of the ventricles were found observed in considerable numbers, In a few specimens of an Anonyx, also several examples of Mnnop- sis typica, M. Sars, and isolated examples of Syrrhoé cre-' nulata, Gots, a young Pasiphaé tarda, Kr., and a Protomedeia fasciata, Kr. ; Of other animals, occurred in one specimen several perfect examples of a Nephthys, also fragments: of the tubes of other Annelids, amongst which, Chloræma pelluci- dum, M. Sars, admitted of being determined; moreover, one or two examples of Ophiocten sericeum, Forb., a Yoldia Hyperid. an Ampelisca, narie, samt hos de fleste af Individerne en Del Grus og Mudder. Hos et af Individerne fra Tanafjord fandtes af Dyre- levninger intet uden Pecten groenlandicus, Sow.. i flere Exemplarer, — Udbredelse. Da Bloch's Pleuronectes limandoides, efter hvad ovenfor er udviklet, maa antages blot at udgjøre den sydlige Stamme af Fabricii Plewronectes platessoides, er Arten fundet fra Spitsbergen og Island ned langs Nord- vest-Europas Kyster til den britiske Canal, fremdeles ved Nord-Americas Østkyst fra Grønland af ned til New-England Staterne. Ved de scandinaviske Kyster har den hidtil væsentlig været kjendt fra det noget grundere Vand i Nærheden af Land; sandsynligvis er den dog udbredt paa passende Dyb- der overalt i de aretiske Have, men har hidtil paa Grund af mangelfulde Apparater ikke været erholdte i nogen be- tydelig Dybde, eller i nogen Afstand fra Land: At den ‘dog her maa forekomme tildels i Mengde, fremgaar deraf, at «den: baade erholdtes (paa Stat. 323) i omtrent 200 Kilo- metres Afstand fra nærmeste Land, og ved en enkelt Lej- lighed (paa Stat. 326) i et samlet Antal af 15 Individer, store og smaa, fra en Dybde af mellem 200 og 300 Fayne. Gen. Glyptocephalus, Gottsche. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1 Jahre. 1835, B. 1, p. 156 (1835). Legemet højrevendi, glat, særdeles langstrakt, med kort Halerod. seldannede, talrigst paa Blindsiden, og danne i Tænderne smaa, tætsiddendé, mej- begge Kjæver en enkelt sluttet Række; Vomerin- og Palatiniænder mangle. Mundaabningen sterdeles liden: Kjæverne omirent lige lange, og naa hos de ud- voxede neppe hen under Øjeis forreste Rand. Anal- torn i .Regelén tilstede. Sidelinien næsten ret. Cau- dalen afrundet. Skjællene smaa, af ulige Størrelse, Hovedet lidet, med en Række Gruber paa Blindsiden; Øynene iætsiddende. Straaleaniallet be- tydeligt. : glatte. 30. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766. Pleuronectes eynoglossus, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 456 (1766). Pleuronectes pola, Lacép. Hist. Nat. Poiss. suites å Buffon, tom. 4, p. 401 (1819) [teste Br. & Goode]. * Pleuronectes. saxicola, Faber, Tidsskr. f. Naturv. 5 B., p. 244 (Kbhvn. 1828); Isis 1828, p. 877 (1828). * | frigida, Tor., a Planaria, and, in most of the individuals, a little gravel or mud. In one df the Tana Fjord specimens, Pecten græn- landicus — several examples -— constituted the sole con- tents of the ventricle. Distribution. — From what has been stated above. Bloch’s Plewronectes limandoides must be regarded as the southern branch of Fabricius’s Plewronectes platessoides ; and the species ranges therefore from Spitzbergen ‘and Iceland - along the north-western shores of Europe to the British Channel; and in America, from Greenland to thé coasts of the New England States. i i On the coasts of Scandinavia, H. platessoides has here- tofore been chiefly taken in comparatively shallow water, a short distance from land; probably, however, its range extends throughout all parts of the Arctic Ocean, though it has not as yet, owing to the defective construction of the apparatus employed for capturing it, been met with at any considerable depth, or in the open sea. But that it does occur, and even abundantly, in such localities, may be inferred from its having been taken at Station 323, nearly 200 kilometres from the nearest land; nay, on one occasion (Station 326) as many as 15 individuals, large and small, were obtained at'a depth of 200—300 fathoms. ° Gen. Glyptocephalus, Gottsche. Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1 Jahrg. 1835, B. 1, p. 156 (1835). Body dextral, smooth, elongated, peduncle of tail short. Teeth small, closely set, incisorial, most numerous on the blind side, forming a continuous cutting edge on either side; vomerine and ‘palatine teeth wanting. Mouth very small; jaws .about equal in. length, in adults scarcely reaching the anterior mar- gin of the eye: Preanal spine as a rule present. Lateral line almost straight. Caudal rounded. The Head small, with a series of foveæ on the blind side. Eyes scales small, varying in size, smooth. approximate. Fin-rays numerous. 30. Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766. Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, tom. 1, p. 456 (1766). Pleuronectes pola, Lacép. Hist. Nat. Poiss. suites å Buffon, tom. 4, p. 401 (1819) [teste Br. & Goode]. , Pleuronectes saxieola, Faber, Tidsskr. f. Naturv. 5 B., p. 244 (Kbhvii. 1828); Isis 1828, p. 877 (1828). Pleuronectes nigromanus, Nilss. Prodr. Ichth. Scand.. p. 5p (1832). Glyptocephalus saxicola, Gottsche, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, 1.B., p- 156 (1835). ci k Platessa pola, Jen. Man. Brit. Vertebr. Anim., p. 458 (1835). Platessa elongata, Yarr. Suppl. to Brit. Fish., p. ? (1839); Hist. Brit. Fish. ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 318 (1841). : 1843—45). Platessa saxicola, Kr. Danm. Fiske, 2 B., p. 338 ( Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, Gill, Proc." Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1873, p 360 (1873). ‘ ; Glyptocephalus acadianus, Gill, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1873, p. «3860 (1873). * _ Glyptocephalus elongatus, Gill, 362 (1873). Pleuronectes elongatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1879, p. LXI (1879). Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1873, p. HODER Diagn. Legemet glat; dets Højde indeholdes hos yngre Individer 4, hos ældre 3: Gange (eller derunder), Hovedets Længde 54 til 5°/, Gange i Totallengden. —Tænderne paa Øjensiden 6—13 i Over-- 7—14 i Underkjæven, paa Blindsiden 17—26 å Over-, 19—28 i Underkjæven. Le- gemet skjælbeklædt indtil Ojnenes Forrand; Finnerne ligeledes mere eller mindre skjælbeklædte. Interorbitalrummet smalt, med ophøjet Kjøl. Øjnene store, indeholdes 3—3'/; Gange 1 Hovedets Længde; det nedre Øje ligger */; Øjenlængde foran det øvre. Analtorn tilstede. Pectoralen paa Blindsiden ikke forlænget. Ensfarvet rødagtig graa; Blindsiden hos de ældre mer eller mindre mørkfarvet. Pectoralen paa Øjensiden 1 sin ydre Halvdel sort. M. B. 7. D. 110 (95—180); A. 95 (87—102); P. 10—11 (9—14); C. 23 (18—26); V. 6. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Lofoten; Tanafjord i Finmarken. Stat. 261. Religgentied: : Røst, : Tanafjord, Lofoten. Finmarken. = = = = me I = = 2 Temp. paa Bunden. + 5,09 C. + 28% C. Pye Sandbund. Mudder og Ler. Datum. 26de Juni 1877. 25de Juni 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 halvvoxent Indiv. 1 Indiv. Bemærkninger til Synonymien. (lyptocephalus cy- noglossus er, som det synes, Slægtens eneste Repræsentant i de atlantiske Have, efterat Gl. acadianus, Gill, fra Nord- Americas Østkyst har vist sig ikke at være artsforskjellig fra Gl. cynoglossus. Først i det stille Hav (California) op- trede 2 andre, i afvigte Aar (1880) af Lockington be- skrevne - Arter. | Det yngste af Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individer, hvis - Totallængde var 212”” (8t/, eng. Tomme), tilhører øjen- synlig det Stadium af Arten, hvori den af engelske Natur- forskere er opstillet som en egen Art under Navn af Pleu- ronectes elongatus (Yarr.). Efterat denne Form, hvoraf blot enkelte Individer hidtil have været omtalte, alle fra de Pleuronectes nigromanus, Nilss. Prodr. Ichth. Seand., p. 55 (1832). Glyptocephalus saxicola, Gottsche, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1835, 1 leke p. 156 (1835). ; Platessa pola, Jen. Man. Brit. Vertebr. Anim., p. 458 (1835). Platessa elongata, Yarr. Suppl. to Brit. Fish., p. ? (1839); Hist. Brit. Fish. ed. 2, vol. 2, p. 318 (1841). Platessa saxicola, Kr: Danm. Fiske, 2°B., p. 338 (1843—45). Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1873, 360 (1873). Glyptocephalus acadianus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad: 1873, 360 (1873). Glyptocephalus elongatus, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Philad. 1873, 362 (1873). ; Pleuronectes elongatus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 755, Pl. LXI (1879). Diagnosis. — Body smooth: its depth, in young in- dividuals is to total length as 1 to 4, in adults as 1 to 3 (or less); length of head as 1 to 5'1—5%1. Teeth on coloured side in the upper jaw 6—13, in the lower 7—14; on the blind side, in the upper jaw 17—26, in the lower 19—28. Body scaled to the anterior margin of the eyes; the fins likewise more or less covered with scales. - Inter- orbital space narrow, with a sharp ridge; the eyes large, their diameter being to the length of the head as 1 to 3—31),; the lower eye about one-third’ of its diameter in advance of the upper. Preanal spine present. The pectoral on the blind side Colour rufous brown; the blind side in adults Outer half of not produced. more or less tinged with the same colour. pectoral on the coloured side black. M. B. 7. D. 110 (95—120); A. 95 (87—108); P. 10—11 (9—14); C. 23 (18—26); V. 6. Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — Lofoten; the Tana Fjord (Kinmark). Stat. 261. The Tana Fjord, Finmark. Røst, Lofoten. 150 Fathoms Exact Locality. 127 Fathoms Death (276m), (232m), 2 å = e Temp. at Bottom. + 5.09 C. + 2,8 C. Bottom. Sand. Mud and Clay. Date. 26th June 1877. 25th June 1878. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. (half-grown). 1 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — Glyptocephalus cyno- glossus is apparently the only species of the genus inhabit- ing the Atlantic Ocean, Gl. acadianus, Gill, from the east coast of North America, having been shown to be speci- fically distinct from GÅ. .cynoglossus. Two ‘other species (described by Lockington in the current year [1880]) occur, however, in the Pacific (coast of California). The youngest of the specimens taken on the Expedi- tion, total length 212" (81/, English inches), obviously re- presents the stage of development in which Gl. cynoglossus has been referred by English naturalists to a separate spe- cies, under the name of Plewronectes elongatus (Yarr.). This ‘form, of which up to the present time a few specimens engelske Kyster, i Regelen har været anseet som identisk med GI. cynoglossus, har Dr. Day i forrige Aar paany hævdet dens Artsberettigelse. efterat et nyt Individ var * kommet ham i Hænde i 1879, ligeledes fra de engelske Kyster (Cornwall). I Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1879, p. 755. giver han en ny Beskrivelse og en correct Planche (Pl. LXI) af: denne efter. hans Mening distinete Art; In- dividets Længde var 9 eng. Tommer (omtr. 228””), saa- ledes noget nær af samme Størrelse, som det mindste af Nordhays-Expeditionens. Det fremgaar af: Dr. Day's Beskrivelse af Plewronec- tes elongatus, at* den væsentligste Ejendommelighed, sam- menlignet med Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, ligger 1 Skjæl- beklædningens Udstrækning, idet denne hos den førstnævnte ikke strækker sig ud over Finnestraalerne (undtagen over Caudalen), hvilket derimod er Tilfældet hos den sidste. Vndersøges dette. Forhold hos det mindste af Expe- ditionens Individer, vil det sees, at ogsaa her strækker Skjæl- beklædningen sig blot til Grunden af de verticale Finner, og blot langs den nederste Del af enkelte Straaler ville de første: Spor af Skjæl vise sig. Det ældste Exemplar, hvis - Totall. er 4017”, har derimod Skjælbeklædning ud over Fin- nerne, dog ingenjunde særdeles rigeligt, men hovedsagelig blot langs Straalerne, og væsentlig paa disses nedre Del; et Par Unger fra Norges Vestkyst, hvis Totallængde dog ikke overstiger 657”, (de eneste Unger, som jeg har kunnet undersøge). ere endnu ganske skjælløse. De øvrige Forskjellighéder mellem Plewronectes elon- gatus og Glyptocéphalus cynoglossus ere ganske uvæsentlige, og kunne samtlige begrundes ved den førstnævntes yngre Alderstrin?. : Bemærkninger til Beskrivelsen. Ingen Forskjel kunde opdages mellem Individet fra Finmarken, og ligestore Individer fra Christianiafjorden. De 2 under Expeditionen erholdte Individer havde følgende Maal: only have been taken — all from the English coasts — has been generally regarded as identical with GI. cynoglossus; but in 1879 ‘its supposed claim to specific distinction was again asserted, by Dr. Day, who in that year had obtained a new specimen, and this one too from the English coast (Cornwall). In Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 755, that naturalist furnished a new description, with. a good drawing (Pl. LXT), of this, in his opinion, distinct species. The total length being 9 English inches (about ’228™”), it is of very nearly the same dimensions as the smallest of — the specimens collected on the’ Expedition. The chief distinctive feature in Pleuronectes elongatus, as compared with Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, is derived, ac- cording to Dr. Day, from the scaled integument, which in the former does rot extend over the fin-rays (saving those of the caudal); in the latter, however, it does. But, on examining the smallest of the specimens ob- tained on the Expedition, the scaled integument is found to reach to the base of the vertical fins, a. few rays only exhibiting on their lower part traces of. scales. In the - oldest example, total length 401”, the scaling extends out on the fins; it is not dense however, the scales occurring chiefly along the rays, and in. particular on their lower part. Two very young specimens (from the west coast of Norway), with a total length of not more than 65”, the oly young examples I have had an opportunity of examin- ing, were still entirely scaleless. : The other distinctive peculiarities supposed to dis- tinguish Pl. elongatus from Gi. cynoglossus, are none of them specific characters, but may all be referred to the immaturity of the former. Descriptive Observations. — No difference could be detected between the individual from Finmark and exam- ples of equal size taken in the Christiania Fjord. The specimens obtained on the Expedition, measured as follows: — a. » 16. ° a. | b. Lofoten. | Tanafjorden. Lofoten. | Tana Fjord. Totallængde Å 212 mm | 401 mm Topalwvenethees=., Fe ZN JE 401 mm Længde uden Caudal . > . . 190; 1 4829. - Length exclusive of Caudal . | 170 see oe Hovedets Længde .‘... .- . SU 69 -'* Tenetnjon Header GE] Bes | 69 - Legemets Højde . . . . ~ . Gye i ee Depth. of Body... .. %- SN EE Tændernes Antal var hös det største Individ paa Øjensiden oventil 10, nedentil 10, paa Blindsiden oventil 21, nedentil 19: hos det mindste paa Øjensiden oventil 10, nedentil 11. paa Blindsiden oventil 21, nedentil 23. Straaleantallet var: GARDA WBS 284 SKP PSU (GK 2858 VE bs D: 109 Ap90ReB,: 10; C200M. 60 Udbredelse. Arten er udbredt fra Canalen op langs Europas Nordvestkyst, men var hidtil ikke funden længere PV Ser sandsynligvis en Trykfejl for B. VII (hvis B. skal være samme Tegn, som i Almindelighed udtrykkes som M.B.). Number of teeth on the coloured side in the largest indiv- idual 10 above and 10 below, on the blind side, 2) above and 19 below; in the smallest individual on the coloured side 10 above and 11 below, on the blind side 21 above and 23 below. The fin-rays were as follows: — gå DIS AS Owes lees 255 VEG: 6. DI 109= Ay 902 BP. 10810026 V.6: Distribution. — The range of G. cynoglossus, which extends from the British Channel along the north-western, === === 1 «B, VW" is probably a misprint for B. VII, assuming the signi- fication of B. to be that usually attached to M.B. mod Nord, end til Trondhjemsfjorden i Norge. Ved de engelske Kyster er den ikke sjelden, men den forekommer idethele sparsommere længere mod Nord; i Kattegat er den intetsteds talrig. og den gaar. saavidt bekjendt. ikke ind i Østersøen. I Norge er den funden paa adskillige Localiteter, talrigst i Uhristianiafjorden. hvor den saagodtsom daglig i Høstmaanederne sees paa Fisketorvene: undertiden kunne 20—50 Individer erholdes i det samme Dret. Ved Lan- dets Vestkyst er den idethele sparsom; først i 1875 blev den med Sikkerhed fundet ved Bergen, ligesom et Par In- divider ere erholdte ved Florø og ved Christiansund. Nord- havs-Expeditionens Individer vare. som ovenfor nævnt, fra Lofoten og Finmarken, og vare optagne fra en Dybde af indtil 150 Fayne; disse ere de nordligste Punkter, fra hvilke Arten hidtil vides erholdt (71° N. B.), ligesom den hidtil ikke, saavidt vides. er observeret paa større Dybde, end den ovenfor anførte. Ved de egentlig arctiske Ølande er den endnu ikke paavist; derimod forekommer den atter paa Østkysten af Nord-Ameriea, hvor den i 1872 fandtes første Gang. og senere (i 1877) optoges i stort Antal udenfor Kysterne af New England-Staterne. af U.S. Fish-Commission. paa en Dybde af indtil 90 Fayne. Den hører saaledes blandt denne Families Dybvandsformer. Fam. Ophidiidae. Gen. Rhodichthys, Coll. 1878 (n. gen.). Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 99 (1878). Legemet forholdsvis højt, uden Skjæl eller Side- linte, halvt gjennemsigiigi, bag Bughulen stærkt sam- mentrykt. Hovedet bredt og tyki; Caudalen distinct, blot ved Roden tilvoxet Analen og Dorsalen. Anus foran Pectoralerne, lige under Gjællespalien. Ven- tralerne besiaa af 2 lange Filamenter, fasivoxede. til Tungebenet, og kløvede i sin ydre Halvdel. Analen beqynder langt bagenfor Anus; Dorsalen enkelt. Underkjæven. Tender iilsiede paa Mellemkjæverne og i Gjællelaagene uvæbnede. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition. Collett: Fiske. half bifid. shores of Europe. but the species had not previously been observed farther north than the Drontheim Fjord. On the English coast it is anything but a rare fish; in the Catte- gat if nowhere occurs abundantly, and it does not enter the Baltic. In Norway, it is met with in several localities. more particularly the Christiania Fjord; and may almost dayly during the autumn months be seen exposed for sale in the fish-markets; from 20 to 50 individuals are sometimes brought up at a single haul. Off the western shores of this country the species is on the whole but rarely met with: indeed its occurrence off Bergen was not ascertained with certainty till 1875; one or two individuals have like- wise been obtained near Floré and Christiansund. The specimens brought home by the North Atlantic Expedition — taken at a depth of 150 fathoms — were, as previously ob- served. from Lofoten and Finmark, the most northerly localities and the greatest depths in which the species is as yet known to have been met with (71° N.). On the islands im the Polar Sea the species has not been shown to occur; it inhabits however the eastern shores of North America, where it was first observed in 1872, and subsequently (1877).captured, in large numbers, off the coast of the New England States. by the U. S. Fish-Commission, at depths reaching 90 fathoms. Hence it must be classed among the deep-sea forms of this family. Fam. Ophidiide. Gen. Rhodichthys, Coll. 1878 (n. gen.). Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14, p. 99 (1878). Body comparatively deep, without scales or lat- eral line, semi-iranslucent, posterior to the abdom- Head broad and thick; caudal fin distinct, at the base only connate tal cavity much compressed. with ithe anal and dorsal. The venti placed an- terior to the peciorals, immediately beneath the branch- val opening. The ventrals consisting of two long filaments attached io ihe hyoid bone, the exterior The anal originating a considerable distance posierior to the vent. The dorsal single. Teeth on Opercles unarmed. ihe intermaxillary and the lower jaw. 20 31. Rhodichthys regina, Coll. 1878 (n. sp.). Pl. V, Fig: 37— 39. Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. 14,° p. 99 Rhodichthys vegina, (1878). Ensfarvet rød overalt. Hovedet tndeholdes næsten 4 Gange, Legemets største Højde 4"/; Gange i To- tallengden. Legemet fortil høyt, bagtil stærkt afsmalnende, med lang og smal Halerod. Overkjæven længere, end Under- Dorsalen begynder umiddelbart over Gjellespalten ; med de ydre 3 Femtedele ud over Dorsalen indeholdes 7 Gange i Hovedets Diagn. kjæven. Caudalen rager og Analen. Ojnene smaa, Lengde; Interorbitalrummet bredt. Tænderne yderst fine, stillede i flere Rækker. Næseborene dobbelte. Appendices pyloricae 10. Størrelsen af det eneste undersøgte Individ, en Han, 297. MB 6 2 00\- ee Ie 78. Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. Hayvet midt mellem Beeren Hiland, Jan Mayen og Finmarken. 154 31. Rhodichthys regina, Coll. 1878 ( PR Va ret 37 1 =| 8) 3 —39, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1878, No. Rhodichthys regina, J4, p. 99 (1878). Diagnosis. — Colour a uniform bright red. The length of the head is to the total length nearly as 1 to 4, the extreme depth of the body-as 1 to 4". Anterior part of body deep, in the posterior region rapidly tapering; tail at base long and slender. Upper jaw longer than lower. The dorsal fin originating immediately above the branchial aper- ture; the caudal projecting to the extent of three-fifths of its length beyond the dorsal and anal. Eyes small, their dia- meter being to the length of the head as 1 to 7; interorbital space wide. The teeth exceedingly minute, arranged in several series. Nostrils double. Pyloric appendages 10. Length of the only individual: obtained (a male) 2977, MB Mes tops JO (1D) ES OOo) Locality (North Atl. Exped.): between Beeren Eiland, Jan Mayen, The open sea, and Finmark. Stat. 297, Stat. 297. SG NØ. Su mya | Ba EE NE. PN en. AE Dybde. ; 1280 ) Favne (23 341), 3 7. Speen org Å 1280 Fathoms (2341 m), alet 1 Temp. paa Bunden. — 1,4 0¢ p< amp ae Bottom: 3 a ea C. pr ie [år FO Bunden. EF - Biloculina-Ler. x Treo os oe Biloculina Clay. 0 ER vide Juli 1878. Date. FY Mth July 1878. å Å Dr div. TT } yf Indiv. Ev i Nini of per im. mm ee 1 Indiv. a F Alm. Bemerkninger. Rhodichthys regina er ikke nær beslægtet med nogen hidtil fundet nordeuropæisk Fiske- slægt. Hele Legemet er fuldstændig glat, uden Spor af Skjæl eller Sidelinie, havde en intens rød Farve. Huden ‘er særdeles tynd, halvt gjennemsigtig; oprindelig var den tilvoxet Legemet, men efterat Individet har været opbevaret paa Npiritus, har den overalt løsnet sig, og lader sig med Lethed forskyde med Fingeren. Individet, der endnu le- vede, da det bragtes op fra store Dybde af 1230 Favne, holdtes en Tid levende, men viste sig herunder dorsk Hele Legemet af særdeles blød, eller næsten gelatinøs Consistens; det var oprindelig halvt gjennemsigtigt, at flere af kunde saaledes Hvirvelsøjlen, Hjernens forskjellige Afdelin- ger, Høreapparatet, Gjællerne. og de fleste af Indvoldene; endnu efterat Individet i længere Tid har været opbevaret paa Spiritus, har denne Gjennemsigtighed tildels vedligeholdt sig. og og den og lidet bevægeligt. var saa de indre Organer Sees, Udmaalinger. Totallængde na Tee La ge 297 mm Legemets Længde til sidste Halehvirvel 267 - Legemets Højde ved Begyndelsen af Dorsalen . 63 - Legemets Højde ved Begyndelsen af Analen 59) = Hovedets Længde Å TE Hovedets Højde lige bag V ontedleene ; 60 - Hovedets Tykkelse over Kinderne 46 - General Remarks. — Rhodichthys regina is not related to any known genus of North European The body perfectly smooth, with no trace of scales The skin exceedingly it was firmly at- nearly fishes. or lateral lme; colour a bright red. thin, and quite transparent; originally tached to the body; but it has now, the individual having been preserved some time in spirits, become loose over the whole surface, and may be readily displaced with the fingers. The individual came up alive, from the great depth of 1230 fathoms, and survived some time in a tub of sea-water; but its movements were sluggish. The whole of the body exceedingly soft; originally, it was semi- translucent, so that divers of the internal organs could be distinctly seen, for instance the gills, the vertebral column, the various divisions of the bram, the auditory apparatus and the greater part of the intestines. Even in the present state of preservation, this transparency is still obvious. Measurements. Total leneth : 297 mm Length of body to last santa ER 267 - Depth of body at the origin of the dorsal 63 - Depth of body at the origin of the anal. . . . 59 - Length of head UT - Depth of head immediately pisin å the aa 60 - Thickness of head across the cheeks ". 46 - Snudens Længde Dude Øjets Diameter (Iris) ils = Hovedets postorbitale Del . 42 - Lindsens Diameter 6 - Afstanden mellem Øjnene MEN 30 - Gjællespaltens Hojde 46 - Overkjævens Længde Å 39 - Snudespidsens Afstand fra Vantraleme ke Do Underkjævespidsens Afstand fra Ventralerne . . 42 - Shudespidsens Afstand fra Anus * . . . / . . 62 - Underkjævespidsens Afstand fra Anus . ice DE Snudespidsens Afstand fra Beg. af Dorsalen . . 179 - Snudespidsens Afstand fra Beg. af Analen 98 - JAmusspatstandyira Ampleniy dre 36 = Dorsalens største Højde = 1 Længden af sidste Dorsaistraale . 10 - Ventralens Længde 97 - Pectoralens Grundlinie . 16 - Pectoralens Længde 43 - Caudalens Længde . . ail) = Analens største Højde 18 - Længden af sidste Analstraale 11,5 - Elalerodens JHgjdersrs Lør Naken 4 - Fra Anus til Halespidsen (Halepartiets Længde) 235 - Beskrivelse. Legemsbygning. Legemet er bagenfor Hovedet højt indtil Analens Begyndelse; herfra aftager i sin sidste Del ud i en (kun lidt de hurtigt Hojden, og Legemet lober lang og jevn Spidse, der yderst er særdeles lav Imidlertid verticale Finner næsten overalt temmelig hoje, Individet ser over Halvdelen af en Lindsediameter). ere saaledes at forholdsvis højt ud i den største Del af sin Bagenfor Nakken den umiddelbart under Nakken liggende Bughule er Legemet overordentlig stærkt sammentrykt. Anus er Længde. og særdeles langt fremrykket, under Gjællespalten, og ligger lige saaledes i en Afstand fra Snudespid- sen, der indeholdes ikke langt fra 5 Gange i Totallængden. Det ligger foran Pectoralerne, og i en betydelig Afstand fra aise Begyndelse; ved dets bagre Rand findes en kort, tyk og stiv Papille. Af Totallængden udgjør: Hovedets Længde J.85 Snudens Afstand fra Anus 479 Snøudens Afstandktra Dorsalen Het EN 0805 Snudens Afstand fra Analen. 3,03 Halens Længde (fra Anus til EG 162d Legemets Højde (ved Beg. af Dorsalen). 4,71 Hovedet er bredt og tykt; dets Længde mdeholdes ikke fuldt 4 Gange i Totallængden (eller, ikke fuldt 3'/, Gange). Dets Bredde over Kin- ubetydeligt større, end dets postorbitale Del; Snuden er særdeles bred og stump. Caudalen tra- regnet, derne er Panden og Nakken ere stærkt hvælvede, med under- liggende tykke Muskler; paa Hovedets øvrige Dele ere Knoglerne blot beklædte med en tynd og løs Hud. Den øvre Protilrand er eller, hvor Huden jevnt nedløbende, Length of snout Id, Diameter of eye (iris) 1 Postorbital region of head. 42 - Diameter of the lens Mirena hea ae 6 - Distance between the eyes (interorbital space) . 30 - Depth of branchial aperture 46 - Length of upper jaw : BS) From point of snout to ventrals D2 - From extremity of lower jaw to ventrals . 42 - From point of snout to vent. 62 - ‘From extremity of lower jaw to vent . D2 - From point of snout to origin of dorsal 19 - From point of snout to origin of anal 98 - Distance of vent from anal 36 - Extreme depth of dorsal 19 - Leneth of last dorsal ray iko) = Length of ventral ; 97 - Depth of pectoral at base. FS Ar UNGE kenetnkompeenrm ee EE Length of caudal . 30 - Extreme depth of anal 18 - Length of last anal ray LEDE Depth or tail at base . .. . er 4 - From the vent to the tip of udal (L of tail) 5 230) - General Description. Depth of body considerable, anal fin; Structure of the Body. as far as the origin of the from thence it rapidly diminishes, the body term- tail, the root very thin (the depth but slightly exceeding half the dia- meter of the lens); are compara- . . . ' . inating in a rather narrowish and slender, the vertical fins, however, tively deep, and hence the height of the individual is throughout the greater part of its length considerable. Posterior to the nape and the abdominal cavity, placed im- mediately beneath, the body is remarkably compressed. The vent far in front, immediately beneath the branch- ial aperture, the distance from the point of the snout being to the total length very nearly as 1 to 5. It is placed anterior to the pectorals, and at a considerable distance from the arigin of the anal; at the posterior margin occurs a small papillary wart, thick and hard. The Total Length contains: Length of head 3.85 Distance of snout from vent 4.79 Distance of snout from dorsal DD Distance of snout from anal aes 3.05 Length of tail (from vent to tip of the conta 1.21 Depth of body (at origin of dorsal) Be Yes esd The head broad and thick; its length is to total length almost as 1 to 4. or, exclusive of the caudal, almost as I to 3!/,; its breadth across the cheeks slightly exceed- ing the length of the postorbital region ; broad and obtuse. The front nape vaulted, with thick subjacent the the other parts of the cranium invested with a thm and lax skin The superior line gently slightly 20* snout extremely and muscles; bones in merely profile sloping downwards, or and 156 er indfalden mellem Knoglerne. svagt eller uregelmæssigt coneay. Hovedet er uvæbnet:; paa Praeoperculum kan der under Huden føles enkelte lavere Knuder og Kamme, lige- som lignende Knuder findes over Øjnene, paa Siderne af Nakken, og paa hver Side af Snudespidsen. Gjællelaagene ere ligeledes beklædte med en løs Hud, og ende bagtil i en Flig, understøttet af en smal og krum- met Benknogle: Suboperculum rager ud over Gjællehinden. Gjællespalten er særdeles vid: Afstanden mellem begge Spalters nedre Ende paa Hovedets Underside er blot lidt over en Øjendiameter. Snudespidsen rager noget frem foran Over- og Mellem- kjæven: Underkjæven er ikke ubetydeligt kortere, end Overkjeven, som strækker sig tilbage indtil forbi Øjets bagre Rand. Næseborene ere dobbelte; det bagre Par ligger i om- trent en Øjendiameters Afstand fra Øjet. det forreste om- trent midt mellem det bagre og Snudespidsen: Den ind- byrdes Afstand mellem det bagre Par Næsebor er lg Snudens Længde; mellem det forreste Par omtrent det halve. Øjnene ere forholdsvis smaa, og indeholdes 7 Gange i Hovedets Længde. Bredden mellem Øjnene (Interorbital- rummet) er næsten 3 Gange saa stor, som Øjendiameteren. Tænderne, der ere tilstede i Mellemkjæverne og Under- kjæven, ere yderst fine: de danne her flere Rækker. og ere særdeles tætstaaende. Vomer og Palatinbenene ere glatte. Finnerne. Dorsalen, der er enkelt. teller 60 Straa- ler, som overalt, især i dens forreste Del, ere indbyrdes forbundne med en tyk, fedtlignende Mellemsubstans, over hvilken den løse Hud ligger slapt og bevægeligt; Straalernes Bygning er derfor vanskelig at angive med Sikkerhed. De forreste Straaler ere klovede til Grunden: de bagre synes at være enkelte, men ere tydeligt articulerede. De første Straaler ere særdeles korte, og hæve sig næsten ikke op over Ryggen; derpaa tiltage de successivt i Længde, indtil Fin- nen omtrent midt paa Halepartiet har naaet sin største Højde, der omtrent er lig Overkjævens halve Længde. Paa Haleroden staa Straalerne temmelig tæt, men ere endnu forholdsvis lange; den sidste Straale paa Dorsalsiden er med hele sin Længde, der udgjør næsten en Øjendiameter, tilyoxet Caudalen. Dorsalen begynder umiddelbart over Gjællelaagets bagre Flig, saaledes, at dens Afstand fra Snude- spidsen indeholdes, ligesom Hovedet, omtrent 3°), Gangeé i Totallængden. Analen indeholder 57 Straaler; der ere af Bygning temmelig overensstemmende med Dorsalens. De forreste Straaler ere dog ikke fuldt saa korte, som de tilsvarende i Dorsalen, men de længste have næsten samme Højde, som disse; den ophører. ligesom Dorsalen, umiddelbart paa Haleroden, og da dens sidste Straale, der ogsaa her med hele sin Længde er tilvoxet Caudalen, er ubetydeligt læn- gere, end den sidste Dorsalstraale. rager Analen noget læn- gere ud over Caudalen, end Dorsalen, saaledes at den be- dækker omtrent */; af denne. Analen udspringer i en Af- irregularly concave between the: bones where the skin is shrunk. The head unarmed: on the preoperculum a few obtuse protuberances and ridges can be felt underneath the skin: sides of the nape, and at the end of the snout. The gill-plates are likewise covered with a lax skin, and terminate at the posterior extremity in a rounded flap, The subopercu- lum extending beyond the branchial membrane. The gill- opening exceedingly widé: distance between its lower ex- tremities on the under surface of the head but slightly ex- ceeding the diameter of the eye. The point of the snout projecting beyond the supe- rior and the intermaxillaries; lower jaw shorter than upper, the latter extending backwards past the posterior margin’ of the eye. Nostrils double; the posterior pair distant about the diameter of the eye from the eye; the anterior situated nearly midway between the posterior and the point of the’ similar protuberances occur above the eyes, on both supported by a slender and curved bone. snout. Distance between the nostrils of the posterior pair equal to the length of the snout, between those of the anterior about half that length. The eyes comparatively small, their diameter being to the length of the head as 1to7. Width of interorbital space almost three times the diameter of the eye. Teeth on the intermaxillaries and in the lower jaw, ex- ceedingly minute and arranged in several series: the vomer and the palatine bones smooth. Fins. — One dorsal, furnished with 60 rays, which, more especially in the fore part of the fin, are all of them united together by means of thick adipous tissue, and enveloped in a lax and yielding membrane ; hence the strue- ture of the rays is difficult to determine. The anterior rays are cleft to the base; those in the posterior part of the fin appear to be simple, but are distinctly articula- ted. The projecting above the surface of the back: the rest gradually increasing in length till the fin, about the middle of the caudal region, has attained its greatest height, which is about equal to half the length of the upper jaw. The rays at the base of the tail rather close, but here, too, compar- atively long; the terminal ray on the dorsal side through- out its entire length, which is nearly equal to the diameter of the eye, connate with the caudal. The dorsal fin orig- inates immediately above the flap of the gill-cover, its distance from. the tip of the snout being to the total length foremost rays are exceedingly short, scarcely about as 1 to 3%/i. The furnished with 57 rays, in structure closely resembling those of the dorsal. The foremost rays, however, not quite so short as the corresponding rays in the dorsal; but the longest are almost equal in height with those of that fin; it terminates, like the dorsal, in immediate proximity to the caudal fin: and the last of its rays, also connate with the caudal throughout its entire length, being a triflé longer than the last dorsal ray, the anal extends somewhat farther beyond the caudal than does the dorsal, covering about two-fifths of that fin. The anal anal is stand af næsten en halv Hovedlængde fra Anus, dog for- holdsvis langt fortil, idet dens Afstand fra Snudespidsen blot udgjør en Trediedel af Totallengden, saaledes at det, egentlige Haleparti kommer til at udgjøre 2 Trediedele af denne. Caudalen er særdeles smal og langstrakt, samt ubety- deligt tilspidset. Den bestaar af 10 særdeles fine og tæt- stillede Straaler. hvoraf det yderste Par ere kortere, end. de øvrige, der samtlige omtrent have samme Længde; de. ere udelte, men fint articulerede. Caudalen, der, som oven- for nævnt, ved Roden er bedækket af den sidste Dorsal- og Analstraale, har en Længde af omtr. 1/,) af Totall. Pectoralerne udspringe noget bagenfor Anus, lige bag Gjællespalten, saaledes, at deres Rod berøres af Gjælle- De tælle 11, paa den anden Side 12 Straaler, der omtrent fra Midten af. Pectoralens Grundlinie udgjør lidt over Halvdelen af Interorbitalrummets Bredde. hinden. ere delte De øverste Straaler ere de længste, de følgende etterhaan- den kortere: deres største Længde indeholdes i Totallengden næsten 7 Gange. Hele Finnen er yderst blød og bøjelig, samt halvt gjennemsigtig, og ‘indhyllet i den samme løse Hud, som den øvrige Del af Legemet. Ventralerne ere tilstede som 2 lange Filamenter, hver indhyllet i en tyk'Hud, og fæstede til Tungebenet, umid- I sin første Halv- del ere de udelte, men dele sig paa Midten i 2 Traade, Ventralens delbart ved Gjællespaltens nedre Ende. hvoraf den ene er længere, end den anden. hele «Længde udejor hos det eneste undersøgte Individ om- trent '/; af Legemets Længde, men varierer sandsynligvis hos Individerne. Slimporer. Sidelinie eller Skjæl findes ikke. Underkjæven strækker sig en Række af 4 store, aabne Po- rer, hvoraf den første staar nærved Symphysen, den sidste paa Kjævens bagre Rand. Paa hver Side af Overkjæven, umiddelbart ved Randen, staa 3 lignende Porer, samt en enkelt paa hver Side hen under Øjet. Farven var overalt mørkt kjødrød med enkelte lysere Skygninger; den var yderst fint og jevnt fordelt, saaledes Gjællehinden at tydelige Pigmentpunkter vare ikke synlige. var intens carmosinrød; Iris var ikke metalliskfarvet, men dybt blaasort. hos det paa Spiritus opbevarede Exemplar saagodtsom Denne smukke røde Farve er efterhaanden ganske forsvundet, saaledes at dette nu er bleven jevnt hvidagtigt overalt. Appendices pyloricae, hvis Antal var 10, vare tykke og eylindriske; deres Længde varierede mellem 15”” og 187”, Bughinden var sort. Individet var en Han; Tiden vare i sin fulde Udvikling, havde en Længde af 457” (den venstre), og 55”” (den højre). Testes, der dog neppe for Fode. holdt endnu gjenkjendelige Levninger af Crustaceer, skjønt Individet var ophentet fra den enorme Dybde af næsten 1300 Favne, hvortil var medgaaet flere Timer, og derpaa i en Tid holdt levende ombord. Disse vare 2 Individer Ventrikelen, der var særdeles musculos, inde- Langs’ commences nearly half the length of the head posterjor to the vent, but comparatively far in front. being distant not more than one-third of the total length from the tip of the snout; and hence the caudal portion of the body equals two-thirds of that length. The caudal is narrow, elongated, and very slightly pointed. It consists of 10 exceedingly close and slender rays; the outermost pair shorter than the rest, which are nearly uniform in length; they are simple, but minutely articulated. stated above) by the terminal ray in the dorsal and anal, is equal in length to about one-tenth of the total length. The pectorals commence a short distance posterior The caudal, coyered at the base (as to the vent, immediately behind the branchial opening, their They are furnished on one side with 11, on the other with 12 rays, The base of the pectorals base in contact with the branchial membrane. divided from about the middle. measures rather more than half the width of the interorbital space. The uppermost rays are the longest, the rest be- coming gradually shorter; their length, is to total length nearly as I to7. The whole fin exceedingly soft and tlexible, also semi-transparent, and, like the rest of the body, envel- oped in a lax integument. The ventrals occur as two long filaments, each invested with a thick membrane, and ‘attached to the hyoid bone, close to the lower extremity of the gill-openings. In their first half simple, but divided about the middle of the fin into two cirri, one longer than the other. The length of the ventrals in this tnicum equals about one-third of the length of the body, but will probably be found to vary in different examples. - Mucous Pores. — No seales or lateral line. Along the under surface, however, extends a row of 4 large, open pores, the first in close proximity to the symphysis, the last On either side of the upper jaw, contiguous with the margin, are three similar on the posterior margin of the jaw, pores, and a solitary pore occurs under each eye. Colour. — The whole body of a bright red colour, lighter-tinted and this ground-colour being remarkably uniform, no distinct pig- Branchial membrane the here and there with cloudings; mentary specklets were observable. brightest of crimsons; irides a deep bluish-black, without metallic lustre. The beautiful red colour has gradually faded, from the action of alcohol (the specimen is preserved in spirits), the fish being now uniformly whitish. Pyloric appendages 10, thick and cylindric, varying in length from 15”” to 187”: ventral membrane black. This individual was å male: length of festes, which, however, had hardly then attained their full development, 45 (the lett) and 55”” (the right). Food. — The ventricle — exceedingly muscular — contained still determinable fragments of crustaceans (and yet the specimen was brought up from ‘the great depth of 1300 fathoms, which took several hours; and it was kept. too, some time alive), viz. 2 examples of Bythocaris leucopis, af Bythocaris leucopis, samt I af Pseudomysis abyssi, begge Arter beskrevne i 188) af G. 0. Sars fra Nordhays-Expedi- tionens Indsamlinger, men ingen af dem tidligere fundne i en saa betydelig Dybde. Endelig fandtes et Individ af en endnu ubestemt Hyperide, der sandsynligvis er ubeskreven. Udbredelse. Det eneste hidtil erholdte Exemplar af denne mærkelige Art havde en Længde af omtrent 1/; Meter, og optoges. som ovenfor nævnt, fra «det iskolde Vand paa næsten 1300 Favnes Dyb midt ude paa Havet, den 16de Juli 1878, omtrent lige langt fra Spitsbergen, Jan Mayen og Finmarken. Subord. Physostomi. Fam. Scopelidae. Gen. Scopelus, Cuv. Régne Anim. éd. 1, tom. 2, p. 169 (1817). 32. Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.) 1788. Salmo milliri, Gmel. Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 13, tom. 1, p. 1878 (1788). Scopelus glacialis, Reinh. Overs. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. “Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX, Kbhvn. 1837 (1835—36). Scopelus miilleri, Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 152. Chra. 1875 (1874). Diagn. Legemets Højde noget mindre, end Hovedlæng- den, der imdeholdes 4—4'), Gange i Totallængden. Over- kjeven gaar tilbage forbi Ojet, og ender triangulært afskaa- ret ved Randen af Praeoperculum. Dorsalen ligger over Mellemrummet mellem Ventralerne og Analen. dentlig stort, indeholdes ikke fuldt 3 Gange i Hovedlængden, og er kun lidet mindre, end Hovedets postorbitale Del. 3 Skjælrækker ovenfor, 4 nedenfor Sidelinien. Skjællene glatte; 21—23 Par Pletter Ventralerne ; 4 mellem Ventralerne og Analen; 7—8 langs Analen, 6 mellem Analen og Caudalen). Furven grønlig-brun oventil, paa Midten gulagtig sølrglindsende, paa Bugen mørkere olivengrøn. Øjet overor- Sideliniens Skjæl større, end de øvrige. langs Buglinien (5 mellem Struben og 3— i | D. 12—14; A. 16—18; P. 11; V. 8; C. 7/19]7. Lin. lat. 36 (Gimth.), 38 (Kr.). 158 and 1 of Pseudomysis abyssi, both species described (1880) by G. O. Sars from specimens collected on the North At- lantie Expedition, but not previously met with at so great a depth; finally, an example of a Hyperid, as yet undeterm- ined, and probably undescribed. Distribution. — The only example of this singular species yet obtained measured in length one-third of a metre, and, as previously mentioned, was taken in the frigid area at a depth of nearly 1300 fathoms. im mid-ocean, the locality being about equidistant from Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, and: Finmark, July 16th 1878. Subord. Physostomi. Fam. Scopelide. Gen. Scopelus, Cuv. Réene Anim. éd. 1, tom. 2, p. 169 (1817). 32. Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.) 1788. Salmo miilleri, Gmel. Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 13, tom. 1, p. 1378 (1788). Scopelus glacialis, Reinh. Overs. 1835—36, Kel. D. Vid. Selsk. Nat. * Math. Afh. 6 Del, p. CX. Kbhvn. 1837 (1835—36), Scopelus miilleri, Coll. Norges Fiske, Tillægsh. til Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1874, p. 152. Chra. 1875 (1874). Diagnosis. — Depth of the body a trifle less than the length of the head, which is to total length as 1 to 4—4>: The maxillary extending backwards past the eye, and term- inating in a triangular dilatation at the margin of the pre- Dorsal fin placed above the space between the ventrals and the anal. Eyes remarkably large; their longitudinal diameter being to the length of the head very nearly as 1to 3, and a trifle less than the postorbital region of the head. Above the lateral line 3 rows of scales, below 4. Scales smooth; those on the lateral line larger than the rest. Along the ventral line 21—23 pairs of spots (be- tween the throat and the ventrals 5; between the ventrals and the anal 3 or 4; along the anal 7—8; between the anal and the caudal 6). Colour above a greenish-brown; in the medial region yellowish, with a silvery lustre; on the abdo- operculum. men, a dark olive green. D. 12-14; A. 16—18; P. 14; We 8; 6. 19: Lin. lat. 36 (Giinth.), 38 (Kr.). Localit. fra Nordh. Exped. =Storeggen udenfor Aalesund (Norge); Havet vestenfor Finmarken. Stat. 33. Stat. 295. : Storeggen, 174 Kil. 453 Kil. Beliggenhed. BS oN; R «EGG V. Aalesund. V. Hammerfest. Dybde. Flydendei Vandskorpen.| 1110 Favne (2030). — 1.30 C. Temp. paa Bunden. — Bunden. — Biloculina-Ler. Datum. 30te Juni 1876. t4de Juli 1878. Antal Indiv. 1 Indiv. 3 Indiv. Bemerkninger til Synonymien. Sporgsmaalet om denne Arts Synonymi og rette Benævnelse kan blot løses etter en omhyggelig Prøvelse af en Del Data, hentede fra de af den lærde Præst og Naturforsker H. Strøm efter- ladte Dagbøger over hans naturhistoriske Observationer i Søndmør (paa Norges Vestkyst) i forrige Aarhundrede, hvilke Dagbøger, der opbevares paa Universitets-Bibliotheket i Christiania, endnu ere utrykte. I disse Dagboger'. der omfatte Aarene 1756—1780, og som danne Grundlaget for de naturhistoriske Capitler i hans bekjendte Skrift, Søndmøres Beskrivelse (1762)*, med Supplement (1784)*, findes under Aaret 1766, § 38 anført, at han havde fundet i Stranden en liden Fisk af 2'/, Tom- mes Længde, hvilken han derpaa nøjere beskriver. Finne- Oe AS kOe: især om- straalernes Antal opgiver han,at vere: D. 15-16; V. 8. I denne Beskrivelse, handler Hovedets Bygning, gjenkjendes uden Vanskelighed den senere Maurolicus borealis, (Nilss.) 1832. hvori han _Derniest findes atter anført for Aaret 1774, $ 4, at han den Sdie Juni d. A. fangede en sjelden Fisk, der for- fulgtes af de andre Smaatiske; ogsaa af denne giver han en temmelig udførlig Beskrivelse, og opfører som dens Straaleantal følgende: D. 11; A. 14; P. 11; V. 8. Han sDen er saaledes idet beskrevne Core- slutter Beskrivelsen med følgende Ord: Coregonus mandibula inferiore majore*, han altsaa troede at have den af Artedi som No. I gonus for sig. Da dette sidste Exemplar faldt levende i Strøm's Hænder, maa det antages at have været forholdsvis com- plet, hvorfor Finnestraalernes Antal sandsynligvis er nogen- lunde rigtigt angivet. Tages endvidere i Betragtning. hvad han anfører om Hovedets og Tunge-Apparatets Bygning, samt NSølvpuncternes Antal og Stilling, er det klart, at Strom her har havt for sig en Scopelus, forskjellig fra den ovenfor nævnte. Mawrolicus borealis. , Annotations-Bog over forefaldende Merkværdigheder i Natur- Historien paa Syndmør* (2 Dele. 1756—1780). 2 ,Physisk og Oeconomisk Beskrivelse over Fogderiet Søndmør*, iste Part (Sorge 1762). 3 Nye Saml. Kgl. D. N. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 1 B., p. 103 (Kbhvn. 1784). Locality (North Atl. Exped.): — The Storeggen’ “bank. off Aalesund (Norway); the open sea, west of Finmark. Stat, 295. 435 Kil. W. Hammerfest. Stat. 33.4 Storeggen, 174 Kil. Exact Locality. Fr Aaledund Depth. Found floating. 1110 Fathoms (2030). AG LAS Temp. at Bottom. = Biloculina Clay. Bottom. ~- Date, 30th June 1876. 14th July 1878. Numb. of Specim. 1 Indiv. 3 Indiv. Remarks on the Synonymy. — This species cannot be correctly designated without carefully considering cer- tain data from the posthumous Diaries of the Rev. H. Strom (a scholar, naturalist, and divime) in which he has recorded his observations on natural history taken during the last century in the bailiwick of Sondmor, Norway. These Diaries, which are preserved in the University Li- brary at Christiania, have not yet appeared in print. In the -said Diaries) which extend from 1756 to 1780, and which form the substance of the chapters devoted to Natural History in Strom’s descriptive work on the bailiwick of Sondmor (1762)? with a Supplement (1784),° the author records (Section 38, anno 1766) his having found on the beach a small fish, 21/2 inches in length, of which he gives a description; the fin-ray formula was D. | 9; A. 10; P. 15—16; V. 8. From this description, in which the author specially dwells upon the structure of the head, it is not difficult to recognise the species (afterwards established) Maurolicus borealis, (Nilss.) 1832. | Farther on (Section 4. anno 1774), it appears that | on the 3rd June Strom captured “a rare fish,” which other fishes were in the act of pursuing. Of this specimen, m which the fin-ray formula is stated to have been: D. 11; A. 14; P. 11: V.8, he also furnishes a comparatively detailed descrip- tion, his concluding words being as follows: — “Hence it | is Coregonus mandibula inferiore majore;” for he con- | ceived the species before him to be identical with the Core- | gonus described by Artedi as No. 1. Having been taken this must in all pro- bability have been a perfect example; and hence the fin- ‘ay formula given by Strøm is no doubt comparatively cor- rect. Assuming this to be the case, and regard being also had to the other salient characters, the obtuse head, the large scales, the structure of the tongue, and the num- ber and disposition of the argenteous spots, it is evident | that Strøm had before him a Scopelus, essentially distinct from the above-mentioned Maurolicus borealis. alive, viz. 1 *Annotations-Bog over forefaldende Merkværdigheder i Natur- Historien paa Syndmør” (2 Dele. 1756—1780). * «Physisk og økonomisk Beskrivelse over Fogderiet Søndmør,” Part I (Sorøe 1762). 3 Nye Saml. Kgl. D. N. Vid. Selsk. Skr., 1 B., p. 1784). 103 (Kbhvn. Strøm -har ikke omtalt nogen af disse Fiske i sin Sond- Der- imod giver han i 1793 i Naturhistorie-Selskabets Skrifter* en Meddelelse om et Par "sjeldnere norske Fiske, begge ledsagede af en kortfattet Beskrivelse og Afbildning. sidste af disse kalder han ,en liden rar Fisk, som jeg tog møres Beskrivelse. eller i Supplementerne til denne. Den med Haanden af Havstranden for mere end 20 Aar siden“; han nævner endvidere, at han strax havde ladet en Beskri- velse og Afbildning nedsende til O. F. Miller, for at den kunde indtages i dennes ,.Zoologia Danica“, der netop skulde udkomme. Dette var efter hans Vidende ikke’ skeet, og han giver derfor paany dens Afbilduing og Beskrivelse. Afbildningen fremstiller, som Enhver ser. en Scopelus, og ikke Mawrolicus, men Beskrivelsen gjentager omtrent ordret hans Bemærkninger i Dagbogen af 1766, vedrørende denne Art. Beskrivelse kan derfor blot forklares paa den Maade, at Strøm ganske har forglemt sin Observation af Scopelus for sidste Uoverensstemmelserne mellem Tegning og Aaret 1774, men havde sin dengang udførte Tegning i Behold, som nu gjengives tilligemed den Mawrolicus ved- rørende Text fra Aaret 1766. : Miiller havde i 1776 i sin ,.Zoologia Danica“? ikke- destomindre omtalt Strøms Art. men. 1 Overensstemmelse med Strøm's egne Antydninger. og uden at give den et spe- cielt Artsnavn. henført den blandt Coregonerne som No. 415 med følgende Ord: .S.(almo) maxillis edentulis, inferiore longiore, ventre punctato. Cl. Strøm Den første Del af denne Diagnose er. som det vil sees. Artedi's ord- lydende Diagnose af den senere Coregonus albula. I Overensstemmelse med Miller opfører endelig Gme- lin i 1788 i sm 13de Udgave af Systema Naturae* Arten som Salmo miilleri; men giver ingen anden Oplysning om misit.* den, end Miillers Diagnose. der ordret gjengives. Det kan efter det foranførte ansees for utvivlsomt. at Navnet Salmo miiller?, Gmel., ikke kan tilkomme nogen anden, end den af Strøm under Aaret 1774 beskrevne Scopelus, men ikke Maurolicus borealis, som Kröyer* har villet. Denne Scopelus er uden Tvivl identisk med Rein- hardt's senere beskrevne Sc. glacialis fra Grønland, paa hvilken Art Strøm's første Beskrivelse og senere Afbildning i alle Dele synes at passe; sandsynligvis har Reinhardt ikke kjendt den sidste. og heller ikke ventet at gjenfinde sin Art i Gmelin’s Salmo miilleri. Bemerkninger til Beskrivelsen. Da Kröyer i 1847 i Naturh. Tidsskr.* har leveret en udførlig Beskrivelse af denne Art. og givet dens Afbildning i Gaimard’s store Rejseværk, skal jeg nedenfor blot meddele et Par Bemærk- ninger vedrørende de nye Exemplarer, hvilke desuden ere samtlige i en saa slet Tilstand. at de ere ganske uskikkede til at beskrives i sin Helhed. " Skr. af Naturh. Selsk. 2 B. 2 H., p. 15 (Kbhbvn. 1793). > Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 49 (Havn. 1776). * Danm. Fiske, 3 B., p. 114 (Kbhyn. 1846—49). * Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 R. 2 B. 3 H., p. 230 (Kbhvn. 1847). 160 : Neither in his descriptive work on Søndmør, nor in the Supplement, has Strom recorded these fishes. But in 1793 a paper by that author on two rare Norwe- gian fishes, both of which were briefly described, and figured, appeared in the Journal of the Danish Society of Natural History." One he terms “a singular little fish that I found more than 20 years ago on the sea-shore;” and goes on to mention his having forwarded without loss of time a description and drawing of the specimen to 0. F. Miiller, for insertion in that distinguished naturalist's fortheoming work “Zoologia Danica.” No notice having, however, to the best of his knowledge, been taken of this communica- tion, Strom described and figured the species anew. The representation, as may be seen at a glance, is that of a Scopelus, and not of a Mawrolicus, — but the description- an almost verbatim transeript of the observations on the latter species in his Diary for 1766. Now, the manifest discrepancy between the drawing and the description, can be accounted for solely by assuming Strom to have entirely overlooked his notice of Scopelus in 1774, and — the drawing executed on that occasion being still extant — to have an- nexed it to his diagnosis of Maurolicus from 1766. Miiller nevertheless did record the species in his “Zoo- logia Danica” (1766), but classed it in accordance with Strom’s views, and without assigning any special desig- nation, among the Coregont (No. 415). as follows: — “S(almo) maxillis edentulis, imferiore longiore, ventre punc- tato. Cl. Strom misit.” The first part of this diagnosis agrees, we see, word for word with Artedi’s diagnosis of Coregonus albula, subsequently established. In conformity with Miiller's description, Gmelin records the species (1788) in his 13th Edition of “Systema Nature” as Salmo miilleri, but furnishes no additional information: his diagnosis is a verbatim copy of Miiller’s. From the data set forth above, it is obvious that the name Salmo miilleri should not. as proposed by Kroyer,* be given to Maurolicus borealis, but to the Scopelus *de- scribed by Strom in 1774; and doubtless that Scopelus is identical with Se. glacialis, from Greenland, afterwards diagnosticated. Strom’s description corresponding in the characters of that species. Probably Reinhardt knew nothing of Strom’s figure, and Reinhardt’s every respect with was not prepared to meet with his species in Gmelin’s Salmo miilleri. Descriptive Observations. — Kroyer having furnished in 1847 a full description of this species in *Naturh. Tidsskr..”* and figured it for the plates accompanying Gai- mard’s great work, I shall confine myself to a few obser- vations on the new specimens, which, besides, are one and all in so mutilated a condition as to render them wholly unfit to serve.as subjects for a general description. 1 Skr. af Naturh. Selsk. 2 B. 2 H., p. 15 (Kbhvn. 1798). 2 Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 49 (Havn. 1776). 3 Danmarks Fiske, 3 B., p. 114 (Kbhvn. 1846—49). 4 Naturh. Tidsskr. ? R. 2 B. 3 H., p. 230 (Kbhvn. 1847). 161 Det første Exemplar, fra Expeditionen i 1876, optoges med det fine Overfladenet fra Vandskorpen paa Fiskebanken Storeggen udenfor Christiansund'(Norge), og var øjensynlig udkastet i halvfordøjet Stand af en Fiskemave. Skjælbe- klædningen manglede saagodtsom overalt, ligesom mindre Dele af Legemets Sider vare fortærede; derimod vare Fin- 'nerne forholdsvis vel vedligeholdte, ligesom de sølvglindsende (phosphorescerende?) Pletter langs Bugen næsten overalt vare i Behold. De 3 Exemplarer fra Expeditionen i 1878 vare alle noget over halvt udvoxede, og optoges fra Havet langt vestenfor Hammerfest med Trawlnettet, der her naaede Bund paa 1110 Favnes Dyb. Ogsaa her mangler Skjælbeklæd- ningen saagodtsom fuldstændig, og flere Finner ere afbrudte ; især er Caudalen defect, at Individernes Totallængde ikke nøjagtigt kan opgives. De langs Ventrallinien løbende sølvglindsende Pletter ere (forsaavidt de kunne sees. eller ere i Behold) fordelte paa følgende Maade: Mellem Struben Saa og Ventralerne 5 Par; det øverste er bedækket af Gjællelaagene, naar disse ere helt tilsluttede. Mellem Ventralerne og Analen 4 Par; dette Tal er constant hos alle de af mig hidtil undersøgte Exemplarer. (Kröyer angiver 3 i ovenfor anførte Beskrivelse). Langs Analen findes 7 Par; hos et i Universitets- Musæet opbevaret nogenlunde fuldstændigt Exemplar «fra Hasvig ved Hammerfest er der mellem den 5te og 6te Plet et noget større Mellemrum, end mellem de øvrige; hos de 2 af Exemplarerne fra Nordhavs-Expeditionen, hvor, Pletter ere blevne bevarede, er der derimod et lignende Mellemrum mellem den 6te og 7de Plet. Mellem Analen og Caudalen findes 6 Par, staa tættere sammen, end i de foregaaende Rækker. Ved Roden af Caudalen nedenfor Midtlinien findes 1 disse der alle Par. De forskjellige enkeltstaaende Pletter eller kortere Rækker, der findes hist og her paa Legemets Sider, kunne ikke efter de forhaandenyærende Exemplarer beskrives. The first individual, obtained on the eruise in 1876, was taken in the fine-meshed surface-net, on the Storeggen fishing-bank, off Christiansund (Norway), and had evidently — been ejected in a half-digested state from a fish’s stomach. small the as The scales were almost everywhere wanting; moreover, portions of the sides of the body had disappeared ; fins, on the other hand, were comparatively uninjured, also the a argenteous (phosphorescent?) spots extending along the abdomen. The 3 specimens taken on the last. cruise of the Ex- pedition, in 1878, were all a little more than half-grown; they were captured at sea, far west of Hammerfest, in the trawl-net, which had been sunk to the depth of 1110 fathoms. On these specimens, too, hardly a scale remains, and several of the fins are broken, more especially the caudal; hence the total length cannot be accurately stated. The silvery spots along the ventral line were disposed (so far as the condition of the individuals admitted of ob- serving them), in the following order. : Between the throat and the ventrals 5 pairs, the upper- most covered by the gill-plates when the latter are closed. Between the ventrals and the anal 4 pairs; this num- ber is constant in all the examples I have hitherto exam- ined (Kröyer gives 3 in *Naturh. Tidsskr.”). Along the anal 7 pairs; in a specimen, comparatively perfect, preserved in the University Museum; from Hasvig near Hammerfest, the space between the 5th and Gth spots is somewhat wider than that between the others; 2 of the individuals obtained.on the North Atlantic Expedition in which these spots are visible, have a similar space between the 6th and 7th spots. Between the anal and the caudal 6 pairs, more closely arranged than in any of the foregoing series. At the origin of the caudal, below the mesial line, pair. The various isolated spots or shorter series occurring here and there on the sides of the body cannot be determ- ined from the specimens taken on the Expedition. De erholdte Exemplarer - havde folgende Maal og The measurements and fin-ray formule in the specimens Straaleantal: obtained were as follows: — | a. | b. | ce. d. a | b. Cc: d. Stat. 295.| Stat. 295.| Stat. 295.| Stat. 33. | Stat. 295. | Stat. 295. | Stat. 295.) Stat. 33. Totallængde (omtrent) | AT mm 61 ™ 62 mm TS mm Total Length (about). | HT mm G1 mm | 62 mm TR mm Længde uden Caudalen | 50 - | 538 - D4 = | 70 - Length exel. of Caudal | 50 - | 53 - 54 - | 70 - å Å 3 Vs Hovedets Længde . .| 14 - yrs |) aka ey | 18 - Length of Head 14 - | 15 - | 15.2 - | 18 - mva > un i Paiute ; tet koste] F Straaler i Dorsalen ana 13 Va ete Rays in the Dorsal . | is Ly ales} 14 |, 12 Sirasler vi Amalens. vj (hie) REP 6 Rays in the Anal. .| 1 LER vg ali | 16 Straaleantallet i Analen kan blot hos? af Individerne med nogenlunde Sikkerhed angives. Hos det ene Exem- plar er den sidste Analstraale dobbelt, hvilket er utydeligt hos det andet. Føde. I Ventrikelen af det ene af de paa Stat. 295 erholdte Individer fandtes Dele af en Themisto libellula, Mandt, samt flere Exemplarer af Concoecia borealis, G. O. Fiske. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition, Collett: The number of fin-rays in the anal could be determ- ined with comparative accuracy in but two of the individuals; one of them had the terminal anal ray double; in the other specimen this character is not distinct. Food. — The stomach of one of the individuals taken at Station 295 contained fragments of a Themisto libellula, Mandt, together with several examples of Concecia borealis, 21 162 Sars 1865 (en Ostracode, der hidtil kun er funden langs den norske Kyst paa en Dybde af 300 Favne eller der- over). Udbredelse. Denne arctiske Repræsentant for Sleg- ten var hidtil kjendt fra Grønland og fra de norske Kyster. Overalt er den kun sparsomt erholdt, enten som døde, iland- drevne Individer, eller udtagne af Sælernes Maver. Af Nordhavs-Expeditionens Individer vare de 3 optagne fra Havet vestenfor Hammerfest; sandsynligvis er Arten ud- bredt paa gunstige Localiteter over hele Polarhavets Dyb, og vil med mere fuldkomne Redskaber oftere kunne er- höldes. Fra Grønland havde Musæet i Kjøbenhavn, ifølge Reinhardt sen., allerede i 1836 erholdt 6 Individer fra de nordligste Colonier Omenak (Umanak), Ritenbank og Ja- cobshavn. Senere er flere Exemplarer nedsendte til samme Musæum fra Syd-Grønland. Fra de norske Kyster kjendtes tidligere blot 3 Indi- vider, hvoraf det første var det, der af Strøm toges ved Volden i Søndmør i 1774; det andet hjembragtes til Ber- gens Musæum, angivelig fra Hardangerfjorden, af Stiftamt- mand Christie mellem Aarene 1830-0g 1840. Det tredie, der opbevares paa Universitets-Musæet i Christiania, er indsendt fra Handelspladsen Hasvig ved Hammerfest, og be- finder sig, ligesom foregaaende, i mindre god Stand, skjønt ulige bedre, end Nordhavs-Expeditionens Exemplar fra Stor- eggen; sandsynligvis er ogsaa dette udtaget eller udkastet af en Fiskemave. En anden Art, Scopelus resplendens, Rich. 1845, op- rindeligt beskreven fra Guineakysten, har i de sidst forløbne Aar, 1879 og 1880, vist sig at være stationær i Trondhjems- fjorden (63° N. B.), og adskillige Exemplarer ere allerede fundne, hvoraf flere opbevares paa Musæerne i Trondhjem og Christiania. ; Af en tredie nordisk Art, Sc. kröyeri, Malm 1860, er et enkelt Exemplar funden i Maven af en Gadus morrhua udenfor Skagen i 18562. G. O. Sars 1865 (an Ostracod hitherto not met with on the Norwegian coast -at a depth of less than 300 fathoms). " Distribution. — The coast of Greenland and the northern shores of Norway were the only localities in which this Arctic representative of the genus had previously been - met with, and but sparingly, for instance floating dead or washed ashore, or found in the stomachs of seals. Of the individuals obtained on the Expedition, 3 were taken in the open sea west of Hammerfest. Probably the species occurs everywhere throughout the depths of the Polar Sea, and with improved apparatus will no doubt be more fre- quently, captured. According to Reinhardt sen., the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen had obtained 6 individuals so far back as 1836, from the most northerly colonies in Greenland, viz. Omenak, Ritenbank, and Jacobshavn. Subsequently, divers examples were sent to the same Museum from South Greenland. On the shores of Norway, but 3 individuals had pre- viously been observed, one of which was the example taken by Strom at Volden in Sondmor, 1774; the second, stated to have been captured in the Hardanger Fjord, was presented to the Bergen Museum: by the Stiftamtmand Christie, between 1830 and 1840. The third, preserved in the University Museum, Christianie, was sent from Hasvig near Hammerfest; its state of preservation is far from perfect, though better. than that of the specimen obtained on the Expedition from the Storeggen fishing-bank; probably this individual too had been in a fish’s stomach, Quite lately (1879 and 1880), another species, Scopelus * resplendens, Rich. 1845, originally described from the Guinea coast, has been met with as stationary in the Trondhjem Fjord (lat. 63° N.), and several specimens, preserved in the Museums of Trondhjem and Christiania,! have been already collected. R A single example of a third Northern species, Se. kröyeri, Malm 1860, was found in the stomach of a Gadus morrhua, taken off the Scaw in 1856.7 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra! 1880, No. 8, p. 3. ? Forh. Skand. Naturf. 8 Møde Kbhvn. 1860, p. 617 (Kbhvn. 1861). 1 Forh. Vid. Selsk. Chra. 1880, No. S, p. 3. 2 Forh. Skand. Naturf. 8 Møde Kbhvn. 1860, p. 617 (Kbhvn. 1861). Sek, 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Wir 18. Lo: 20. 21. ig. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 24. Forklaring over Plancherne. PL. Raja hyperborea, Han. Oversiden; halv Størrelse. Raja hyperborea, Han. Undersiden; halv Størrelse. Sebastes marimus, Yngel; 5 Gange forstørret. Sebastes marinus, Yngel; 3 Gange forstørret. Cottunculus microps. Cottunculus microps. Oversiden. Centridermichthys uncinatus. Icelus hamatus, Han. Triglops pingelii, Han. Triglops pingelvi, Hun. Bier; Agonus decagonus, Hun. Agonus decagonus, Han; Undersiden. Eumicrotremus spinosus. Liparis bathybii, Hun. Careproctus reinhardi, yngre Individ. Careproctus reinhardi, yngre Individ; Undersiden. Lumpenus medius. Lumpenus maculatus, Hun. Lycodes esmarkti, Unge. Lycodes esmarkii, yngre Han. Lycodes esmarkii, yngre Hun. PITT Lycodes esmarkti, gammel Han: Lycodes frigidus, Yngel. Lycodes frigidus. Lycodes liitkenii, Lycodes pallidus, Lycodes pallidus, 2/3 Størrelse. Hun. Unge. yngre Individ. go DO SON ERs la ee an) ik 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. ite 18. 19. 20. 21. Explanation of the Plates. Pio Raja hyperborea, male (from above); half size. Raja hyperborea, male (from beneath); half size. Sebastes marinus, fry; magnified 5 diameters. Sebastes marinus, try; magnified 3 diameters. Cottunculus microps. Cottunculus nucrops (from above). Centridermichthys uncinatus. Icelus hamatus, male. Triglops pingelii, male. Triglops pingelit, female. PUTE Agonus decagonus, female. Agonus decagonus, male (from beneath). Eumicrotremus spinosus. Liparis bathybii, female. Careproctus reinhardi, young specimen. Cureproctus reinhardi, young specim. (from beneath). Lumpenus medius. Lumpenus maculatus, female. P Lycodes esmarkti, very young. Lycodes esmarkii, young male. Lycodes esmarkii, young female. Pl TE, Lycodes esmarkii, old male; two-thirds of nat. size. Lycodes frigidus, fry. Lycodes frigidus. Lycodes liitkenii, female. Lycodes pallidus, very young. Lycodes pallidus, young specimen. Fig. 37, 38. 39. ele hvac seminudus, yngre Individ. murdend, Yngel. Lycodes muraena, yngre Indiv. (Typ-Exemplaret). Lycodes muraena, yngre Hun. Gymnelis viridis, yngre Indiv. Gadus saida. Onos reinhardi. Onos septemtrionalis, Unge. Onos septemtrionalis. (Typ-Exemplaret). Lycodes Lycodes EVE Rhodichthys regina, Han. Rhodichthys regina. Do. Oversiden. Rhodichthys regina. Do. Undersiden. 164 gs) på [ne] Pi Lv Lycodes seminudus, young specimen, Lycodes murena, Fry. Lycodes murena, young specim. (type of the species). Lycodes murena, young female. Gymnelis viridis, young specimen. Gadus saida. Onos remhardi. Onos septemtrionalis, very young. Onos septemtrionalis, (type of the species). PLAV. male. » (from above). (from beneath). Rhodichthys regina, Rhodichthys regina, Rhodichthys regina, Indhold. Agonus decagonus, Schneid. 1801 Careproctus, Kr. 1862 . Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1862 Centridermichthys, Richards. 1843 . Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.) 1838—34 Cottunculus, Coll. 1874 . Cottunculus microps, Coll. 1874 . Cottus scorpius, Lin.. 1766 Eumicrotremus, Gill 1864 . Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Miill.) 1776. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774 . Glyptocephalus, Gottsehe 1835 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766 Gymnacanthus, Swains. 1839. . Gymnacanthus pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. Gymnelis, Reinh. 1882—33 Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.) 1780 . Hippoglossoides, Gottsche 1835. Hippoglossoides' platessoides, (Fabr.) 1780 Tcelus, Kr. 1844 . Tcelus hamatus, Kr. 1844 . Liparis bathybii, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774 Lumpenus, Reinh, 1835—36 . Lumpenus lampetraeformis, (Walb.) 1792. Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries) 1837 Lumpenus medius, Reinh. 1835—36 Lycodes, Reinh. 1830—31 Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1874. Lycodes frigidus, Coll, 1878, n. sp. Lycodes Uitkenii, Coll. 1880, n. sp. Lycodes muracna, Coll. 1848, n. sp. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838 Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) 1852 Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.) 1874 Platysomatichthys, Bleek. 1862 Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Walb.) 1792 Raja hyperborea, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808 . Rhodiehthys, Coll. 1878, n. gen. Rhodichthys regina, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.) 1788 . Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766 Triglops, Reinh. 1829—30 Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838 . Pag. 18 Index Agonus decagonus, Schneid. 1801 Careproctus, Kr. 1862. : Careproctus reinhardi, Kr. 1862. Centridermichthys, Richards. 1843 Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh. ) 1833— 34 Cottunculus, Coll. 1874. Cottunculus microps, Coll. 1874 . Cottus scorpius, Lin, 1766 Eumicrotremus, Gill 1864 . Eumicrotremus spinosus, (Mill.) 1776. Gadus saida, Lepech. 1774 . Glyptocephalus, Gottsche 1835 Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, (Lin.) 1766 Gymnacanthus, Swains. 1839 Gymnacanthus pistilliger, (Pall.) 1811. Gymnelis, Reinh. 1832—33 Gymnelis viridis, (Fabr.) 1780 Hippoglossoides, Gottsche 1835. Hippoglossoides platessoides, (Fabr.) 1780 Teelus, Kr. 1844. Tcelus hamatus, Kr. 1844. Liparis bathybit, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Liparis lineatus, (Lepech.) 1774 Lumpenus, Reinh. 1885—36 . Lumpenus lampetreformis, (Walb.) 1792 . Lumpenus maculatus, (Fries) 1837 Lumpenus medius, Reinh. 1835—36 Lycodes, Reinh, 1830—31 Lycodes esmarkii, Coll. 1874 Lycodes frigidus, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Lycodes litkenti, Coll. 1880, n. sp. Lycodes murena, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Lycodes pallidus, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Lycodes seminudus, Reinh. 1838 Onos reinhardi, (Kr.) 1852 Onos septemtrionalis, (Coll.) 1874 Platysomatichthys, Bleek. 1862 Platysomatichthys hippoglossoides, (Walb.) 1792 Raja hyperborea, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Raja radiata, Donov. 1808 Modichthys, Coll. 1878, n. gen. Rhodichthys regina, Coll. 1878, n. sp. Scopelus miilleri, (Gmel.) 1788 . Sebastes marinus, (Lin.) 1766 Triglops, Reinh. 1829—30 Triglops pingelii, Reinh. 1838 Errata. NER 3 pe] | j 8 | a _ Page Es line 4, from foot of page, på +349m* read ‘B17. — 5, line 3, from foot of page, or ‘grey- green sand’ read ey green clay.’ — 24, line 57 (the as for ‘alimentary canal’ read ‘tubiform house.” i . Translated into English by John Hazeland. . ” . Rå . co ~ Coloreringen af Pl. V er efter en drgankkiae ndfert efter det Live Individ af Maleren Nehiertz. Leia Be DERG EA OE Lith PISCES. då EE ST NR TNS EN "å ; 4 Nordh -Bxpe Carl Nielsen d ele ATTN AS LAL BELTS tag COLLET Exped HASS Lith.W a ocr «7 POLO . BSS os Carl Nielsen de] Exped Lith.W Sc FRA es a dea Samay Cin Nordh -Exped yo Cor , t Å 305 No ep 03 Vi Carl Nielsen del hlachter, Stockholm ic 3 th W _ UV pe * : - . På . På i . , on , - a . _* i ; - * * x - t å . ‘ 5 “ > g ? a fe - i * Ö i = > " . ” ‘ i i “ in ‘ * pa i Ma | MP MA ald ne de re på ed | er AE SA GE DE , a a Ga 7 - _ - PR i ) _— hå — re 1. a = oS — Oo = o wo = Oo ho 2 w = w = øy Um ker) E Y a be] LY a = E DE 5 2 =I 2 5 JE > = bj hs E Er = Ee) = bi gine 5 de ØP År cary = a = as EN a Æ ør Er at ” = o m m = m m z AA c= op q å I NVINOSHLINS S3luvual- er NVINOSHLINS, S3 1 UVH 8 11 LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, NOLLALLLSN SN E | g å = < = < a = = = = = Zz = = N = - oO Se Sr ME) I = 72) (77) E 2) . A og ö - 2 o SE O ENN 9 =x 9 Ys = z E = E NOI, = =. 2, = = = vr 06 = = «2 > a” a “Fe ” = E ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION SET SMITHSONIAN — INSTITUTION Jonna (te a eu S SMITHS å Zz ay z Ww a ea 77) = [77 a = he = = på = fre a = cc er = =| < = < a] 3 < pies < = er e = E c [od 4 4 4 & cc Si! — om — m. = 3 E 3 5 2 5 2 å E = 4 a Et I NVINOSHLINS S3IUVvUal TION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAAC ETT. UIBRARDES SMIUHSONIAN Sa TET oho i S = NG ö = S oO = o = = ow = = = = = = E E a > = Å 5 2 Så = > Fy > Ee > = > k-- EEG =o — pr = = Ps) = a - ant - Sa = a = o m DE m g m z = ” ats as = Mi 7 ” SMITHSONIAN — INSTITUTIOI 817 LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTAUFION, NODER ee 5 ge = ce 2 EN Ss < = BS Kc = = S 4 NS a8 a => = å N I z f= RK N N = NS E = rus oH NN , = 5 å Zz SN > = z TND T oO i oa oO * å 5 eo 7 ENN 5 EGS 3 å å NR 2 2 = NN Qo a 8 2 = 33 = == E - = Np» z= = : z E = E 2 = = å _ 2 å JE a = a SNI NVINOSHLIWS” TION” NOILALILSNI- NYINOSHLINS SHAVES) LIBRARIES NE ee Å g n = ee at 2 ul == u o AS a = at XK es å rel ax 3 WAS or a =] WS = : =i < a x 3 c RR c eS E « GS Ny o Ge = <5 = = 3 m = : fee] m — G = a — Oo — O — 0 z ay Zz * =F cn: = ap AN INSTITUTIOI 8117 LIBRARI EST SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION Å NOLLNLILSNINVINOSHLINS Sa 1UVH 817 LIBRARIES” SMITHSONI E 5 = [o) = = Yy 2 wo = w = iP 2 ke iy oa] = a = po) S| Ar Wa Da 5 GAGA 2 = = = > = Pua > > E på Yd É I = 2 AA 70 Hy de pp - — pp — mn * Å a m av m = å kN z a Få pe og = å EG % NI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHEL &TION BORIS A ee SA a ee z 9 | 2 J a på & i l ITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI |G 11 LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Ne EE Se anes ES SM | g z ty z ul a = 7) = a = a es a = er 4 = 7 NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHEI TION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES, INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI E S ze E = o = Q = o 2 wo = a = 5 I =e i- a >: = > eae = E = = D = a E = = Er - a 5 a m 2 m eZ m 2 z m z ae = wo = A = a NS VHESIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO 1817 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN - INSTITUTION |, PraleN Sagn a Ve = pe 9 2 we we = ries Rr = < Q EG ‘2 SE = SS = aa Zz 3 “Zz Qs En] Z NS fy Z NS aA Zz 3 LG 5 St, 5 QGe®w x 9 reg 3 ENR 2g ? g ENS : y = INS z ms z DYP få = = = > = Å > > - Pr) å wv (i a Poros a GIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION. NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31¥VU aI TION NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT 2 = Ne = å a = Ne ne = w SEE = n Ww © - NS æ = ær Bul = = = & < a Saas ‘ = > = > E > = es E EG = 2 = å m De m z AR : ær z oe Er = a A NI NVINOSHLINS SIIUVYET TION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYEn LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLNLILS 3 2 2 = 2 | å = ed = = = = &, = = Yn, 5 = z = å T va G3 > GLY. 5 : 8 G AB å NS 2 BE a 3 GE fe) SE Sr) dn Q No G flip) E 9 FLO es = = a, = 2. PET 5 eee 3 = å E NE = 9 å; THSONIAN INSTITUTION JE IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Jo gr S > å SONG vi = 39 ul n EG 7) på Då a > X — © ©) — =F 4 KEN Å KAN = = ey æ 3 å 3 < DE ce 3 < EE Ge & = eS ~ LL 42S de vz = i Se i is ol = ug = iS 5 N = w a w = w — = 3 = = E es) = D = E > 2 ‘> E = = 2 = N = 2 = = |- = sis Eg så |= — n — n° Wr 2 rm Ae ig Z Tae yal 2 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS, Sa1uvueIt LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLMLILSNI N op N = ær = < < = = = = å = = NE = = z = KE z Ym. S NW 2 5 ‘SQ = EN 9 Gr; An 7) gn NNN es DN 9 en å = = EN 2 E Nw 2 É = å = =H = ar = ME oe: = ee a on z wn a wn” % NVINOSHLINS S3INVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION er ge ee ae oe å = ol = WwW 17) Sa wa Lid = SH = sy _ 4 = ay = a = fad y= a 3 3 4 cH < VES < ee S ee S c S E S x m = m. = co fo) = fo) pa a 2 = 2 5 5 Å ITUTION* NOLLALILSNITN SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU NOLNLILSNI oD 3 ao SO © 2 ow = = = E 2 NS É 2 5 cg 5 a 4 > = > Wes = = ee 2 E ae a = =D = - - = - = = = ~ = V B m 2 7 2 a 2 ; wn == » — “cre = NVINOSHLINS, S2IUVUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION , NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES SI EG ENE Bi ee = = = = ME = += mw — — SN — z N NN E ESN 5 INGE z 2 EQ’ > DB; a Q 2 NG) 7) WO o a a cy AW on OF: akc AN Oo TE Oo = RE NW = 2 = Ne 2 = s 2 = 2 E SE > = > = ass = > = ae og å en pe 111 SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNIN SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31UVHEIT LIBRARIES, å Å - Zz uw A ud 7 “ 18 2 G «3 = “I Ps a x = ax at a < =A < 2 « at =. | me 4 = NVINOSHLINS | S31YVUGI7_ LIBRARIES. SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS | S31UVYSIT LIBRARIES S ‘ = a — Oo ==: O Oo [-] Oo = = = a = 2 E = = a E GY = > = = E > = S > WAY = x E je = zs = å = WW 2 m 2° 7 2 ater Ae å 2 or = nw = w = wn — w = SMIGHSOMANJINSTITUTION NOMNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saldvugia LIBRARLES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI N ZN (72) x. = x = =. = < = = Q =; =. = z = Ng i 2 = 2 We: z Ny å Z G : \ a a 77) A SN 0 an SNE 2 3 | Zz NS E 9 Zz WA z= avs = E ES Rg = = Zz = Ss = = SN == = RAS å nm NU VEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION OSNES ier I18vH817 LIBRARI EJ = å - 2 : 2 = å 5 ac = a = a 3 oe = reg NN Å < ‘2 = G a = = a a 4 = Na = a. = o ) = S) EN | ND = re fo) = = - = | | a ay z = 4 2 =j SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_N =a Fa z re = az | um o a o ow = oO 2 ow | 2 5 VE 5 2 > > 2 > % = = 2 - = E + = E a : as = (= = = = = = 3 m = m G m 2 Jy z AK : å [27] = oO ae wo = n = 2) NVINOSHLIAS S31UVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLIWS SaluVU@l LIBRARIES ,S : = < RK = = Ne = a = = xX. = = NN : 2S = PT z NN 3 ; To S CR = SVEN 4 ro) I SNU 3 2 oy Ep BW 5 a NS NN 6X YY TF 6: I WC fe) | KA NDE : a ae : or ie : > = > = > = > Å ) er 72) * Zz wo Oy 2 ” ms ” a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN| SIIYVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI N ) = — on == å w E w G u EG a å ; E E 5 E E 5 = E 3 C | << bs 3 3 cc E ce 5 cc E = a) {= m = om = a — = = å O = fo) = oO = ie) — Oo 4 z = a si FF 2 ar) æ = Fa NVINOSHLINS Sa UV ET LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION -NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVHEIT LIBRARIES ~~ 4 | te 5 2 = Q = Q o = ow 2 3) & å BK = = = E he = > å as 2 i D> Fa > = > = a a DI — “7 — a a ee) = = \ on Ee, Be = as -- oe k, oe NE m 2 m 2 m ine m 2 rt Ww = = = == KEN EN Se > x i ¥ x : < = =< = < = = = < oa = < = = : = = å VE = .z = 2 N i 2° Np > is 2 do wn Pr) nw na SER [77] a ER a ~ p) rc MONS OO ste fo) oe Ys SEN O ay 2 WE O I - E Wo" 2 = 2 E WP: ER = FE å = ae ee ee å NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S318VHEIT _ LIBRARIES S ; w FA ts , 2 us G uw 5 ws 4 — n EE yi n = = = @ z : å = JP = 2 NJ: E E . is N << Ms N x ud Cc bes EE we c WON æ Cc o Å | 63 5128 Hi UTION LIBRARIES | 3 9088 000 TIT Ss | | MITHSONIAN IN: \}) II | | | | S —— —— Fane agen aes Synge Sue Tals eer scant teh Teta a Pooh å rige Tee ae wie Sn merete ENN rase - % aar OR 5 Sa < RNs sae ace . : : Un: ; å ' ; I 2 en : smmmere Se 4 Ä « 3 “ - , F - - nor mr mare arret : å Å » v - oe vn å Ree : : ; ; ae ; Put Markers EN yowaryne te ; ae : ate yas ine ‘ tt . at Z 2 “ort